Catalogo General de Sensores Cuttler Hammer

Sensing Solutions Book
2007 Edition
Photoelectric Sensors Proximity Sensors Current Sensors Limit Switches
Table of Contents
Photoelectric Sensors
CurrentWatch Sensors
Index
14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
Safety Products Inductive Proximity Sensors Fiber Optic Cables Sensor Learning Course Appendix
This section features the products designed and tested to protect machine operators.
Inductive sensors are the workhorses of the sensing world. We supply an extensive variety of styles and sizes to meet all of your needs, from OEM style proximity sensors to innovative field programmable proximity sensors.
Whether you need a large quantity of cost-effective sensors, or that special one to solve your impossible application, youll find it among our extensive line of high-performance photoelectric sensors.
Current sensors, current switches and ground fault sensors for monitoring current flowing in electrified equipment. Capable of sensing AC current up to 2,000A or DC current up to 300A.
Whether its glass or plastic fiber optic cables you need, Eaton offers a vast selection of sensing tips, diameters and lengths to perfectly fit your needs.
Like to know more about sensors and how to apply them? This thorough course of study will sharpen your skills.
A valuable reference for information on enclosure ratings. Also included here is an extensive glossary of sensor terms.
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Limit Switches Capacitive Proximity Sensors Conveyor Sensor Systems Sensor Accessories Global Plus Connectivity Sensor Applications
No one makes a better limit switch than Eaton. Check out our full line from delicate precision models to the worlds most rugged limit switch.
For targets, such as liquids, that present a significant sensing challenge, our capacitive sensors are the reliable solution.
Eaton is a major supplier of sensors to the material handling market. Our high-tech sensors offer built-in zero-pressure accumulation control for low cost non-contact sensing on conveyors.
Once youve found the sensors you need, check this section for a wide variety of mounting brackets, retroreflectors and other accessories to finish your installation.
Quick-disconnect sensors allow you to set up an installation for easy change-out. This section covers all of the mating cables and accessories you will need.
This idea file presents dozens of interesting examples of Cutler-Hammer sensors in action.
13
12
11
10
Safety Products
August 2007
1-1
02Intro.fm
Table of Contents
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Interlock Switches DIN Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Interlock Switches Standard Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-7
Unless otherwise noted, the products contained in this document are not designed or intended for use in human safety applications.
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-800-356-1243, in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184. PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
SAFETY PRODUCTS
1-2
Safety Products Product Selection

August 2007
1
SAFETY PRODUCTS
Key Interlock Switches DIN Models
Page Overview Page 1-4 Safety device that is designed to be used with movable guards or covers which must be closed for operational safety. This switch automatically stops the machine when the guard is removed. Any machine with movable guards installed to protect machine operators from injury.
Meet UL, European and International
Key Interlock Switches NEMA Standard Models

Page 1-7 Safety device that is designed to be used with movable guards or covers which must be closed for operational safety. This switch automatically stops the machine when the guard is removed. Any machine with movable guards installed to protect machine operators from injury.
Meet UL, CSA, European and
Applications
Product Features
requirements.
Actuating keys are designed to be
International requirements.
Actuating keys are designed to be
difcult to defeat, reducing the possibility of tampering.

Removal of key positively breaks the N.C.
difcult to defeat, reducing the possibility of tampering.

Removal of key positively breaks the N.C.
contacts unit is designed to fail to safe condition.

Cost-effective and durable plastic
contacts unit is designed to fail to safe condition.

Rugged cast aluminum body for use in
construction.
Head can be rotated in any of four
harsh industrial environments.

Head can be rotated in any of four
positions.
Dual entry points for operation key top
positions.
Conduit entry.
or side.
Conduit entry.
Contact Ratings Enclosure Ratings Construction Approvals
NEMA A600 (UL/CSA Pilot Duty) NEMA 4, IP65 Synthetic Resin UL Listed TUV
NEMA A600 (UL/CSA Pilot Duty) NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13, IP67 Aluminum Die Cast UL Listed CSA Certied TUV
For more information visit: www.eaton.com
PG08301004E
Safety Products Technical Reference

August 2007
1-3
Safety Interlock Switches

Often the need arises for a device to provide a signal indicating that a door has been closed or that a machine guard is in place before a machine can be turned on or a sequence of operations can begin. While a standard limit switch would probably be able to do this function, the possibility exists that the unit could be false tripped or false actuated either accidently or deliberately, thereby posing a danger to the person operating the machine. In response to this problem, many switch manufacturers offer what is known as a key interlock switch. These switches look and operate similar to standard limit switches except for the operating heads. Instead of a rotary or plunger operating head, there is a key slot. In addition to being difcult to override, the safety interlock is also designed to fail to a safe mode. If, by chance, the contacts were to become welded together, removal of the key will physically tear the contacts apart, resulting in a safe condition. Cutler-Hammer Key Interlock Switches by Eatons electrical business are available in both NEMA and DIN style housings. NEMA Style Key Interlock Switches feature durable metal housings, which removes power to the machine when the guard is opened. DIN Style Key Interlock Switches feature a reduced size and economical plastic housings. They remove power to the machine when the guard is opened. Product information for these products begins on Page 1-4.
Key Slot
Key
Actuation of the interlock switch occurs only when the corresponding key is inserted into the key slot. The key is usually mounted on a door or machine guard in such a way that when the door or guard is closed, the key ts into the slot actuating the switch. The special design of the key makes the safety interlock switch extremely difcult to defeat. When inserted into the slot, the key performs three separate mechanical functions.
PG08301004E
SAFETY PRODUCTS
1-4
Safety Products Key Interlock Switches DIN Models

August 2007
PG.05F.02.T.E
Key Interlock Switches DIN Models
Cost-Effective Protection for Operators of Moving Machinery

Compact Switch Size Actuating Key May Be Inserted into Top or Side of Unit Head Can Be Rotated in 90 Increments Hinged Cover Provides Easy Wiring Access
1
SAFETY PRODUCTS
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . Model Selection, Actuating Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-6
Self-Aligning Key Accommodates Small Guard Swing Radius
The Cutler-Hammer E48 DIN-Style Safety Key Interlock Limit Switch by Eatons electrical business is designed to be used with movable guards or covers which must be closed for operational safety. The key portion of the switch is afxed to the movable door, cover or other such guard. The switch itself is mounted to a rigid portion of the machine. When the guard is opened, the key is removed from the switch, thereby positively breaking the normally closed contacts. This interrupts the control circuit, stopping machine operation.
Vertical and Horizontal Keys Provide a Perfect Fit
1/2 14 NPT Conduit Entrance (Bottom)
Product Features

Ratings and Approvals

UL Listed TUV IEC 947-5-1 EN60947-5-1 NEMA A600 (UL/CSA Pilot Duty) Direct Opening N.C. contacts per EN60947-5-1 Double insulation
Head mechanism is designed to be difcult to defeat with common tools Three actuating key styles for mounting exibility Choose from 1N.O.-1N.C. or 2N.C. DPDB contacts 1/2 14 NPT conduit entrance Four unique head mounting positions Dual entry points for actuating key top or side Tough plastic construction
For the most current information on this product, visit our web site: www.EatonElectrical.com
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273), in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184. For more information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007
1-5
Circuit
Contacts
Contact Operation
Closed
Open
Catalog Number
1N.O.-1N.C. DPDB slow action
11 23
12 24
11-12 23-24 Key in Switch 11-12 21-22 Key in Switch Key Fully out of Switch Key Fully out of Switch
E48P4K1
2N.C. DPDB slow action
E48P4K0
11 21
12 22
NOTE: N.O. and N.C. contacts are dened with the key fully engaged in the switch. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Model Selection Actuating Keys (must be ordered separately)

Minimum Key Insertion Radius Catalog Number
Adjustable (Self-Aligning)
7.8 inches (200 mm)
E48KL07
Vertical
7.8 inches (200 mm)
E48KL08
Horizontal
7.8 inches (200 mm)
E48KL09
Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Specications
Description Specication
Ambient Temperature
Operation and Storage: -22 to 158F (-30 to 70C) minimum temperature is based upon absence of freezing water or moisture Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4, IP65 conforming to IEC 529. Care must be taken that contaminants do not enter the actuating key area as this may prevent the switch from performing to specications Ambient Humidity 95% maximum, non-condensing Weight 76 grams (0.17 lb) Housing Material Synthetic resin Vibration Resistance 10G in both vertical and horizontal axis (from 10 to 500 Hz) conforming to IEC 68-2-27 Shock Resistance 30G in both vertical and horizontal axis conforming to IEC 68-2-27 Mechanical Life 1 million operations minimum Electrical Life 150,000 operations minimum Recommended: 10A fuse (type gl or gG) (IEC 269) Short Circuit Protection Rated Insulation Voltage 400V (EN 60947-5-1) Electric Shock Protection Insulation Class II (IEC 536) Operating Force (extraction) 14.7 N (3.30 lb) Release Force (insertion) 29.4 N (6.60 lb) Total Travel 1.10 inch minimum (28 mm) Pretravel 0.24 0.10 inches minimum (6 3 mm) Direct Opening Force 58.8 N (13.2 lb) minimum Operating Speed 0.04 to 20 inches/second (1 to 500 mm/second) Operating Frequency 30 operations/minute maximum
Rated Voltage Current Thermal Continuous Make Break Maximum VA Make Break
120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
10A 10A 10A 10A
60A 30A 15A 12A
6.0A 3.0A 1.5A 1.2A
7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA
720 VA 720 VA 720 VA 720 VA
PG08301004E
SAFETY PRODUCTS
Model Selection Key Interlock Switches
1-6

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
E48 DIN Switch
0.60 (15.3)
SAFETY PRODUCTS
0.30 (7.5) 0.60 (15.3)
0.17 (4.4) 1.18 (30) 0.17 (4.4) 1.18 (30) 0.61 (15.5)
1.61 (41) 1.32 (33.5)
Dual M5 (#10) Mounting Holes 0.10 (2.5) 0.79 (20)* 0.87 (22)* *Tolerance: 0.004 (0.1) 0.87 (22)* 1.22 (31) 1/2-14 NPT Conduit Opening 0.85 (21.5) 1.20 (30.5) Two, 0.16 (4) Dia. Holes Depth 0.20 (5)
2.01 (51) 1.85 (47)*
0.56 (14.2) 1.20 (30.5)
E48KL07 Actuating Key
0.55 (14)
1.10 (28) 0.16 (4)
0.59 (15) 0.51 (13) 1.57 1.18 (40) 2.20 (30) (56) 20
0.25 (6.3)
0.18 (4.5) Dia.
0.35 (9) Dia.
0.35 (9)
1.10 (28)
0.51 (13)
0.41 (10.5) 0.24 (6) Four, R0.08 (2.15)
1.18 (30) 0.08 (2)
0.59 (15) 0.44 (11.2)
0.17 (4.3)
0.51 (13) 0.69 (17.5)
1.10 (28)
0.51 (13)
0.08 (2)
1.18 0.59 (30) (15) 0.59 (15) Four, R0.08 (2.15) 0.17 (4.3)
PG08301004E
Safety Products Key Interlock Switches NEMA Standard Models

August 2007
1-7
PG.05F.04.T.E
Key Interlock Switches NEMA Standard Models
Heavy-Duty Safety Interlock Switch for Reliable Machine Operator Protection

Operating Head Can Be Rotated in Any of Four Positions Self-Aligning Key Accommodates Small Guard Swing Radius Vertical and Horizontal Keys Provide a Perfect Fit Rugged Cast Aluminum Construction
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . Model Selection, Actuating Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1-8 1-8 1-9 1-10
The Cutler-Hammer E48 Safety Key Interlock Limit Switch by Eatons electrical business is designed to be used with movable guards or covers which must be closed for operational safety. The key portion of the switch is afxed to the movable door, cover or other such guard. The switch itself is mounted to a rigid portion of the machine. When the guard is opened, the key is removed from the switch, thereby positively breaking the normally closed contacts. This interrupts the control circuit, stopping machine operation.
Head and Body Notch Interlock for Strength
Choose Mini Connector or 1/2 - 14 NPT Conduit Entrance
Product Features


UL Listed CSA Certied TUV IEC 947-5-1 EN60947-5-1 NEMA A600 (UL/CSA Pilot Duty) Direct Opening N.C. contacts per EN60947-5-1
Three simultaneous mechanical actions occur when the key is inserted into the operating head to make it difcult to defeat with common tools Rugged cast aluminum body stands up to harsh industrial environments Three actuating key styles for mounting exibility including a self-aligning version Choose from 1N.O.-1N.C. or 2N.C. DPDB contacts Operating head and switch body interlock for strength and a sure t Four unique head mounting positions 1/2 14 NPT conduit entrance All models meet UL, CSA, European and International requirements
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273), in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184. PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
SAFETY PRODUCTS
1-8

August 2007
Model Selection Key Interlock Switches

Circuit
1
SAFETY PRODUCTS
Contacts
Contact Operation
Closed
Open
Wiring Type (Connectors Only)
Catalog Number 1/2 14 NPT Conduit Entrance
1N.O.-1N.C. DPDB slow action
Normal
11 23 12 24 11-12 23-24 Key in Switch Key Fully out of Switch
E48M1K1
2N.C. DPDB slow action
Normal
11 21 12 22 11-12 21-22 Key in Switch Key Fully out of Switch
E48M1K0
N.O. and N.C. contacts are dened with the key fully engaged in the switch. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Model Selection Actuating Keys (must be ordered separately)

Minimum Key Insertion Radius Catalog Number
Horizontal
47 inches (1200 mm)
E48KL01
Vertical
47 inches (1200 mm)
E48KL02
Adjustable
5.9 inches (150 mm)
E48KL03
PG08301004E

August 2007
1-9
Description
Specication
Enclosure Ratings
NEMA Type 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13. IP67 conforming to IEC 529 NOTE: Care must be taken that contaminants do not enter the actuating key area as this may prevent the switch from performing to specications. 95% maximum, non-condensing Die-cast aluminum 10G in both vertical and horizontal axis (from 10 to 500 Hz) conforming to IEC 68-2-27 30G in both vertical and horizontal axis conforming to IEC 68-2-27 1 million operations minimum 500,000 operations minimum (10A, 250V AC resistive load) Recommended: 10A fuse (type gl) (IEC 269) 600V AC (IEC 946-5-1) Insulation Class I (IEC 536) 4.4 ft-lb minimum (19.6 N) 4.41 ft-lb minimum (19.6 N) 0.91 inch minimum (23 mm) 0.39 0.20 inches minimum (10 5 mm) 4.41 ft-lb minimum for safe operation (19.6 N) 0.1 mm/s to 0.5 m/s 30 operations/minute maximum
Maximum VA Make Break Make Break
Ambient Humidity Housing Material Vibration Resistance Shock Resistance Mechanical Life Electrical Life Short Circuit Protection Rated Insulation Voltage Electric Shock Protection Operating Force (extraction) Release Force (insertion) Total Travel Pretravel Direct Opening Force Operating Speed Operating Frequency
Rated Voltage Current
Thermal Continuous
120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
10A 10A 10A 10A
60A 30A 15A 12A
6.0A 3.0A 1.5A 1.2A
7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA
720 VA 720 VA 720 VA 720 VA
PG08301004E
SAFETY PRODUCTS
Ambient Temperature
Operation: -40 to 176F (-40 to 80C) minimum temperature is based upon absence of freezing water or moisture
Specications
1-10

August 2007
1
E48 Standard Switch
0.67 (17) 1.24 (31.4) Four, M3.5 Head Clamping Screws 1.61 (41) 0.64 (16)
SAFETY PRODUCTS
0.28 (7) 1.38 (35) Two, 0.21 (5.3) Dia. Mounting Holes Two, M4 Cover Clamping Screws
1.36 (34.5)
4.39 (111.5) 2.36 (60)
3.03 (77)
Cover 0.29 (7.3) 0.31 (8) 0.21 (5.3) 1.18 (30) 1.57 (40) 1/2-14 NPT Conduit Opening or 5-pin Male Mini-Connector
3.10 (78.7) 0.51 (13)
1.24 (31.5) 1.69 (43)
0.59 (15)
0.57 (14.6) 1.02 (26)
0.79 (20) 0.29 (7.3) 0.59 (15)
0.21 (5.3) 0.45 (11.4) 0.20 (5) 1.42 (36) 0.30 (7.5)
0.79 (20) 0.10 (2.5)
0.16 (4) Dia.
0.57 (14.6) 1.02 (26)
2.11 (53.7) 0.51 (13) 2.06 (52.4)
0.21 (5.3)
1.57 (40)
0.45 (11.4) 0.20 (5)
0.30 (7.5) 0.79 (20)
0.29 (7.3)
0.47 (12)
1.42 (36) 0.16 (4) Dia.
0.10 (2.5)

1.02 (26) 1.57 (40)
3.18 (80.7) 1.57 (40) 0.47 (12)
0.79 (20)
0.45 (11.4) 0.20 (5) 1.38 (35) 1.42 (36) 0.16 (4) Dia.
0.10 (2.5) 0.77 (19.5) 1.49 (37.8) 0.69 (17.5) 1.36 (34.6)
1.18 (30)
M4 Bolt with Hexagonal Hole
PG08301004E
Limit Switches
August 2007
2-1
03Intro.fm
Table of Contents
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Technical Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 E47 Precision Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Compact Prewired Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Miniature DIN Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 E49 Mini Metal Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 E49 Compact Metal Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 E50 Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 E50 Heavy-Duty Factory Sealed 6P+ Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Non Plug-In Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 Special Purpose Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 Unless otherwise noted, the products contained in this document are not designed or intended for use in human safety applications.
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-2
Limit Switches Product Selection

August 2007
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Page Overview Applications Product Features Contact Ratings Enclosure Ratings Construction Approvals
E47 Precision Switches

Page 2-7 Specied when accurate repeatability, choice of operating forces and travel characteristics and tightly controlled action of cam or target in space restricted areas is of prime importance. Cost effective and compact Overhead, folding and elevator doors, sliding gates, automated guided vehicles and commercial instrumentation
Self-contained switches or with an
Compact Prewired Switches

Page 2-14 Designed to be a versatile, slim device for hard to t applications where sealing integrity is required
Miniature DIN Switches

Page 2-18 Two DIN body styles available. Nonmetallic housing and modular construction suits light industrial watertight/oiltight OEM requirements
Machine tool, food processing and packaging
Packaging, material handling conveyors, endof-travel and guarding operations, baler/ compactor, industrial door lifts
Nonmetallic housing is ideal for corrosive
Rugged aluminum alloy die cast housing Sealed construction with enclosure
enclosed cast housing for increased durability and conduit connection (1/2" NPT)
High current capacity for power load
environments
Fingerproof terminals and double
ratings of NEMA 4, 6 and 13

Prewired with 3m of 18 AWG, AWM 2517,
switching and motor handling capability

Screw and solder terminations Booted enclosed version shields
300V cable
Stackable ridge for ganged operation Mechanical life 10,000,000 operations
insulated enclosures protect against accidental shock

Generous wiring space speeds
installation
Electrically isolated contacts eliminate
actuators from debris

Mounting centers 1.0 in (25.4 mm), #8
minimum
Electrical life 200,000 operations 30
polarity restrictions for electrical loads

Positive opening N.C. contacts improve
screw size
Operating Temperature:
operation/minimum
Basic Type: -25 to 80C Enclosed Type: -15 to 80C

Mechanical life 3,000,000 operations
reliability by positively breaking the N.C. contacts during operation, eliminating light welding/sticking conditions
minimum
Electrical life 500,000 operations
minimum
minimum
NEMA A600, R300, AC-15, DC-13 15A/20A, 125 or 250V AC Enclosed NEMA 1
NEMA B300
NEMA A600, R300, AC-15, DC-13 NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13 IP65
NEMA 4, 6 and 13 IP67
Basic Phenolic Enclosed Aluminum Die Cast UL Recognized CSA Certied
Aluminum Alloy Die Cast cULus
Self-extinguishing PA-6 (Glass-reinforced, Polyamide) UL Listed CSA Certied Cenelec EN50047 IEC 947-5-1
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-3
E49 Mini Metal Switches

Page Overview Page 2-21 Suitable for OEMs who require a small, costeffective solution but cannot sacrice durability and mechanical life as they would if they chose a Plastic IEC style switch.
E49 Compact Metal Switches

Page 2-27 Designed with high mechanical strength for robust environments. The rugged aluminum die cast construction provides reliable, oiltight, waterproof and dustproof sealing for a variety of applications. Snap action 1N.O./ 1N.C. contacts provide exibility in design. Packaging, material handling conveyors, end-of-travel and guarding operations, baler/compactor, industrial door lifts
Rigid die cast switch housing Set position indicator plate for easy
E50 Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches

Page 2-30 Versatile in design. High reliability. Low maintenance costs with installation ease. BEST CHOICE for Heavy-Duty Limit Switch applications. Withstands physical and chemical abuse of harsh industrial environments Punch presses, waste water treatment, machine tool, automotive, retrieval systems, industrial truck, car wash lines
Modular operating heads, switch bodies
Applications
Automatic vending machines, electronic assembly machines, elevators and lifts, injection molding, packaging
Long life rated for 10 million operations Pre-wired units with custom cable
Product Features
lengths available for high volume customers

Fingerproof terminals protect against
maintenance
High mechanical strength Oiltight, waterproof and dustproof
and receptacles are interchangeable without eld adjustment

Order as complete assemblies or
accidental shock
Double-spring mechanism for contact
components for stocking and manufacturing exibility

90 degree total travel, 5 degree pretravel
construction
reliability
Grounding terminal included Captive screws on enclosure cover make
characteristics are standard features

VITON gasket, boot, and seal material
minimum
Electrical life 500,000 operations
offers exceptional chemical resistance

Rotary head operating mode from CW,
minimum at full load
wiring hassle-free
SPDT double break
CCW or CW and CCW is easily changed without tools

Keyed, four directional head positioning Mechanical life 13,000,000 operations
minimum
Electrical life 1,000,000 operations
minimum at full load (single pole)
Contact Ratings
5A @ 250V AC 5A @ 30V DC IP65
NEMA A600, R300, AC-15, DC-13 NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP65, IP67
NEMA A600, R300 Lighted Versions A150, R150 6A, 120V AC; 10A Continuous NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13 IP67
Enclosure Ratings
Construction Approvals
Zinc Alloy UL Recognized
Aluminum Die Cast cULus IP67
Zinc Die Cast UL Listed CSA Certied IEC 947-5-1 TUV (Some models)
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-4

August 2007
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Page Overview Applications Product Features Contact Ratings Enclosure Ratings Construction Approvals
E50 Heavy-Duty Factory Sealed 6P+ Switches

Page 2-41 Designed specically to withstand the penetrating properties of new cutting uids (coolants), acid or caustic washes, salt spray, severe vibration, shock and temperature uctuations, grit and debris Automotive, pulp and paper, food processing, waste management, primary metals, machine tool (cutting, forming, bending)
Tamperproof, one-piece switch body
Non Plug-In Switches

Page 2-57 The Industrial standard for Non Plug-In Heavy-Duty Limit Switches. Sold as complete assembled units only
Serving MRO and USER replacement requirements with broad market coverage
Side and top rotary, side and top push or
assembly, epoxy lled

Factory sealed. 6P submersible. Pre-
wobble operation
CW, CCW or CW and CCW operating
wired with cable, pigtail or pin connector options. All with ground connection
Utilizes E50 modular operating heads Special V-seal on switch body/head
modes are eld convertible

Double break-make snap action contacts,
same polarity each pole

Captive saddle clamp terminals accept up
connection provides hermetic barrier against uid ingress

LED indicating light, 24V 120V AC/DC.
to #12 wire
Head can be mounted in any of four
discrete positions, intervals of 90 degrees

Neon version too

Peel off see-through painting mask over
minimum
Electrical life 500,000 operations at full
nameplate
load
minimum
Electrical life 1,000,000 operations
minimum at full load
NEMA A600, R300 Lighted Versions A150, R150 6A, 120V AC; 10A Continuous NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13 IP67
NEMA A600, R300 6A, 120V AC; 10A Continuous NEMA 1, 4, 13
Zinc Die Cast UL Listed CSA Certied IEC 947-5-1 TUV (Some models)
Zinc Die Cast UL Listed CSA Certied
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-5
Hazardous Location Switches

Page Overview Page 2-60 Designed for severe environmental service in locations where there exists a danger of an internal or external explosion of ammable gases, vapors, metal alloy or grain dust
Special Purpose Switches

Page 2-64 Variety of special function limit switch products
Applications
Mining, metal cutting, grain storage, forest products, petrochemical, waste and sewage management, pharmaceutical
Sealed and unsealed versions available One-way gasket on sealed version keeps
Serving MRO and USER replacement requirements with broad market coverage
Special function switch lines include: Cabinet door interlocks when plunger
Product Features
liquids out, yet allows a harmless release of gases in the event of an internal explosion
Silicon bronze housing provides excellent
is pulled out, red band indicator visually shows that interlock is defeated
Precision switches 1N.O.-1N.C.,
corrosion resistant properties in extreme NEMA 4X applications

Temperature build-up on limit switch
2N.O.-2N.C., or operator only. Variety of mounting brackets available

Pneumatic time delay ON delay and
surface is dissipated by housing design and materials used

Utilizes the operating heads and internal
OFF delay. Timing range 0.05 to 60 seconds

Rotating cam shaft switches
switch mechanisms of the 10316 Non Plug-In line

NEMA 7, Div. 1, Class I, BCD NEMA 9, Div. 1, Class II, EFG
Contact Ratings
NEMA B600 3A, 120V AC; 5A Continuous LX NEMA 7, 9 CX NEMA 1, 4, 7, 9 CB NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 13 CBX NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 13 LX, CX Aluminum Die Cast CB, CBX Silicon Bronze cUL Listed
See product guide section
Enclosure Ratings
NEMA 1 or NEMA 4 Versions
Construction Approvals
Zinc Die Cast PS Phenolic UL Listed CSA Certied (PS and J only)
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-6
Limit Switches Technical Reference

August 2007
Mechanical Limit Switches are contact sensors widely used for detecting the presence or position of objects in industrial applications. Limit Switches offer high precision in terms of accuracy and repeatability. This is primarily due to the fact that they make direct contact with the target. When an object contacts the limit switch lever (or plunger) the lever moves a pretravel distance to the operating point where the contacts are tripped. Movement of the lever beyond this point is called the overtravel.
PRETRAVEL OPERATING POINT INITIAL POSITION OVERTRAVEL
Limit Switch Components

Limit Switches contain the following major components. These may be modular or part of a single-piece switch.
Actuator/ Operating Head Switch Body Actuator/ Operating Head
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Receptacle/ Terminals
RESET POINT
Switch Body
DIFFERENTIAL
Actuator This is the part of the switch that contacts the target. Typical actuators are levers and plungers. Several styles are available, see Page 11-8 for more information. Switch Body This part contains the electrical contact mechanism. For complete information on electrical outputs, see Page 11-29. Terminals The terminals are the point of connection for the wiring. These terminals may be on the body itself, or housed in a removable receptacle. The limit switch may also come equipped with a factory installed cable or pin-connector.
Lever Type Actuator
INITIAL POSITION PRETRAVEL DIFFERENTIAL OVERTRAVEL RESET POINT OPERATING POINT FINAL POSITION
Refer to Page 11-7 for a complete description of Limit Switch terminology.
PG08301004E
Limit Switches E47 Precision Switches

August 2007
2-7
PG.05C.03.T.E
E47 Precision Limit Switches
The Cost-Effective Solution for Highly Accurate Switching Applications

Compact Size Fits Where You Need it Wide Variety of Operators Available
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Model Selection, Basic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Model Selection, Enclosed Switches . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Cutler-Hammer E47 Precision Switches from Eatons electrical business provide high accuracy switching at an affordable price. A variety of standard features, such as current capacity, operating force, travel characteristics and actuators, lets you custom t the switch to your application. The switches are available in their compact basic form, or enclosed in a rugged, metal housing.
Basic Switch
Solder or Screw Terminals
Enclosed Switch
1/2" NPT Conduit Fitting Rugged Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure
Approvals

Product Features

UL Recognized CSA Certied
Compact housings are ideal for use where space is restricted Precision, snap-action operators provide accurate repeatability of electrical and mechanical operating characteristics High current capacity (up to 20A) allows power load switching and motor handling capability Enclosed booted versions shield actuators from debris
Denitions Operating Characteristics
OF Operating Force RF Return Force PT Pre-travel OT Overtravel MD Movement Differential FP Free Position OP Operating Position
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-8

August 2007
Model Selection Basic Switches

Type Catalog Number 15A 20A Specications Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Pin Plunger
Screw Terminal
E47BMS01
E47CMS01
Solder Terminal
E47BML01
E47CML01
OF Max. 12.3 oz (350g) RF Max. 4.02 oz (114g) PT Max. 0.016 in (0.4 mm) OT Max. 0.005 in (0.13 mm) MD Max. 0.002 in (0.05 mm) OP 0.626 in (15.9 mm)
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Extended Plunger Straight Plunger Reversed Lever Straight Lever Standard Lever

Screw Terminal
E47BMS03
Solder Terminal
E47BML03
Screw Terminal
E47BMS02
E47CMS02
Solder Terminal
E47BML02
E47CML02
Screw Terminal Solder Terminal Spade Terminal Screw Terminal
E47BMS21
E47BML21
OF Max. 5.29 oz (150g) RF Max. 0.49 oz (14g) PT Max. 0.16 in (4 mm) OT Max. 0.063 in (1.6 mm) MD Max. 0.051 in (1.3 mm) FP Max. 0.81 in (20.6 mm) OP 0.685 in (17.4 mm)
E47BMT21
E47BMS22
E47CMS22
Solder Terminal
E47BML22
OF Max. 2.47 oz (70g) RF Min. 0.49 oz (14g) PT Max. 0.394 in (10 mm) OT Max. 0.220 in (5.6 mm) MD Max. 0.051 in (1.3 mm) FP Max. 1.11 in (28.2 mm) OP 0.748 in (19 mm)
Screw Terminal
E47BMS20
Solder Terminal
E47BML20
OF Max. 3.53 oz (100g) RF Min. 0.99 oz (28g) PT Max. 0.197 in (5.0 mm) OT Max. 0.079 in (2.0 mm) MD Max. 0.039 in (1.0 mm) FP Max. 0.976 in (24.8 mm) OP 0.748 in (19 mm)
OF = Operating Force; RF = Return Force; PT = Pre-travel; OT = Overtravel; MD = Movement Differential; FP = Free Position; OP = Operating Position. Contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for approval status. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-9
Model Selection Basic Switches (Continued)

Extended Straight Plunger
Screw Terminal
E47BMS04
E47CMS04
E47BMT04 (with space lugs) Solder Terminal E47BML04 E47CML04
Roller Plunger
Screw Terminal
E47BMS10
E47CMS10
Solder Terminal
E47BML10
Cross Roller Plunger
Screw Terminal
E47BMS11
E47CMS11
Solder Terminal
E47BML11
Reversed Roller Lever
Screw Terminal
E47BMS41
Solder Terminal
E47BML41
OF Max. 5.29 oz (150g) RF Max. 0.49 oz (14g) PT Max. 0.16 in (4 mm) OT Max. 0.063 in (1.6 mm) MD Max. 0.051 in (1.3 mm) FP Max. 1.252 in (31.8 mm) OP 1.126 in (28.6 mm)
Extended Roller Lever
Screw Terminal
E47BMS42
E47CMS42
Solder Terminal
E47BML42
OF Max. 5.64 oz (160g) RF Min. 0.78 oz (22g) PT Max. 0.28 in (7.1 mm) OT Max. 0.16 in (4 mm) MD Max. 0.04 in (1.02 mm) FP Max. 1.437 in (36.5 mm) OP 1.189 in (30.2 mm)
OF = Operating Force; RF = Return Force; PT = Pre-travel; OT = Overtravel; MD = Movement Differential; FP = Free Position; OP = Operating Position. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-10

August 2007
Model Selection Basic Switches (Continued)

Roller Lever
Screw Terminal
E47BMS30
E47CMS30
Solder Terminal
E47BML30
OF Max. 5.64 oz (160g) RF Min. 1.48 oz (42g) PT Max. 0.106 in (2.7 mm) OT Max. 0.094 in (2.4 mm) MD Max. 0.02 in (0.5 mm) FP Max. 1.28 in (32.5 mm) OP 1.189 in (30.2 mm)
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
One-Way Roller Integral Leaf Adjustable Roller Extended Adjustable Roller
Spade Terminal
E47BMT30
E47CMT30
Screw Terminal
E47BMS31
Solder Terminal
E47BML31
OF Max. 5.64 oz (160g) RF Min. 1.48 oz (42g) PT Max. 0.106 in (2.7 mm) OT Max. 0.094 in (2.4 mm) MD Max. 0.02 in (0.5 mm) FP 1.717 in (43.6 mm) OP 1.697 in (43.1 mm)
Screw Terminal
E47BMS23
E47CMS23
Solder Terminal
E47BML23
OF Max. 0.35 oz (10g) RF Min. 0.106 oz (3.0g) PT Max. 0.787 in (20.0 mm) OT Max. 0.22 in (5.6 mm) MD Max. 0.118 in (3.0 mm) OP 0.748 in (19.0 mm)
Screw Terminal
E47BMS40
Solder Terminal
E47BML40
OF Max. 17.64 oz (500g) RF Min. 6.0 oz (170g) PT Max. 0.197 in (5.0 mm) OT Max. 0.5 in (12.7 mm) MD Max. 0.087 in (2.2 mm) FP Max. 1.752 in (44.5 mm) OP 1.591 in (40.4 mm)
Screw Terminal
E47BMS43
Solder Terminal
E47BML43
OF Max. 21.16 oz (600g) RF Min. 10.58 oz (300g) PT Max. 0.118 in (3.0 mm) OT Max. 0.236 in (6.0 mm) MD Max. 0.079 in (2.0 mm) FP Max. 1.614 in (41 mm) OP 1.591 in (40.4 mm)
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-11
Model Selection Accessories Terminal Wire Covers for Basic Switches

Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm
Terminal wire cover with 45 conduit interface
E47PA1
21 14
53 25.4
2-4.2 7
12 14
Terminal wire cover with 90 conduit interface
E47PA2
21 14
53 25.4
2-4.2 7
21
12 14 Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
A B 12
A B
Model Selection Enclosed Switches

Catalog Number Specications Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Plunger Actuator
E47BLS05
E47CLS05 (20 Amp version)
OF Max. 8.82 12.3 oz (250 350g) RF Min. 4.02 oz (114g) PT Max. 0.016 in (0.4 mm) OT Max. 0.217 in (5.5 mm) MD Max. 0.002 in (0.05 mm) OP 1.504 in (38.2 mm)
Booted Plunger
E47BLS06
OF Max. 28.22 oz (800g) RF Min. 8.46 oz (240g) PT Max. 0.079 in (2.0 mm) OT Max. 0.197 in (5.0 mm) MD Max. 0.004 in (0.1 mm) OP 1.803 in (45.8 mm)
Roller Lever
E47BLS32
OF Max. 20.1 oz (570g) RF Min. 6.0 oz (1700g) PT Max. 0.157 in (4.0 mm) OT Max. 0.236 in (6.0 mm) MD Max. 0.016 in (0.4 mm)
E47CLS32 (20 Amp version)
OF = Operating Force; RF = Return Force; PT = Pre-travel; OT = Overtravel; MD = Movement Differential; FP = Free Position; OP = Operating Position. Contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for approval status. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
39 46
21
LIMIT SWITCHES
18 25
2-12

August 2007
Model Selection Enclosed Switches (Continued)

Catalog Number Specications Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Booted Roller Lever
E47BLS33
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Roller Plunger E47BLS07 Booted Roller Plunger E47BLS08 E47BLS12 (Cross Roller Unit) One-Way Roller E47BLS34 Booted One-Way Roller E47BLS35 Booted Wobble E47BLS14
OF Max. 8.82 12.3oz (250 350g) RF Min. 4.02 oz (114g) PT Max. 0.02 in (0.5 mm) OT Max. 0.142 in (3.6 mm) E47BLS11 MD Max. 0.002 in (0.05 mm) (Cross Roller OP 1.957 in (49.7 mm) Unit)
OF Max. 17.64 oz (500g) RF Min. 3.53 oz (100g) PT Max. 0.039 in (1.0 mm) OT Max. 0.138 in (3.5 mm) MD Max. 0.005 in (0.12 mm) OP 1.957 in (49.7 mm)
0.25 [6.5] Dia. 0.37 [9.5] 2-M4.0 x 45 0.91 [23] 1.00 [25.4] 1.00 [25.4]
PT 5.91 [150] 0.67 [17] 3.37 [85.5] 0.08 [2.1] 1.00 [25.5] 0.96 [24.5]
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-13
Specications
Operating Speed Operating Frequency Mechanical Electrical Mechanical Life Electrical Life Contact Resistance Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength Between Non-current Carrying Parts Between Current Carrying Parts and Ground Ambient Operating Temperature Basic Enclosed Environmental Rating Enclosed, Booted Mounting Centers Terminal Screws 0.01m/second to 1m/second 120 Operations/minute 20 Operations/minute 3,000,000 Operations minimum 500,000 Operations minimum 15m Ohms maximum, initial 100m Ohms minimum @ 500V DC
1000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute 2000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute -13 to 176F (-25 to 80C) 5 to 176F (-15 to 80C) NEMA 1 1.0 in (25.4 mm), #8 screw size Bottom facing M4 x 0.7 (8 32) Screws with cup washers will accept 22 12 AWG (2.5 sq. mm maximum) Maximum Torque: 10 in-lbs. 15/32 in Mineral lled phenolic Aluminum die casting (ADC-3/A380); Seal boot: Nitrile, butyl rubber (NBR) 1/2 inch NPT
Threaded Bushing Material of Construction Enclosure Rating Conduit Fitting On Enclosed Type Ratings
Model Rated Voltage (V)
Non-inductive Load (A) Resistive Load Lamp Load N.O.
Inductive Load (A) Inductive Load Motor Load N.O.
Inrush Current (A)
N.C. and N.O. N.C.
N.C. and N.O. N.C.
N.C.
N.O.
15A
125V AC 250V AC 500V AC 8V DC 14V DC 30V DC 125V DC 250V DC
15 15 3 15 15 6 (2) 0.4 0.2 20 20 6 20 20 6 0.5 0.25
3 2.5 1.5 3 3 3 0.4 0.2 7.5 7.5 4 3 3 3 0.5 0.25
1.5 1.25 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.4 0.2 7.5 7.5 4 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.5 0.25
15 15 2.5 15 10 5 0.05 0.03 20 20 5 20 15 5 0.05 0.03
5 3 1.5 5 5 5 0.05 0.03 12.5 8.3 2 12.5 12.5 5 0.05 0.03
2.5 1.5 0.75 2.5 2.5 2.5 0.05 0.03 12.5 8.3 2 12.5 12.5 5 0.05 0.03
30 Max.
15 Max.
20A
125V AC 250V AC 500V AC 8V DC 14V DC 30V DC 125V DC 250V DC
60 Max.
30 Max.
Inductive load has a power factor of 0.04 minimum (AC) and a time constant of 7 m/second (DC). Lamp load has an inrush current of 6 times steady-state current.
Terminal Congurations
Screw Type Solder Type
Contact Conguration Form C Precision Snap Action
(Spade type not shown, available on some models)
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-14
Limit Switches Compact Prewired

August 2007
PG.05C.10.T.E
Compact Prewired Limit Switches
Rugged and Dependable Compact Limit Switch

Eight Different Activator Heads for Use in a Variety of Applications
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-16
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Rugged Die Cast Aluminum Construction
The Cutler-Hammer E47 Compact Prewired Limit Switch by Eatons electrical business is designed to be a versatile, slim device for hard to t applications where sealing integrity is required. The rugged die cast aluminum alloy housing, cable connection and switch mechanism are encapsulated for protection against extreme temperature (-10 to 70C), contaminants, moisture, shock and vibration. This factory wired (3m) device has NEMA enclosure ratings of 4, 6 and 13, making it suitable for applications such as machine tool, food processing and packaging.
Stackable Ridge for Ganged Operations 3 Meter Cable
Product Features


Rugged aluminum alloy die cast housing Sealed construction with enclosure ratings of NEMA 4, 6 and 13 Prewired with 3m of 18 AWG, AWM 2517, 300V cable Stackable ridge for ganged operation
cULus NEMA 4, 6 and 13 IEC IP67
Specications Maximum Ampere Rating

Voltage Non-inductive Load (A) Resistive N.C. N.O. Inductive Load (A) Inductive N.C. N.O. Motor N.C. N.O. Inrush Current (A) N.C. N.O.
125V AC 250V AC 8V DC 14V DC 30V DC 125V DC 250V DC
5 5 5 5 4 0.4 0.2
5 5 5 5 4 0.4 0.2
3 2 5 4 3 0.4 0.2
3 2 4 4 3 0.4 0.2
2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.05 0.03
1.3 0.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.05 0.03
20 Max.
10 Max.
NOTES: Inductive load ratings are tested at a power factor 0.4 min. for AC power and a time constant of 7 mS max. for DC power. Inrush current for motor load is 6 times the steady state current.
Specications
Contacts Mechanical Life Electrical Life Operating Speed Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Humidity Vibration Shock Enclosure Ratings
1-SPDT (Form C) 10,000,000 operations 200,000 operations, 30 operation/min. at rated load 30 operations per minute maximum -10 to +70C (14 to 158F) -10 to 70C (14 to 158F) 95% maximum non-condensing Malfunction durability, 10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm double amplitude Malfunction durability, approximately 50G NEMA 4, 6 and 13; IEC IP67

August 2007
2-15
Model Selection
Actuator Type Operating Force (Maximum) Reset Force (Minimum) Overtravel (Minimum) Pre-travel Movement Differential (Maximum) Operating Position Catalog Number
Pin 42.3 oz Plunger (1.2 kg)
15.9 oz (450g)
0.118 inch (3 mm)
0.07 inch (1.8 mm)
0.008 inch (0.2 mm)
0.62 0.04 inch (15.7 1 mm)
E47BCC05
Sealed 63.5 oz Plunger (1.8 kg)
15.9 oz (450g)
0.118 inch (3 mm)
0.07 inch (1.8 mm)
0.008 inch (0.2 mm)
0.99 0.04 inch (24.9 1 mm)
E47BCC06
Roller 42.3 oz Plunger (1.2 kg)
15.9 oz (450g)
0.118 inch (3 mm)
0.07 inch (1.8 mm)
0.008 inch (0.2 mm)
1.12 0.04 inch (28.5 1 mm)
E47BCC07
Sealed 63.5 oz Roller (1.8 kg) Plunger
15.9 oz (450g)
0.118 inch (3 mm)
0.07 inch (1.8 mm)
0.008 inch (0.2 mm)
1.35 0.04 inch (34.3 1 mm)
E47BCC08
Cross 42.3 oz Roller (1.2 kg) Plunger
15.9 oz (450g)
0.118 inch (3 mm)
0.07 inch (1.8 mm)
0.008 inch (0.2 mm)
1.12 0.04 inch (28.5 1 mm)
E47BCC11
Sealed 63.5 oz Cross (1.8 kg) Roller Plunger
15.9 oz (450g)
0.118 inch (3 mm)
0.07 inch (1.8 mm)
0.008 inch (0.2 mm)
1.35 0.04 inch (34.3 1 mm)
E47BCC12
Bevel 42.3 oz Plunger (1.2 kg)
15.9 oz (450g)
0.118 inch (3 mm)
0.07 inch (1.8 mm)
0.008 inch (0.2 mm)
1.12 0.04 inch (28.5 1 mm)
E47BCC13
Roller Lever
20.5 oz (580g)
5.3 oz (150g)
40
25 max.
E47BCC15
Wobble 5.3 oz Stick (150g)
15 max.
E47BCC20
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-16

August 2007
Wiring Diagram
N.C. (Red)
2
Common (Black)
N.O. (Blue) Ground (Green)
LIMIT SWITCHES
Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches] E47BCC05

2 x 10.2 [0.402] Depth: 6 [0.236] PT OP 54.2 [2.134] Max 49.0 [1.929] 40.0 [1.575] 25.0 [0.984] 2 x 5.1 [0.201] 10 [0.397] Stainless Steel Plunger 4.5 [0.177] 7.5 [0.295] 8.0 [0.315] 23.0 2.0 [0.079] [0.906] 16.0 [0.630] Max 2.8 [0.110] Correct Setting Postion
E47BCC06
25.0 [0.984] 40.0 [1.575] 2 x 5.1 [0.201] 2 x 10.2 [0.402] Depth: 6 [0.236] 10 [0.397] 4.0 Stainless [0.157] Steel Plunger 7.5 [0.295] 8.0 [0.315] 23.0 2.0 [0.906] [0.079] 16.0 [0.630] Max Rubber Cap
PT OP 63.5 [2.5] 49.0 Max. [1.929]
2.0 [0.079] 34.0 [1.339]
1.4 [0.055]
1.5 [0.059]
2.0 [0.079]
34.0 [1.339]
1.4 [0.055]
1.5 [0.059]
E47BCC07
25.0 [0.984] 40.0 [1.575] Max 2 x 5.1 [0.201] 2 x 10.2 [0.402] Depth: 6 [0.236] 7.0 12.7 [0.500] x [0.276] 3.8 [0.150] Stainless Steel Roller 7.5 [0.295] 8.0 [0.315] 2.0 [0.079] 23.0 [0.906] 16.0 [0.630] Max 2.8 [0.110] Correct Setting Position
E47BCC13
25.0 [0.984] 40.0 [1.575] 2 x 5.1 [0.201] 2 x 10.2 [0.402] Depth: 6 [0.236] 7.0 10 [0.397] [0.276] Stainless Steel PLU 7.5 [0.295] 67.0 [2.638] Max 51.5 [2.028] 8.0 [0.315] 2.0 [0.079] 23.0 [0.906] 16.0 [0.630]
PT OP 67.0 [2.638] Max
PT OP
2.8 [0.110] Correct Setting Position
51.5 [2.028]
2.0 [0.079] 34.0 [1.339]
1.4 [0.055]
1.5 [0.059]
2.0 [0.079] 34.0 [1.339]
1.4 [0.055]
1.5 [0.059]
E47BCC11
25.0 [0.984] 40.0 [1.575] Max 2 x 5.1 [0.201] 2 x 10.2 [0.402] Depth: 6 [0.236] 12.7 [0.500] 7.0 x 3.8 [0.150] [0.276] Stainless Steel Roller 7.5 [0.295] 8.0 [0.315] 23.0 2.0 [0.906] [0.079] 1.5 [0.059] 16.0 [0.630] Max
E47BCC08
25.0 [0.984] PT OP 40.0 [1.575] Max 2 x 5.1 [0.201] 2 x 10.2 [0.402] Depth: 6 [0.236] 12.7 [0.500] x 3.8 [0.150] Stainless Steel Roller 7.5 [0.295] 8.0 [0.315] 23.0 2.0 [0.079] [0.906] 4.0 [0.157] 16.0 [0.630] Max
PT OP
67.0 [2.638] Max 51.5 [2.028]
2.8 [0.110] Correct Setting Position
73.0 [2.874] Max. 49.0 [1.929]
Rubber Cap
2.0 [0.079] 34.0 [1.339]
1.4 [0.055]
2.0 [0.079]
34.0 [1.339]
1.4 [0.055]
1.5 [0.059]
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-17
Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches] (Continued) E47BCC12

40.0 [1.575]
E47BCC15
17.0 [0.669] x 7.0 [0.276] Stainless Sintered Roller 2 x 5.1 [0.201] 25.0 [0.984] R38 [1.496] 7.0 [0.276] 11.4 [0.45] 7.5 [0.30] 102.7 [4.043] Max 44.0 [1.732] 50.0 [1.969] Max. 31.5 [1.240] 16.0 [0.630] Max
PT OP 73.0 [2.874] Max. 49.0 [1.929]
2 x 10.2 [0.402] Depth: 6 [0.236] 12.7 [0.500] x 4.0 3.8 [0.150] [0.157] Stainless Steel Roller 7.5 [0.295] 8.0 [0.315] 2.0 [0.079] 23.0 [0.906]
Rubber Cap
2x 10.2 [0.402] Depth: 6 [0.236] 23.0 [0.906]
8.0 2.0 [0.079] [0.31] 2.0 [0.079] 34.0 [1.339] 40.0 [1.575]
65.0 [2.559] Max
2.0 [0.079]
34.0 [1.339]
1.4 [0.055]
1.5 [0.059]
1.4 [0.055]
1.5 [0.059]
E47BCC20
1.2 16.0 [0.630] Max 50.7 103.7 [2.5] 5.7 2 x 5.1 [0.201] 2 x 10.2 [0.402] Depth: 6 [0.236] 4.0 [0.157] 7.5 [0.295] 8.0 [0.315] 49.0 [1.929] 25.0 [0.984] 23.0 2.0 [0.906] [0.079] Rubber Cap
2.0 [0.079]
34.0 [1.339] 40.0 [1.575]
1.4 [0.055]
1.5 [0.059]
PG08301004E
25.0 [0.984]
2 x 5.1 [0.201]
16.0 [0.630] Max
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-18
Limit Switches E49 Miniature DIN

August 2007
PG.05C.01.T.E
Limit Switches Miniature DIN Models
Miniature, Nonmetallic Limit Switches Feature Positive Opening N.C. Contacts for Reliable Sensing in SpaceRestrictive Light Industrial Applications
2-18 2-19 2-20 2-20
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Six Different Head Designs for Use in a Variety of Applications
Cutler-Hammer E49 DIN Limit Switches by Eatons electrical business are designed to International standards. Positive opening normally closed contacts, ngerproof wire-ready terminals, double insulated nylon housing, and environmental ratings to NEMA 4, 4X, 6P, 13 IP65 make E49 the choice in many packaging, material handling, conveying, sorting and counting, positioning and end-oftravel applications.
IEC DIN Miniature Mounting Spacing
Heads Can Be Oriented in Four Positions
Miniature Housing Size Fits into Tight Spaces
1/2" NPT Conduit Entry

UL Listed CSA Certied IEC 947-5-1 VDE 0660 CENELEC EN50047 NEMA A300 (AC-15) NEMA R300 (DC-13) Direct opening N.C. contacts Double insulated enclosure
Product Features

Nonmetallic housing is ideal for corrosive environments Fingerproof terminals and double insulated enclosures protect against accidental shock Generous wiring space speeds installation Electrically isolated contacts eliminate polarity restrictions for electrical loads Positive opening N.C. contacts improve reliability by positively breaking the N.C. contacts during operation, eliminating light welding/sticking conditions

August 2007
2-19
Model Selection Miniature Limit Switches

Operating Head Type Specications Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Travel to Operate Pos. Reset Contacts Break N.C. Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts (Maximum) Minimum Return Force Catalog Numbers Operating Head Only Assembled Unit (Switch Body and Head) 1N.O.-1N.C. Contacts 2N.O. Contacts 2N.C. Contacts
Side Rotary
35
55
15
76
1.16 in-lb
0.76 in-lb
E49AP7
E49S71AP7
E49S74AP7
E49S73AP7
Top Push Plunger
0.12 in (3.0 mm)
0.19 in (4.8 mm)
0.05 in (1.3 mm)
0.23 in (5.8 mm)
1.79 lb
1.14 lb
E49S71
E49S74
E49S73
Top Push Roller
0.11 in (2.8 mm)
0.19 in (4.8 mm)
0.04 in (1.0 mm)
0.23 in (5.8 mm)
1.81 lb
0.95 lb
E49CP7
E49S71CP7
E49S74CP7
E49S73CP7
Rod Lever
35
55
16
76
0.80 in-lb
0.49 in-lb
E49DP7
E49S71DP7
E49S74DP7
E49S73DP7
Offset Roller Lever
0.14 in (3.6 mm)
0.12 in (3.0 mm)
0.06 in (1.5 mm)
0.30 in (7.6 mm)
1.7 lb
0.78 lb
E49EP7
E49S71EP7
E49S74EP7
E49S73EP7
Adjustable Roller Lever
35
55
16
75
0.88 in-lb
0.58 in-lb
E49UP7
E49S71UP7
E49S74UP7
E49S73UP7
1/2" NPT conduit entry (bottom) supplied as standard for 1N.O.-1N.C. Contacts. Switching voltage: 500V, snap action. Switching voltage: 400V, slow make & break. Not rated positive open contact. Optional Pre-wired Micro-connector available. Add Sufx -A5 when ordering. See wiring diagram on Page 2-20. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Catalog Number Switch Body Only (1/2" NPT Conduit Entry) Catalog Number Switch Body Only (20 mm Conduit Entry)
E49S71 E49S71-20
E49S74
E49S73
1N.O.-1N.C. Contacts
2N.O. Contacts
2N.C. Contacts
Isolated Contacts No Polarity Restriction
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-20

August 2007
Specications
Mechanical Life Operating Temperature Housing Material Contact Material 1 million operations -22 to 176F (-30 to 80C) Self-extinguishing PA-6 (Glass-reinforced, Polyamide) 90% Silver, 10% Nickel
NEMA R300 (DC-13) Rated Current Voltage
Wiring Diagram Optional -A5 Sufx for Pre-wired Micro-Connector

N.C. White Blue Brown Black N.O.
Ratings Isolated Contacts, No Polarity Restriction

NEMA A300 (AC-15) 50 or 60 Hz Rated Current Voltage Continuous Make Voltamperes Make Break
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Break
24V AC 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
60A 60A 30A 15A 12A
6.0A 6.0A 3.0A 1.5A 1.2A
7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA
720 VA 720 VA 720 VA 720 VA 720 VA
24V DC 120V DC 240V DC
1.5A 0.22A 0.11A
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Switch Body with E49S71 Top Push Plunger
2.91 (74) 0.39 (10) 0.31 (8) 0.16 (4) 0.79 (20) 0.31 (8) 0.87 (22) 0.17 (4.2) 0.78 (20)
E49UP7 Adjustable 1.86 Roller Lever (47)
0.31 (8)
0.98 (25)
0.77 - 2.16 (19.5 - 55)
4.17 - 5.61 (106 - 142.5) 0.83 (21)
1.2 (30.5)
1.22 (31)
2.44 (64) 0.79 (20)
4.25 (108)
0.16 (4) 0.31 (8)
0.17 (4.2)
E49AP7 Side Rotary Head
1.92 (49) 0.31 (8)
0.71 (18)
0.94 (24) 0.83 (21)

1.2 (30.5)
1.22 (31)
2.44 (64) 0.79 (20)
4.25 (108)
0.16 (4) 0.31 (8)
0.17 (4.2)
E49CP7 Top Push Roller
0.39 (10) 0.13 (3) 0.87 (22)
0.55 (14)
0.17 (4.2)
1.2 (30.5) 1.22 (31)
3.62 (92)
1.22 (31)
E49DP Rod Lever

1.2 (30.5) 1.22 (31)
0.43 (11) 0.43 (11) 0.16 (4) 0.79 (20) 0.31 (8) 1.20 (30.5) 2.44 (62) 0.87 (22) 0.17 (4.2)
0.095 (2.4)
E49EP7 Offset Roller Lever
0.39 (10)
0.16 (4) 2.44 (64) 0.79 (20) 5.32 (135) 0.31 (8)
0.17 (4.2)
3.54 (90)
1.2 (30.5)
1.22 (31)
1.22 (31)
1.2 (30.5)
PG08301004E
Limit Switches E49 Mini Metal

August 2007
2-21
PG.05C.06.T.E
Tough Like the E50 Line But Smaller and Priced Competitively with Plastic IEC DIN Switches
Ten Different Head Designs for Use in Most Switching Applications
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Terminal Conguration . . . . . . . . 2-24 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Cutler-Hammer E49 Mini Metal Limit Switches from Eatons electrical business are designed small and tough, with machinery OEMs in mind. The small size, metal body and mechanical life make this product perfect for switching applications in packaging, material handling, elevators and lifts, electronic assembly equipment, injection molding machinery, and auto-vending machines. The E49 Mini Metal is the ideal switch for those who need a cost-effective, compact solution, but dont want to sacrice durability in the process.
Modular Heads Can Be Orientated in Four Different Directions
Metallic Base, Head and Lever Assure Lasting Durability Included Cable Gland Eliminates Hassle of Conduit Adapters
Approvals

Product Features

UL Recognized CE
Long life rated for 10 million operations Pre-wired units with custom cable lengths available for high volume customers Fingerproof terminals protect against accidental shock Double-spring mechanism for contact reliability Grounding terminal included Captive screws on enclosure cover make wiring hassle-free SPDT double break
Contents
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-22

August 2007
Model Selection E49 Mini Metal

Operating Head Type Specications Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts Minimum Return Force Catalog Numbers Assembled Units (Switch Body and Head) 1N.O./1N.C. Contacts
Side Rotary Lever
20
12
70
750 g
100 g
E49G31AP3
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Adjustable Side Rotary 20 Lever 12 70 750 g 100 g E49G31UP3 Top Pushbutton 0.06 in (1.5 mm) 0.04 in (1 mm) 0.22 in (5.5 mm) 900 g 150 g E49G31BP3 Top Push Roller 0.06 in (1.5 mm) 0.04 in (1 mm) 0.22 in (5.5 mm) 900 g 150 g E49G31CP3 Top Push Roller (90 Degree Roller) 0.06 in (1.5 mm) 0.04 in (1 mm) 0.22 in (5.5 mm) 900 g 150 g E49G31C1P3 Adjustable Rod Lever 20 12 70 750 g 100 g E49G31DP3
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-23
Model Selection E49 Mini Metal (Continued)

Operating Head Type Specications Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts Minimum Return Force Catalog Numbers Assembled Units (Switch Body and Head) 1N.O./1N.C. Contacts
Wobble Stick (Metal Coil)
1.18 in (30 mm)
150 g
E49G31VP3
Wobble Stick (Metal Rod)
1.18 in (30 mm)
150 g
E49G31MP3
Wobble Stick (Whisker)
1.18 in (30 mm)
150 g
E49G31XM3
PG08301004E
Wobble Stick (Nylon Coil)
1.18 in (30 mm)
150 g
E49G31NP3
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-24

August 2007
Specications
Operating Speed Operating Frequency Contact Resistance
0.19 in (5 mm) to 19.7 in/s (50 cm/s) 120 operations/min 25 m (initial) 100 m min (at 500V DC) 1,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for one minute between non-continuous terminals 1,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for one minute between current-carrying and noncurrent-carrying parts and between each terminal and ground
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength
Vibration Shock Ambient Operating Temperature Humidity Service Life Weight Degree of Protection Material of Construction
10 to 55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude Approx. 300 m/s2 (approx. 30Gs) -5 to +65 C 95% RH max. Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min. Electrical: 500,000 operations min. Approx. 130 to 190 g IEC: IP65 Shaft: Stainless SUS303 Arm: Stainless SUS304 Head and Body: Zinc Alloy Terminal Cover: PC/ABS Plastic Rubber Grommet: NBR Rubber UL Recognized; CE
Approvals
Ratings
Rated Voltage Non-inductive Load Resistive Load N.C. N.O. Lamp Load N.C. N.O. Inductive Load Inductive Load N.C. N.O. Motor Load N.C. N.O.
125V AC 250V AC 8V DC 14V DC 30V DC 125V DC 250V DC

5 5 5 5 5 0.4 0.2
5 5 5 5 5 0.4 0.2
1.5 1 3 3 3
0.7 0.5 3 3 3
3 3 5 4 4
3 3 4 4 4
2 1.5 3 3 3
1 0.8 3 3 3
Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 msec. max. (DC). Lamp load has an inrush current of ten times the steady-state current, while motor load has an inrush current of six times the steady-state current.
Terminal Conguration
NO (4) NO (3)
NC (1)
NC (2)
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-25
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) E49G31AP3

0.70 x 0.28 (18 x 7) Dia. PT 20 Max. M3 x 6 0.16 (4.1) Dia. 0.49 (12) M4 1.18 (30) R 1.62 (41) 1.43 (28) 0.8 (20) 0.73 (18)
E49G31CP3
0.50 x 0.15 (13 x 4) Dia. M3 x 6 0.16 (4.1) Dia. 2.2 (56) 2.52 (64) 0.59 (15) 0.39 (10) 1.5 (38)
M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8)
2.2 (56)
2.52 (64)
M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8)
0.55 (14) 0.55 (14) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15)
E49G31BP3
0.12 (3) M3 x 6 0.16 (4.1) Dia. 0.39 (10)
E49G31DP3
0.22 (6) 0.10 (3) Dia. M4 M3 x 6 2.2 (56) 2.52 (64) 0.16 (4.1) Dia. 1.18~4.65 (30~118) M6 0.49 (12) 1.77 (45) 1.41 (36) 0.8 (20) 0.73 (18)
1.06 (27)
M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8)
0.55 (14) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15)
M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8)
2.2 (56)
2.52 (64)
0.55 (14) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15)
E49G31C1P3
0.50 x 0.15 (13 x 4) Dia. M3 x 6 0.16 (4.1) Dia. 2.2 (56) 2.52 (64) 0.59 (15) 0.39 (10) 1.5 (38)
E49G31MP3
0.11 (3) Dia. 1.65 (42) 3.94 (100) M3 x 6 0.16 (4.1) Dia. 0.55 (14) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15) M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8) 0.55 (14) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15) 2.2 (56) 2.52 (64) 0.23 (6) Dia. 0.40 (10)
M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8)
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-26

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) (Continued) E49G31NP3

0.11 (3) Dia. 0.40 (10)
E49G31VP3
0.40 (10)
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
M3 x 6 0.16 (4.1) Dia. M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8)
1.65 (42) 3.94 (100) 0.23 (6) Dia. M3 x 6 0.16 (4.1) Dia. 2.2 (56) 2.52 (64) 3.94 (100)
2.2 (56)
2.52 (64)
M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8)
0.55 (14) 0.55 (14) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15)
E49G31UP3
L= 1.18~2.75 (30~70) 1.89 (48) 1.69 (43) 1.30 (33) 1.10 (28)
E49G31XM3
0.40 (10) 2.05 (52) 3.94 (100) 0.73 (18) M3 x 6 0.16 (4.1) Dia. 2.2 (56) 2.52 (64) 0.04 (1) Dia.
0.70 x 0.28 (18 x 7) Dia.
M4 M3 x 6 0.16 (4.1) Dia. 0.49 (12) M6
0.8 (20)
M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8)
2.2 (56)
0.08 (2)
2.52 (64) M3 x 23 M5 (P=0.8)
0.55 (14) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15)
0.55 (14) 0.83 (21) 1.1 (28) 0.30 (7) 0.98 (25) 0.6 (15)
PG08301004E
Limit Switches E49 Compact Metal

August 2007
2-27
PG.05C.02.T.E
Compact Size, Metallic Limit Switches Feature 1N.O./1N.C. Contacts for High Reliability in OEM Sensing Applications
Seven Different Head Designs for Use in a Variety of Applications
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27 2-28 2-29 2-29
Cutler-Hammer E49 Compact Metal Switches by Eatons electrical business are designed with high mechanical strength for robust environments. The rugged aluminum die cast construction provides reliable, oil-tight, waterproof and dustproof sealing for a variety of applications. Snap action 1N.O./1N.C. contacts provide exibility in design.
Congure to Operate in Clockwise or Counterclockwise Direction

cULus NEMA A600 (AC-15) NEMA R300 (DC-13) IP67
Product Features

Rigid die cast switch housing High mechanical strength Oil-tight, waterproof and dustproof construction
Contents
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-28

August 2007
Model Selection E49 Compact Metal Limit Switches

Operating Head Type Specications Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts Minimum Return Force (Maximum) Catalog Numbers Assembled Unit (Switch Body and Head) 1N.O.-1N.C. Contacts
Roller Lever
20
12
50
2.99 lb
0.50 lb
E49M11AP1
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Top Push
0.067 in (1.7 mm)
0.04 in (1.0 mm)
6.02 lb
2.01 lb
E49M11BP1
Top Push Roller
0.067 in (1.7 mm)
0.04 in (1.0 mm)
0.25 in (6.5 mm)
6.02 lb
2.01 lb
E49M11CP1 (As pictured)
E49M11CP2 (90 Roller)
Rod Lever
20
12
50
0.31 lb
0.06 lb
E49M11DP1
Adjustable Roller Lever
20
12
50
2.99 lb
0.50 lb
E49M11UP1
Wobble
1.10 in (28 mm)
N/A
N/A
0.33 lb
N/A
E49M11VP1
Cat Whisker
1.10 in (28 mm)
N/A
N/A
0.064 lb
N/A
E49M11XM1
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-29
Specications
1 mm to 2 m/sec Mechanically: 120 operations/min.; Electronically: 30 operations/min. 15 m max. (initial) 100 M min. (at 500V DC) 1,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between non-continuous terminals; 2,200V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between each terminal and non-current carrying metal part and between each terminal and ground Temperature Rise 50 degrees max. Vibration Malfunction durability: approx. 1,000 m/sec2 (approx. 100 Gs); Malfunction durability: approx. 300/sec2 (30 Gs) Ambient Temperature Operating: -50 to 80C Humidity 95% RH max. Service Life Mechanically: 15,000,000 operations/minute; Electronically: 500,000 operations/minute Ratings Isolated Contacts, No Polarity Restriction
NEMA A600 (AC-15) 50 or 60 Hz Rated Current Voltage Continuous Voltamperes Make Break NEMA R300 (DC-13) Rated Current Voltage
Operating Speed Operating Frequency Contact Resistance Insulation Resistance Dielectric Strength
Make
Break
24V AC 120V AC 250V AC 480V AC 600V AC
10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
60A 60A 30A 15A 12A
6.0A 6.0A 3.0A 1.5A 1.2A
7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA
720 VA 720 VA 720 VA 720 VA 720 VA
24V DC 120V DC 250V DC
1.5A 0.22A 0.11A
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Switch Body with E49M11BP1 Top Push Head
0.35 (9.0) Dia.
0.50 (12.7) 0.78 (19.9) 4-M6 Thread
E49M11UP1 Adjustable Roller Lever Head
0.69 (17.5) Dia.
2.64 (67.0) 2.36 (60.0) 0.28 (7.0)
0.98 (25.0) to 3.51 (89.0) 0.58 (14.7)
2.31 (58.7)
2.71 (68.7)
1.00 (25.4)
0.20 (5.0) 1.58 (40.0)
0.59 (15.1) 0.19 (4.9) 1.19 (30.2)
1.63 (41.5)
0.85 (21.6) 1.15 (29.2) 1.38 (35.0)
E49M11VP1 Wobble Head
0.26 (6.5) Dia.
0.52 (13.1)
E49M11AP1 Roller Lever Head
0.69 (17.5) Dia.
0.28 (7.0)
2.32 (59.0) 2.09 (53.0)
5.51 (140.0)
1.84 (46.6) 0.58 (14.7) 1.00 (25.4)
E49M11XM1 Cat Whisker Head
2.03 (51.5) 5.51 (140.0)
E49M11DP1 Rod Lever Head
0.35 (9.0) 0.12 (3.0) Dia.
2.17 (55.0) 1.81 (46.0)
0.98 (25.0) to 5.51 (140.0) 0.58 (14.7) 1.00 (25.4)
E49M11CP1/ E49M11CP2 Top Push Roller Head
0.67 (17.0) Dia. 1.10 (28.0)
0.50 (12.7) 0.20 (5.0)
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-30
Limit Switches E50 Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches

August 2007
PG.05C.06.T.E
Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches
Modular Limit Switches Provide Extremely Easy Installation, High Reliability, and Low Maintenance and Inventory Costs
2-30 2-31 2-34 2-35 2-36 2-37 2-39 2-40
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Assembled Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Operating Heads . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switch Bodies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Receptacles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available as Assembled Switches or Components
Dozens of Operators to Perfectly Fit Your Application Rotary, Top and Side Push, Wobble and Specialty Operating Heads Single- or DoublePole Switch Bodies with Optional Indicating Lights
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Viton Gasket Seals
Cutler-Hammer E50 Modular PlugIn Limit Switch Components from Eatons electrical business are the industry standard with versatility of design and high reliability for low maintenance, installation and inventory costs. Standard Viton gaskets, seals and boots and a zinc die cast enclosure provide exceptional chemical resistance to the common coolants, cleansing agents, and hydraulic uids found in machine tool, automotive, waste water treatment and other heavy-duty industrial applications. Mounting dimensions accommodate both U.S. and DIN standards for easy retrot installations. Super bright 24 120V AC/DC LED indicating light versions simplify setup and troubleshooting operations.
Rugged Zinc Die-Cast Housing
A Variety of Receptacles Meet Your Wiring Needs Conduit, Cable and Connector Wiring Options
Product Features

Approvals

UL Listed CSA Certied IEC.947.5.1 TUV E9271605E02 (where shown)
Modular, plug-in components (head, body and receptacle) provide application exibility, reduced inventory and less downtime Manufactured to take the physical and environmental abuse (including cutting uids and chemicals) of harsh industrial environments Chemical resistant Viton gaskets, seals and boots are standard, and so are captive, posi-drive screws The switches have terminal identication on the nameplate for a visual wiring checkout without guesswork. Heads and switch bodies can be replaced without rewiring E50 devices can be ordered in separate components or as complete assembled switches 600V rating, ridge-topped contacts and wiping action assure continuity even to logic level circuits Keyed, four direction head positioning Standard 5 pre-travel and 90 total travel 24 120V AC/DC LED and 120V AC neon indicating lights available Rotary heads are eld convertible CW, CCW, or both, without special tools Epoxy lled, pin connector or pigtail pin connector receptacles available
Viton is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers.

August 2007
2-31
Model Selection Assembled Switches Standard

Assembled Switch Single Pole (5 Terminal Receptacle) Double Pole (9 Terminal Receptacle)
Indicating Light: Switch Body: Receptacle:
None E50SA 1N.O.-1N.C. E50RA
LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SAL 1N.O.-1N.C. E50RA
Neon (120V AC) E50SAN 1N.O.-1N.C. E50RA
None E50SB 2N.O.-2N.C. E50RB
LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SBL 2N.O.-2N.C. E50RB
Neon (120V AC) E50SBN 2N.O.-2N.C. E50RB
LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SCL 1N.O.-2N.C. E50RB
Neon (120V AC)
E50RB
Operating Head Type Side Rotary (requires an operating lever, see Page 2-50)
Catalog Number for Assembled Switches (Head + Receptacle + Body)
Standard Spring Return E50DR1 Low Force Spring Return E50DL1 Maintained Two-Position E50DM1
E50AR1
E50ALR1
E50ANR1
E50BR1
E50BLR1
E50BNR1
E50AL1
E50ALL1
E50ANL1
E50BL1
E50BLL1
E50BNL1
E50AM1
E50ALM1
E50ANM1
E50BM1
E50BLM1
E50BNM1
Side Pushbutton, Spring Return E50DS1
E50AS1
E50ALS1
E50ANS1
E50BS1
E50BLS1
E50BNS1
E50CLS1
Side Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return E50DS2 Side Push Roller, Spring Return E50DS3
E50AS2
E50ALS2
E50ANS2
E50BS2
E50BLS2
E50BNS2
E50BLS2
E50CNS2
E50AS3
E50ALS3
E50ANS3
E50BS3
E50BLS3
E50BNS3
E50BLS3
Side Pushbutton, Maintained E50DH1
E50AH1
E50ALH1
E50ANH1
E50BH1
E50BLH1
E50BNH1
E50BLH1
Wiring:
Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C. Must be same polarity
Double Pole 2N.O.2N.C. Parallel wired Indicator light Same polarity each pole
Double Pole 1N.O.-2N.C. Series wired Indicator light; Same polarity each pole
Mating Cordset Catalog Number Code Sufx
Connection options (add the Code Sufx from the table below to the end of the Catalog Number):
Option
Mini-Connector (with epoxy lled receptacle) Micro-Connector (with epoxy lled receptacle) Cable Connection (with epoxy lled receptacle) Manifold Mount (rear wiring entrance) 20 mm Conduit Entrance

Single Pole (5-Pin Mini-Connector) Double Pole (9-pin Mini-Connector) Single Pole (5-Pin Micro-Connector) 8-foot cable length 12-foot cable length 20-foot cable length
CSMS5D5CY1602 CSMS9D9CY1602 CSDS5A5CY2202
P5 P9 A5 S S12 S20 M 20
For Operating Head specications, see Page 2-34. CW (clockwise) and CCW (counterclockwise) operation, easily convertible to CW only or CCW only operation. Roller can be converted in the eld between horizontal and vertical. For a full selection of cable connectors, see Section 10. Refer to Page 2-36 for wiring diagram. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-32

August 2007
Model Selection Assembled Switches Standard (Continued)

Assembled Switch Single Pole (5 Terminal Receptacle) Double Pole (9 Terminal Receptacle)
2
Indicating Light: Switch Body: Receptacle: None E50SA 1N.O.-1N.C. E50RA LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SAL 1N.O.-1N.C. E50RA Neon (120V AC) E50SAN 1N.O.-1N.C. E50RA None E50SB 2N.O.-2N.C. E50RB LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SBL 2N.O.-2N.C. E50RB Neon (120V AC) E50SBN 2N.O.-2N.C. E50RB LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SCL 1N.O.-2N.C. E50RB Neon (120V AC)
LIMIT SWITCHES
E50RB
Operating Head Type Top Pushbutton, Spring Return E50DT1
Catalog Number for Assembled Switches E50AT1 E50ALT1 E50ANT1
E50BT1
E50BLT1
E50BNT1
E50CLT1
E50BNT1
Top Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return E50DT2
E50AT2
E50ALT2
E50ANT2
E50BT2
E50BLT2
E50BNT2
Top Push Roller, Spring Return E50DT3
E50AT3
E50ALT3
E50ANT3
E50BT3
E50BLT3
E50BNT3
Wobble Head, Spring Return (requires a wobble operator, see Page 2-50)
Standard Duty E50DW1
E50AW1
E50ALW1
E50ANW1
E50BW1
E50BLW1
E50BNW1
EB50BLW1
Heavy-Duty High Strength Steel E50DW2
E50AW2
E50ALW2
E50ANW2
E50BW2
E50BLW2
E50BNW2
E50CLW2
E50BNW2
Wiring:
Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C. Must be same polarity
Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C. Parallel wired Indicator light Same polarity each pole
Double Pole 1N.O.-2N.C. Series wired Indicator light; Same polarity each pole
Option Mating Cordset Catalog Number Code Sufx
Mini-Connector (with epoxy lled receptacle) Micro-Connector (with epoxy lled receptacle) Cable Connection (with epoxy lled receptacle) Manifold Mount (rear wiring entrance) 20 mm Conduit Entrance

Single Pole (5-Pin Mini-Connector) Double Pole (9-pin Mini-Connector) Single Pole (5-Pin Micro-Connector) 8-foot cable length 12-foot cable length 20-foot cable length
CSMS5D5CY1602 CSMS9D9CY1602 CSDS5A5CY2202
P5 P9 A5 S S12 S20 M 20
For Operating Head specications, see Page 2-34. Roller can be converted in the eld between horizontal and vertical. For a full selection of cable connectors, see Section 10. Refer to Page 2-36 for wiring diagram. Refer to Page 2-36 for wiring diagram. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-33
Model Selection Assembled Switches Special Purpose

Operating Data Nominal Catalog Number Assembled Switch Switch Body Only Receptacle Only Operating Head Only Circuit Diagram
Neutral Position (requires an operating lever, see Page 2-50)
5 Travel 5 Travel; Stainless Steel Shaft 15 Travel Travel to Operate Contacts: Travel to Reset Contacts: Total Travel: Force to Operate Contacts: Minimum Return Force: Operating Temperature:
E50NN1 E50NN2
E50SN E50SN
E50RB E50RB
E50DN1 E50DN2
5 or 15 (depending upon model selected) 2 90 1.8 in-lbs 2.5 in-oz 14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
Two Step CW, CCW or both, Convertible (requires an Travel to Operate Contacts: operating lever, see Travel to Reset Contacts: Page 2-50) Total Travel: Force to Operate Contacts: Minimum Return Force: Operating Temperature:
E50TD1
E50ST
E50RB
E50DD1
1st Step 10; 2nd Step 20 4 Each 90 3 in-lbs 4.5 in-oz CW or CCW: 14 to 250F (-10 to 121C) CW and CCW: 14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
Same Polarity Each Pole
Gravity Return (requires E50KL220, E50KL226 or equivalent operating lever, see Page 2-50)
Without Indicating Light With LED Indicating Light (24-120V AC/DC) With Neon Indicating Light (120V AC) Travel to Operate Contacts: Travel to Reset Contacts: Total Travel: Force to Operate Contacts: Minimum Return Force: Operating Temperature:
E50GG1 E50GLG1 E50GNG1
E50SG E50SGL E50SGN
E50RA
E50DG1
Must Be Same Polarity
10 to 170 8 360 3.0 in-oz Gravity 14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
Add 9 sufx to the model number for low temperature (-40 to 79C) versions. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
E50NN1SPL
Same Polarity Each Pole
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-34

August 2007
Model Selection Operating Heads

Description Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts Minimum Return Force Operating Temperature Without Cable With Pre-wired Cable Catalog Number
Side Rotary (requires an operating lever, see Page 2-50)
Standard Spring Return Low Temperature Spring Return Low Force Spring Return Maintained Two-Position
5 5
2 2
90 90
3 in-lbs 3 in-lbs
4.5 in-oz 4.5 in-oz
10 to 200F (-12 to 94C) -40 to 175F (-40 to 79C) 10 to 200F (-12 to 94C) 14 to 200F (-10 to 94C) 14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
E50DR1 E50DR19
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
15 50 0.065 inch
6 50 0.030 inch
90 90 0.250 inch
1.5 in-lbs 3 in-lbs 4 lbs
2.5 in-oz 8 oz
E50DL1 E50DM1 E50DS1
Side Pushbutton, Spring Return
Side Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return
0.065 inch
0.030 inch
0.250 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
E50DS2
Side Push Roller, Spring Return
0.065 inch
0.030 inch
0.250 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
E50DS3 E50DS4
Side Pushbutton, Maintained
0.200 inch
0.130 inch
0.320 inch
5 lbs
5 lbs
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
E50DH1
Top Pushbutton, Spring Return
0.040 inch
0.020 inch
0.280 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DT1
Top Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return
0.040 inch
0.020 inch
0.280 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DT2
Top Push Roller, Spring Return
0.040 inch
0.020 inch
0.280 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DT3
Standard Duty
10
15
2 in-lbs
2.4 in-oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DW1
Heavy-Duty High Strength Steel

10
15
2 in-lbs
2.4 in-oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DW2
Temperature ranges below +32F (0C) are based on absence of freezing moisture or water. CW (clockwise) and CCW (counterclockwise) operation, easily convertible to CW only or CCW only operation. For CW and CCW operation. For CW only or CCW only operation, high temperature limit increases to 250F (121C) without cable, and 221F (105C) with pre-wired cable. Roller can be converted in the eld between horizontal and vertical. Roller shaft is 0.38 inches (9.5 mm) longer on E50DS4, see dimensions on Page 2-40. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-35
Model Selection Switch Bodies

Circuit Switch Body Construction Catalog Number
Switch Bodies
Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C. Must Be Same Polarity
Without Indicating Light
E50SA
With LED Indicating Light 24 120V AC/DC
With Neon Indicating Light 120V AC E50SAN
Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C. Parallel Wired Ind. Light Same Polarity Each Pole
E50SB
E50SBL
With Neon Indicating Light 120V AC E50SBN
Double Pole 2N.C.-1N.O. Series Wired Ind. Light Same Polarity Each Pole
E50SCL
Indicating lights are supplied from the factory wired as shown. However, they can easily be re-connected to terminals 1 and 2 if necessary (SPDT). Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Model Selection Receptacles

Description Poles Conduit Entrance Cable Length Catalog Number Wiring
Surface Mount
Conduit entrance, front or rear mounting
Single Pole (5 Terminal) Double Pole (9 Terminal)
1/2 NPT 20 mm 1/2 NPT 3/4 NPT 20 mm
E50RA E50RA20 E50RB E50RB34 E50RB20 E50RAM
Manifold Mount
Rear wiring entrance instead of conduit hole, gasket on back for oil tightness
Single Pole (5 Terminal)
Double Pole (9 Terminal)
E50RBM
See Model Selection Switch Bodies for wiring information. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
E50SAL
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-36

August 2007
Model Selection Receptacles (Continued)

Description Poles Conduit Entrance Cable Length Catalog Number Wiring
Mini-Connector
Epoxy lled receptacle with preSingle Pole wired Mini-Connector. (The -W (5 Terminal) version is a wiring scheme typically used in automotive applications.)
5-pin MiniConnector
E50RAP5
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Micro-Connector Micro Style Straight Female Pre-wired Cable
E50RAP5-W
9-pin MiniConnector
E50RBP9
Epoxy lled receptacle with prewired Mini-Connector.
E50RAA5
Blue 3 2 White
4 Black 1 Brown
Green/Yellow GND
Epoxy lled receptacle with prewired 16 gauge, yellow jacketed, type SOOW-A cable. Cable enters through hole threaded for conduit
1/2 NPT
20 mm
1/2 NPT
20 mm
8-foot 12-foot 20-foot 8-foot 12-foot 20-foot 8-foot 12-foot 20-foot 8-foot 12-foot 20-foot
E50RAS E50RAS12 E50RAS20 E50RA20S E50RA20S12 E50RA20S20 E50RBS E50RBS12 E50RBS20 E50RB20S E50RB20S12 E50RB20S20
The wire colors referenced on these diagrams are those internal to the switch itself. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 2-37. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-37
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number
Pin Conguration/Wire Colors (Face View Female Shown)
Standard Cables Mini Style Mini Style Straight Female 5-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS5D5CY1602
1-White 2-Red 3-Green 4-Orange 5-Black 1-Orange 2-Blue 3-Red/Black 4-Green/Black 5-White 6-Red 7-Green 8-White/Black 9-Black
1 5 3 4 2
Current Rating @ 600V 5-pin: 8A 9-pin: 7A
9-pin
16 AWG
12 feet (4m)
CSMS9D9CY1602
Micro Style
5-pin 5-wire
22 AWG
6.0 feet (2m)
CSDS5A5CY2202
1-Brown 2-White 3-Blue 4-Black 5-Green/Yellow
For a full selection of connector cables, see Section 10. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Model Selection Accessories

Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches] Description Catalog Number
Adapter Plate
Allows E50 to replace Eatons Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LP Surface Mounting Plug-In Limit Switch Allows E50 to replace Eatons Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LP Manifold Mounting Plug-In Limit Switch
E50KH1
E50KH1M
Adapter Plate
Allows E50 to replace Square D Type AW Surface Mounting Non Plug-In Standard Box Limit Switch
E50KH7
Adapter Plate
Allows E50 to replace National Acme, Type D1200M, Style 2 Mounting. Denison LoxSwitch, Model L-100W, Style 2 Mounting. Square D 9007 Type T, Style B Mounting. (Adapter plate is 1/8 inch thick, with 1/4 inch mounting holes.)
E50KH4
Adapter Plate
Allows E50 to replace National Acme, Type D1200M, Style 1 Mounting. Denison LoxSwitch, Model L-100W, Style 1 Mounting. Square D 9007 Type T, Style C Mounting. (Adapter plate is 1/8 inch thick, with 1/4 inch mounting holes.)
E50KH5
Limit Switch not included.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
Model Selection Compatible Connector Cables
2-38

August 2007
Model Selection Accessories (Continued)

Adapter Plate
Allows E50 to replace Eatons Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LT Non Plug-In 2-Pole Limit Switch
E50KH2
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Adapter Plate
39 [1.54] 29.5 [1.160] 4.8 [0.19] 5.2 [0.204] THICK DIA. (2 HOLES) 13.5 [0.531]
Allows E50 to replace Allen-Bradley 802M Sealed E50KH10 Limit Switch
59.5 [2.340] 76 [3.00]
#10-32 UNC-2B HOLE
Adjustable Mounting Plate
This is a mounting plate only 5/16 inch thick and E50KH3 includes the proper mounting bolts and nuts. The slots in the plate allow a maximum horizontal adjustment of 1 inch and vertical adjustment of 1-1/4 inches
Conduit Sealing Nut
1/2 inch oiltight
E50KH6
Limit Switch not included. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-39
Specications
Environmental Ratings Material of Construction Switch Gasket Material Universal U.S./DIN Mounting Dimensions Conduit Entrance Contact Ratings Contact Operation Contact Material Maximum Frequency of Operation Mechanical Life: Side Rotary Side or Top Push Electrical Life: Single Pole Double Pole Ambient Temperature Range Standard Standard without Cable Standard with Cable Low Temperature without Cable Low Temperature with Cable Repeat Accuracy Standard Side Operated Top Operated Side Rotary Torque Requirements: Switch Body Screws Operating Head Screws Wire Size
NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13, IP67 Zinc die cast Viton 1.16 in (30 mm) x 2.34 in (60 mm) 1/2 in NPT or 20 mm threading See below Snap action over center mechanism Fine silver 8000 operations per hour 13,000,000 operations minimum 10,000,000 operations minimum 1,000,000 operations typical at full load 100,000 operations typical at full load 14 to 250F (-10 to 121C) 14 to 221F (-10 to 105C) -40 to 250F (-40 to 121C) -40 to 221F (-40 to 105C) Within 0.0012 in Within 0.0003 in Within 0.0014 in 25 30 lb-in 14 18 lb-in Will accept AWG #22 #12, single or stranded wire
Electrical Data Maximum Contact Ratings (Same polarity each pole)

AC Volts Current, Amperes Make Break Cont. Voltamperes Make Break DC Volts Current, Amperes Max. Make or Break Cont.
All Switches Except Gravity Return and Indicating Light Versions NEMA A600 Rating 120 240 480 600 60 30 15 12 6 3 1.5 1.2 10 7200 720 125 250 NEMA R300 0.22 0.11 1.0 1.0
Switches with Indicating Lights (LED or Neon) NEMA A150 Rating 120 60 6 10 7200 720 125 Gravity Return Switches Maximum Contact Ratings NEMA 6600 Rating Contacts on Same Polarity 120 240 480 600
NEMA R150 0.22 360 1.0
30 15 7.5 6
3 1.5 0.75 0.60
3600
Thermal rating. Valid only if switch does not have to make or break.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-40

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Standard

Shaft Dia. 0.28 (7) 0.38 (10) 0.63 (16) 0.70 (18) 2.46 (63)
E50SB34
0.75 (19) 0.38 (10) Dia. 0.27 (7) (Over Knurl) 2.68 (68)
2
LIMIT SWITCHES

0.75 (19) 0.24 (6)
Dia. 0.20 (5) Front Mtg. Hole 1.06 (27)
4.22 (107) 3.13 (79)
4.70 (119) 0.24 (6)
0.63 (16) 4.22 (107) 3.61 (92) 3.40 (86)
[10-32] Tap 0.38 (10) Deep Rear Mt. Holes (2) Dia. 0.63 (16) Hole for Manifold Mtg.
3.13 (79)
0.20 (5)
0.50 (13) Pipe Tap
1.54 (39)
1.78 (45)
0.65 (16)
0.20 (5) 1.54 (39)
[10-32] Tap 0.38 (10) Deep Rear Mt. Holes (2)
Conduit Entrance 3/4-14 NPT Pipe Threads 2.05 (52)
0.65 (16) 1.31 (33)
Can accommodate both U.S., 1.16 (29.4) x 2.34 (59.5) and DIN, 1.18 (30) x 3.26 (60), mounting dimensions.
Side Push Operators in mm [Inches] Pushbutton
Top Push Operators in mm [Inches] Pushbutton
Wobble Operators See Operators, Page 2-50
Adjustable Pushbutton
Roller

Roller
For E50DS4. For E50DS3.
Maintained Pushbutton
PG08301004E
Limit Switches Heavy-Duty Factory Sealed 6P+ Switches

August 2007
2-41
PG.05C.09.T.E
Heavy-Duty Factory Sealed 6P+ Switches
The Best Sealed, Most Durable Limit Switch You Can Buy
Dozens of Operators to Perfectly Fit Your Application Viton Gasket Seals Throughout Uses the Same Operating Heads as Our Standard Plug-In Line
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Assembled Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Operating Heads. . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switch Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-41 2-42 2-44 2-45 2-47 2-48 2-49
One-Piece, Epoxy Filled Switch Body Is Leak Proof
Cutler-Hammer E50 6P+ Limit Switches by Eatons electrical business were specically designed to withstand the penetrating properties of cutting uids and coolants, such as those used in the automotive industry, as well as extreme shock, vibration and temperature uctuations. The one-piece, epoxy lled switch body is prewired at the factory to ensure leak-proof, submersible performance. This unique construction positively stops uid from nding its way to any and all critical connections. Our 6P+ switches can be ordered in separate components or as complete assembled devices. They are available with prewired 16 AWG cables or miniconnectors. Standard and custom cable lengths are available. As part of the E50 line, the 6P+ switches use the same operating heads as the standard E50 plug-in models to reduce the components you need to inventory.
Type SOOW-A Water Resistance Cable Is Pre-wired at Factory
Rugged Zinc Die Cast Construction
Mini-Connector Models Available
Product Features

Approvals

Manufactured to take the physical and environmental abuse (including cutting uids and chemicals) of harsh industrial environments Modular, plug-in components (head and switch body) provide application exibility, reduced inventory and less downtime Chemical resistant Viton gaskets, seals and boots are standard, and so are captive, posi-drive screws A special tertiary seal on the switch body prevents uid from entering even when the operating head is not attached 600V rating, ridge-topped contacts and wiping action assure continuity even to logic level circuits Factory wired cable features a 350 pound pullout capacity Keyed, four direction head positioning. Standard 5 pre-travel and 90 total travel 24 120V AC/DC LED and 120V AC neon indicating lights available Rotary heads are eld convertible CW, CCW, or both, without special tools Extended 5 year warranty
UL Listed CSA Certied IEC.947.5.1 TUV E9271605E02 (where shown)
For the most current information on this product, visit our web site: www.EatonElectrical.com For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273), in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184. PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Contents
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-42

August 2007
Model Selection Assembled Switches Standard (Connection is by 8-Foot Cable)

Assembled Switch Single Pole Double Pole
2
Indicating Light: None E50SA6P 1N.O.-1N.C. LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SAL6P 1N.O.-1N.C. Neon (120V AC) E50SAN6P 1N.O.-1N.C. None E50SB6P 2N.O.-2N.C. LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SBL6P 2N.O.-2N.C. Neon (120V AC) E50SBN6P 2N.O.-2N.C.
LIMIT SWITCHES
Lever Sold Separately Operating Head Type Side Rotary (requires an operating lever, see Page 2-50)
Switch Body:
Catalog Number for Assembled Switches Standard Spring Return E50DR1 Low Force Spring Return E50DL1 Maintained Two-Position E50DM1 E50AR16P E50ALR16P E50ANR16P E50BR16P E50BLR16P E50BNR16P
E50AL16P
E50ALL16P
E50ANL16P
E50BL16P
E50BLL16P
E50BNL16P
E50AM16P
E50ALM16P
E50ANM16P
E50BM16P
E50BLM16P
E50BNM16P
Side Pushbutton, Spring Return E50DS1
E50AS16P
E50ALS16P
E50ANS16P
E50BS16P
E50BLS16P
E50BNS16P
Side Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return E50DS2
E50AS26P
E50ALS26P
E50ANS26P
E50BS26P
E50BLS26P
E50BNS26P
Side Push Roller, Spring Return E50DS3
E50AS36P
E50ALS36P
E50ANS36P
E50BS36P
E50BLS36P
E50BNS36P
Side Pushbutton, Maintained E50DH1
E50AH16P
E50ALH16P
E50ANH16P
E50BH16P
E50BLH16P
E50BNH16P
Wiring:
Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C. (Must be same polarity)
Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C. (Same polarity each pole)
Option Catalog Number Code Sufx
Mini-Connector Cable Connection
Single Pole (5-Pin Mini-Connector) Double Pole (9-pin Mini-Connector) 12-foot cable length (standard) 20-foot cable length (standard) Other lengths (special order)
CSMS5D5CY1602 CSMS9D9CY1602
C C 12 20 Length in Feet
For Operating Head specications, see Page 2-44. CW (clockwise) and CCW (counterclockwise) operation, easily convertible to CW only or CCW only operation. Roller can be converted in the eld between horizontal and vertical. For alternate wiring, use Code Sufx CW, see Page 2-46. For a full selection of connector cables, see Section 10.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-43
Assembled Switch
Single Pole
Double Pole
Indicating Light: Switch Body:
None E50SA6P 1N.O.-1N.C.
LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SAL6P 1N.O.-1N.C.
Neon (120V AC) E50SAN6P 1N.O.-1N.C.
None E50SB6P 2N.O.-2N.C.
LED (24 120V AC/DC) E50SBL6P 2N.O.-2N.C.
Neon (120V AC) E50SBN6P 2N.O.-2N.C.
Lever Sold Separately Operating Head Type Top Pushbutton, Spring Return E50DT1
Catalog Number for Assembled Switches E50AT16P E50ALT16P E50ANT16P E50BT16P E50BLT16P E50BNT16P
Top Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return E50DT2
E50AT26P
E50ALT26P
E50ANT26P
E50BT26P
E50BLT26P
E50BNT26P
Top Push Roller, Spring Return E50DT3
E50AT36P
E50ALT36P
E50ANT36P
E50BT36P
E50BLT36P
E50BNT36P
Standard Duty E50AW16P E50DW1
E50ALW16P
E50ANW16P
E50BW16P
E50BLW16P
E50BNW16P
Heavy-Duty High Strength Steel E50DW2
E50AW26P
E50ALW26P
E50ANW26P
E50BW26P
E50BLW26P
E50BNW26P
Wiring:
Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C. (Must be same polarity)
Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C. (Same polarity each pole)
Option Catalog Number Code Sufx
Mini-Connector Cable Connection
Single Pole (5-Pin Mini-Connector) Double Pole (9-pin Mini-Connector) 12-foot cable length (standard) 20-foot cable length (standard) Other lengths (special order)
CSMS5D5CY1602 CSMS9D9CY1602
C C 12 20 Length in Feet
For Operating Head specications, see Page 2-44. For alternate wiring, use Code Sufx C-W, see Page 2-46. For a full selection of connector cables, see Section 10. For alternate wiring, use Code Sufx CW, see Page 2-46.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
Model Selection Assembled Switches Standard (Connection is by 8-Foot Cable) (Continued)
2-44

August 2007
Model Selection Operating Heads

Description Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts Minimum Return Force Operating Temperature Without Cable With Pre-wired Cable Catalog Number
Side Rotary (requires an operating lever, see Page 2-50)
Standard Spring Return Low Temperature Spring Return Low Force Spring Return Maintained Two-Position
5 5
2 2
90 90
3 in-lbs 3 in-lbs
4.5 in-oz 4.5 in-oz
E50DR1 E50DR19
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Side Pushbutton, Spring Return Side Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return Side Push Roller, Spring Return Side Pushbutton, Maintained Top Pushbutton, Spring Return Top Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return Top Push Roller, Spring Return Wobble Head, Spring Return (requires a wobble operator, see Page 2-50)

15 50 0.065 inch
6 50 0.030 inch
90 90 0.250 inch
1.5 in-lbs 3 in-lbs 4 lbs
2.5 in-oz 8 oz
E50DL1 E50DM1 E50DS1
0.065 inch
0.030 inch
0.250 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
E50DS2
0.065 inch
0.030 inch
0.250 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
E50DS3 E50DS4
0.200 inch
0.130 inch
0.320 inch
5 lbs
5 lbs
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
14 to 200F (-10 to 94C)
E50DH1
0.040 inch
0.020 inch
0.280 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DT1
0.040 inch
0.020 inch
0.280 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DT2
0.040 inch
0.020 inch
0.280 inch
4 lbs
8 oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DT3
Standard Duty
10
15
2 in-lbs
2.4 in-oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DW1
Heavy-Duty High Strength Steel
10
15
2 in-lbs
2.4 in-oz
14 to 250F (-10 to 121C)
14 to 221F (-10 to 105C)
E50DW2
Temperature ranges below +32F (0C) are based on absence of freezing moisture or water. CW (clockwise) and CCW (counterclockwise) operation, easily convertible to CW only or CCW only operation. For CW and CCW operation. For CW only or CCW only operation, high temperature limit increases to 250F (121C) without cable, and 221F (105C) with pre-wired cable. Roller can be converted in the eld between horizontal and vertical. Roller shaft is 0.38 inches (9.5 mm) longer on E50DS4, see dimensions on Page 2-49. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-45
Model Selection Switch Bodies

Circuit Switch Body Construction Cable Length Catalog Number Wiring
Pre-wired Cable
Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C.
8-foot 12-foot 20-foot
E50SA6P E50SA6P12 E50SA6P20 E50SAL6P E50SAL6P12 E50SAL6P20 E50SAN6P E50SAN6P12 E50SAN6P20 E50SB6P E50SB6P12 E50SB6P20 E50SBL6P E50SBL6P12 E50SBN6P E50SBN6P12 E50SBN6P20 E50SA6PC
8-foot 12-foot 20-foot 8-foot 12-foot 20-foot 8-foot 12-foot 20-foot
With Neon Indicating Light 120V AC
Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C.
With LED Indicating Light 24 120V AC/DC With Neon Indicating Light 120V AC
8-foot 12-foot 8-foot 12-foot 20-foot
Mini-Connector
Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C.
Without Indicating Light Normal Wiring
Without Indicating Light Alternate Wiring
E50SA6PC-W
E50SAL6PC
E50SAN6PC
The wire colors referenced on these diagrams are those internal to the switch itself. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 2-46. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-46

August 2007
Model Selection Switch Bodies (Continued)

Circuit Switch Body Construction Cable Length Catalog Number Wiring
Mini-Connector
Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C.
E50SB6PC
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
With LED Indicating Light 24 120V AC/DC E50SBL6PC
E50SBN6PC
The wire colors referenced on these diagrams are those internal to the switch itself. See listing of compatible connector cables below.

Voltage Style Number of Pins Gauge Length Catalog Number Pin Conguration/Wire Colors (Face View Female Shown)
1-White 2-Red 3-Green 4-Orange 5-Black 1-Orange 2-Blue 3-Red/Black 4-Green/Black 5-White 6-Red 7-Green 8-White/Black 9-Black
9-pin
16 AWG
12 feet (4m)
CSMS9D9CY1602
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-47

Adapter Plate
Allows E50 to replace Eatons Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LP Surface Mounting Plug-In Limit Switch Allows E50 to replace Eatons Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LP Manifold Mounting Plug-In Limit Switch
E50KH1
E50KH1M
Adapter Plate
Allows E50 to replace Square D Type AW Surface Mounting Non Plug-In Standard Box Limit Switch
E50KH7
Adapter Plate
E50KH4 Allows E50 to replace National Acme, Type D-1200M, Style 2 Mounting. Denison LoxSwitch, Model L-100W, Style 2 Mounting. Square D 9007 Type T, Style B Mounting. (Adapter plate is 1/8 inch thick, with 1/4 inch mounting holes.)
Adapter Plate
Allows E50 to replace National Acme, E50KH5 Type D-1200M, Style 1 Mounting. Denison LoxSwitch, Model L-100W, Style 1 Mounting. Square D 9007 Type T, Style C Mounting. (Adapter plate is 1/8 inch thick, with 1/4 inch mounting holes.)
Adapter Plate
Allows E50 to replace Eatons Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LT Non Plug-In 2-Pole Limit Switch
E50KH2
Adapter Plate
39 [1.54] 29.5 [1.160] 4.8 [0.19] 5.2 [0.204] THICK DIA. (2 HOLES) 13.5 [0.531]
Allows E50 to replace Allen-Bradley 802M Sealed E50KH10 Limit Switch
59.5 [2.340] 76 [3.00]
#10-32 UNC-2B HOLE
Limit Switch not included.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-48

August 2007

Adjustable Mounting Plate
This is a mounting plate only 5/16 inch thick and E50KH3 includes the proper mounting bolts and nuts. The slots in the plate allow a maximum horizontal adjustment of 1 inch and vertical adjustment of 1-1/4 inches
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Conduit Sealing Nut
1/2 inch oiltight
E50KH6
Limit Switch not included. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Specications
Environmental Ratings Material of Construction Switch Gasket Material Universal U.S./DIN Mounting Dimensions Conduit Entrance Contact Ratings Contact Operation Contact Material Maximum Frequency of Operation Mechanical Life: Side Rotary Side or Top Push Electrical Life: Single Pole Double Pole Ambient Temperature Range Standard Standard without Cable Standard with Cable Low Temperature without Cable Low Temperature with Cable Repeat Accuracy Standard Side Operated Top Operated Side Rotary Torque Requirements: Operating Head Screws NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13, IP67 Zinc die cast Viton 1.16 in (30 mm) x 2.34 in (60 mm) 1/2 in NPT threading See below Snap action over center mechanism Fine silver 8000 operations per hour 13,000,000 operations minimum 10,000,000 operations minimum 1,000,000 operations typical at full load 100,000 operations typical at full load 14 to 250F (-10 to 121C) 14 to 221F (-10 to 105C) -40 to 250F (-40 to 121C) -40 to 221F (-40 to 105C) Within 0.0012 in Within 0.0003 in Within 0.0014 in 14 18 lb-in
Electrical Data Maximum Contact Ratings (Same polarity each pole)

AC Volts Current, Amperes Make Break Cont. Voltamperes Make Break DC Volts Current, Amperes Max. Make or Break Cont.
All Switches Except Gravity Return and Indicating Light Versions NEMA A600 Rating 120 240 480 600 60 30 15 12 6 3 1.5 1.2 10 7200 720 125 250 NEMA R300 0.22 0.11 1.0 1.0
Switches with Indicating Lights (LED or Neon) NEMA A150 Rating 120
NEMA R150 7200 720 125 0.22 1.0
60
10
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-49
Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches] 6P+ Limit Switch with Rotary Operating Head
Can accommodate both U.S., 29.4 (1.16) x 59.5 (2.34) and DIN, 30 (1.18) x 60 (3.26), mounting dimensions.
Side Push Operators Pushbutton
Top Push Operators Pushbutton
Wobble Operators See Operators, Page 2-50
Roller

Roller
For E50DS4. For E50DS3.
Maintained Pushbutton
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-50
Limit Switches Operators

August 2007
PG.05C.04.T.E
Limit Switch Operators
Finalize Your Limit Switch Installation with Right Operator for the Job
2-50 2-50 2-53 2-56
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Roller Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Rod Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Wobble Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
The Cutler-Hammer Operators presented here are used with Eatons E50 Plug-In and 6P+ limit switches, as well as our 10316 rotary type limit switches. A wide variety of styles and sizes are available to provide optimum performance for nearly any application.
Product Features

Wide variety of operator types for rotary and wobble style limit switches Rollers and rods available in metal and nonmetal contact surfaces
Model Selection Roller Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316)
NOTE: Only operators with Nylatron rods or rollers should be used with explosion-proof limit switches.
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) D C A B Roller Lever Roller Length Diameter Width Roller Type E F Minimum Required Return Torque Catalog Number Dimension Drawing
Standard Roller (Stainless Steel)
0.88 (22.2) 1.38 (34.9) 1.50 (38.1) E50KL200
0.75 (19.0) 0.75 (19.0) 0.69 (17.5) 0.75 (19.0)
0.32 (8.1) 0.32 (8.1) 0.25 (6.4) 0.32 (8.1)
0.31 (7.9) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6)
0.20 (5.1) 0.13 (3.3) 0.05 (1.3) 0.13 (3.3)
0.24 (6.1) 0.17 (4.3) 0.11 (2.8) 0.17 (4.3)
Metal Metal Ball Bearing Nylatron Metal
0.62 in-oz 0.95 in-oz 0.77 in-oz 0.53 in-oz 1.10 in-oz 0.96 in-oz 0.32 in-oz 1.10 in-oz 0.71 in-oz 1.50 in-oz 1.45 in-oz
E50KL39 E50KL40 E50KL531 E50KL200 E50KL355 E50KL377 E50KL32

D F E A C B
1.00 (25.4) E50KL355 2.00 (50.8) 0.69 (17.5) 0.75 (19.0) E50KL377 1.00 (25.4)

0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6)
0.83 (21.1) 0.05 (1.3) 0.13 (3.3)
0.83 (21.1) 0.11 (2.8) 0.17 (4.3)
Nylatron Without Roller Ball Bearing Nylatron Metal
0.25 (6.4) 0.32 (8.1)
E50KL552 E50KL546 E50KL549 E50KL572
0.44 (11)
0.67 (17)
0.34 (8.6)
0.83 (21.1)
0.83 (21.1)
Nylatron
Length from the operating shaft axis to the roller axis (or to the tip for non-roller operators). Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as given in Operating Head specications. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

August 2007
2-51
Model Selection Roller Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316) (Continued)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A C B Lever Roller Roller Length Diameter Width D E F Roller Type Minimum Required Return Torque Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]
Standard Roller (Stainless Steel)
2.50 (63.5)
0.69 (17.5) 0.75 (19.0)
0.25 (6.4) 0.32 (8.1)
0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6)
0.05 (1.3) 0.13 (3.3)
0.11 (2.8) 0.17 (4.3)
Ball Bearing Nylatron
1.50 in-oz
E50KL553
1.00 in-oz
E50KL547
Metal
2.00 in-oz
E50KL550
1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 3.00 (76.2) 0.69 (17.5) 0.75 (19.0) 0.28 (7.1) 0.25 (6.4) 0.32 (8.1)
0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6)
0.83 (21.1) 0.11 (2.8) 0.05 (1.3) 0.13 (3.3)
0.83 (21.1) 0.17 (4.3) 0.11 (2.8) 0.17 (4.3)
Nylatron
1.80 in-oz
E50KL573
Nylatron
1.40 in-oz
E50KL575
F E A
1.80 in-oz
E50KL554
D 0.44 (11) 0.67 (17)
1.30 in-oz
E50KL548
Metal
2.50 in-oz
E50KL551
1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) Roller on Reverse Side (Stainless Steel) 1.50 (38.1) 0.69 (17.5) 0.75 (19.0) 0.28 (7.1) 0.25 (6.4) 0.32 (8.1)
0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6)
0.83 (21.1) 0.11 (2.8) 0.18 (4.6) 0.27 (6.9)
0.83 (21.1) 0.17 (4.3) 0.24 (6.1) 0.31 (7.9)
Nylatron
2.30 in-oz
E50KL574
Nylatron
1.80 in-oz
E50KL576
0.77 in-oz
E50KL580
0.53 in-oz
E50KL310
F E A
Metal
1.10 in-oz
E50KL579
D 0.44 (11) 0.67 (17)
1.50 (38.1)

0.28 (7.1)
0.34 (8.6)
0.23 (5.8)
0.31 (7.9)
Nylatron
0.96 in-oz
E50KL536
Length from the operating shaft axis to the roller axis (or to the tip for non-roller operators). Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as given in Operating Head specications. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-52

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A Lever Length C B Roller Roller Diameter Width D E F Roller Type Minimum Required Return Torque Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Offset Inboard Roller (Stainless Steel)
1.50 (38.1) 0.75 (19.0)
0.32 (8.1)
0.03 (0.8)
Nylatron Metal
0.65 in-oz 1.20 in-oz 0.90 in-oz
E50KL24 E50KL25 E50KL26
0.69 (17.5) Offset Outboard Roller (Stainless Steel) 1.50 (38.1) 0.75 (19.0)
0.25 (6.4) 0.32 (8.1)
0.04 (1.0) 0.03 (0.8)
Ball Bearing Nylatron Metal Ball Bearing Nylatron Metal
0.65 in-oz 1.20 in-oz 0.90 in-oz 1.10 in-oz 0.45 in-oz
E50KL27 E50KL28 E50KL29 E50KL30 E50KL532
0.69 (17.5) 0.75 (19.0) Bantam Lever
0.25 (6.4) 1.00 (25.4)
0.04 (1.0)
0.69 (17.5) 0.85 (22) 0.18 (4.6)
Precision Adjustment
0.69 (17.5) 0.75 Roller (19.0) Length: 1.50 (38.1)
0.32 (8.1)
0.48 (12.2)
0.24 (6.1)
0.28 (7.1)
Nylatron
0.65 in-oz
E50KL340
Metal
1.20 in-oz
E50KL465
0.69 (17.5) Adjustable Roller (Stainless Steel) 1.0 (25.4) to 3.75 (95.2) 0.69 (17.5) 0.75 (19.0)
0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.32 (8.1)
0.48 (12.2) 0.23 (5.8) 0.29 (7.4)
0.16 (4.1) 0.30 (7.6) 0.33 (8.4)
0.22 (5.6)
Ball Bearing Ball Bearing Nylatron Metal
0.90 in-oz
E50KL535
2.50 in-oz E50KL539 1.90 in-oz E50KL201 E50KL201SPL 3.40 in-oz E50KL538 1.90 in-oz E50KL599 3.10 in-oz E50KL537 4.50 in-oz E50KL598 1.20 in-oz E50KL31 2.50 in-oz E50KL443
E50KL201 0.5 (12.7) to 3.25 (82.6) 0.5 (12.7) to 3.75 (95.2) 1.63 (41.3) to 3.75 (95.2) 4.0 (102)
0.50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 0.11 (2.8)
0.46 (11.6) 0.90 (22.9) 0.11 (2.8)
0.48 (12.2) 0.95 (24.1) 0.19 (4.8)
Nylatron Nylatron Large Nylatron Without Roller Nylatron
E50KL537
1.5 (38.1)
0.29 (7.4)
0.26 (6.6)
0.32 (8.1)
Length from the operating shaft axis to the roller axis (or to the tip for non-roller operators). Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as given in Operating Head specications. Maximum length dimension between operating shaft axis to the roller axis for comparison. Precision adjustable to lesser dimensions. By reassembling lever, minimum length can be reduced another 12.7 mm (0.5 inch). Applies when lever is extended to the maximum dimension. High-Grade Stainless Steel. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-53
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A C B Lever Roller Roller Length Diameter Width D E F Roller Type Minimum Required Return Torque Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]
Fork Lever Both Rollers on One Side
1.50 (38.1)
0.69 (17.5) 0.75 (19.0)
0.25 (6.4) 0.32 (8.1)
0.08 (2.0) 0.16 (4.1)
0.14 (3.6) 0.20 (5.1)
Ball Bearing Nylatron Metal
E50KL545 E50KL204 E50KL544 E50KL543 E50KL542
1.00 (25.4) Fork Lever One Roller Outside, One Inside 1.50 (38.1) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.4)
0.84 (21.3) 0.08 (2.0)
0.88 (22.4) 0.14 (3.6)
0.64 (16.3) G: 0.70 (17.8) 0.73 (18.5) G: 0.77 (19.6)
Nylatron Ball Bearing
0.75 (19.0)
0.32 (8.1)
0.16 (4.1)
0.20 (5.1)
Nylatron Metal
E50KL203 E50KL541
Length from the operating shaft axis to the roller axis (or to the tip for non-roller operators). Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as given in Operating Head specications. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Model Selection Rod Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A Rod Length B Rod Diameter Rod Type Minimum Required Return Torque Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]
Adjustable Rod
5.5 (140) maximum
Rod Diameter: 0.19 (4.8) Rod Diameter: 0.12 (3.2)
Nylon Metal Metal Stainless Steel
0.40 in-oz E50KL399 0.92 in-oz E50KL202 2.20 in-oz E50KL581 7.00 in-oz E50KL220
8.75 (222) maximum 9.0 (229) maximum E50KL202 Clamps for Adjustable Rods (Rod not included)

Rod Size (Square): 0.12 (3.2) x 0.12 (3.2) Rod Diameter: 0.19 (4.8) Rod Diameter: 0.12 (3.2) Clamp for 0.19 (4.8) diameter rods Clamp for 0.12 (3.2) diameter rods Clamp for 0.25 (6.4) diameter rods
12.0 (305) maximum
Bendable 5.00 in-oz E50KL226 Steel E50KL35 E50KL36 E50KL41
Length form the operating shaft axis to tip. Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as given in Operating Head specications. Applies when lever is extended to the maximum dimension. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-54

August 2007
Model Selection Rod Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316) (Continued)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A Rod Length B Rod Diameter Rod Type Minimum Required Return Torque Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]
Spring Rod
12.12 (308)
Rod Diameter: 0.25 (6.4)
Nylon
3.50 in-oz
E50KL556
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
11.62 (295) Rod Diameter: 0.09 (2.3) Stainless Steel 2.80 in-oz E50KL421 Adjustable Wire 12.12 (308) maximum 0.50 (12.7) Diameter loop on wire end Nylon Covered Wire 1.50 in-oz E50KL533 Adjustable Wide Roller Lever 4.19 (106) maximum Roller Diameter: 0.75 (19.0) Nylatron 4.50 in-oz E50KL37

Length from the operating shaft axis to tip. Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as given in Operating Head specications. Applies when lever is extended to the maximum dimension. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-55
Model Selection Rod Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316) (Continued)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A Rod Length B Rod Diameter C D Material Minimum Required Return Torque Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]
Nylatron Loop
6.0 (152)
: 0.158 (4.0)
Nylatron
0.40 in-oz
E50KL142
150 (38.1)
: 0.1875 (4.8) Loop ID: 0.375 (9.5)
0.52 (13.1)
0.34 (8.6)
Zinc-Plated Steel
0.53 in-oz
E50KL33
D 0.44 (11)

0.67 (17)
Length from the operating shaft axis to tip. Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as given in Operating Head specications. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-56

August 2007
Model Selection Wobble Type Operators (for E50DW1 Head on E50 Plug-In and E50 6P+ Switches)
Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches] (Shown with E50DW1 Wobble Head)
Nylon Rod
E50KW2
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Stainless Steel Rod E50KW3 Coil Spring E50KW4
PG08301004E
Limit Switches Non Plug-In Style

August 2007
2-57
PG.05C.05.T.E
Non Plug-In Switches
Non Plug-In Limit Switches for Heavy-Duty Use
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 2-57 2-58 2-59
Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type L Non Plug-In Limit Switches by Eatons electrical business are sold as complete assembled devices only with a wide array of operating head congurations. All switches are single-pole 1N.O.-1N.C.
Approvals

Side Rotary
Top Rotary
Side Push
Top Push
UL Listed CSA Certied
Wobble Operated
Product Features

Side and top rotary, side and top push or wobble operation CW, CCW or CW and CCW operating modes are eld convertible Double break-make snap action contacts, same polarity each pole Captive saddle clamp terminals accept up to #12 wire Head can be mounted in any of four discrete positions, intervals of 90
Specications
Contact Rating Electrical Life Mechanical Life Conduit Entrance Material of Construction Enclosure Rating Operating Temperature Approximate Shipping Weight
AC Volts Current, Amperes Make Break
NEMA A600, R300 double break-make snap action contacts 500,000 operations minimum 5,000,000 operations minimum at full load 0.5 (12.7 mm) NPT Zinc die cast NEMA 1, 4, 13 -20 to 200F (-29 to 93C) 2 lbs
Volt Amperes Cont. Thermal Make Ratings Break DC Volts DC Current, Ampere
Electrical Data Max. Contact Ratings, per Pole (Contacts must be same polarity when both circuits are used)
NEMA A600, R300 Rating
120 240 480 600
60 30 15 12
6 3 1.5 1.2
10
7200
720
125 250
.22 .11
Ranges below +32F are based on absence of freezing moisture or water.
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-58

August 2007
Model Selection Complete Assembled Switches Single-Pole 1N.O.-1N.C.

Operating Characteristics Operating Data Nominal Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts Minimum Return Force Catalog Number
Side Rotary Operated
Standard
10
50
3 in-lb
4.5 in-oz
10316H187
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
For Operating Levers, see Page 2-50 Top Rotary Operated Clockwise 20 12 140 1.1 in-lb 3 in-oz 10316H700
Counterclockwise
20
12
140
1.1 in-lb
3 in-oz
10316H701
For Operating Levers, see Page 2-50 Side Push Operated Adjustable Pushbutton 0.07 in (1.8 mm) 0.07 in (1.8 mm) 0.07 in (1.8 mm) 0.03 in (.8 mm) 0.03 in (.8 mm) 0.03 in (.8 mm) 0.29 in (7.4 mm) 0.29 in (7.4 mm) 0.29 in (7.4 mm) 4 lb 8 oz 10316H621
Vertical Roller 0.44 in (11.2 mm)
4 lb
8 oz
10316H284
Horizontal Roller 0.44 in (11.2 mm)
4 lb
8 oz
10316H285
Top Push Operated
Pushbutton Roller 0.44 in (11.2 mm) Dia. Roller 0.75 in (19.1 mm) Dia.
0.04 in (1.0 mm) 0.04 in (1.0 mm) 0.04 in (1.0 mm) 10 10 10 15
0.02 in (.5 mm) 0.02 in (.5 mm) 0.02 in (.5 mm) 6 6 6 5
0.28 in (7.1 mm) 0.28 in (7.1 mm) 0.28 in (7.1 mm) 15 15 15 30
4 lb 4 lb 4 lb 1 in-lb 2 in-lb 2 in-lb
8 oz 8 oz 8 oz 2.4 in-oz 2.4 in-oz 2.4 in-oz
10316H281 10316H283 10316H577 10316H299 10316H296 10316H484 10316H341
Wobble Operated
Spring Nylon Rod Wire Cat Whisker
0.63 in-lb 1.7 in-oz
For Wobble Operators, see Page 2-50

Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-59
Approximate Dimensions in Inches or Inches (mm) Side Rotary Operated Head with Switch Side Push Maintained Contact
Top Push Roller
Side Pushbutton, Adjustable
Dimension A
With 0.44 (11.2) Diameter Roller With 0.75 (19.1) Diameter Roller 2.03 (51.6) 2.34 (59.4)
Top Pushbutton
Wobble Operators
Type
Side Push, Vertical Roller
Wobble Spring Wire Wobble Stick Nylon Wobble Stick
5.44 (138.2) 12.5 (317.5)
0.31 (7.9) 0.08 (2.0)
0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6)
4.5 (114.3)
0.25 (6.4)
0.81 (20.6)
Dimension A
With 0.44 (11.2) Diameter Roller With 0.75 (19.1) Diameter Roller
1.78 (45.2) 2.09 (53.1)
Dimension from centerline of head to mounting surface is 0.78 inches (20 mm).
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-60
Limit Switches Hazardous Location Switches

August 2007
PG.05C.07.T.E
Hazardous Location Limit Switches
Switches Designed Specically for Use in Hazardous Locations
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 2-61 2-62 2-63
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Cutler-Hammer Type LX, CX and CBX Limit Switches by Eatons electrical business are designed for extreme environmental service in NEMA 7 9 locations where there exists a danger of an internal or external explosion of ammable gases, vapors, metal alloy or grain dust. Type CB provides excellent corrosion resistant properties in NEMA 4X applications. Markets served include mining, grain storage, forest products, petrochemical, pharmaceutical and waste and sewage management.
Type LX
Type CX
Type CBX
Type CB (Not rated for explosive locations)
Product Features

Approvals
cUL
Sealed and unsealed versions available One-way gasket on sealed version keeps liquids out, yet allows a harmless release of gases in the event of an internal explosion Silicon bronze housing provides excellent corrosion resistant properties in extreme NEMA 4X applications Temperature buildup on limit switch surface is dissipated by housing design and materials used Utilizes the operating heads and internal switch mechanisms of the 10316 L Non Plug-In line
NEMA Rating Comparison

Switch Type LX CX CBX CB
NEMA 1, 4, 13 NEMA 4X NEMA 7 Division I, Class I, BCD NEMA 9 Division I, Class II, EFG X X
X X X
X X X X
X X

August 2007
2-61
Model Selection Complete Assembled Switches with Spring Return Heads

Head Type Operating Data Nominal Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts Minimum Return Force Body Type Contacts Catalog Number
Side Rotary Operated
Standard, 10 Pretravel
2N.O. 1N.O. and 1N.C. 2N.C. Type CX 1N.O.-1N.C. 1N.O. and 1N.C. 2N.C. Type CB Type CBX 1N.O.-1N.C. 2N.C. 1N.O.-1N.C. 2N.C. 1N.O.-1N.C. 1N.O.-1N.C. 2N.O. 2N.C. Type CX Type CBX 2N.O. 2N.C. 1N.O. and 1N.C. 1N.O.-1N.C. 1N.O.-1N.C.
10316H1039 10316H1049 10316H1059 10316H2200 10316H2176 10316H2178 10316H2149 10316H2140 10316H2168 10316H2159 10316H1146 10316H2197 10316H1071 10316H1072 10316H2179 10316H2160 10316H1213 10316H1192 10316H1007
For operating levers, see Page 2-50. Only levers with Nylatron rods or rollers should be used with explosion-proof limit switches. Side Push Operated
Narrow Differential 5 Pretravel Neutral Position, 18 Pretravel
5 18
2 6
50 50
6.0 in-lb 1.8 in-lb
4.5 in-oz 2.5 in-oz
Type LX Type CX Type LX
Pushbutton Adjustable Pushbutton Vertical Roller, 0.44 inch (11.2 mm) Diameter Vertical Roller, 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) Diameter
0.07 inch (1.8 mm) 0.07 inch (1.8 mm) 0.07 inch (1.8 mm) 0.07 inch (1.8 mm)
4 lbs 4 lbs 4 lbs
8 oz 8 oz 8 oz
Type LX Type LX Type LX
4 lbs
8 oz
Type LX
1N.O.-1N.C.
10316H1194
Top Push Operated
Pushbutton
0.04 inch (1 mm)
0.02 inch (0.5 mm)
0.28 inch (7.1 mm)
4 lbs
8 oz
Type LX
1N.O.-1N.C. 1N.O. and 1N.C. 1N.O.-1N.C. 1N.O. and 1N.C. 1N.O.-1N.C. 1N.O.-1N.C. 1N.O.-1N.C.
10316H1004
Type CX
10316H2188
0.04 inch (1 mm)
0.02 inch (0.5 mm)
0.28 inch (7.1 mm)
4 lbs
8 oz
Type LX
10316H1191
10316H1212
Roller, 0.44 inch (11.2 mm) Diameter
0.04 inch (1 mm)
0.02 inch (0.5 mm)
0.28 inch (7.1 mm)
4 lbs
8 oz
Type LX
10316H1006
Type CBX
10316H2170
Roller, 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) Diameter
0.04 inch (1 mm)
0.02 inch (0.5 mm)
0.28 inch (7.1 mm)
4 lbs
8 oz
Type LX
10316H1193
Field convertible to clockwise only or counterclockwise only operation. 1N.O.-1N.C. contacts must be same polarity when both circuits are used 1N.O. and 1N.C. contacts have isolated poles and may be used on opposite polarity. Neutral position switches operate one circuit in each direction. Contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 for replacement contact blocks. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E
10
50
3.0 in-lb
4.5 in-oz
Type LX
1N.O.-1N.C.
10316H1002
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-62

August 2007
Model Selection Complete Assembled Switches with Spring Return Heads (Continued)
Head Type Operating Data Nominal Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts
Body Type Minimum Return Force
Contacts
Catalog Number
Wobble Operated
Spring
10
15
1 in-lb
2.4 in-oz
Type LX
1N.O.-1N.C.
10316H1237
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Nylon Rod
10
15
2 in-lb
5.6 in-oz
Type LX
1N.O.-1N.C.
10316H1009
1N.O.-1N.C. contacts must be same polarity when both circuits are used 1N.O. and 1N.C. contacts have isolated poles and may be used on opposite polarity. Travel with force applied at one-inch (25.4 mm) radius. Applied at end of operator, travel is approximately 14. Contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 for replacement contact blocks.
Specications
Material of Construction LX, CX CB, CBX Conduit Entrance LX CB, CBX, CX Mounting Enclosure Rating LX, CX, CBX CB, CBX CX Operating Temperature Approximate Shipping Weight LX CX CB, CBX
AC Volts Current, Amperes Make Break Cont.
Cast aluminum die cast Silicon bronze 1/2 Pipe tap 3/4 Pipe tap Surface mount NEMA 7 Div. 1, Class I BCD; NEMA 9 Div. 1, Class II, EFG NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 13 NEMA 1, 4, 13 NOTE: A conduit seal-off kit is required for these switches -20 to 200F (-29 to 93C) 2 lb 2.5 lb 6 lb
Volt Amperes Make Break DC Volts DC Current, Ampere
Electrical Data Maximum Contact Ratings, per Pole
1N.O.-1N.C. Switches
120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600

60 30 15 12 30 15 7.5 6
6 3 1.5 1.2 3 1.5 0.75 0.60
10
7200
720
125 250
0.2 0.1
All Other Switches, B600 5 3600 360 120 240 0.1 0.05
Ranges below +32F (0C) are based on absence of freezing moisture or water. 1N.O.-1N.C. contacts must be same polarity when both circuits are used 1N.O. and 1N.C. contacts have isolated poles and may be used on opposite polarities.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-63
Approximate Dimensions in Inches or Inches (mm) Type LX Switch with Side Rotary Head Type CX, CB and CBX Switches with Side Rotary Head Wobble Operators
Type
Wobble Spring Nylon Rod
5.44 (138.2) 4.5 (114.3)
0.31 (7.9) 0.25 (6.4)
0.94 (23.9) 0.94 (23.9)
Side Pushbutton Head
Adjustable Side Pushbutton Head
Top Pushbutton Head
Adjustable Top Pushbutton Head
Side Push, Vertical Roller Head
Top Push Roller Head
Dimension A
With 0.44 (11.2) Diameter Roller With 0.75 (19.1) Diameter Roller
Dimension A
1.78 (45.2) 2.09 (53.1) With 0.44 (11.2) Diameter Roller With 0.75 (19.1) Diameter Roller 2.03 (51.6) 2.34 (59.4)
Dimension from centerline of head to mounting surface: Type LX: 0.94 inches (23.9 mm); Type CX, CB, CBX: 1.04 inches (26.4 mm).
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-64
Limit Switches Special Purpose

August 2007
PG.05C.08.T.E
Special Purpose Limit Switches
A Variety of Unique Limit Switches for MRO and User Replacement
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roller Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pneumatic Time Delay. . . . . . . . Precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 2-65 2-65 2-66 2-66 2-67
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
Cutler-Hammer Special Purpose (Type D, F), Rotating Shaft (Type J), Pneumatic Time Delay (Type LP) and Precision and Cabinet Door Interlock (Type PS) Limit Switches from Eatons electrical business serve a variety of special purpose industrial applications for MRO and User Replacement requirements.
Push Roller Type D
Roller Lever Type F
Rotating Shaft Type J
Approvals

UL Listed CSA Certied (Type J and PS only)
Pneumatic Time Delay Type F
Precision Switches Type PS

August 2007
2-65
Push Roller Switches Type D

Model Selection
Operator Circuit Operating Force Catalog Number

Push Roller (Roller can be rotated 90) 1N.O.-1N.C. SPDT 3.5 pounds 10316H10
2.13 (54.1) 1.50 (38.1)
3.06 (77.7) 4.44 (112.8) 1.13 (28.7)
Specications
Enclosure Rating Shipping Weight Approvals NEMA 1 1.5 pounds UL Listed
Maximum Ampere Rating

State AC Volts 120 240 480 600 DC Volts 120 240 600
1.00 (25.4) Dia.
2.50 (63.5) Max.
Make Break
20 5
8 2
4 1
4 1
0.6
0.3
Roller Lever Switches Type F

Model Selection
Operator Circuit Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Overtravel Catalog Number
Roller Lever (CW and CCW operation, spring return)
1N.O.-1N.C.
40
35
65
25
10316H18
2N.O.-2N.C.
17
60
43
10316H320
Replacement operator head is available with part number 86-862-22. Replacement roller lever is available with part number 24-1712. Replacement key pin and washer for roller is available with part number 16-906. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

3.00 (76.2) 1- & 2-Pole 3.31 (84.1) 3-Pole 6.88 (174.8) 1- & 2-Pole 7.69 (195.3) 3-Pole 1.31 (33.3) 1- & 2-Pole 1.13 (28.7) 3-Pole 2.69 (68.3) 1- & 2-Pole 3.00 (76.2) 3-Pole 3.66 (93.0) 1- & 2-Pole 3.75 (95.3) 3-Pole
Specications
Enclosure Rating Operating Temperature Conduit Entrance Shipping Weight Approvals NEMA 4 0 to 180F (-18 to 82C) 0.5 inch NPT 4.0 pounds UL Listed

Circuit State AC Volts 120 240 480 600 DC Volts 120 240 600
1N.O.- Make 60 1N.C. Break 6 2N.O.- Make 40 2N.C. Break 15
30 3 20 10
20 15 1.5 1.2 2.2 1.1 0.40 10 6 8 5 0.5 0.2 0.02
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-66

August 2007
Rotating Shaft Switches Type J

Rotating Shaft Limit Switches allow the shaft to be rotated a preset number of revolutions (adjustable from 1/2 to 100 with an accuracy of 1/20 of a turn) before the contacts will switch. A second set of contacts will trip when reaching a preset limit in the opposite direction. These switches are typically used in crane and hoist applications to provide end of travel stops for the hook assembly. Model Selection
Shaft to Max. Turns to Cam Trip Ratio Contacts Min. Turns Overtravel to Trip Before Contacts Resetting Contacts Reversal After Tripping to Reset Contacts Circuit Enclosure Rating Catalog Number
Approximate Dimensions in Inches NEMA 1 Models
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
103:1
100 input shaft turns
1/2 input shaft turns
103 input 1/8 input 2N.C. shaft shaft 2N.O.turns max. turns min. 2N.C.
NEMA 1 NEMA 4
10316H50 10316H54
NEMA 4 Model
For replacement N.O. contacts, order 17-1403; N.C. contacts, order 17-702. 10316H54 has factory set circuits, but is easily convertible to any of three circuits (2N.O.-2N.C., 4N.O. or 4N.C.). Full instructions enclosed with every switch. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Specications
Shipping Weight NEMA 1 Models NEMA 4 Models Approvals 5.5 pounds 13 pounds UL Listed, CSA Certied

State AC Volts 120 240 480 600 DC Volts 120 240
Make 60 Break 6 Continuous 10
30 3 10
15 1.5 10
12 1.2 10
2.2 2.2 10
1.1 1.1 10
Pneumatic Time Delay Switches Type LP

Model Selection
Operator Total Travel Pretravel Circuit Timed Contacts Direction of Rotation Catalog Number
Approximate Dimensions in Inches
Side Rotary 50 (Spring return to center)
10
1N.O.1N.C.
ON Delay
CW
10316H1580
CW & CCW 10316H1600 OFF Delay CW 10316H1610
Requires an operating lever, see Page 2-50
CW & CCW 10316H1630
Field convertible Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Specications
Timing Range ON Delay Function OFF Delay Function Repeat Accuracy Operating Frequency Enclosure Rating Operating Temperature Conduit Entrance Shipping Weight Approvals
0.05 to 60 seconds Timing begins when lever is actuated and held Timing begins when lever is released With 15 second or higher interval between timing periods: 10% of setting maximum With less than 15 second interval between timing periods: 25% of setting maximum 250 operations per minute maximum NEMA 4, 13 32 to 150F (0 to 65C) 0.5 inch NPT 2 pounds UL Listed
Electrical Data Max. Contact Ratings/Pole

AC Current, Amperes Volts Make Break Cont.
Make Break
Volt Amperes DC DC Volts Cur., Amp
All Switches 1N.O.-1N.C.

120 240 480 600
60 30 15 12
6 3 1.5 1.2
10
7200 720
120 240
0.2 0.1
To maintain operating accuracy during the timing cycle, the switch lever must be faster than the timed setting.
PG08301004E

August 2007
2-67
Precision Switches Type PS

Model Selection
Operator Catalog Number Circuits SPDT 1N.O.-1N.C. Circuits DPDT 2N.O.-2N.C. Operator Only
Precision Switch Devices
Precision switch only Pushbutton with oiltight plunger Roller with oiltight plunger perpendicular to mounting holes Roller with oiltight plunger in line with mounting holes
10316H89 10316H110 10316H113 10316H119 10316H122 10316H828 10316H1028 10316H1029
10316H2000 10316H2006 10316H2012 10316H829A 10316H2042
10316H143 10316H144 10316H145 10316H146 10316H147 10316H148 10316H150
Single-Pole
6" lever with top and right-hand mounting bracket 6" lever with top and left-hand mounting bracket Roller lever with top and right-hand mounting bracket Roller lever with top and left-hand mounting bracket One way roller lever with top and right-hand mounting bracket
Roller Lever Type Cabinet Door Interlocks
One way roller lever with top and left-hand mounting bracket Precision switch only Cabinet door interlock operator with one precision switch and with red (defeated ) indicator Cabinet door interlock operator with two each of listed precision switches and with red (defeated ) indicator
The plunger when pulled out exposes a red band to indicate that interlock is defeated. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Maximum Ampere Rating Heavy-Duty 1/2 hp, 250V AC Maximum

AC Volts Type State 120 240 480 600 DC Volts Double Throw 120 240 600
Specications
Approvals UL Recognized, CSA Certied
Single-Pole Double-Pole
Make Break Make Break
40 15 30 3
20 10 15 1.5
10 6 8 1
8 5 6 0.8
2.0 0.5 0.5 0.2
0.5 0.2 0.2 0.1
0.1 0.02 0.2
PG08301004E
LIMIT SWITCHES
2-68
Limit Switches
August 2007
2
LIMIT SWITCHES
For more information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors

August 2007
3-1
04Intro.fm
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Technical Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 iProx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 E57 Premium+ Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 E57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Global Proximity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 AccuProx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 ChipMaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 SpeedSense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 Ferrous Only Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 Metal Face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54 High Current Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 Miniature Short Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60 E56 Pancake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 Tubular, Nonmetallic Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68 E52 Cube Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71 E52 Rectangular Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74 E55 Limit Switch Style, Nonmetallic Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77 E51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87 Unless otherwise noted, the products contained in this document are not designed or intended for use in human safety applications.
INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SENSORS
Table of Contents
3-2
Inductive Proximity Sensors Product Selection

August 2007
3
iProx
Page Overview
E57 Premium+ Series

Page 3-16 High performance inductive sensors include stainless steel models, extended ranges and right-angle sensing
E57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel

Page 3-25 Full featured sensors with shorter overall length than standard tubular sensors
Page 3-9 The iProx is designed to be the highest performing sensor at a reasonable price. Standard features include extended sensing ranges, high noise-immunity, extreme durability and includes Autocongure Technology. Optional advanced features include output delay, speed detection and cloning with the ProxView Software. Automotive, machine tool, material handling where high sensing performance and inventory consolidation is an issue
Applications
A wide variety of applications including those where customers require AC/DC universal inventory sensors
Automation, robotics, transfer lines, conveyors, material handling
Product Features
Auto-congure technology automatically
12, 18 and 30 mm diameters 2-wire and 3-wire AC and DC sensors AC/DC models operate on 20 250V AC or
Available in 12, 18 and 30 mm diameters 2-wire sensors offer
detects a sinking (NPN) or sourcing (PNP) connection and switches the sensor accordingly, without any user intervention
Optional computer programming cable and
DC
360 LED indicators standard Unmatched noise immunity >20V/meter Extended range models offer over 3 times
20 250V AC or DC operation; AC only 20 135V AC

3-wire models operate on
Windows-based ProxView conguration software makes it easy to customize sensors

Clone the sensor to match the
6 30V DC
360 LED indicators Same sensing ranges as standard sensors High ex extra long 5m cable or pigtail
characteristics of more than 4,800 competitive models, or congure it to match your specic application needs
New programming station allows for
the range of standard models

N.O. or N.C. outputs Variety of terminations Resettable short circuit protected and
micro-pin connector
Short circuit protection on AC/DC and
one touch programming and batch programming of up to four sensors at a time

Advanced programmable features such as
DC-only versions
reverse polarity on select models

Robust stainless steel tubes, shock-
dual outputs, output delay, speed detection and more

Resistant to extreme temperatures (-40C)
and high pressure washdown

Complementary and dual outputs available
resistant front caps, polycarbonate end bells, and impact-absorbing potting compound are resistant to physical and environmental abuse in high temperature, high pressure washdown and high shock and vibration applications
Noise immunity of 10 20 volts/meter
eliminates problems associated with electrical noise AC mode 250 500 mA DC mode 200 mA NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67 Stainless steel C-UL Listed (AC/DC and DC-only models) AC 200 500 mA continuous DC 500 mA continuous NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67 Stainless steel Semi-shielded models: nickel plated brass UL Listed CSA Certied (AC/DC and DC-only models)
Output Ratings
AC 250 500 mA DC 300 500 mA NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67 Stainless steel C-UL Listed
Enclosure Ratings Construction
Approvals
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-3
Global Proximity
Page Overview
AccuProx
Page 3-37 The AccuProx sensor features analog outputs that change linearly as the target moves closer or further from the sensor face.
ChipMaster
Page 3-43 The ChipMaster sensor is an applicationspecic sensing solution engineered to better tolerate metal chips on or near the sensor face. An embedded microprocessor allows ChipMaster to better discriminate between metal chips and true targets within the sensing eld.
Page 3-30 This full-line, tubular proximity sensor family provides a cost-effective solution for high volume OEM use
Applications
Machine tool detection, press applications, cam detection, material handling, valve and shaft position, automotive assembly
Part positioning, distance, size and thickness measurement, general inspection and error proong (such as material imperfection or blemish detection), eccentricity or absolute angle detection, identication of different metals
Extended linear sensing range of up to
Automotive, metal cutting, forming and stamping
Product Features
8, 12, 18 and 30 mm diameters 2-wire sensors available in AC or DC
Tolerates metal chips within sensing eld
versions
3-wire sensors available in DC versions Shielded and unshielded models LED indicators standard Cable, micro-connector and nano-
25 millimeters three times longer than standard tubular analog inductive sensors
Outputs available in current (4 20 or
better than standard inductive proximity sensors

Auto-congure output allows for
automatic detection of NPN or PNP

Rugged stainless steel housing with
0 20 mA) and voltage (0 10V)

High output resolution and repeatability
shock absorbent potting compound

Resistant to extreme temperatures (-40C)
connector terminations
Short circuit protection on DC models
for applications requiring precision sensing performance

Robust stainless steel barrel, shock-

High electrical noise immunity of 20 V/m
resistant front cap, polycarbonate end bell and impact-absorbing potting compound
Ideal for extreme temperature or high
pressure washdown environments

High noise immunity of 20V/m prevents
many problems associated with electrical noise
Contact Ratings Enclosure Ratings Construction
AC mode 200 mA DC mode 100 mA IP67 Nickel plated brass 8 mm Nano Stainless steel (DC models only) cCSAus
0 10V DC, 0 20 mA, 4 20 mA NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13 Stainless steel C-UL Listed
AC 250 500 mA DC 300 500 mA NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 Stainless steel C-UL Listed
Approvals
PG08301004E
3-4

August 2007
3
SpeedSense
Page Overview
Ferrous Only Tubular

Page 3-51 Sensors designed to detect only ferrous metals (steel/iron)
Metal Face
Page 3-54 Tough sensors with thick stainless steel sensing faces and barrels
Page 3-47 SpeedSense is one of the rst tubular inductive sensors to feature built-in speed detection technology. Using SpeedSense, you can reliably detect when an object rotation or lateral movement slows below a xed point.
Applications
Automotive, machine tool, material handling
Workcell applications Automotive and aircraft production
Metal cutting operations where damage to sensor face could occur
Product Features
Built-in speed detection technology
18 mm diameters 2-wire AC or 3-wire DC N.O. or N.C. outputs Micro- and mini-pin terminations LED indicators
12, 18 and 30 mm diameters 2-wire AC or 3-wire DC 20 mil thick stainless steel face 303 stainless steel barrel LED indicator 2 meter cable, micro- and mini-pin
activates the sensor when the targets rotational or lateral speed slows
Reliably detects metal targets at up to
three times range of conventional inductive proximity sensors

Auto-congure output allows for
automatic detection of NPN or PNP

Resistant to extreme temperature (-40C)
connections

High electrical noise immunity of 20 V/m
Contact Ratings Enclosure Ratings
AC 250 500 mA DC 300 500 mA NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
AC 500 mA continuous DC 200 mA continuous NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67
AC 500 mA continuous DC 200 mA continuous NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67
Construction
Stainless steel C-UL Listed
Stainless steel UL Listed CSA Certied
Stainless steel UL Listed CSA Certied
Approvals
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-5
High Current Output

Page Overview
Miniature Short Body

Page 3-60 Small diameter and short body (4, 5, 6.5 and 8 mm) tubular housings for tight sensing applications
E56 Pancake
Page 3-64 Self-contained sensors capable of sensing up to 3.94 inches (100 mm)
Page 3-58 DC sensors which can carry extremely large continuous inrush current
Applications
Heavy-duty vehicles, cement mixers, lift trucks, front end loaders, farm equipment
Automation equipment, robotics, machine tool, counting, sorting
Oil rig operations, oor conveyors, automotive assembly, overhead cranes
Product Features
30 mm diameter stainless steel housing Solid-state output for
Variety of diameters in stainless steel
40, 50, 70 and 100 mm sensing distances 4-wire DC models have complementary
housings
PVC cable, micro- and nano-pin
12 ampere continuous 50 ampere inrush capacity

-40 to 158F (-40 to 70C) temperature
outputs (1 N.O. / 1 N.C.)

4-wire DC models use auto-congure
connections
LED indicators standard Short overall lengths Short circuit and reverse polarity
range
N.O. and N.C. isolated outputs Heavy gauge SJO cable
technology, which allows the sensor to automatically adapt for NPN or PNP without user intervention
Available in 2-wire AC/DC versions Power and output LED indicator Quick disconnect option Short circuit protected in DC Longest sensing distances available
protection
12 ampere continuous 50 ampere inrush NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67
DC 200 mA maximum NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67
AC 500 mA continuous DC 200 mA continuous NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13 IEC IP66 (some models also rated NEMA 6)
Construction
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
PPS
Approvals
PG08301004E
3-6

August 2007
3
Tubular, Nonmetallic Housing
Page Overview
E52 Cube Style

Page 3-71 A family of industry-standard, cube-sized inductive sensors with long range capabilities
E52 Rectangular Style

Page 3-74 A variety of small rectangular sensors for limited space applications
Page 3-68 Tubular sensors with nonmetallic housings offer high corrosion resistance
Applications
Food processing lines High washdown environments
Automotive Manufacturing Machinery OEMs
Tight applications where conventional sensor are too large
Product Features
12, 18 and 30 mm diameters shielded and
Long inductive proximity ranges available
Variety of housing styles R12, R18, Q16,
unshielded sensing
Normally open or closed outputs AC and DC voltages Tough ABS plastic housing Output LED on all models
(up to 40 mm sensing distance)

4-wire DC models have complementary
Q25
10 to 30V DC NPN and PNP output Short circuit protection LED indicator for output
outputs (1 N.O. / 1 N.C.)

4-wire DC models use auto-congure
technology, which allows the sensor to automatically adapt for NPN or PNP without user intervention
Available in 2-wire AC/DC versions Robust design featuring vibration and
status
impact-absorbing potting compound

Ideal for extreme temperatures or high
pressure washdown environments
AC 150 DC 200 NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 13 IEC IP66
AC 400 mA maximum DC 300 mA maximum NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67
DC 100 mA maximum NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12 IEC IP66
Construction
ABS plastic
Zinc Alloy PPS, PL
PBT Composition housing
Approvals
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-7
E55 Limit Switch Style, Nonmetallic Housing

Page Overview
E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular

Page 3-79 Modular design allows maximum use of inventories in these Limit Switch style housings. Solid-state circuitry in a variety of sensing ranges
E51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P +

Page 3-87 Completely epoxy lled in unitized, one piece Limit Switch style construction for reliable performance under the most adverse of environmental conditions
Page 3-77 These nonmetallic sensors provide corrosion resistance in a limit switch style housing
Applications
Food processing lines High washdown environments
Machine tool, punch presses, automotive, conveyor systems
All corrosive environments Coolants/ cutting oils Automotive applications
Product Features
5 position head can be top mounted or in
Modular heads, switch bodies,
One piece housing on switch body/
any of four side positions

Long sensing ranges up to
receptacles
Shielded or unshielded sensing ranges Solid-state electronics Viton gasket seals LED indicators for power and output
receptacle
Head and housing totally epoxy
40 mm
Normally open or closed outputs AC voltages Tough PBT resin housing
encapsulated
Side sensing head can be unfastened and
moved to any of 4 positions

Quick disconnect options Corrosive resistant epoxy coated housing
status
Top and side sensing heads Alternate frequency for side by side
operation
Components individually labeled for easy
identication
AC 400 mA NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 IEC IP67
AC 1 ampere continuous DC 0.6 ampere continuous NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67 Class I, Class II, Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D, F and G; Class III Die Cast Zinc Gasket Material Viton UL Listed CSA Certied (most models)
AC 1 ampere continuous DC 0.6 ampere continuous NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67
Construction
PBT resin
Die Cast Zinc Gasket Material Viton
Approvals
PG08301004E
3-8
Inductive Proximity Sensors Technical Reference

August 2007
General
There are a number of factors which should be considered when applying induction proximity sensors. A detailed discussion of these factors can be found in Section 11. Presented below are a few of the more important considerations for quick reference.
When mounting the sensors, do not exceed the following recommended torque specications:
Diameter Stainless Steel Nickel-Plated Brass
Table of Correction Factors

(Multiply sensing range of device by factor given below)
Target Sensor Size 4 8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm Limit Switch
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
35 lb-in (4.0 Nm) 70 lb-in (7.9 Nm) 70 lb-in (7.9 Nm)
20 lb-in (2.3 Nm) 70 lb-in (7.9 Nm) 70 lb-in (7.9 Nm) Stainless Steel 400 Stainless Steel 300 Brass Aluminum Copper
0.90 0.65 0.35 0.35 0.30
0.90 0.70 0.45 0.40 0.25
1.0 0.70 0.45 0.45 0.35
1.0 0.75 0.45 0.40 0.30
1.0 0.85 0.5 0.47 0.40
Mounting
Inductive proximity sensors are available in two classications: shielded (also known as embeddable or ush mountable) and unshielded (non-embeddable or non-ush mountable). What these terms refer to is the distance to surrounding metal that the device can be mounted. In the case of a shielded sensor the device can be mounted with the sensor completely surrounded by metal. In the case of an unshielded sensor, a metal free zone must be provided when mounting the sensor, as shown below. The size of the metal free zone is dependent on both the size of the sensor and the type of sensing range it has, i.e., standard or extended.
a d b
Extended Range Sensors

Cutler-Hammer extended range proximity sensors by Eatons electrical business offer sensing distances almost 3 times greater than conventional devices. They are available in semi-shielded designs mounted similar to an embeddable sensor and nonembeddable designs requiring more metal free zone area than conventional unshielded sensors. All are available in a variety of circuits and terminations.
3
Target Size
Often overlooked when applying sensors is the fact that the manufacturers stated sensing ranges are also dependent upon target size. The table below reects the standard target sizes which were used to determine sensing ranges. If targets are the same size or greater than standard, no reduction in sensing distance will occur. However, a smaller target size will result in a decrease in sensing range. A general rule of thumb is that the target size shall be 3 x the range or the size of the sensor face, whichever is larger.
Target Standard Target Size Standard Sensing Range Shielded Devices Unshielded Devices Extended Sensing Range SemiShield Devices NonEmbeddable Devices
Target Material
When manufacturers of inductive proximity sensors state the sensing range of their devices, they are usually based upon a ferrous target made of carbon-rolled steel (IE FE 360) dened by ISO630. For example, in this product guide the E57LAL18A2 has a sensing range of 5 mm based upon a target of mild steel. Sensing ranges to targets made of non-ferrous metals have to have a correction factor applied as listed in the table below. To use this table, multiply the sensing distance of the device by the factor given below. Example: the E57LAL18A2 has a sensing range of 5 mm. When used to sense a brass target, the sensing range becomes 2.25 mm (5 mm x 0.45).
4 mm 5 mm
4 mm Square 5 mm Square
4 mm Square 5 mm Square 6.5 mm Square 8 mm Square 12 mm Square 24 mm Square 45 mm Square 72 mm Square
18 mm Square 36 mm Square 66 mm Square
30 mm Square 60 mm Square
Type
Shielding
6.5 mm 6.5 mm Square 8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm 8 mm Square 12 mm Square 18 mm Square 30 mm Square
Standard Range Extended Range
Shielded Unshielded Semi-shielded Non-embeddable
0 2 x Sn Sn 2 x Sn
0 Cap Height d Cap Height
Where a and b are the metal free dimensions.
Limit 45 mm Switch Square
Targets are 1 mm thick.
PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors iProx

October 2007
3-9
PG.05D.17.T.E
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . 3-10 Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Model Selection, Complementary and Dual Output . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 The Cutler-Hammer iProx represents the highest performance, most versatile tubular inductive sensor offered by Eaton's electrical business. By utilizing an embedded microprocessor and exclusive SmartSense technology, iProx can sense up to three times farther than typical sensors of its class, while providing an unheard-of level of customization. Both shielded and unshielded versions of iProx feature extended sensing ranges. This allows the sensor to be mounted farther from the target, thereby reducing the potential for target impacts and increasing the sensing reliability of your application. The iProx also includes a wide range of advanced features that can be enabled via optional programming tools. Using the ProxView Windows-based software package, an entirely custom sensor can be programmed to perfectly t an application. Sensor characteristics, such as sensing range, can be customized down to the nearest tenth of a millimeter. Outputs can be changed from N.O. to N.C. Even noise immunity and response time can be adjusted if necessary. The iProx even features built-in timing delays and speed detection logic no PLC programming is necessary. With extended sensing range, quality construction and the ability to adapt to its environment, iProx is the ideal choice for even the most demanding inductive sensing applications.
Embedded Logic Can Be Enabled to Perform Advanced Sensing Functions
Potted Cable, Micro and Mini Connection Options
Vibration-Absorbing Potting Compound
Dual Color, 360-Degree Output Indicator LED
Sense up to Three Times as Far as Conventional Sensors
Shock Absorbing Ryton Face Cap Material
Note: Custom iProx models can also be ordered directly from the factory with pre-set ranges, outputs and connectors. Consult the Cutler-Hammer Application Engineers at 1-800-426-9184 for more information.
Product Features

Available in AC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire and unique DC 4-Wire with complementary (N.O./N.C.) or dual N.O. outputs Reliably detect metal targets at up to three times the range of conventional shielded or unshielded tubular inductive sensors Quality construction using a stainless steel barrel, 360-degree dual-color LED indicator, Ryton impact-resistant face cap and vibration-absorbing potting compound Auto-congure technology automatically detects a sinking (NPN) or sourcing (PNP) connection and switches the sensor accordingly, without any user intervention Exclusive SmartSense embedded microprocessor technology allows for customizable range, band sensing, nuisance metal rejection, timing delays and over/under speed detection Optional computer programming cable and Windows-based ProxView conguration software makes it easy to customize sensors Withstands high electrical noise (up to 20 V/m) Resistant to extreme temperatures (-40C)
Typical Applications

Approvals
C-UL Listed
Automotive Machine Tool Material Handling Metalworking

For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273), in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184. For more information visit: www.eaton.com
PG08301004E
iProx Inductive Proximity Sensors
Our Highest Performance, Most Versatile Inductive Sensor Yet
3-10

October 2007
Model Selection iProx

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Shielding Connection Type Catalog Number N.O. Output N.C. Output
2-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter Standard Range 10 mm Extended Range Unshielded 20 132V AC 4 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail 3-pin Mini AC Pigtail 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail 3-pin Mini AC Pigtail 2-meter Cable 18 mm Diameter 8 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Standard Range 18 mm Extended Range Unshielded 3-pin Mini AC Pigtail 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail 3-pin Mini AC Pigtail 2-meter Cable 30 mm Diameter 15 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail 3-pin Mini AC Pigtail Standard Range 29 mm Extended Range Unshielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail 3-pin Mini AC Pigtail 2-meter Cable

E59-M12A105A01-A1 E59-M12A105A01P-A1 E59-M12A105A01PB-A1 E59-M12A105C02-A1 E59-M12C110A01-A1 E59-M12C110A01P-A1 E59-M12C110A01PB-A1 E59-M12C110C02-A1 E59-M18A109A01-A1 E59-M18A109A01P-A1 E59-M18A109A01PB-A1 E59-M18A109C02-A1 E59-M18C118A01-A1 E59-M18C118A01P-A1 E59-M18C118A01PB-A1 E59-M18C118C02-A1 E59-M30A115A01-A1 E59-M30A115A01P-A1 E59-M30A115A01PB-A1 E59-M30A115C02-A1 E59-M30C129A01-A1 E59-M30C129A01P-A1 E59-M30C129A01PB-A1 E59-M30C129C02-A1
E59-M12A105A01-A2 E59-M12A105A01P-A2 E59-M12A105A01PB-A2 E59-M12A105C02-A2 E59-M12C110A01-A2 E59-M12C110A01P-A2 E59-M12C110A01PB-A2 E59-M12C110C02-A2 E59-M18A109A01-A2 E59-M18A109A01P-A2 E59-M18A109A01PB-A2 E59-M18A109C02-A2 E59-M18C118A01-A2 E59-M18C118A01P-A2 E59-M18C118A01PB-A2 E59-M18C118C02-A2 E59-M30A115A01-A2 E59-M30A115A01P-A2 E59-M30A115A01PB-A2 E59-M30A115C02-A2 E59-M30C129A01-A2 E59-M30C129A01P-A2 E59-M30C129A01PB-A2 E59-M30C129C02-A2
3
Sensors are ordered with pre-set outputs from the factory, but can be later programmed either N.O. or N.C. using the ProxView software. For sensors with custom cable lengths or PUR jackets, contact Application Engineering at 1-800-426-9184. Standard pigtail cable length is 12 inches. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-11. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E

October 2007
3-11
Operating Voltage
Sensing Range Shielding
Connection Type
Catalog Number N.O. Output N.C. Output
3-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter Standard Range
6 48V DC
4 mm
Shielded
4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable
E59-M12A105D01-D1 E59-M12A105D01P-D1 E59-M12A105C02-D1 E59-M12C110D01-D1 E59-M12C110D01P-D1 E59-M12C110C02-D1 E59-M18A108D01-D1 E59-M18A108D01P-D1 E59-M18A108C02-D1 E59-M18C116D01-D1 E59-M18C116D01P-D1 E59-M18C116C02-D1 E59-M30A115D01-D1 E59-M30A115D01P-D1 E59-M30A115C02-D1 E59-M30C129D01-D1 E59-M30C129D01P-D1 E59-M30C129C02-D1
E59-M12A105D01-D2 E59-M12A105D01P-D2 E59-M12A105C02-D2 E59-M12C110D01-D2 E59-M12C110D01P-D2 E59-M12C110C02-D2 E59-M18A108D01-D2 E59-M18A108D01P-D2 E59-M18A108C02-D2 E59-M18C116D01-D2 E59-M18C116D01P-D2 E59-M18C116C02-D2 E59-M30A115D01-D2 E59-M30A115D01P-D2 E59-M30A115C02-D2 E59-M30C129D01-D2 E59-M30C129D01P-D2 E59-M30C129C02-D2
Extended Range
4-pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable
18 mm Diameter
8 mm
Shielded
4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail
Standard Range 18 mm Extended Range Unshielded
2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable
30 mm Diameter
15 mm
Shielded
4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail
Standard Range 29 mm Extended Range Unshielded
2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable
Sensors are ordered with pre-set outputs from the factory, but can be later programmed either N.O. or N.C. using the ProxView software. For sensors with custom cable lengths or PUR jackets, contact Application Engineering at 1-800-426-9184. Standard pigtail cable length is 12 inches. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables below.

Voltage Number Gauge Style of Pins Length Catalog Number PVC Jacket PUR Jacket IRR PUR Jacket Pin Conguration/Wire Colors (Face View Female Shown)
Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female AC 3-pin 3-wire 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2202
1-Green 2-Red/Black 3-Red/White
DC
22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m)
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
1-Brown 2-White 3-Blue 4-Black
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number
Standard Cables Mini Style Mini Style Straight Female 3-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602
1-Green 2-Black 3-White
Current Rating @ 600V 3-pin: 13A
PG08301004E
10 mm
Unshielded
4-pin Micro DC Connector
Model Selection iProx (Continued)
3-12

October 2007
Model Selection iProx Complementary and Dual Output

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Shielding Output Type Connection Type Catalog Number Complementary Outputs (1 N.O. / 1 N.C.) Dual N.O. Outputs
4-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter Standard Range Extended Range
6 48V DC
4 mm
Shielded
NPN (Sinking)
PNP (Sourcing)
10 mm
Unshielded NPN (Sinking)
PNP (Sourcing)
18 mm Diameter
8 mm
Shielded
NPN (Sinking)
Standard Range Extended Range 18 mm
PNP (Sourcing)
PNP (Sourcing)
30 mm Diameter
15 mm
Shielded
NPN (Sinking)
Standard Range 29 mm Extended Range
PNP (Sourcing)
PNP (Sourcing)
4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable
E59-M12A105D01-D3NN E59-M12A105C02-D3NN E59-M12A105D01-D3PP E59-M12A105C02-D3PP E59-M12C110D01-D3NN E59-M12C110C02-D3NN E59-M12C110D01-D3PP E59-M12C110C02-D3PP E59-M18A108D01-D3NN E59-M18A108C02-D3NN E59-M18A108D01-D3PP E59-M18A108C02-D3PP E59-M18C116D01-D3NN E59-M18C116C02-D3NN E59-M18C116D01-D3PP E59-M18C116C02-D3PP E59-M30A115D01-D3NN E59-M30A115C02-D3NN E59-M30A115D01-D3PP E59-M30A115C02-D3PP E59-M30C129D01-D3NN E59-M30C129C02-D3NN E59-M30C129D01-D3PP E59-M30C129C02-D3PP
E59-M12A105D01-D1NN E59-M12A105C02-D1NN E59-M12A105D01-D1PP E59-M12A105C02-D1PP E59-M12C110D01-D1NN E59-M12C110C02-D1NN E59-M12C110D01-D1PP E59-M12C110C02-D1PP E59-M18A108D01-D1NN E59-M18A108C02-D1NN E59-M18A108D01-D1PP E59-M18A108C02-D1PP E59-M18C116D01-D1NN E59-M18C116C02-D1NN E59-M18C116D01-D1PP E59-M18C116C02-D1PP E59-M30A115D01-D1NN E59-M30A115C02-D1NN E59-M30A115D01-D1PP E59-M30A115C02-D1PP E59-M30C129D01-D1NN E59-M30C129C02-D1NN E59-M30C129D01-D1PP E59-M30C129C02-D1PP
3
At this time, iProx Complementary and Dual Output models are not available with auto-sink/source detection. Therefore, PNP (sourcing) and NPN (sinking) models must be ordered separately. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-11.
PG08301004E

October 2007
3-13
Description
Catalog Number
Description
Catalog Number
E59SW1 Step-by-step programming software required to program iProx. Compatible with Microsoft Windows and Windows Mobile devices.
The iProx Programming Cable is used to program individual iProx sensors, providing a connection between the computer and the sensor. Requires an RS-232 serial port for connection to computer.
E59RP1
The iProx Tray Programmer allows E59TP1 for batch programming of up to four iProx sensors at one time. Replaces the functionality of the iProx Remote Programmer (E59RP1) by connecting to your computer via included USB cable or RS-232 serial connection. (No sensors included with purchase.) iProx Tray Programmer Accessory Two additional AC microconnector cables. iProx Tray Programmer Accessory Two additional DC microconnector cables. iProx Tray Programmer Accessory Two additional AC miniconnector cables. E59ACMICRO
Interested in custom programming iProx sensors to t your application? These kits include everything needed to get the most out of iProx: a sensor, a programming cable (E59RP1), a micro connector cable (CSDS4A4CY2202) and ProxView software on CD-ROM (E59SW1). Starter Kit with 12 mm AC Unshielded E5912ACKIT iProx Sensor (E59-M12C110A01-A1) Starter Kit with 12 mm DC Unshielded E5912DCKIT iProx Sensor (E59-M12C110D01-D1) Starter Kit with 18 mm AC Unshielded E5918ACKIT iProx Sensor (E59-M18C118A01-A1) Starter Kit with 18 mm DC Unshielded E5918DCKIT iProx Sensor (E59-M18C116D01-D1) Starter Kit with 30 mm AC Unshielded E5930ACKIT iProx Sensor (E59-M30C129A01-A1) Starter Kit with 30 mm DC Unshielded E5930DCKIT iProx Sensor (E59-M30C129D01-D1) A powered, briefcase demo kit show- E59DEMO1 casing the capabilities of iProx and AccuProx sensors. Kit includes one 18 mm iProx sensor and one 18 mm AccuProx sensor. A quick disconnect cable and mounting system allow for fast swapping of sensors. Demo kit is powered by two replaceable 9-volt alkaline batteries.
E59DCMICRO
E59ACMINI
iProx Tray Programmer Accessory E59CBL Two additional alligator-clip cables for programming station. (For connecting potted-cable iProx sensors.) Field applied labels for iProx sensor E59LABEL (100 pcs)
The included PDA is correct as of print date, however it may be later substituted for an equivalent or better model. Consult Application Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 for more information.
PG08301004E
Model Selection iProx Starter Kit
3-14

October 2007
Wiring Diagrams (Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring)
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Connector Models (Face View Male Shown) Micro Mini
2-Wire Sensors 20 132V AC N.O. and N.C.

BN BU Load L1 L2 L2 Load L1
L1 or +V
Load
L2 or (-)
3-Wire Sensors
3
6 48V DC
N.O. and N.C. (NPN and PNP)
BN BK BU Load
+V (-) (-)
Load Load
+V
4-Wire Dual Output and Complementary Sensors 6 48V DC N.O. and N.C. (NPN)

BN WH BU BL
+V Load (-) Load
Load +V (-) Load
N.O. and N.C. (PNP)
BN WH BU BL

+V Load (-) Load

Load (-) +V Load
Note: Pin numbers 2 and 4 are internally jumpered together. Either pin may be used. The 3-wire DC version of iProx automatically congures itself to NPN or PNP based on eld wiring. No user intervention is required. The complementary (1 N.O./1 N.C.) output models feature the N.C. output on pin 2 (white).
PG08301004E

October 2007
3-15
Description
2-Wire Sensors
3-Wire Sensors
Input Voltage Load Current Leakage Current Voltage Drop Burden Current Protection Switching Hysteresis Repeat Accuracy Surge Capacity Temperature Range Material of Construction Vibration and Shock Indicator LED Enclosure Ratings
Response Time
20 132V AC 12 mm: 5 300mA, 200mA > 50C 1.7 mA @ 0C, 2.0 mA @ -40C <5V AC None < 15% Rated Sensing Distance
6 48V DC 500 mA @ 6 30V DC; 300 mA @ 32 48V DC 150 A 2.5V DC 15 mA Auto Reset
Shielded models: < 1% Sensing Distance; Unshielded models: < 3% Sensing Distance 3A/30 ms -40 to 158F (-40 to 70C) 303 Stainless steel; End bells: Polycarbonate; Face caps: Ryton; Cable: AWM Style 20387 (PVC) Vibration: 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm Amplitude, IEC 60068-2-6; Shock: 30g, 11 mS per IEC 68-2-27 360 viewable LED NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)
2-Wire Sensors 3-Wire Sensors
All 2-Wire Models Factory Default Mode Side by Side High Noise Immunity Mode

Shielded 12 mm 18 mm 390 Hz (10 V/m) 30 mm 240 Hz (10 V/m) 580 Hz (10 V/m)
Unshielded 12 mm 300 Hz (10 V/m) 18 mm 150 Hz (10 V/m) 30 mm 145 Hz (10 V/m)
Shipped in Side by Side Mode by default (20 V/m) 30 Hz (10 V/m) 10 Hz (>20 V/m)
50 Hz (20 V/m) 10 Hz (>20 V/m)
iProx sensors may be programmed to perform in Side by Side or High Noise immunity applications using the iProx Programming Cable (E59RP1) & ProxView software (E59SW1). Use the Side by Side response time parameter when using the iProx Tray Programmer (E59TP1), iProx Programming Cable (E59RP1) and ProxView software (E59SW1). Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips Chemical (division of Phillips Petroleum). Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. For questions about a specic application, contact our applications department at 1-800-426-9184.
Approximate Dimensions iProx in Inches (mm) Cable Models Micro-Connector Models
B A
Cable Models
Size Shielding A B C D
Micro-Connector Models
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded
2.46 (62.4) 2.46 (62.4) 2.54 (64.5) 2.54 (64.5) 2.74 (69.6) 2.74 (69.6)
1.98 (50.3) 1.64 (41.6) 2.00 (50.9) 1.47 (37.4) 2.13 (54.1) 1.41 (35.8)
0.02 (0.5) 0.36 (9) 0.02 (0.5) 0.55 (14) 0.03 (0.75) 0.75 (19)
0.67 (17) 0.67 (17) 0.94 (24) 0.94 (24) 1.41 (36) 1.41 (36)
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
2.71 (68.7) 2.71 (68.7) 2.73 (69.3) 2.73 (69.3) 2.92 (74.1) 2.92 (74.1)
1.98 (50.3) 1.64 (41.6) 2.00 (50.9) 1.47 (37.4) 2.13 (54.1) 1.41 (35.8)
0.02 (0.5) 0.36 (9) 0.02 (0.5) 0.55 (14) 0.03 (0.75) 0.75 (19)
0.67 (17) 0.67 (17) 0.94 (24) 0.94 (24) 1.41 (36) 1.41 (36)
PG08301004E
Specications iProx
3-16
Inductive Proximity Sensors E57 Premium+ Series

August 2007
PG.05D.06.T.E
E57 Premium+ Series Inductive Proximity Sensors
High Performance Inductive Sensors Include Stainless Steel Models, Extended Ranges and Right Angle Sensing
High Quality Stainless Steel Housing
3-16 3-17 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-22 3-23
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extended Range Sensors Provide 4 Times the Range of Standard Sensors
Standard Range Extended Range Right Angle Viewing Multiple Wiring Options 90 Angled Sensing Face Solves Tough Sensing Problems
3
The Cutler-Hammer Premium+ Series Inductive Proximity Sensors by Eatons electrical business have improved sensing performance, product durability and selection. This improved line of sensors carries the Premium+ Series name because we have upgraded the design to a rugged stainless steel body, shockresistant front caps and impactabsorbing potting compound. Plus, the Premium+ Series line now includes a choice of AC, AC/DC and DC-only, 12, 18 and 30 mm sensors with unmatched noise immunity of greater than 20V/meter.
Cable
MiniConnector
MicroConnector
Micro-Connector Mounted on Pigtail Cable
Product Features

Approvals
C-UL Listed (AC/DC and DC-only models)

New expanded offering of 2-wire, 3-wire, AC, DC, and AC/DC multiple range sensor models Manufactured to take the physical and environmental abuse Designed with stainless steel barrel and new potting compound for robust, high temperature, high pressure washdown, as well as intense shock and vibration applications Unmatched high noise immunity eliminates problems associated with electrical noise (all models > 20V/meter) 360 output status indicator is visible from any angle and in any light condition Resettable short circuit protection and reverse polarity in select models Right angle sensing models offer unique problem-solving capabilities Wide temperature range -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) on cable, micro-style connections
Recommended Mounting Clearances For unshielded standard range sensors and extended range sensors, clearance must be provided around the sensor when mounting for reliable performance. (Sn is the sensing range of the sensor, d is the sensor diameter.)
d b
Type Shielding a b
Standard Range
Shielded Unshielded
0 d
0 Sn
Cap Height 2 x 5n Cap Height 2 x Sn
Extended Semi-shielded Range Non-embeddable

August 2007
3-17
Operating Voltage
Sensing Range (Sn) Shielding
Connection Type
2-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter End Sensing
20 250V AC
2 mm (Standard Range) 4 mm (Standard Range)
Shielded
20 132V AC
6 mm (Extended Range) 10 mm (Extended Range)
Extended Range 40 250V AC 50/60 Hz 20 250V DC
2 mm (Standard Range) 4 mm (Standard Range) 5 mm (Standard Range)
18 mm Diameter End Sensing
20 250V AC
Standard Range
8 mm (Standard Range)
20 132V AC
12 mm (Extended Range)
Extended Range 20 mm (Extended Range)
40 250V AC 50/60 Hz 20 250V DC
18 mm Diameter Right Angle Sensing
20 250V AC
5 mm (Standard Range) 8 mm (Standard Range) 5 mm
2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector Unshielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector Semi2-meter Cable shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector Non2-meter Cable embeddable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector Shielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector Unshielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector
Shielded
E57LAL18A2 E57LAL18A2SA E57LAL18A2SP E57MAL18A2B1 E57LAL18A2E E57LAL18A2EA E57LAL18A2EP E57MAL18A2EB1 E57-18LE12-A E57-18LE12-AA E57-18LE12-AP E57-18LE12-AB E57-18LE20-A E57-18LE20-AA E57-18LE20-AP E57-18LE20-AB E57SAL18A2 E57SAL18A2SA E57SAL18A2E E57SAL18A2EA E57RAL18A2 E57RAL18A2SA E57RAL18A2SP E57RAL18A2B1 E57RAL18A2E E57RAL18A2EA E57RAL18A2EP E57RAL18A2EB1
E57LBL18A2 E57LBL18A2SA E57LBL18A2SP E57MBL18A2B1 E57LBL18A2E E57LBL18A2EA E57LBL18A2EP E57MBL18A2EB1 E57-18LE12-A1 E57-18LE12-A1A E57-18LE12-A1P E57-18LE12-A1B E57-18LE20-A1 E57-18LE20-A1A E57-18LE20-A1P E57-18LE20-A1B E57SBL18A2 E57SBL18A2SA E57SBL18A2E E57SBL18A2EA E57RBL18A2 E57RBL18A2SA E57RBL18A2SP E57RBL18A2B1 E57RBL18A2E E57RBL18A2EA E57RBL18A2EP E57RBL18A2EB1
Shielded
8 mm
Unshielded
For cable lengths longer than 2 meters, add the number of the desired length in meters to the end of the listed Catalog Number (for Catalog Numbers ending with a number, add an S and then the length). Examples for a 5 meter cable: E57-18LE12-A becomes E57-18LE12-A5; E57LAL12A2 becomes E57LAL12A2S5. Avoid wiring these AC/DC models in series as the sensors may not perform reliably. Contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Applications Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 with questions. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-20.
PG08301004E
Standard Range
2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector Unshielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector Semi2-meter Cable shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector Non2-meter Cable embeddable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector Shielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector Unshielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector
E57LAL12A2 E57LAL12A2SA E57LAL12A2SP E57LAL12A2E E57LAL12A2EA E57LAL12A2EP E57-12LE06-A E57-12LE06-AA E57-12LE06-AP E57-12LE10-A E57-12LE10-AA E57-12LE10-AP E57SAL12A2 E57SAL12A2SA E57MAL12A2B1 E57SAL12A2E E57SAL12A2EA
E57LBL12A2 E57LBL12A2SA E57LBL12A2SP E57LBL12A2E E57LBL12A2EA E57LBL12A2EP E57-12LE06-A1 E57-12LE06-A1A E57-12LE10-A1 E57-12LE10-A1A E57-12LE10-A1P E57SBL12A2 E57SBL12A2SA E57SBL12A2E E57SBL12A2EA
Model Selection E57 Premium+ Sensors
3-18

August 2007
Model Selection E57 Premium+ Sensors (Continued)

Operating Voltage Sensing Range (Sn) Shielding Connection Type Catalog Number N.O. Output N.C. Output
2-Wire Sensors (Continued) 30 mm Diameter End Sensing
20 250V AC
Shielded
Standard Range
Unshielded
20 132V AC
Semishielded
Extended Range 40 250V AC 50/60 Hz 20 250V DC 10 mm (Standard Range) 15 mm (Standard Range) 2 mm (Standard Range) Shielded
2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector
E57LAL30A2 E57LAL30A2SA E57LAL30A2SP E57MAL30A2B1 E57LAL30A2E E57LAL30A2EA E57LAL30A2EP E57MAL30A2EB1 E57-30LE22-A E57-30LE22-AA E57-30LE22-AP E57-30LE22-AB E57SAL30A2 E57SAL30A2SA E57SAL30A2E E57SAL30A2EA
E57LBL30A2 E57LBL30A2SA E57LBL30A2SP E57MBL30A2B1 E57LBL30A2E E57LBL30A2EA E57LBL30A2EP E57MBL30A2EB1 E57-30LE22-A1 E57-30LE22-A1A E57-30LE22-A1P E57-30LE22-A1B E57SBL30A2 E57SBL30A2SA E57SBL30A2E E57SBL30A2EA
3

Unshielded
3-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter End Sensing
6 48V DC
Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP)
Standard Range 4 mm (Standard Range) Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP) 6 mm (Extended Range) Semishielded (NPN) Semishielded (PNP) 10 mm (Extended Range) Nonembeddable (NPN) Nonembeddable (PNP)
Extended Range
2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector
E57LAL12T110 E57LAL12T110SD E57LAL12T110SP E57LAL12T111 E57LAL12T111SD E57LAL12T111SP E57LAL12T110E E57LAL12T110ED E57LAL12T110EP E57LAL12T111E E57LAL12T111ED E57LAL12T111EP E57-12LE06-C E57-12LE06-CD E57-12LE06-CP E57-12LE06-B E57-12LE06-BD E57-12LE06-BP E57-12LE10-C E57-12LE10-CD E57-12LE10-CP E57-12LE10-B E57-12LE10-BD E57-12LE10-BP
E57LBL12T110 E57LBL12T110SD E57LBL12T110SP E57LBL12T111 E57LBL12T111SD E57LBL12T111SP E57LBL12T110E E57LBL12T110ED E57LBL12T110EP E57LBL12T111E E57LBL12T111ED E57LBL12T111EP E57-12LE06-C1 E57-12LE06-C1D E57-12LE06-C1P E57-12LE06-B1 E57-12LE06-B1D E57-12LE06-B1P E57-12LE10-C1 E57-12LE10-C1D E57-12LE10-B1 E57-12LE10-B1D
For cable lengths longer than 2 meters, add the number of the desired length in meters to the end of the listed Catalog Number (for Catalog Numbers ending with a number, add an S and then the length). Examples for a 5 meter cable: E57-18LE12-A becomes E57-18LE12-A5; E57LAL12A2 becomes E57LAL12A2S5. Avoid wiring these AC/DC models in series as the sensors may not perform reliably. Contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Applications Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 with questions. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-20.
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-19
Operating Voltage
Sensing Range (Sn)
Shielding
Connection Type
3-Wire Sensors (Continued) 18 mm Diameter End Sensing
6 48V DC
Shielded (NPN)
8 mm (Standard Range) Extended Range
Unshielded (NPN)
Unshielded (PNP)
Semishielded (NPN)
Semishielded (PNP)
Nonembeddable (NPN)
Nonembeddable (PNP)
18 mm Diameter Right Angle Sensing
5 mm
Shielded (NPN)
Shielded (PNP)
8 mm
Unshielded (NPN)
Unshielded (PNP)
For cable lengths longer than 2 meters, add the number of the desired length in meters to the end of the listed Catalog Number (for Catalog Numbers ending with a number, add an S and then the length). Examples for a 5 meter cable: E57-18LE12-A becomes E57-18LE12-A5; E57LAL12A2 becomes E57LAL12A2S5. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-20.
PG08301004E
Standard Range
Shielded (PNP)
2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector
E57LAL18T110 E57LAL18T110SD E57LAL18T110SP E57MAL18T110B1 E57LAL18T111 E57LAL18T111SD E57LAL18T111SP E57MAL18T111B1 E57LAL18T110E E57LAL18T110ED E57LAL18T110EP E57MAL18T110EB1 E57LAL18T111E E57LAL18T111ED E57LAL18T111EP E57MAL18T111EB1 E57-18LE12-C E57-18LE12-CD E57-18LE12-CP E57-18LE12-CB E57-18LE12-B E57-18LE12-BD E57-18LE12-BP E57-18LE12-BB E57-18LE20-C E57-18LE20-CD E57-18LE20-CP E57-18LE20-CB E57-18LE20-B E57-18LE20-BD E57-18LE20-BP E57-18LE20-BB E57RAL18T110 E57RAL18T110SD E57RAL18T110SP E57RAL18T110B1 E57RAL18T111 E57RAL18T111SD E57RAL18T111SP E57RAL18T111B1 E57RAL18T110E E57RAL18T110ED E57RAL18T110EP E57RAL18T110EB1 E57RAL18T111E E57RAL18T111ED E57RAL18T111EP E57RAL18T111EB1
E57LBL18T110 E57LBL18T110SD E57LBL18T110SP E57MBL18T110B1 E57LBL18T111 E57LBL18T111SD E57LBL18T111SP E57MBL18T111B1 E57LBL18T110E E57LBL18T110ED E57LBL18T110EP E57MBL18T110EB1 E57LBL18T111E E57LBL18T111ED E57LBL18T111EP E57MBL18T111EB1 E57-18LE12-C1 E57-18LE12-C1D E57-18LE12-C1P E57-18LE12-C1B E57-18LE12-B1 E57-18LE12-B1D E57-18LE12-B1P E57-18LE12-B1B E57-18LE20-C1 E57-18LE20-C1D E57-18LE20-C1P E57-18LE20-C1B E57-18LE20-B1 E57-18LE20-B1D E57-18LE20-B1P E57-18LE20-B1B E57RBL18T110 E57RBL18T110SD E57RBL18T110SP E57RBL18T110B1 E57RBL18T111 E57RBL18T111SD E57RBL18T111SP E57RBL18T111B1 E57RBL18T110E E57RBL18T110ED E57RBL18T110EP E57RBL18T110EB1 E57RBL18T111E E57RBL18T111ED E57RBL18T111EP E57RBL18T111EB1
3-20

August 2007

3-WireSensors (Continued) 30 mm Diameter End Sensing 6 48V DC 10 mm (Standard Range) Shielded (NPN) 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector Standard Range Shielded (PNP) 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 15 mm (Standard Range) Extended Range Unshielded 2-meter Cable (NPN) 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector Unshielded 2-meter Cable (PNP) 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector 22 mm (Extended Range) Semishielded (NPN) 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector Semishielded (PNP) 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector 4-pin Mini-Connector
E57LAL30T110 E57LAL30T110SD E57LAL30T110SP E57MAL30T110B1 E57LAL30T111 E57LAL30T111SD E57LAL30T111SP E57MAL30T111B1 E57LAL30T110E E57LAL30T110ED E57LAL30T110EP E57MAL30T110EB1 E57LAL30T111E E57LAL30T111ED E57LAL30T111EP E57MAL30T111EB1 E57-30LE22-C E57-30LE22-CD E57-30LE22-CP E57-30LE22-CB E57-30LE22-B E57-30LE22-BD E57-30LE22-BB
E57LBL30T110 E57LBL30T110SD E57LBL30T110SP E57MBL30T110B1 E57LBL30T111 E57LBL30T111SD E57LBL30T111SP E57MBL30T111B1 E57LBL30T110E E57LBL30T110ED E57LBL30T110EP E57MBL30T110EB1 E57LBL30T111E E57LBL30T111ED E57LBL30T111EP E57MBL30T111EB1 E57-30LE22-C1 E57-30LE22-C1D E57-30LE22-C1P E57-30LE22-C1B E57-30LE22-B1 E57-30LE22-B1D E57-30LE22-B1P E57-30LE22-B1B
3
Micro Style Straight Female Mini Style Straight Female Current Rating @ 600V 3-pin: 13A 4-pin: 10A
For cable lengths longer than 2 meters, add the number of the desired length in meters to the end of the listed Catalog Number (for Catalog Numbers ending with a number, add an S and then the length). Examples for a 5 meter cable: E57-18LE12-A becomes E57-18LE12-A5; E57LAL12A2 becomes E57LAL12A2S5. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables below.

Standard Cables Micro Style AC 3-pin 3-wire 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2202
DC
22 AWG
6.0 feet (2m)
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number
Standard Cables Mini Style 3-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602

1-Green 2-Black 3-White 1-Black 2-Blue 3-Brown 4-White
AC/DC
4-pin, 4-wire
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS4A4CY1602
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-21
Operating Voltage
Output
Cable Models
Connector Models (Face View Male Shown) Micro Mini
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC N.O. and N.C.

BN BU Load
L1 L2 L2
Load
L1
L1
Load
L2
6 48V DC
N.O. (NPN)
BN BK BU Load
+V (-) (-) Load
+V
+V
Load
(-)
N.O. (PNP)
BN BK BU Load
+V (-) (-) +V Load (-) (-) Load Load +V

+V Load (-)
+V (-)
Load +V
N.C. (NPN)
BN BK BU
N.C. (PNP)
BN BK BU Load
+V (-) (-) Load +V (-) Load +V
PG08301004E
3-Wire Sensors
3-22

August 2007
Specications E57 Premium+ Series

2-Wire AC Sensors 2-Wire Sensors AC/DC 3-Wire Sensors DC Only Models
Operating Voltage Maximum Load Current Switching Frequency
20 250V AC 500 mA @ 25C 250 mA @ 70C 20 Hz
40 240V AC 20 250V DC 250 mA @ 25C 200 mA @ 70C 60 Hz
6 48V DC 500 mA @ 6 30V DC 12 mm: 800 Hz 18 mm: 500 Hz 30 mm: 300 Hz 100 A 2.5V 10 mA Auto reset
Leakage Current Voltage Drop
1.7 mA maximum @ 70C 7V maximum 5 mA minimum 2 to 20% of rated sensing range <3% sensing distance
2.0 mA 12V @ <10 mA 4V @ >25 mA 5 mA minimum Resettable short circuit; overload protection
3
Holding Current Burden Current Protection Switching Hysteresis Repeat Accuracy Time Delay Before Availability Output Indicator LED Operating Temperature Enclosure Ratings Shock Vibration Housing Material Cable

<15% rated sensing distance Shielded models: <1% sensing distance; unshielded and extended range: <3% <200 mS 360 viewable LED -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) Mini: -13 to 122F (-25 to 50C) NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) 30g, 11 mS per IEC 68-2-76 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude
303 stainless steel ; Polycarbonate end bells; Ryton front ends AWM Style 20387 (PVC)
Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips Chemical (division of Phillips Petroleum). Note: 40 240V AC @ <-20C. Semi-shielded models are nickel-plated brass.

Description Reference
Mounting Brackets Replacement Mounting Nuts and Other Accessories Connector Cables
See Section 8 See Section 8 See Section 10
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-23
Cable Models
SENSING FACE D
Connector Models
A B
SENSING FACE D
A B
C STANDARD RANGE
THREAD TYPE E
THREAD TYPE E STANDARD RANGE C
Overall Length A
Threaded Length B
Nut Width D
Thread Size E
2-Wire AC Sensors Cable Models 12 mm Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded 2.46 (62.4) 2.87 (72.8) 2.87 (72.7) 2.54 (64.5) 2.60 (66.1) 2.60 (66.0) 2.73 (69.3) 2.67 (67.8) 2.73 (69.3) 2.69 (68.4) 3.04 (77.2) 3.06 (77.7) 2.72 (69.06) 2.72 (69.1) 2.74 (69.4) 2.91 (73.8) 2.78 (70.6) 2.91 (73.8) 2.45 (62.4) 2.45 (62.4) 2.54 (64.5) 2.54 (64.5) 2.72 (69.3) 2.72 (69.3) 2.69 (68.4) 2.69 (68.4) 2.72 (69.06) 2.72 (69.06) 2.91 (73.8) 2.91 (73.8) 3.36 (85.3) 3.39 (86.1) 3.39 (86.0) 3.39 (86.1) 3.39 (86.1) 3.44 (87.4) 3.39 (86.1) 1.98 (50.3) 2.28 (57.9) 1.98 (50.3) 2.00 (50.9) 1.90 (48.2) 1.47 (37.2) 1.98 (50.3) 1.90 (48.2) 1.49 (37.8) 1.98 (50.3) 2.28 (57.9) 1.98 (50.3) 2.00 (50.9) 1.90 (48.2) 1.47 (37.2) 1.98 (50.3) 1.90 (48.2) 1.49 (37.8) 1.98 (50.3) 1.80 (45.8) 2.00 (50.9) 1.75 (44.4) 1.98 (50.3) 1.49 (37.8) 1.98 (50.3) 1.80 (45.8) 2.00 (50.9) 1.75 (44.4) 1.98 (50.3) 1.49 (37.8) 1.98 (50.3) 2.00 (50.8) 1.90 (48.2) 1.46 (37.0) 2.1 (53.3) 1.90 (48.2) 1.55 (39.4) 0.06 (1.62) 0.36 (9.14) 0.10 (2.54) 0.56 (14.1) 0.13 (3.30) 0.52 (13.26) 0.06 (1.62) 0.36 (9.14) 0.10 (2.54) 0.56 (14.1) 0.13 (3.30) 0.52 (13.26) 0.20 (5) 0.28 (7) 0.52 (13.26) 0.20 (5) 0.28 (7) 0.52 (13.26) 0.02 (0.5) 0.02 (0.5) 0.10 (2.54) 0.57 (14.5) 0.03 (0.8) 0.13 (3.30) 0.55 (14.0) 0.67 (16.8) 0.67 (16.8) 0.67 (16.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 0.67 (16.8) 0.67 (16.8) 0.36 (9.14) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 0.67 (16.8) 0.67 (16.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 0.67 (16.8) 0.67 (16.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 0.67 (16.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5
18 mm
30 mm
2-Wire AC Sensors Micro-Connector Models 12 mm
18 mm
30 mm
2-Wire AC/DC Sensors Cable Models 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
2-Wire AC/DC Sensors Micro-Connector Models 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
2-Wire AC/DC Sensors Mini-Connector Models 12 mm 18 mm
30 mm
These dimensions apply to the Premium+ Series models in this section. Not indicated Premium Series models. For short barrel model dimensions (E57SAL ) refer to Page 3-25.
PG08301004E
Size
Shielding
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Approximate Dimensions E57 Premium+ Series, End Sensing Models in Inches (mm)
3-24

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions E57 Premium+ Series, End Sensing Models in Inches (mm) (Continued) Cable Models
SENSING FACE D
Connector Models
A B
SENSING FACE D
A B
C STANDARD RANGE
THREAD TYPE E
THREAD TYPE E STANDARD RANGE C
Size
Shielding
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Overall Length A Threaded Length B C Nut Width D Thread Size E
3
18 mm Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded Shielded Semi-shielded Unshielded 30 mm 3-Wire DC Sensors Cable Models 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm

3-Wire DC Sensors Mini-Connector Models 3.39 (86.1) 3.39 (86.0) 3.39 (86.1) 3.39 (86.1) 3.44 (87.4) 3.39 (86.1) 2.46 (62.4) 2.87 (72.8) 2.87 (72.7) 2.54 (64.5) 2.60 (66.1) 2.60 (66.0) 2.73 (69.3) 2.67 (67.8) 2.73 (69.3) 2.71 (68.7) 3.04 (77.2) 3.06 (77.7) 2.73 (69.3) 2.72 (69.1) 2.74 (69.4) 2.92 (74.1) 2.78 (70.6) 2.92 (74.1) 2.00 (50.8) 1.90 (48.2) 1.46 (37.0) 2.1 (53.3) 1.90 (48.2) 1.55 (39.4) 1.98 (50.3) 2.28 (57.9) 1.98 (50.3) 2.00 (50.9) 1.90 (48.2) 1.47 (37.2) 1.98 (50.3) 1.90 (48.2) 1.49 (37.8) 1.98 (50.3) 2.28 (57.9) 1.98 (50.3) 2.00 (50.9) 1.90 (48.2) 1.47 (37.2) 1.98 (50.3) 1.90 (48.2) 1.49 (37.8) 0.02 (0.5) 0.10 (2.54) 0.57 (14.5) 0.03 (0.8) 0.13 (3.30) 0.55 (14.0) 0.06 (1.62) 0.36 (9.14) 0.10 (2.54) 0.56 (14.1) 0.13 (3.30) 0.52 (13.26) 0.06 (1.62) 0.36 (9.14) 0.10 (2.54) 0.56 (14.1) 0.13 (3.30) 0.52 (13.26) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 0.67 (16.8) 0.67 (16.8) 0.67 (16.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 0.67 (16.8) 0.67 (16.8) 0.67 (16.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 0.94 (23.8) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) 1.41 (35.9) M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5
3-Wire DC Sensors Micro-Connector Models
These dimensions apply to the Premium+ Series models in this section. Not indicated Premium Series models. For short barrel model dimensions (E57SAL ) refer to Page 3-25.
Approximate Dimensions E57 Premium+ Series, Right Angle Sensing Models in Inches (mm) Cable Models Connector Models
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Overall Length A
Thread B
Cap C
Nut Width D
Thread Size E
Cable Models 18 mm Micro-Connector Models 18 mm Mini-Connector Models 18 mm
3.465 (88) 3.65 (93) 4.303 (109)
1.97 (50) 1.97 (50) 1.97 (50)
0.98 (25) 0.98 (25) 0.98 (25)
0.94 (24) 0.94 (24) 0.94 (24)
M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1
PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors E57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel

August 2007
3-25
PG.05D.12.T.E
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 3-26 3-27 3-27 3-28 3-28 3-29
AC/DC Operation Micro-Connector Models 12 mm
The new Cutler-Hammer Premium+ Series Short Barrel Inductive Proximity Sensors from Eatons electrical business feature the same sensing ranges as our standard length sensors, but in a body with a substantially shorter length. This allows the sensors to be used in applications where mounting space is limited. Our robust Premium+ Series design has been added to the short barrel line. This means these sensors have been upgraded to include rugged stainless steel barrels, polycarbonate end bells, shock-resistant front cap and potting compound. Plus, the short barrel line now includes a choice of AC, AC/DC and DC-only, 12, 18 and 30 mm sensors. Cable models feature an optional extra long 5-meter cable. Every sensor is designed with 360 LED.
18 mm
Common Barrel Diameters
30 mm
Extra Long 5-Meter Cable (Available as an Option)
Product Features

Approvals
C-UL Listed (AC/DC and DC-only models)
Manufactured to take physical and environmental abuse Designed with stainless steel barrel and impact-absorbing new potting compound for robust, high temperature, high pressure washdown, as well as intense shock and vibration applications Unmatched high noise immunity eliminates problems associated with electrical noise (all models > 20V/meter) 360 output status indicator is visible from any angle and in any light condition Resettable short circuit protection in AC/DC and DC models Reverse polarity protection in 3-wire DC versions Small size to t in tight spaces Choice of cable for low cost wiring, or micro-connector for quick installation or replacement Cable models include an extra long 5-meter cable as option
Premium+ Series Short Barrel Inductive Proximity Sensors
These Sensors Feature a Short Barrel Length to Fit into Tight Locations
3-26

August 2007
Model Selection Short Barrel Length Proximity Sensors

2-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter
20 250V AC
2 mm 4 mm
Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded
40 250V AC 50/60 Hz 20 250V DC 18 mm Diameter 20 250V AC
2 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm
40 250V AC 50/60 Hz 20 250V DC 30 mm Diameter 20 250V AC
5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm
40 250V AC 50/60 Hz 20 250V DC
10 mm 15 mm
2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
E57SAL12A4 E57SAL12A4SA E57SAL12A4E E57SAL12A4EA E57SAL12A2 E57SAL12A2SA E57SAL12A2E E57SAL12A2EA E57SAL18A4 E57SAL18A4SA E57SAL18A4E E57SAL18A4EA E57SAL18A2 E57SAL18A2SA E57SAL18A2E E57SAL18A2EA E57SAL30A4 E57SAL30A4SA E57SAL30A4E E57SAL30A4EA E57SAL30A2 E57SAL30A2SA E57SAL30A2E E57SAL30A2EA E57SAL12T110 E57SAL12T110SD E57SAL12T111 E57SAL12T111SD E57SAL12T110E E57SAL12T110ED E57SAL12T111E E57SAL12T111ED E57SAL18T110 E57SAL18T110SD E57SAL18T111 E57SAL18T111SD E57SAL18T110E E57SAL18T110ED E57SAL18T111E E57SAL18T111ED E57SAL30T110 E57SAL30T110SD E57SAL30T111 E57SAL30T111SD E57SAL30T110E E57SAL30T110ED E57SAL30T111E E57SAL30T111ED
E57SBL12A4 E57SBL12A4SA E57SBL12A4E E57SBL12A4EA E57SBL12A2 E57SBL12A2SA E57SBL12A2E E57SBL12A2EA E57SBL18A4 E57SBL18A4SA E57SBL18A4E E57SBL18A4EA E57SBL18A2 E57SBL18A2SA E57SBL18A2E E57SBL18A2EA E57SBL30A4 E57SBL30A4SA E57SBL30A4E E57SBL30A4EA E57SBL30A2 E57SBL30A2SA E57SBL30A2E E57SBL30A2EA E57SBL12T111 E57SBL12T111SD E57SBL12T110E E57SBL12T110ED E57SBL12T111E E57SBL12T111ED E57SBL18T110 E57SBL18T110SD E57SBL18T111 E57SBL18T111SD E57SBL18T110E E57SBL18T110ED E57SBL18T111E E57SBL18T111ED E57SBL30T110 E57SBL30T110SD E57SBL30T111 E57SBL30T111SD E57SBL30T110E E57SBL30T110ED E57SBL30T111E E57SBL30T111ED
3
3-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter 18 mm Diameter 30 mm Diameter

6 48V DC
2 mm
4 mm
Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP)
6 48V DC
5 mm
8 mm
6 48V DC
10 mm
15 mm
Cable models are supplied as standard with a 2-meter cable. A 5-meter cable is available by adding S5 to the Catalog Number. Example: E57SAL12T110 becomes E57SAL12T110S5. Avoid wiring these AC/DC models in series as the sensors may not perform reliably. Contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Applications Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 with questions. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-27.
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-27
Voltage Number Gauge Style of Pins
Length
Catalog Number PVC Jacket PUR Jacket IRR PUR Jacket
DC
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Micro-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC/DC 45/65 Hz N.O. and N.C. (NPN)

BN BU Load
L1 or +V L2 or (-)
L2
Load
L1
N.O. and N.C. (PNP)
BN BU Load
L1 or +V L2 or (-)
L2
Load
L1
3-Wire Sensors 6 48V DC N.O. (NPN)

BN BK BU Load (-) +V (-) Load +V
N.O. (PNP)
BN BK BU Load
+V (-) (-) Load Load +V (-) (-) +V
N.C. (NPN)
BN BK BU Load
+V
N.C. (PNP)
BN BK BU Load
+V (-) (-) Load +V
PG08301004E
3-28

August 2007
Specications
2 Wire AC Sensors 2-Wire AC/DC Sensors AC Operation DC Operation 3-Wire DC Sensors
40 250V AC 500 mA @ 25C; 250 mA @ 70C 20 Hz
40 250V AC 250 mA @ 25C 200 mA @ 70C 60 Hz
20 250V DC 250 mA @ 25C 200 mA @ 70C 60 Hz
6 48V DC 500 mA @ 6 32V DC 250 mA @ 32 48V DC 12 mm: 800 Hz 18 mm: 500 Hz 30 mm: 300 Hz 100 A maximum 2.5V 10 mA Auto reset
Leakage Current
1.7 mA maximum @ 70C 7V maximum 5 mA minimum
1.7V mA maximum @ 120V AC 4V @ >25 mA 5 mA minimum Resettable short circuit; overload protection
2.0 mA 12V @ <10 mA 5 mA maximum Resettable short circuit; overload protection 2 20% of rated sensing distance <3% sensing distance 360 viewable LED -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) 30g sine wave, 11 mS per IEC68-2-76 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude
3
Voltage Drop Holding Current Protection Switching Hysteresis Repeat Accuracy Output Indicator LED Operating Temperature Enclosure Ratings Shock Vibration Material of Construction Cable
Stainless steel, Polycarbonate end bells, Ryton front cap AWM Style 20387 (PVC)
Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips Chemical (division of Phillips Petroleum). Note: 240V AC operation is limited to less than 50C in 2-wire AC/DC models.

PG08301004E

August 2007
3-29
12 mm Cable Models
SENSING FACE
A B C
12 mm Micro-Connector Models
C SENSING FACE D
A B
D A B
18 mm Cable Models
C SENSING FACE D
C SENSING FACE D
A B
30 mm Cable Models
SENSING FACE
A C B
SENSING FACE
A B C
D
Size Shielding Dimensions in Inches (mm) Overall Length A
Threaded Length B
Thread Size D
2-Wire AC Sensors Cable Models 12 mm Shielded 2.04 (51.7) Unshielded 2.04 (51.7) 18 mm Shielded 1.39 (35.4) Unshielded 1.39 (35.4) 30 mm Shielded 1.58 (40.2) Unshielded 1.77 (44.9) 2-Wire AC Sensors Micro-Connector Models 12 mm Shielded 2.27 (57.8) Unshielded 2.27 (57.8) 18 mm Shielded 1.57 (40.0) Unshielded 1.57 (40.0) 1.76 (44.8) 30 mm Shielded Unshielded 1.95 (49.5) 2-Wire AC/DC Sensors Cable Models 12 mm Shielded 2.46 (62.4) Unshielded 2.46 (62.4) 18 mm Shielded 2.54 (64.5) Unshielded 2.54 (64.5) 30 mm Shielded 2.72 (69.3) Unshielded 2.72 (69.3) 2-Wire AC/DC Sensors Micro-Connector Models 12 mm Shielded 2.69 (68.4) Unshielded 2.69 (68.4) 18 mm Shielded 2.72 (69.06) Unshielded 2.72 (69.06) 30 mm Shielded 2.91 (73.8) Unshielded 2.91 (73.8) 3-Wire DC Sensors Cable Models 12 mm Shielded 1.39 (35.2) Unshielded 1.39 (35.2) 18 mm Shielded 1.39 (35.4) Unshielded 1.39 (35.4) 30 mm Shielded 1.58 (40.2) Unshielded 1.77 (44.9) 3-Wire DC Sensors Micro-Connector Models 12 mm Shielded 1.64 (41.5) Unshielded 1.64 (41.5) 18 mm Shielded 1.59 (40.3) Unshielded 1.59 (40.3) 30 mm Shielded 1.77 (45.0) Unshielded 1.96 (49.7)
1.56 (39.6) 1.38 (35.1) 0.86 (21.82) 0.60 (15.32) 0.99 (25.15) 0.68 (17.27) 1.56 (39.6) 1.38 (35.1) 0.86 (21.82) 0.60 (15.32) 0.99 (25.15) 0.68 (17.27) 1.98 (50.27) 1.80 (45.77) 2.00 (50.9) 1.75 (44.4) 2.12 (53.8) 1.63 (41.4) 1.98 (50.27) 1.80 (45.77) 2.00 (50.9) 1.75 (44.4) 2.12 (53.8) 1.63 (41.4) 0.91 (23.09) 0.73 (18.59) 0.86 (21.82) 0.60 (15.32) 0.84 (21.26) 0.53 (13.46) 0.91 (23.09) 0.73 (18.59) 0.86 (21.82) 0.60 (15.32) 0.84 (21.26) 0.53 (13.46)
0.02 (0.5) 0.20 (5) 0.02 (0.5) 0.28 (7) 0.03 (0.8) 0.52 (13.26) 0.02 (0.5) 0.20 (5) 0.02 (0.5) 0.28 (7) 0.03 (0.8) 0.52 (13.26) 0.20 (5) 0.28 (7) 0.52 (13.26) 0.20 (5) 0.28 (7) 0.52 (13.26) 0.02 (0.5) 0.20 (5) 0.02 (0.5) 0.28 (7) 0.03 (0.8) 0.52 (13.26) 0.02 (0.5) 0.20 (5) 0.02 (0.5) 0.28 (7) 0.03 (0.8) 0.52 (13.26)
M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5
PG08301004E
3-30
Inductive Proximity Sensors Global Proximity

August 2007
PG.05D.03.T.E
Global Inductive Proximity Sensors
Cost-Effective Inductive Proximity Sensing for High Volume Use

Industry-Standard Housing Diameters 8 mm 12 mm LED Output Indicator on All Sensors All Models Available with Quick-Disconnect Connector or 2-Meter Cable
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 3-31 3-33 3-33 3-34 3-34 3-35
3
The Cutler-Hammer Global Proximity Sensor Family was created by Eatons electrical business with the high volume OEM in mind. It has been optimized to include only those functions necessary for basic, reliable sensing. Why pay for extra features when you dont need them? Thats not to say these sensors lack the performance or features you expect. Our DC units are short circuit protected and will sense up to 2,000 operations per second. Plus, all sensors include a bright LED indicator to show output status. Theres no need to design your machine around these sensors. The Global family includes models in a variety of diameters so they will t right where you need them. Select models from 8 mm diameter all the way up to 30 mm, for just the size or sensing range that you require. Need something smaller? Our standard line includes inductive proximity sensors as small as 4 mm in diameter. The Global Proximity is available in AC or DC, 2-wire or 3-wire, and NPN or PNP. You can even choose between cable wiring or quick-disconnect connectors. For power handling, our DC units feature a 100 mA load current rating and AC units are rated up to 200 mA.
18 mm
Choose from Unshielded or Shielded Versions
30 mm
Product Features

The Global Proximity Line features solid performance and a basic feature set for reliable, cost-effective sensing Available in a variety of sizes to t in all of your applications: 8 mm, 12 mm, 18 mm and 30 mm diameters DC sensors operate on 10 30V DC in 2-wire and 3-wire (NPN or PNP) congurations AC sensors operate on 20 250V AC in 2-wire conguration Switching frequency of 2 kHz for DC models Shielded and unshielded versions available Terminations include 2-meter cable, micro-connector and nano-connector DC units include short circuit protection
Approvals
(DC models only) cCSAus

August 2007
3-31
Operating Voltage
Sensing Range
Shielding
Output Type
Connection Type
Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter
20 250V AC
2 mm 4 mm
Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded
N.O. N.O. N.O. (NPN/PNP) N.O. (NPN/PNP) N.C. N.O. (NPN/PNP) N.C. (NPN/PNP) N.O. N.O.
10 30V DC
2 mm 4 mm
8 mm (Extended Range) 18 mm Diameter 20 250V AC 5 mm 8 mm 16 mm 5 mm 8 mm 16 mm (Extended Range) 30 mm Diameter 20 250V AC 10 mm 15 mm 10 30V DC 10 mm 15 mm 25 mm (Extended Range) 3-Wire Sensors 8 mm Diameter Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded
10 30V DC
Shielded Unshielded
N.O. (NPN/PNP) N.O. (NPN/PNP) N.O. (NPN/PNP) N.C. (NPN/PNP) N.O. N.O. N.O. (NPN/PNP) N.O. (NPN/PNP) N.O. (NPN/PNP) N.C. (NPN/PNP) N.O. (NPN)
2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano-Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano-Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano-Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano-Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano-Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano-Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
E57-12GS02-A E57-12GS02-AAB E57-12GU04-A E57-12GU04-AAB E57-12GS02-D E57-12GS02-DDB E57-12GU04-D E57-12GU04-DDB E57-12GU04-D1 E57-12GE08-D E57-12GE08-DDB E57-12GE08-D1 E57-12GE08-D1DB E57-18GS05-A E57-18GS05-AAB E57-18GU08-A E57-18GU08-AAB E57-18GE16-AAB E57-18GS05-D E57-18GS05-DDB E57-18GU08-D E57-18GU08-DDB E57-18GE16-D E57-18GE16-DDB E57-18GE16-D1 E57-18GE16-D1DB E57-30GS10-A E57-30GS10-AAB E57-30GU15-A E57-30GU15-AAB E57-30GS10-D E57-30GS10-DDB E57-30GU15-D E57-30GU15-DDB E57-30GE25-D E57-30GE25-DDB E57-30GE25-D1 E57-30GE25-D1DB E57-08GS01-C E57-08GS01-CNB E57-08GS01-CDB E57-08GS01-G E57-08GS01-GNB E57-08GS01-GDB E57-08GE03-C E57-08GE03-CNB E57-08GE03-CDB E57-08GBE03-C E57-08GE03-G E57-08GE03-GNB E57-08GE03-GDB E57-08GU02-C E57-08GU02-CNB E57-08GU02-CDB E57-08GU02-G E57-08GU02-GNB E57-08GU02-GDB E57-08GE06-C E57-08GE06-CDB E57-08GE06-G E57-08GE06-GDB
10 30V DC
1 mm
Shielded
N.O. (PNP)
N.O. (NPN)
N.C. (NPN) N.O. (PNP)
2 mm
Unshielded
N.O. (NPN)
N.O. (PNP)
N.O. (NPN) N.O. (PNP)
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-33. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
Model Selection Global Proximity Sensors
3-32

August 2007
Model Selection Global Proximity Sensors (Continued)

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Shielding Output Type Connection Type Catalog Number
3-Wire Sensors (Continued) 12 mm Diameter
10 30V DC
2 mm
Shielded
N.O. (NPN) N.O. (PNP) Unshielded N.O. (NPN) N.O. (PNP)
4 mm
10 mm (Extended Range) 18 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 5 mm Shielded
N.O. (NPN) N.O. (PNP) N.O. (NPN) N.O. (PNP)
8 mm (Extended Range) 8 mm Unshielded
18 mm (Extended Range) 30 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 10 mm Shielded
15 mm (Extended Range) 15 mm Unshielded
2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 5-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
E57-12GS02-C E57-12GS02-CDB E57-12GS02-G E57-12GS02-GDB E57-12GE05-C E57-12GE05-CDB E57-12GE05-G E57-12GE05-GDB E57-12GU04-C E57-12GU04-CDB E57-12GU04-G E57-12GU04-GDB E57-12GE10-C E57-12GE10-CDB E57-12GE10-G E57-12GE10-GDB E57-18GS05-C E57-18GS05-CDB E57-18GS05-G E57-18GS05-GDB E57-18GE08-C E57-18GE08-CDB E57-18GE08-G E57-18GE08-GDB E57-18GU08-C E57-18GU08-CDB E57-18GU08-G E57-18GU08-GDB E57-18GE18-C E57-18GE18-CDB E57-18GE18-G E57-18GE18-GDB E57-30GS10-C E57-30GS10-CDB E57-30GS10-G E57-30GS10-G5 E57-30GS10-GDB E57-30GE15-C E57-30GE15-CDB E57-30GE15-G E57-30GE15-GDB E57-30GU15-C E57-30GU15-CDB E57-30GU15-G E57-30GU15-GDB E57-30GE29-C E57-30GE29-CDB E57-30GE29-G E57-30GE29-GDB
3
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-33. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-33
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
DC
22 AWG
6.0 feet (2m)
CSDS4A3CY2202
CSDS4A3RY2202
1-Brown 2-No Wire 3-Blue 4-Black
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number PVC Jacket PUR Jacket
Standard Cables Nano Style Nano Style Straight Female 3-pin 24 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSNS3A3CY2402 CSNS3A3RY2402
1-Brown 3-Blue 4-Black

Mounting Brackets and Other Accessories Connector Cables
See Section 8 See Section 10
PG08301004E
3-34

August 2007
Wiring Diagrams (Pin numbers are for reference only, rely on pin location when wiring)
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Connector Models (Face View Male Shown) Micro Nano
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC N.O.

BN BU L1
L2
Load
L1

Load L2 Yellow/Green
* * Internally connected to housing (use of this wire is optional)
* * Internally connected to housing (use of this wire is optional)
3
10 30V DC N.O. (NPN)
BN BU
Load
+V (-) (-) Load (+V)
N.O. (PNP)
BN BU Load +V (-) (-) Load (+V)

BN BK BU Load (-) +V (-) Load +V Load +V (-)
N.O. (PNP)
BN BK BU Load
+V (-) (-) Load +V Load
(-) +V
Specications
2-Wire AC Models DC Models 3-Wire DC Models
Operating Voltage Off-State Leakage Maximum Load Current Minimum Load Current Surge Current Voltage Drop Switching Frequency 8 mm Diameter 12 mm Diameter 18 mm Diameter 30 mm Diameter
20 250V AC <1.8 mA 200 mA 5 mA 5A (20 mS) <8V AC at 400 mA 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz No Shielded: <1.0% / Unshielded: <3.0% (Sr)
10 30V DC <0.8 mA 100 mA 3 mA <6V 1 kHz (shielded); 1 kHz (unshielded) 1 kHz (shielded); 500 Hz (unshielded) 500 Hz (shielded); 200 Hz (unshielded) Yes >120 mA 2 kV, 1 mS, 1K <2.0% (Sr) <15%
10 30V DC <0.01 mA 100 mA <1.5V 2 kHz (shielded and unshielded) 2 kHz (shielded); 1 kHz (unshielded) 1 kHz (shielded); 500 Hz (unshielded) 300 Hz (shielded); 150 Hz (unshielded) Yes 220 mA <10 mS 1kV, 0.1 mS, 1K <1.0% (Sr)
Short Circuit Protection Overload Trip Point Time Delay Before Availability Transient Protection Repeat Accuracy Switching Hysteresis Operating Temperature Temperature Drift Protection Housing Material Cable
-25 to 70C (0 to 60C for 8 mm diameter models) <10% (Sr) IP67 Nickel plated brass (stainless steel for 8 mm diameter, nano-connector models) PVC jacket, 2-meter length
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-35
A LED
D B
Operating Voltage
Catalog Number
Approximate Dimensions in mm A B C D E
Operating Voltage
Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC E57-12GS02-A E57-12GU04-A E57-18GS05-A E57-18GU08-A E57-30GS10-A E57-30GU15-A 10 30V DC E57-12GS02-D E57-12GU04-D E57-12GE08-D E57-12GE08-D1 E57-18GS05-D E57-18GU08-D E57-18GE16-D E57-18GE16-D1 E57-30GS10-D E57-30GU15-D E57-30GE25-D E57-30GE25-D1
M12x1 M12x1 M18x1 M18x1 M30 M30 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M30 M30 M30 M30
65 60 80 80 80 80 50 50 50 50 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55
15 15 20 20 20 20 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
50 42 60 48 60 45 50 42 42 42 50 38 38 38 50 35 35 35
0 8 0 12 0 15 0 8 8 8 0 12 12 12 0 15 15 15
3-Wire Sensors 10 30V DC E57-08GE03-C E57-08GE03-G E57-08GS01-C E57-08GS01-G E57-08GU02-C E57-08GU02-G E57-12GE05-C E57-12GE05-G E57-12GE10-C E57-12GE10-G E57-12GS02-C E57-12GS02-G E57-12GU04-C E57-12GU04-G E57-18GE08-C E57-18GE08-G E57-18GE18-C E57-18GE18-G E57-18GS05-C E57-18GS05-G E57-18GU08-C E57-18GU08-G E57-30GE15-C E57-30GE15-G E57-30GE29-C E57-30GE29-G E57-30GS10-C E57-30GS10-G E57-30GU15-C E57-30GU15-G
M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M30 M30 M30 M30 M30 M30 M30 M30
46 46 45 45 45 45 51 51 50.5 50.5 50 50 50 50 67.5 65.5 66 66 55 55 55 55 69 69 83 83 55 55 55 55
6 6 0 0 0 0 2 2 1.7 1.7 0 0 0 0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
40 40 45 45 41 41 49 49 41 41 50 50 42 42 65 65 52 52 50 50 38 38 64 64 64 64 50 50 35 35
0 0 0 0 4 4 0 0 7.8 7.8 0 0 8 8 0 0 11.5 11.5 0 0 12 12 0 0 15 15 0 0 15 15
PG08301004E
Approximate Dimensions in mm Cable Models
3-36

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in mm Connector Models

LED
D B
3
Operating Voltage Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm A B C D E
Operating Voltage
Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC E57-12GS02-AAB E57-12GU04-AAB E57-18GS05-AAB E57-18GU08-AAB E57-30GS10-AAB E57-30GU15-AAB 10 30V DC E57-12GS02-DDB E57-12GU04-DDB E57-12GE08-DDB E57-12GE08-D1DB E57-18GS05-DDB E57-18GU08-DDB E57-18GE16-DDB E57-18GE16-D1DB E57-30GS10-DDB E57-30GU15-DDB E57-30GE25-DDB E57-30GE25-D1DB
M12x1 M12x1 M18x1 M18x1 M30 M30 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M30 M30 M30 M30
68 68 91 91 80 91 69 68 68 68 76 80 79 79 75 79 78 78
16 16 20 20 20 20 16 16 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
42 34 60 48 60 45 42 34 50 50 61 49 52 52 60 45 48 48
0 8 0 12 0 15 0 8 8 8 0 12 12 12 0 15 15 15
3-Wire Sensors 10 30V DC E57-08GE03-CDB E57-08GE03-CNB E57-08GE03-GDB E57-08GE03-GNB E57-08GS01-CD E57-08GS01-CN E57-08GS01-GD E57-08GS01-GN E57-08GU02-CD E57-08GU02-CN E57-08GU02-GD E57-08GU02-GN E57-12GE05-CDB E57-12GE05-GDB E57-12GE10-CDB E57-12GE10-GDB E57-12GS02-CDB E57-12GS02-GDB E57-12GU04-CDB E57-12GU04-GDB E57-18GS05-CDB E57-18GS05-GDB E57-18GU08-CDB E57-18GU08-GDB E57-30GS10-CDB E57-30GS10-GDB E57-30GU15-CDB E57-30GU15-GDB
M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M8x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M12x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M18x1 M30 M30 M30 M30
71 61 71 61 70 60 70 60 70 60 70 60 69 69 68.5 68.5 68 68 68 68 76 76 76 80 79 75 75 75
26 19 26 19 21 20 21 20 21 20 21 20 24 24 10.3 10.3 16 16 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
36 42 36 42 49 40 49 40 45 36 45 36 45 45 36 36 52 52 31 31 61 61 49 49 60 60 45 45
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 0 0 7.8 7.8 0 0 8 8 0 0 12 12 0 0 15 15
PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors AccuProx Analog

August 2007
3-37
CA05301001E
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Graphs . . . . . . . . 3-37 3-39 3-39 3-40 3-40 3-41 3-42
Sense Three Times Farther Than Standard Tubular Analogs
Durable Stainless Steel Barrel
The Cutler-Hammer AccuProx from Eatons electrical business is a high performance analog inductive proximity sensor. The AccuProx family of analog sensors provide unmatched sensing range, linearity and resolution in an affordable and compact tubular package. Unlike standard inductive sensors, which send an open or close signal upon target presence or absence, AccuProx analog sensors provide an electrical signal that varies in proportion to the position of the metal target within its sensing range. This makes AccuProx ideal for applications requiring precise position sensing and measurement. The sensing performance of AccuProx sets it apart from traditional analog inductive designs. Utilizing components from the cutting-edge CutlerHammer iProx family, AccuProx provides sensing ranges of three to four times that of typical tubular analog inductive sensors all without compromising accuracy. Unlike many competitive products, which are often hampered by an S-shaped output curve, AccuProx outputs are linear. AccuProx has the range and precision to solve your most difcult measurement applications.
360-Degree, Dual-Color Output LED Indicator
Micro, Pigtail and Potted Cable Connectivity
Product Features

Extended linear sensing range of up to 25 millimeters three times longer than standard tubular analog inductive sensors Outputs available in current (4 20 or 0 20 mA) and voltage (0 10V) High output resolution and repeatability for applications requiring precision sensing performance Robust stainless steel barrel, shock-resistant front cap, polycarbonate end bell and impact-absorbing potting compound Ideal for extreme temperature or high pressure washdown environments High noise immunity of 20V/m prevents many problems associated with electrical noise

Approvals
C-UL Listed
Part positioning Distance, size and thickness measurement General inspection and error proong, such as material imperfection or blemish detection Eccentricity or absolute angle detection Identication of different metals
AccuProx Analog Inductive Proximity Sensors
Introducing a Long Range, High Precision Analog Inductive
3-38

August 2007
Presenting AccuProx Unmatched Analog Range in a Proven Package Historically, analog sensors have been limited by very short sensing ranges as little as one or two millimeters. By utilizing technology rst perfected in the iProx family of digital inductive sensors, AccuProx can sense objects as far as 25 millimeters. This extended range can be achieved without making compromises often found in competitive products, such as reduced output accuracy. AccuProx utilizes many of the proven materials found in other Cutler-Hammer tubular sensor families. The threaded barrel and included mounting nuts are made of stainless steel, which exhibits superior corrosion and abrasion resistance versus nickel-plated brass. AccuProx also features a proprietary internal potting compound that absorbs impacts and vibration while sealing out moisture. The materials used in the construction of AccuProx are time-tested and proven to work. High Output Accuracy Analog inductive sensors are often used in applications that require a higher level of precision than a standard digital sensor. For example, applications such as part inspection require a sensor that can detect very small variances. AccuProx has been designed with these applications in mind. Output accuracy is determined by the repeat accuracy, linearity, resolution and response time of the sensor.
Repeat accuracy refers to the variations in sensing distance between successive sensor operations due to component tolerances, where all operating conditions are kept the same. The repeat accuracy of an 18 millimeter, unshielded AccuProx sensor is less than 20 micrometers. See the below chart for a repeat accuracy comparison of AccuProx versus the competition.
AccuProx Competitor A Competitor B Competitor C Competitor D Repeat Accuracy (Less is Better)
An 18 millimeter, unshielded AccuProx features more than 350 output steps, ensuring consistent performance. Typical Analog Applications
Output
3
Material Imperfection or Blemish Detection
Linearity refers to the shape of the output curve. Many competitive analog sensors exhibit a wavy or S-shaped output curve. This means that a change in target distance may not always translate into an equivalent change in output, particularly at the innermost and outermost ranges of a non-linear analog sensor. AccuProx features a linear output. See the below diagram for an example of AccuProx versus a non-linear competitive offering.
Eccentricity or Absolute Angle Detection
Non-linear Sensors
AccuProx
Saw Blade Deection

Distance
Resolution refers to the number of steps in the sensor output. A higher resolution is ideal because it will allow the sensor to detect smaller changes in target position.
Detecting Different Metals
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-39
Operating Voltage
Sensing Range
Shielding
Connection Type
Catalog Number Current (0 20 mA) and Voltage (0 10V) Output Current (4 20 mA) Output Only
3/4-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter 15 30V DC 0.5 4 mm Shielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector 4-Pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable 1 8 mm Unshielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector 4-Pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable 18 mm Diameter 1 7 mm Shielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector 4-Pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable 1 15 mm Unshielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector 4-Pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable 30 mm Diameter 1 12 mm Shielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector 4-Pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable 1 25 mm Unshielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector 4-Pin Micro DC Pigtail 2-meter Cable
E59-A12A104D01-CV E59-A12A104D01P-CV E59-A12A104C02-CV E59-A12C108D01-CV E59-A12C108D01P-CV E59-A12C108C02-CV E59-A18A107D01-CV E59-A18A107D01P-CV E59-A18A107C02-CV E59-A18C115D01-CV E59-A18C115D01P-CV E59-A18C115C02-CV E59-A30A112D01-CV E59-A30A112D01P-CV E59-A30A112C02-CV E59-A30C125D01-CV E59-A30C125D01P-CV E59-A30C125C02-CV
E59-A12A104D01-C1 E59-A12A104D01P-C1 E59-A12A104C02-C1 E59-A12C108D01-C1 E59-A12C108D01P-C1 E59-A12C108C02-C1 E59-A18A107D01-C1 E59-A18A107D01P-C1 E59-A18A107C02-C1 E59-A18C115D01-C1 E59-A18C115D01P-C1 E59-A18C115C02-C1 E59-A30A112D01-C1 E59-A30A112D01P-C1 E59-A30A112C02-C1 E59-A30C125D01-C1 E59-A30C125D01P-C1 E59-A30C125C02-C1
Models available in custom output congurations (e.g. 1 5V, 0 5V). Contact factory for details. See listing of compatible connector cables below.

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female DC 4-pin 3-wire 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A3CY2202 CSDS4A3RY2202
1-Brown 2-No Wire 3-Blue 4-Black 1-Brown 2-White 3-Blue 4-Black
DC
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
PG08301004E
Model Selection AccuProx Analog
3-40

August 2007
Style Output(s) Micro-Connector Models Cable and Pigtail Models
12 mm Diameter Current: 4 20 mA Models Ending in -C1 18 and 30 mm Diameter Models Ending in -C1
Load 2 1 (-) 3 4 Load 2 1 (-) Load 3 4
+V
BN/1 BK/4
Current Output
+V
Load +V BU/3 (-)
3
Models Ending in -CV Current: 0 20 mA Voltage: 0 10V
(-)
Load
Current Output 2 1 3 4 +V
BN/1 BK/4
Voltage Output
+V
WT/2
Current Output
Load Load (-)
Load
Voltage Output
BU/3
For models ending in -C1 (current output only models), pins 2 and 4 are intentionally connected. Note: Do not connect outputs of -C1 models to separate loads this sensor should only be connected to a single-output load.
Approximate Dimensions AccuProx Analog in Inches (mm) Micro-Connector Models Cable and Pigtail Models
B A
B A
Cable and Pigtail Models

12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
3.05 (77.5) 3.05 (77.5) 2.73 (69.3) 2.73 (69.3) 2.92 (74.1) 2.92 (74.1)
1.98 (50.3) 1.64 (41.6) 2.00 (50.9) 1.47 (37.4) 2.13 (54.1) 1.41 (35.8)
0.02 (0.50) 0.36 (9) 0.02 (0.50) 0.55 (14) 0.03 (0.75) 0.75 (19)
0.67 (17) 0.67 (17) 0.94 (24) 0.94 (24) 1.41 (36) 1.41 (36)
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
2.46 (62.4) 2.46 (62.4) 2.54 (64.5) 2.54 (64.5) 2.74 (69.6) 2.74 (69.6)
1.98 (50.3) 1.64 (41.6) 2.00 (50.9) 1.47 (37.4) 2.13 (54.1) 1.41 (35.8)
0.02 (0.5) 0.36 (9) 0.02 (0.5) 0.55 (14) 0.03 (0.75) 0.75 (19)
0.67 (17) 0.67 (17) 0.94 (24) 0.94 (24) 1.41 (36) 1.41 (36)
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-41
Description
12 mm Models Shielded Unshielded
Performance Analog Operating Range Temperature Range Temperature Drift Conformity Repeat Accuracy Minimum Repeat Accuracy Recovery Time Response Time Linearity Tolerance Resolution Electrical Style Operating Voltage Current Output Signal Current Output Load Resistance Current Output Ripple Content Current Output Minimum Change Voltage Output Signal Voltage Output Load Resistance Voltage Output Ripple Content Voltage Output Minimum Change Burden Current Output LED Short Circuit Protection Wire Breakage Protection Reverse Polarity Protection Physical Size Enclosure Protection Shock Vibration Housing Material Termination See dimension drawings on Page 3-40 NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13 30 g half-sine @ 11 mS 10 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude Stainless steel, Polycarbonate endbell, Polyphenylene sulde front cap Micro connector Potted cable, 2 m Pigtail micro connector, 2 m 15 mV 10 mV 25 mV 30 A 20 A 50 A AccuProx Analog, 3/4-Wire DC 15 30V DC 0 20 mA or 4 20 mA by model 400 500 ohm 40 A max. 28 A 0 10 V 4.7 5.0 kOhm (2.5 mA max.) 10 mV max. 14 mV < 20 mA Dual-color, 360 viewable Incorporated Incorporated Incorporated 33 mV 20 mV 66 A 40 A 23 m max. 16 m max. 40 m max. < 25 m < 3.0% @ max. range < 1.0 mS 200 Hz < 20 m < 1.1% @ max. range < 1.1 mS 100 Hz < 40 m < 2.2% @ max. range < 1.5 mS 200 Hz 0.5 4 mm 1 8 mm 1 7 mm 1 15 mm -40 to 158F (-40 to 70C) < 10% < 10% < 20 m < 1.2% @ max. range < 2.0 mS 100 Hz < 1.0% of full scale 21 m max. 50 m max. 30 m max. < 50 m < 1.2% @ max. range < 2.0 mS 140 Hz < 30 m < 3.0 mS 100 Hz < 0.8% @ max. range 1 12 mm 1 25 mm
The sensor achieves its maximum repeat accuracy after warming up for a period of at least one hour. Voltage outputs available on models ending in -CV. Continuous short-circuits can exceed power dissipation ratings and cause eventual destruction.
PG08301004E
Specications AccuProx Analog
3-42

August 2007
Performance Graphs AccuProx Analog

Size Linear Output
20 10 8
Measurement Resolution
.492 .012
Output Resolution
200 400
12 mm
Resolution (mV)
Current (mA)
15
.650
Unshielded
10
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Voltage (V)
.017
150
300
.984
.025
100
Shielded
200
1.97
.050
50
Shielded
0 0 2 4 6 8 10 .0
Unshielded
100
10
10
Range (mm)
Range (mm)
10 .787 .020 250
Range (mm)
500 400 300
18 mm
20
Shielded Current (mA)

15
Resolution (mV)
Resolution (mil)
Unshielded
10
Voltage (V)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1.30 1.97 3.94
.033 0.05 0.10
150
Shielded
100 50 0
Unshielded
200 100 0
Shielded
0 0 5 10 15 20 0 0 5 10 15 20
10
15
20
Range (mm)
Range (mm)
10 9 .984 .025 200
Range (mm)
400
30 mm
20
Resolution (mm)
Resolution (mil)
Resolution (mV)
Current (mA)
15
Shielded
Voltage (V)
7 6
1.30
.033
150
300
Unshielded
1.97 0.05
Shielded
100
Unshielded
200
10
Unshielded
5 4 3 2 1 0
3.94
Shielded
0 5 10 15 20 25
0.10
50
100
10
15
20
25
10
15
20
25
Range (mm)

Range (mm)
Range (mm)
Measurement resolution is the sensors ability to detect a change in target position. The measurement resolution is the nest at the highest point in the curve. Output resolution is the change in output signal relative to target position. The minimum change in output resolution is dened by the lowest point in the curve.
PG08301004E
Resolution (A)
Resolution (A)
.984
Resolution (mm)
Unshielded
.025
200
Resolution (A)
Unshielded
Resolution (mm)
Resolution (mil)
Shielded
3
Inductive Proximity Sensors ChipMaster

August 2007
3-43
PG.05D.19.T.E
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 3-44 3-45 3-45 3-46 3-46
Stainless Steel Body
Vibration-Absorbing Potting Compound
Highly Visible, Dual Color Output Status LED
The new ChipMaster sensor from Eatons electrical business is an application-specic sensing solution designed to better tolerate metal chips near the sensor face. Where typical inductive proximity sensors immediately false trigger in such an environment, the ChipMaster has the ability to ignore chip build-up to a greater extent. ChipMaster utilizes an embedded microprocessor-based sensing technology, which allows for greater eld loading than standard inductive proximity sensors. This gives ChipMaster the unique ability to discriminate between metal chips and true targets within the sensing eld. The ChipMaster represents the best inductive sensing solution for metal cutting, stamping and forming machine applications and will perform more reliably than a typical inductive sensor in challenging applications where metal chips can cause false triggering. Eliminate unreliable sensor operation and costly downtime with the ChipMaster, available in AC and DC, 18 mm and 30 mm diameters with high noise immunity.
Micro-Connector Models Available
Product Features

Tolerates metal chips within sensing eld better than standard inductive proximity sensors Auto-congure output allows for automatic NPN or PNP on DC sensors Rugged stainless steel housing with shock absorbent potting compound Resistant to extreme temperatures (-40C) and high pressure washdown High electrical noise immunity of 20 V/m

Automotive Metal Machining
Approvals
C-UL Listed
ChipMaster Inductive Proximity Sensors
ChipMaster Tolerates Metal Chips Better
3-44

August 2007
Model Selection ChipMaster

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Shielding Connection Type Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors 18 mm Diameter 20 132V AC 6 8 mm Unshielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E59-M18C118A01-A1C
Standard Range 2-meter Cable E59-M18A118C02-A1C
3
30 mm Diameter 3-Wire Sensors 18 mm Diameter 30 mm Diameter
Extended Range 6 8 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable Standard Range 12 15 mm Unshielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable Extended Range E59-M30A115A01-A1C E59-M30A115C02-A1C E59-M30C129A01-A1C E59-M30C129C02-A1C
6 48V DC (PNP and NPN) Standard Range
6 8 mm
Unshielded
E59-M18C116D01-D1C
2-meter Cable
E59-M18C116C02-D1C
Extended Range 6 8 mm Shielded 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable Standard Range 12 15 mm Unshielded 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable Extended Range
Sensing range varies based upon degree of chip build-up on sensor face. Additional chips within the sensing eld extend the sensing range outward. Ranges are based upon ferrous chips in the sensing eld. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-45.
E59-M30A115D01-D1C E59-M30A115C02-D1C E59-M30C129D01-D1C E59-M30C129C02-D1C
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-45
Length
DC
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Connector Models (Face View Male Shown) Micro


BN BK BU Load (-)

+V (-)
Load +V Load Load (-) +V Load
N.O. (PNP)
BN BK BU
+V Load (-)
Note: Pin numbers 2 and 4 are internally jumpered together. Either pin may be used.
PG08301004E
3-46

August 2007
Specications ChipMaster
Description 2-Wire Sensors 3-Wire Sensors
Input Voltage Load Current Leakage Current Voltage Drop Burden Current Protection Switching Hysteresis
20 132V AC 12 mm: 5 300mA, 200mA > 50C 1.7 mA @ 0C, 2.0 mA @ -40C <5V AC None < 15% Rated Sensing Distance
6 48V DC 500 mA @ 6 30V DC; 300 mA @ 32 48V DC 150 A 2.5V DC 15 mA Auto Reset
3
Repeat Accuracy Surge Capacity Temperature Range Material of Construction Vibration and Shock Indicator LED Enclosure Ratings
Response Time
Shielded models: < 1% Sensing Distance; Unshielded models: < 3% Sensing Distance 3A/30 ms -40 to 158F (-40 to 70C) 303 Stainless steel; End bells: Polycarbonate; Face caps: Ryton; Cable: AWM Style 20387 (PVC) Vibration: 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm Amplitude, IEC 60068-2-6; Shock: 30g, 11 mS per IEC 68-2-27 360 viewable LED NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)
High Noise Immunity Mode

10 Hz (>20 V/m)
10 Hz (>20 V/m)
Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips Chemical (division of Phillips Petroleum). Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. For questions about a specic application, contact our applications department at 1-800-426-9184.
Approximate Dimensions ChipMaster in Inches (mm) Cable Models Micro-Connector Models
B A
Cable Models
18 mm 30 mm
2.54 (64.5) 2.54 (64.5) 2.74 (69.6) 2.74 (69.6)
2.00 (50.9) 1.47 (37.4) 2.13 (54.1) 1.41 (35.8)
0.02 (0.5) 0.55 (14) 0.03 (0.75) 0.75 (19)
0.94 (24) 0.94 (24) 1.41 (36) 1.41 (36)
18 mm 30 mm
2.73 (69.3) 2.73 (69.3) 2.92 (74.1) 2.92 (74.1)
2.00 (50.9) 1.47 (37.4) 2.13 (54.1) 1.41 (35.8)
0.02 (0.5) 0.55 (14) 0.03 (0.75) 0.75 (19)
0.94 (24) 0.94 (24) 1.41 (36) 1.41 (36)
PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors SpeedSense

August 2007
3-47
PG.05D.20.T.E
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 3-48 3-49 3-49 3-49 3-50
Embedded Speed Detection Logic
Micro-Connector Models Available Highly Visible, Dual Color Output Status LED
The newly released SpeedSense sensor from Eatons electrical business is one of the rst tubular inductive sensors to feature built-in speed detection technology. This functionality allows the sensor to detect when the target RPM falls under a specied limit. SpeedSense is not just limited to rotating applications. By measuring the time between two detections, the sensor can t in a wide variety of applications. When the time between two target detections exceed the rated millisecond limit, the sensor will activate. Such a solution once required a sensor, PLC and programmed logic. Now, SpeedSense can do it all. There is no need for costly engineering and installation time. SpeedSense is a quick, drop-in solution available with different xed speed limits, called activation points. Consolidate your controls and reduce engineering time with SpeedSense, available in 12, 18 and 30 mm diameter models with either pre-wired cables or micro connectors.
Product Features

Built-in speed detection technology activates the sensor when the targets rotational or lateral speed slows (output closes when motion stops) Outputs are N.O. by default, but N.C. models can be special ordered from the factory Reliably detect metal targets at up to three times range of conventional inductive proximity sensors No special programming necessary Auto-congure output allows for automatic NPN or PNP Resistant to extreme temperature (-40C) and high pressure washdown High electrical noise immunity of 10 V/m

Automotive Machine Tool Material Handling
Approvals
UL Listed
SpeedSense Inductive Proximity Sensors
Detect Target Slowdown or Stoppage with SpeedSense
3-48

August 2007
3
Speed Detection SpeedSense detects speed by measuring time between two target detections. Model Selection SpeedSense
Sensing Range Shielding Maximum Rated Target Speed Activation Point Connection Type Catalog Number
3-Wire DC Sensors, Normally Open (Sensors output is on when underspeed condition detected) 12 mm Diameter 4 mm Shielded 2,175 rpm 27.5 mS 50 rpm or 1,200 mS 100 rpm or 600 mS 500 rpm or 120 mS 1,500 rpm or 40 mS 10 mm Unshielded 1,125 rpm 53 mS 50 rpm or 1,200 mS 100 rpm or 600 mS 500 rpm or 120 mS 18 mm Diameter 8 mm Shielded 1,460 rpm 41 mS 50 rpm or 1,200 mS 100 rpm or 600 mS 500 rpm or 120 mS 30 mm Diameter 15 mm Shielded 900 rpm 66 mS 50 rpm or 1,200 mS 100 rpm or 600 mS 500 rpm or 120 mS

Standard Range
Extended Range
4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable
E59-M12A105D01-D1S1 E59-M12A105C02-D1S1 E59-M12A105D01-D1S2 E59-M12A105C02-D1S2 E59-M12A105D01-D1S3 E59-M12A105C02-D1S3 E59-M12A105D01-D1S4 E59-M12A105C02-D1S4 E59-M12C110D01-D1S1 E59-M12C110C02-D1S1 E59-M12C110D01-D1S2 E59-M12C110C02-D1S2 E59-M12C110D01-D1S3 E59-M12C110C02-D1S3 E59-M18A108D01-D1S1 E59-M18A108C02-D1S1 E59-M18A108D01-D1S2 E59-M18A108C02-D1S2 E59-M18A108D01-D1S3 E59-M18A108C02-D1S3 E59-M30A115D01-D1S1 E59-M30A115C02-D1S1 E59-M30A115D01-D1S2 E59-M30A115C02-D1S2 E59-M30A115D01-D1S3 E59-M30A115C02-D1S3
Standard Range
Standard Range
Sensor will not perform reliably if (a) target speed rotation exceeds the max rated rpm or (b) the time between target detections is less than the rated milliseconds. The sensor will activate when (a) target rotation drops below the rated rpm, or (b) when the time between two target detections exceeds the milliseconds indicated. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-49.
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-49
Length
Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female DC 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Connector Models (Face View Male Shown) Micro

BN BK BU Load (-)

+V (-)
Load +V Load Load (-) +V Load
N.O. (PNP)
BN BK BU
+V Load (-)
Note: Pin numbers 2 and 4 are internally jumpered together. Either pin may be used.
Specications SpeedSense
Description 3-Wire Sensors
Input Voltage Load Current Leakage Current Voltage Drop Burden Current Protection Switching Hysteresis Repeat Accuracy Temperature Range Output Status Material of Construction Vibration and Shock Indicator LED Enclosure Ratings
Response Time
6 48V DC 500 mA @ 6 30V DC; 300 mA @ 32 48V DC 150 A 2.5V DC 15 mA Auto Reset < 15% Rated Sensing Distance Shielded models: < 1% Sensing Distance; Unshielded models: < 3% Sensing Distance -40 to 158F (-40 to 70C) Sensors output is on when an underspeed condition is detected. 303 Stainless steel; End bells: Polycarbonate; Face caps: Ryton; Cable: AWM Style 20387 (PVC) Vibration: 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm Amplitude, IEC 60068-2-6; Shock: 30g, 11 mS per IEC 68-2-27 360 viewable LED NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)
3-Wire Sensors
Shielded 12 mm Factory Default Mode (20 V/m)

Unshielded 18 mm 390 Hz 30 mm 240 Hz 12 mm 300 Hz
580 Hz
Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips Chemical (division of Phillips Petroleum). Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. For questions about a specic application, contact our applications department at 1-800-426-9184.
PG08301004E
3-50

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions SpeedSense in Inches (mm) Cable Models Micro-Connector Models
3
Cable Models
Size Shielding A
B C D Size Shielding A B C D
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
Shielded Unshielded Shielded Shielded
2.46 (62.4) 2.46 (62.4) 2.54 (64.5) 2.74 (69.6)
1.98 (50.3) 1.64 (41.6) 2.00 (50.9) 2.13 (54.1)
0.02 (0.5) 0.36 (9) 0.02 (0.5) 0.03 (0.75)
0.67 (17) 0.67 (17) 0.94 (24) 1.41 (36)
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
Shielded Unshielded Shielded Shielded
2.71 (68.7) 2.71 (68.7) 2.73 (69.3) 2.92 (74.1)
1.98 (50.3) 1.64 (41.6) 2.00 (50.9) 2.13 (54.1)
0.02 (0.5) 0.36 (9) 0.02 (0.5) 0.03 (0.75)
0.67 (17) 0.67 (17) 0.94 (24) 1.41 (36)
PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors Ferrous Only Tubular

August 2007
3-51
PG.05D.08.T.E
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 3-52 3-52 3-52 3-53 3-53 3-53
High Quality Stainless Steel Housing
These unique Cutler-Hammer Inductive Proximity Sensors have been specially made by Eatons electrical business to detect only a specic type of metal. Ferrous Only models will detect only ferrous metals such as steel, iron, nickel or cobalt. A typical application for Ferrous Only sensors would be in workcell applications where cutting tools, tool pallets and xtures must be detected for proper workpiece manipulation. The sensors detect ferrous objects while ignoring aluminum. These sensors are available in a standard 18 mm diameter, and are epoxy lled for shock/vibration resistance and heat tolerance.
18 mm Diameter Metal Face
Choose from Micro-Connector or Mini-Connector
Product Features

Ferrous Only sensors detect ferrous metals, such as steel or iron, while ignoring non-ferrous metals Selection of 2-wire and 3-wire, AC/DC and DC-only sensor models Wide operating temperature range: -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C)
Ferrous Only Tubular Inductive Proximity Sensors
These Problem-Solving Sensors Will Sense One Type of Metal While Completely Ignoring Another Type
3-52

August 2007
Model Selection Ferrous Metal Sensing Only

Operating Voltage Sensing Range (Sn) Shielding Connection Type Catalog Number N.O. Output
2-Wire Sensors 18 mm Diameter 20 250V AC/DC 50/60 Hz 5.0 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Mini-Connector E57FAL18A2SA E57FAL18A2B1
3-Wire Sensors 18 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 5.0 mm Shielded (PNP) 4-pin Micro DC Connector E57FAL18T111SD
3
Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables below.

DC
CSDS4A3CY2202
CSDS4A3RY2202
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number
Standard Cables Mini Style Mini Style Straight Female Current Rating @ 600V 3-pin: 13A
3-pin
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS3F3CY1602
Operating Voltage Output Connector Models (Face View Male Shown) Micro Mini
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC/DC 50/60 Hz N.O.

L2 Load L1 L1 Load L2
3-Wire Sensors 10 30V DC N.O. (PNP)

(-) Load +V
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-53
2-Wire Sensors AC/DC Models
3-Wire Sensors DC Models
Switching Hysteresis Repeat Accuracy Time Delay Before Availability Output Indicator LED Operating Temperature Enclosure Ratings Shock Vibration Housing Material

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Connector Models
LED
C B
Model Catalog Number A
2-Wire 3-Wire
E57FAL18A2SA E57FAL18A2B1 E57FAL18T111SD
M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1
3.11 (79) 3.90 (99) 3.11 (79)
1.38 (35) 1.34 (34) 1.14 (29)
1.73 (44) 2.56 (65) 1.97 (50)
0 0 0
PG08301004E
Operating Voltage Maximum Load Current Switching Frequency Leakage Current Voltage Drop Holding Current Burden Current Protection
20 250V AC/DC 10 30V DC 100 mA 100 mA 15 Hz 1000 Hz 2.5 mA maximum < 0.01 mA 10V maximum 1.5V maximum 5 mA minimum 17 mA Transient, power on false pulse Short circuit protection suppression <15% rated sensing distance <1% sensing distance <10 mS Lights when output is ON -13 to 131F (-25 to 55C) NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) 30g sine wave, 11 mS per IEC68-2-76 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude in all three planes Stainless steel
Specications
3-54
Inductive Proximity Sensors Metal Face

August 2007
PG.05D.09.T.E
Metal Face Inductive Proximity Sensors
The Thick Metal Face Protects Against Damage from Impact and Abrasion
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54 3-55 3-55 3-56 3-56 3-57 3-57
3
Cutler-Hammer Metal Face Inductive Proximity Sensors by Eatons electrical business incorporate tough stainless steel sensing faces in place of the plastic faces found in standard sensors. This provides a higher level of protection for more reliable operation and longer life in harsh environments. The sensors stand up to abrasion and impact caused by ying metal chips, grit, and misaligned or vibrating targets. In addition, the stainless steel body resists corrosion and chemical attack. Common sensor diameters, voltage styles and wiring connections make it easy to retrot your existing, damaged sensors. Solve the problem of damaged sensors permanently with Eatons Cutler-Hammer Metal Face Sensors.
Extra Thick 20 mil Stainless Steel Sensing Face
12 mm, 18 mm and 30 mm Diameters to Fit Where You Need It
Product Features

2-wire AC/DC models and 3-wire DC models are compatible with your existing wiring Common 12 mm, 18 mm and 30 mm housing diameters allow easy changeout of existing damaged sensors The 20 mil stainless steel sensing face is thicker than competing units for a higher level of protection The stainless steel body is damage and corrosion resistant Wide operating temperature range: -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C)

August 2007
3-55
Operating Voltage
Sensing Range (Sn)
Shielding
Connection Type
Catalog Number N.O. Output
2-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter 20 250V AC/DC 50/60 Hz 2 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57FAL12A2SA-M
30 mm Diameter
3-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 2 mm Shielded (PNP) 4-pin Micro DC Connector E57FAL12T111SD-M
18 mm Diameter
10 30V DC
5 mm
Shielded (PNP)
E57FAL18T111SD-M

DC
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
PG08301004E
20 250V AC/DC 50/60 Hz
10 mm
Shielded
3-pin Micro AC Connector
E57FAL30A2SA-M
Model Selection Metal Face Proximity Sensors
3-56

August 2007
Operating Voltage Output Connector Models (Face View Male Shown) Micro
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC/DC 50/60 Hz N.O.

L2 Load L1
3

(-) Load +V
N.O. (PNP)
(-) Load +V
Specications
2-Wire Sensors AC/DC Models 3-Wire Sensors DC Only Models
20 250V AC/DC 100 mA 15 Hz
Leakage Current Voltage Drop Holding Current Burden Current Protection Switching Hysteresis Repeat Accuracy Time Delay Before Availability Output Indicator LED Operating Temperature Enclosure Ratings Shock Vibration Housing Material Face Thickness
2.5 mA maximum 10V maximum 5 mA minimum Transient, power on false pulse suppression <15% rated sensing distance <1% sensing distance <200 mS Lights when output is ON -13 to 131F (-25 to 55C) NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) 30g sine wave, 11 mS per IEC68-2-76 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude in all three planes 303 stainless steel 20 mils
10 30V DC 100 mA 12 mm: 2000 Hz 18 mm: 1000 Hz 30 mm: 300 Hz 600 A maximum 1.5V maximum 17 mA Short circuit protection
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-57
Description
Reference
Mounting Brackets and Other Accessories Connector Cables
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Connector Models

LED
C B
Model
Catalog Number
2-Wire 3-Wire
E57FAL12A2SA-M E57FAL30A2SA-M E57FAL12T111SD-M E57FAL18T110SD-M E57FAL18T111SD-M
M x 12 M x 30 M x 12 M x 18 M x 18
2.67 (68) 3.70 (94) 2.67 (68) 3.11 (79) 3.11 (79)
1.10 (28) 1.34 (34) 1.02 (26) 1.14 (29) 1.14 (29)
1.58 (40) 2.36 (60) 1.65 (42) 1.97 (50) 1.97 (50)
PG08301004E
3-58
Inductive Proximity Sensors High Current Output

August 2007
PG.05D.05.T.E
High Current Output Inductive Proximity Sensors
Non-contact Sensing with the Ability to Handle High Currents in a Solid-State Output
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 3-58 3-59 3-59 3-59 3-59
3
Rugged SJO Cable
Now there is an alternative to limit switches for position sensing on industrial vehicles. Cutler-Hammer High Current Output features a continuous output current rating from 2 to 8A. These sensors from Eatons electrical business are ideally suited to handle high current loads found on such industrial vehicles as aerial lift trucks, fork lifts, refuse trucks, cement mixers, dump trucks, hook and ladder trucks, front end loaders, farm equipment and hundreds of other vehicles that are constantly subjected to mechanical (shock, vibration, collisions) and environmental abuse (dirt, grease, ice, rain) that create havoc with mechanical devices.
Corrosion Resistant Stainless Steel Housing
Product Features

Solid-state output can handle up to 8A continuous Ideal for vehicle use to replace mechanical limit switches, typically required to handle high currents Wide voltage and temperature range covers most vehicle power supplies and operating environments Normally Open and Normally Closed isolated outputs SJO cable is available in custom lengths Dual colored 360 LED indicating light, green as power ON and red as output
Model Selection High Current Output Sensors

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Shielding Output Type Output Rating Continuous <100 mS Pulse Connection Type Catalog Number
4-Wire Sensors 30 mm Diameter 6-Wire Sensors 30 mm Diameter

10 55V DC
10 mm
Shielded
N.O. and N.C. (PNP) N.O. and N.O., or N.C. and N.C. (NPN or PNP)
3.5A
20A
2-Meter Cable
E57-30JS10-H
10 30V DC
10 mm
Shielded
8A
50A
2-Meter Cable
E57-30HS10-K
For additional cable length other than 2-meter, add desired length in meters to listed Catalog Number. Example: For an E57-30JS10-H with a 5-meter cable, order E57-30JS10-H5. 50 Amps surge, 12 Amp at 50% duty cycle and 8 Amp continuous. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Inductive Proximity Sensors High Current Output

August 2007
3-59
Description
Reference
Mounting Brackets and Other Accessories
See Section 8
Wiring Diagrams 4-Wire PNP N.O./N.O. Output Conguration 6-Wire N.C./N.C. Output Conguration 6-Wire
Specications
Operating Voltage Switching Rate Off-state Current Voltage Drop Burden Current Time Delay Before Availability Output Indicator LED Output Type Protection Enclosure Ratings Ambient Temperature Range Barrel Material Cable Shock Vibration
10 to 55V DC 250 Hz 1.2V 10 mA @ 55 volts
10 to 30V DC 100 Hz 100 A maximum 2.0V 30 mA @ 30 volts <100 mS 360 visibility
Solid-state
Solid-state, isolated Transient and power on false pulse NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IEC IP67) -40 to 158F (-40 to 70C) 303 stainless steel 2m standard SJO water resistive (18 AWG) 30g sine wave, 11 ms 10 to 55 Hz, 2 mm amplitude in all 3 planes

2.73 (73.8) 1.95 (49.53)
1.41 (36)
Mounting Nut Torque: 142 ft-lb (200 Nm)
M30 x 1.5
PG08301004E
3-60
Inductive Proximity Sensors Miniature Short Body

August 2007
PG.05D.13.T.E
Miniature Short Body Inductive Proximity Sensors
These Tiny Tubular Sensors Deliver Reliable Performance Where Space Is Limited
High Quality Stainless Steel Housings
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors. . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60 3-61 3-61 3-62 3-62 3-62 3-63
Choose from Cable or Nano-Connector on All Sizes
3
4 mm 5 mm Micro-Connector Available on 6.5 mm and 8 mm Sizes 6.5 mm Mounting Bracket Included on 6.5 mm Models
These unique Cutler-Hammer Inductive Proximity Sensors by Eatons electrical business are designed to be used in extremely small spaces. A wide variety of models are available with housing diameters from 8 mm all the way down to 4 mm, allowing you to choose the one that best ts your application. The sensors are 3-wire devices that operate from 10 to 30V DC. Both shielded and unshielded versions are available.
8 mm
A Variety of Small Diameters to Fit Almost Anywhere
5 mm and 8 mm Models Are Threaded; 4 mm and 6.5 mm Models Are Unthreaded
Approvals Product Features


Small 4, 5, 6.5 and 8 mm diameters for use in applications with limited space for mounting sensors Stainless steel housings All models include an LED indicator to show output status Short circuit and reverse polarity protection Rated NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) for high resistance to environmental factors
Applications

Automation equipment Robotics Machine tool Counting Sorting

August 2007
3-61
Operating Voltage
Sensing Range (Sn)
Shielding
Connection Type
Catalog Number N.O. Output
N.C. Output
3-Wire Sensors 4 mm Diameter (Unthreaded)
10 30V DC
0.8 mm
5 mm Diameter
10 30V DC
0.8 mm
Shielded (PNP) 6.5 mm Diameter (Unthreaded) 10 30V DC 1 mm Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) 2 mm Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP) 8 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 1 mm Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) 2 mm Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP)

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female DC 4-pin 3-wire 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A3CY2202 CSDS4A3RY2202
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
PG08301004E
Shielded (NPN)
2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector
E57EAL4T110SP E57EAL4T110SN E57EAL4T110SD E57EAL4T111SP E57EAL4T111SN E57EAL5T110SP E57EAL5T110SN E57EAL5T111SP E57EAL5T111SN E57EAL6T110SP E57EAL6T110SN E57EAL6T110SD E57EAL6T111SP E57EAL6T111SN E57EAL6T111SD E57EAL6T110EP E57EAL6T110EN E57EAL6T111EP E57EAL6T111EN E57EAL8T110SP E57EAL8T110SN E57EAL8T110SD E57EAL8T111SP E57EAL8T111SN E57EAL8T111SD E57EAL8T110EP E57EAL8T110EN E57EAL8T110ED E57EAL8T111EP E57EAL8T111EN E57EAL8T111ED
E57EBL8T110SP E57EBL8T110SN E57EBL8T110SD E57EBL8T111SP E57EBL8T111SN E57EBL8T111SD E57EBL8T110EP E57EBL8T110EN E57EBL8T110ED E57EBL8T111EP E57EBL8T111EN E57EBL8T111ED
Model Selection Miniature Short Body Sensors
3-62

August 2007
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Connector Models (Face View Male Shown) Micro Nano

N.O. (PNP)
BN BK BU +V Load (-) (-) Load Load +V (-) (-) (-) Load +V +V Load +V (-)
3
Specications
Operating Voltage Maximum Load Current Switching Frequency Leakage Current Voltage Drop Burden Current Protection Switching Hysteresis Repeat Accuracy Time Delay Before Availability Output Indicator LED Operating Temperature Enclosure Ratings Housing Material Cable
Description
N.C. (NPN)
BN BK BU Load +V
N.C. (PNP)
DC Only Models
10 30V DC 200 mA 2 kHz 0.01 mA maximum 1.5V maximum 10 mA maximum Transient, power on false pulse suppression, auto-reset short circuit <15% rated sensing distance <1% sensing distance <50 mS Lights when output is ON -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) Stainless steel PVC high ex, oil/water resistant, 22 AWG

Reference
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-63
Cable Models Unthreaded Barrel
Cable Models Threaded Barrel
Connector Models Unthreaded Barrel
Connector Models Threaded Barrel
Size A
Barrel Type
Length B
Thread Size E
Nut Width F
Connector Diameter G
LED Location
Cable Models 4 mm 5 mm 6.5 mm 8 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6.5 mm 8 mm 6.5 mm 8 mm Unthreaded Threaded Unthreaded Threaded Unthreaded Threaded Unthreaded Threaded Unthreaded Threaded 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.8 (45) 1.2 (30) 1.6 (40) 1.6 (40) 2.4 (60) 1.8 (45) 2.9 (70) 2.0 (50) 0.7 (18) 0.7 (18) 1.5 (39) 1.0 (25) 1.4 (36) 1.6 (40) 0.8 (21) 1.2 (30) 0.8 (21) 0.8 (21) 2.0 (50) 1.4 (36) 1.5 (39) 1.0 (25) M5 x 1 M8 x 1 M5 x 0.5 M8 x 1 M8 x 1 SW8 SW13 SW8 SW13 SW13 0.31 (8) 0.31 (8) 0.31 (8) 0.31 (8) 0.47 (12) 0.47 (12) L1 L1 L2 L2 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L2
Nano-Connector Models
PG08301004E
3-64
Inductive Proximity Sensors E56 Pancake

November 2007
PG.05D.02.T.E
E56 Pancake Inductive Proximity Sensors
Long Range Inductive Sensors Designed for Use in Heavy-Duty Industrial Environments
Range Adjustment Pot on Medium and Large Models
3-64 3-65 3-66 3-66 3-67 3-67
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power and Output LEDs for Status Indication
3
The Cutler-Hammer E56 Pancake from Eatons electrical business is a high performance inductive proximity sensor. The E56 Pancake provides greater sensing ranges than other inductive sensor package types. The E56 Pancake family provides convenience and ease of wiring with auto-congurable, complementary outputs. (Auto-congurable outputs automatically detect an NPN or PNP output conguration and switch the sensor accordingly, without user intervention.) Power and output LEDs make troubleshooting much easier than conventional proximity sensors, which usually only feature output LEDs. These convenience features, combined with the performance of the E56 Pancake, make it an excellent inductive sensing solution for applications requiring an extremely rugged, longrange sensing solution.
Micro-Connector, Mini-Connector or Screw Termination Wiring Options
Three Package Sizes with 50, 70 and 100 mm Ranges
Product Features

Longest inductive sensing ranges available (up to 100 mm) Three sizes to meet your application needs, with maximum ranges of 50, 70 or 100 mm Complementary outputs (1 N.O. / 1 N.C.) on 4-wire DC models Auto-congure output technology on 4-wire DC models, which automatically detect how the sensor has been wired (NPN or PNP) and switch the sensor without user intervention Small diameter, 2-wire AC/DC models feature a selector switch inside the housing, enabling output contacts to be used as either N.O. or N.C. Robust design featuring vibration and impact-absorbing potting compound Ideal for extreme temperatures or high pressure washdown environments
Approvals

For the most current information on this product, visit our web site: www.eaton.com
Heavy-duty trucks, cranes and machinery Steel mills Pipe and rod manufacturing Automotive manufacturing Amusement parks

November 2007
3-65
Voltage Type
Output Conguration
Output Contacts
Shielding
Sensing Range
Connector Style
Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC 20 60V DC 45/65 Hz N.O. or N.C. Unshielded 1.57 inches (40 mm) Screw Terminals 3-Pin MiniConnector N.O. or N.C. Unshielded 2 inches (50 mm) Screw Terminals 3-Pin MiniConnector 90 260V AC 20 60V DC 45/55 Hz N.O. Unshielded 2.75 inches (70 mm) 3-Pin MiniConnector E56CDL40A2 E56CDL40A2B1 E56CDL50A2E E56CDL50A2EB1 E56CAL70B1S1
N.O.
Unshielded
3.94 inches (100 mm)
3-Pin MiniConnector
E56CAL100B1S1
DC 4-Wire Sensors Small Diameter (79 x 79 x 39 mm) 10 42V DC NPN / PNP Autocongure 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Shielded 1.57 inches (40 mm) DC Screw DC 4-Pin Mini DC 4-Pin Micro Unshielded 2 inches (50 mm) DC Screw DC 4-Pin Mini DC 4-Pin Micro Medium Diameter (110 x 110 x 41 mm) Unshielded 2.75 inches (70 mm) DC 4-Pin Mini E56ADL40SA E56ADL40SAE01 E56ADL40SAD01 E56ADL50UA E56ADL50UAE01 E56ADL50UAD01 E56BDL70UAE01
DC 4-Pin Micro
E56BDL70UAD01
Large Diameter (172 x 172 x 68 mm)
Unshielded
DC 4-Pin Mini
E56CDL100UAE01
DC 4-Pin Micro
E56CDL100UAD01
Includes potentiometer for adjustment of sensing range. Autocongure technology allows the sensor to automatically adapt to NPN or PNP without user intervention. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-66. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
Model Selection E56 Pancake Sensors
3-66

November 2007

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female AC 3-pin, 3-wire 4-pin, 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) 16.4 ft. (5m) 32.8 ft. (10m) 6.0 ft. (2m) 16.4 ft. (5m) 32.8 ft. (10m) 6.0 ft. (2m) 12.0 ft. (4m) AC/DC 4-pin, 4-wire 16 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) 13.1 ft. (4m) 19.7 ft. (6m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3CY2205 CSAS3F3CY2210 CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4CY2205 CSDS4A4CY2210 CSMS3F3CY1602 CSMS3F3CY1604 CSMS4A4CY1602 CSMS4A4CY1604 CSMS4A4CY1606 CSAS3F3RY2202 CSAS3F3RY2205 CSAS3F3RY2210 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4RY2205 CSDS4A4RY2210 CSDS4A4IO2202 CSDS4A4IO2205 CSDS4A4IO2210
DC
22 AWG
3
Standard Cables Mini Style Mini Style Straight Female 3-pin, 3-wire 16 AWG
1-Green 2-Black 3-White 1-Black 2-Blue 3-Brown 4-White
Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Wiring Diagrams
Voltage Type Micro Connector Models Mini Connector Models Screw Terminal Models
DC 4-Wire
LOAD WH N.C. 2 (-) BU 3 1 4 BN +V
LOAD BK N.O. LOAD WH N.C. 1 4 3 BN +V BU
4 BU 3 BK N.O. LOAD 2 WH N.C. LOAD 1 BN
(-)
BK N.O. LOAD AutoConfigure enables load to be wired to +V or (-)
(-)
+V
AutoConfigure enables load to be wired to +V or (-) 1 2 3
AutoConfigure enables load to be wired to +V or (-) 3 BN L1 or +V
AC/DC 2-Wire
L2 LOAD 3 RD/WH 1 2
RD/BK L1 L1 BK
WH
LOAD L2
4 BU LOAD L2 or (-) N.O./N.C. Selectable Not Connected 2 1 Not Connected
PG08301004E

November 2007
3-67
AC/DC 2-Wire Small Diameter
Medium Diameter
Large Diameter
DC 4-Wire Small Diameter
Medium Diameter
Large Diameter
Operating Voltage Load Current (Max.) Burden Current Off-State Leakage Voltage Drop Outputs Sensing Range (Max.) Range Adjustment
N.O. or N.C. (Switch Selectable) 50 mm Not adjustable
20 250V AC, 20 60V DC 400 mA At or Above 0C: < 1.7 mA Below 0C: 2.0 mA < 10V (5V Nominal) N.O. or N.C. by Model 70 mm 100 mm Potentiometer adjustable down to 50% of rated maximum range 210 mm 300 mm 10 Hz 50 mm Not adjustable 150 mm 100 Hz < 2% 10 15% 300 mS Short Circuit Protection with Auto-Reset -25 to +70C (-13 to + 158F) 10% NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) CE Output Status
10 42V DC 300 mA < 25 mA < 150 A per Output < 2.5V 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. (Complementary) 70 mm 100 mm Potentiometer adjustable down to 50% of rated maximum range 210 mm 300 mm 20 Hz
Standard Target Size 150 mm (Mild Steel) Frequency of 30 Hz Operation Repeatability Hysteresis (Max.) Time Delay Before Availability Circuit Protection Operating Temperature Temperature Drift Enclosure Rating Approvals Indicator LEDs Materials of Construction
Green: Power Red: Output Status PPS Housing Aluminum Baseplate on medium and large models
G E A C
F B
Model
A (Depth)
B (Width)
C (Depth)
D (Height)
Mounting E F G (dia.)
Small Diameter Models Micro Connector Mini Connector Screw Terminal Medium Diameter Models Micro Connector Mini Connector Large Diameter Models Micro Connector Mini Connector 6.75 (171.5) 6.75 (171.5) 7.26 (184.4) 7.61 (193.3) 2.66 (67.5) 5.875 (149.0) 5.875 (149.0) 0.266 (7.0) 4.35 (110.0) 4.35 (110.0) 4.94 (125.4) 5.29 (134.4) 1.63 (41.0) 3.625 (92.0) 3.625 (92.0) 0.218 (5.5) 3.13 (79.0) 3.13 (79.0) 4.32 (110.0) 4.67 (119.0) 3.87 (92.0) 1.54 (39.0) 2.56 (65.0) 2.56 (65.0) 0.21 (5.0)
PG08301004E
Specications
3-68
Inductive Proximity Sensors Tubular, Nonmetallic Housing

August 2007
PG.05D.07.T.E
Tubular Inductive Proximity Sensors with Nonmetallic Housings
Tubular Sensors with Nonmetallic Housings Offer High Corrosion Resistance

Three Housing Diameters
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68 3-69 3-69 3-70 3-70
12 mm
3
Cutler-Hammer E55 Tubular Inductive Proximity Sensors by Eatons electrical business are constructed of corrosion resistant PBT plastic. They are ideally suited for wash down applications such as those found in food processing plants. They are available in 12 mm, 18 mm and 30 mm diameters, shielded or unshielded. Shielded units can be embedded in metallic surfaces.
18 mm Output Status LED
Corrosion Resistant PBT Housing
30 mm
Product Features

Models available that operate on 2-wire AC or 3-wire DC power Threaded tubular housings in three diameters allow easy integration into new and existing applications Nonmetallic construction offers excellent resistance to corrosion Output indicator LED is standard on all models

August 2007
3-69
Operating Voltage
Sensing Range (Sn)
Shielding
Connection Type
2-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter 20 250V AC 50/60 Hz 2 mm 4 mm 18 mm Diameter 20 250V AC 50/60 Hz 5 mm 8 mm Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable E55CAL12A2 E55CAL12A2E E55CAL18A2 E55CAL18A2E E55CBL12A2 E55CBL12A2E E55CBL18A2 E55CBL18A2E
30 mm Diameter
20 250V AC 50/60 Hz
10 mm
Shielded
2-meter Cable
E55CAL30A2
E55CBL30A2
15 mm
Unshielded
2-meter Cable
E55CAL30A2E
E55CBL30A2E
3-Wire Sensors 12 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 2 mm 4 mm 18 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 5 mm 8 mm Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP) Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP) 30 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 10 mm Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) 15 mm Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP)
2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable 2-meter Cable
E55CAL12T110 E55CAL12T111 E55CAL12T110E E55CAL12T111E E55CAL18T110 E55CAL18T111 E55CAL18T110E E55CAL18T111E E55CAL30T110 E55CAL30T111 E55CAL30T110E E55CAL30T111E
E55CBL12T110 E55CBL12T111 E55CBL12T110E E55CBL12T111E E55CBL18T110 E55CBL18T111 E55CBL18T110E E55CBL18T111E E55CBL30T110 E55CBL30T111 E55CBL30T110E E55CBL30T111E
For a selection of mounting brackets and other accessories for use with these sensors, see Section 8. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Wiring Diagrams
Output Cable Models
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC 50/60 Hz All

BN BU Load L1 L2
3-Wire Sensors 10 30V DC NPN

BN BK BU Load (-) +V Load (-) +V
PNP
BN BK BU
PG08301004E
Model Selection Tubular Sensors with Nonmetallic Housings
3-70

August 2007
Specications
2-Wire AC Models 3-Wire DC Models
20 250V AC, 50/60 Hz 150 mA 25 Hz
10 30V DC 200 mA 12 mm: 2000 Hz (Shielded); 1000 Hz (Unshielded) 18 mm: 1000 Hz (Shielded); 500 Hz (Unshielded) 30 mm: 300 Hz (Shielded); 150 Hz (Unshielded) Short circuit and reverse polarity -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) Polybutadiene Terephthalate (PBT) NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 13 (IP66) Lights when output is ON
Protection Temperature Range Enclosure Material Enclosure Rating Indicator LED
3
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 12 and 18 mm Sizes 30 mm Sizes
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C Thread Size
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
2.17 (55) 2.17 (55) 3.15 (80)
1.77 (45) 1.77 (45) 2.36 (60)
M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5
PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors E52 Cube

November 2007
3-71
CA05301004E
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . . 3-72 Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73 Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73 The Cutler-Hammer E52 Cube from Eatons electrical business is a high performance inductive proximity sensor. The E52 Cube family of inductive sensors provides long sensing ranges in a compact, industrystandard package. The E52 Cube family features Eatons Autocongure output technology, which automatically detects NPN or PNP wiring states and switches the sensor accordingly, without user intervention. The E52 also utilizes complementary outputs to further reduce the number of models needed to cover a wide array of inductive sensing applications. Individual power and output LEDs make installation and troubleshooting easy. Combine the above features with the range and ve-way mounting exibility of the E52 Cube family, and chances are theres an E52 solution to your sensing needs. The E52 Cube was designed with the most heavy-duty applications in mind. Some of those applications include automotive manufacturing, aggregate machinery, and metalworking applications. Try the E52 Cube in some your most demanding applications today.
Industry-Standard Cube Package Size and Mounting Hole Locations
Adjustable Sensing Head for Top- and Side-Sensing
Mini- and Micro-Connectors Dual LEDs for Power and Status Indications
Product Features

Long inductive proximity ranges available (up to 40 mm sensing distance) 4-wire DC models have complementary outputs (1 N.O. / 1 N.C.) 4-wire DC models use auto-congure technology, which allows the sensor to automatically adapt for NPN or PNP without user intervention Robust design featuring vibration and impact-absorbing potting compound Ideal for extreme temperatures or high pressure washdown environments

Automotive manufacturing Metalworking Machinery OEMs Pipe and rod manufacturing Block and brick manufacturing equipment Amusement parks Heavy-duty trucks, cranes and lifts
Approvals
For the most current information on this product, visit our web site: www.EatonElectrical.com For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273), in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184. PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
E52 Cube Style Inductive Proximity Sensors
Rugged Inductive Sensors in Industry-Standard Cube Package
3-72

November 2007
Model Selection E52 Cube Inductive Proximity Sensors

Voltage Type Output Conguration Shielding Output Type Sensing Range Connector Style Catalog Number
DC 4-Wire Sensors Cube Package (40 x 40 x 40 mm) 10 48V DC NPN / PNP Autocongure Shielded Unshielded Shielded 20 mm 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. 15 mm DC 4-Pin Micro DC 4-Pin Mini DC 4-Pin Micro DC 4-Pin Mini DC 4-Pin Micro DC 4-Pin Mini Unshielded DC 4-Pin Micro DC 4-Pin Mini
Mini-Connector
E52Q-DL15SAD01 E52Q-DL15SAE01 E52Q-DL15UAD01 E52Q-DL15UAE01 E52Q-DL20SAD01 E52Q-DL20SAE01 E52Q-DL20UAD01 E52Q-DL20UAE01 E52Q-DL25SAD01 E52Q-DL25SAE01 E52Q-DL25UAD01 E52Q-DL25UAE01 E52Q-DL30UAD01 E52Q-DL30UAE01 E52Q-DL35UAD01 E52Q-DL35UAE01 E52Q-DL40UAD01 E52Q-DL40UAE01
3

Shielded Unshielded Unshielded
25 mm
DC 4-Pin Micro DC 4-Pin Mini DC 4-Pin Micro DC 4-Pin Mini
30 mm 35 mm 40 mm
DC 4-Pin Micro DC 4-Pin Mini DC 4-Pin Micro DC 4-Pin Mini DC 4-Pin Micro DC 4-Pin Mini
Micro-Connector
Autocongure technology allows the sensor to automatically adapt to NPN or PNP without user intervention. See listing of compatible connector cables below.

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female DC 4-pin, 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) 16.4 ft. (5m) 32.8 ft. (10m) Standard Cables Mini Style Mini Style Straight Female AC/DC 4-pin, 4-wire 16 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) 13.1 ft. (4m) 19.7 ft. (6m) CSMS4A4CY1602 CSMS4A4CY1604 CSMS4A4CY1606
1-Black 2-Blue 3-Brown 4-White
CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4CY2205 CSDS4A4CY2210
CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4RY2205 CSDS4A4RY2210
CSDS4A4IO2202 CSDS4A4IO2205 CSDS4A4IO2210

For a full selection of connector cables, see Section 10. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

November 2007
3-73
Voltage Type
Micro Connector Models
Mini Connector Models
DC 4-Wire
LOAD WH N.C. 2 (-) BU 3 1 4 BN +V
LOAD BK N.O. LOAD WH N.C. 1 4 3 BN +V BU
BK N.O. LOAD AutoConfigure enables load to be wired to +V or (-)
(-)
AutoConfigure enables load to be wired to +V or (-)
Specications
DC 4-Wire
Operating Voltage Load Current (Max.) Burden Current Off-State Leakage Voltage Drop Outputs Standard Target Size (Mild Steel) Frequency of Operation Repeatability Hysteresis (Max.) Time Delay Before Availability Circuit Protection Operating Temperature Temperature Drift Enclosure Rating Approvals Indicator LEDs Material of Construction
10 48V DC 300 mA < 25 mA < 150 A per Output < 2.5V 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. (Complementary) 120 mm 100 Hz < 2% 10 15% 300 mS Short Circuit Protection with Auto-Reset -40 to + 158F (-40 to +70C) 10% NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) CE Power = Green; Output = Red Zinc Alloy Housing, PPS, PC

A
C D
Model
A (Width)
B (Depth)
C (Height)
D (Overall Height)
Micro Connector Mini Connector
1.57 (40)
1.57 (40)
1.57 (40)
2.725 (69.2) 2.965 (75.3)
PG08301004E
3-74
Inductive Proximity Sensors E52 Rectangular Style

August 2007
PG.05D.04.T.E
E52 Rectangular Inductive Proximity Sensors
Thin and Compact Rectangular Proximity Sensors Are Ideal for Tight Areas
Tiny R12 Models Are Available in Two Frequencies for Use Close Together Bright LED on All Sensors Indicates Output Status Choose from Cable or Connector Wiring on R18 Models
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74 3-75 3-75 3-76 3-76 3-76
3
Cutler-Hammer Rectangular E52 Inductive Proximity Sensors from Eatons electrical business feature a small, thin, compact space-saving design for applications where tubular type sensors can not be used. Sensors are self-contained for direct connection to a logic circuit, relay, counter, programmable controller, etc.
PBT Composite Housings Withstand Corrosive Solutions
Product Features

Small, low-prole design for use in space restrictive applications 3-wire DC operation Choose from a variety of sizes, and side or end sensing congurations Output indicator included on all models Epoxy lled cavities stop uids from contacting any electrical component Convenient mounting holes integrated into each sensor housing

August 2007
3-75
Voltage
Sensing Range Frequency
Shielding
Connection Type
3-Wire Models R12 Side Sensing 12 24V DC 0.12 inch (3 mm) Standard Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) Alternate Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) Q16 End Sensing 12 30V DC 0.20 inch (5 mm) Standard Shielded (NPN) 1-meter Cable 1-meter Cable 1-meter Cable 1-meter Cable 2-meter Cable E52RAL12T110 E52RAL12T111 E52RAL12T110AF E52RAL12T111AF E52-16QS04-C E52-16QS04-C1
Shielded (PNP)
2-meter Cable
E52-16QS04-B
E52-16QS04-B1
R18 Side Sensing
10 30V DC
0.16 inch (4 mm)
Standard
Unshielded (NPN)
2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano-Connector
E52-18RU04-C E52-18RU04-CN E52-18RU04-B E52-18RU04-BN E52-25QS10-C
E52-18RU04-C1 E52-18RU04-C1N E52-18RU04-B1 E52-18RU04-B1N E52-25QS10-C1
Unshielded (PNP)
2-meter Cable 3-pin Nano-Connector
Q25 End Sensing
10 30V DC
0.39 inch (10 mm)
Standard
Shielded (NPN)
2-meter Cable
Shielded (PNP)
2-meter Cable
E52-25QS10-B
E52-25QS10-B1

Voltage Style Number of Pins Gauge Length Catalog Number PVC Jacket PUR Jacket Pin Conguration/Wire Colors (Face View Female Shown)
PG08301004E
Model Selection E52 Rectangular Proximity Sensors
3-76

August 2007
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Nano-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
3-Wire Sensors DC NPN

BN BK BU Load (-) +V Load +V (-)
PNP
BN BK BU Load
+V Load (-)
(-) +V
3
Specications
Input Current Load Current Switching Rate Circuit Protection Ambient Temperature Range Enclosure Rating Enclosure Material Output Indicator LED
Less than 10 mA 100 mA maximum 500 operations per second Short circuit -13 to 130F (-10 to 55C) NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12 (IEC IP66) PBT composition Lights when output is ON
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted R12 Q16

LED 0.69 (17.5) 0.65 (16.5) 0.66 (17) 1.00 (25.5) 1.15 (29.2) 0.13 (3.3) 0.39 (10)
Note: Dimensions in mm
Q25
0.71 (18)
R18
1.18 (30) 0.13 x 0.18 (3.2 x 4.6) 1.18 (30) 0.13 x 0.18 (3.2 x 4.6) 0.47 (12) M8 0.91 (23) LED 0.39 (10) 0.24 (6) 0.24 (6) M8
LED 1.77 (45) 1.97 (50)
0.16 (4) 0.47 (12)
0.71 (18)
0.17 (4.2)
0.71 (18)
0.91 (23) 0.39 (10)
0.18 (4.6)
LED
0.98 (25) 0.28 (7)
PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors E55 Limit Switch Style, Nonmetallic Housing

August 2007
3-77
PG.05D.10.T.E
Contents
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77 3-77 3-78 3-78 3-78
Sensor Head Mounted for Side Sensing Can Be Rotated in 90 Increments
Sensor Head Mounted for Top Sensing
These Cutler-Hammer Sensors from Eatons electrical business feature PBT resin housings for high resistance to corrosion. The housing is sized to offer a direct replacement for standard limit switches. The unique sensing head is factory assembled for top sensing, but can be easily converted in the eld to any one of four side sensing positions. Models are available with sensing ranges from 15 mm to 40 mm. The sensors can be wired for N.O. or N.C. operation.
Nonmetallic Housing Is Corrosion Resistant Long Sensing Ranges Up to 40 mm
Product Features

Nonmetallic housing offers excellent resistance to corrosion Same form factor and mounting as standard limit switches for easy retrot Sensor head features ve sensing positions (top and all four sides) that can be easily changed in the eld Long sensing ranges up to 40 mm
Model Selection
Operating Voltage Sensing Range (Sn) Shielding Output Connection Type Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors 35 250V AC 15 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm Shielded Unshielded Unshielded Unshielded N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. Terminal Wiring Terminal Wiring Terminal Wiring Terminal Wiring E55BLT1C E55BLT1D E55BLT1E E55BLT1F
E55 Limit Switch Style Inductive Proximity Sensors with Nonmetallic Housings
These Nonmetallic Sensors Provide Corrosion Resistance in a Common Limit Switch Style Package
3-78
Inductive Proximity Sensors E55 Limit Switch Style, Nonmetallic Housing

August 2007
Operating Voltage Output Terminal Models

1 L1 3 4 2 Load L2
N.C.
L1 1 3
2 4
Load
L2
3
Switches are shipped as N.O. conguration. Internal jumpers must be moved to program for N.C.
Specications
Operating Voltage Maximum Load Current Switching Frequency Leakage Current Voltage Drop Inrush Indicator LEDs Operating Temperature Enclosure Ratings Housing Material
35 250V AC 400 mA 25 Hz maximum 1.8 mA 8V maximum 5A maximum for 20 mS Two LEDs: One lights when power is ON, the other lights when output is ON -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 (IP67) PBT Resin

2.20 (56) 1.81 (46) 2.36 (60) 4- 0.21 (5.3)
1.57 (40) 1.97 (50)
LEDs
1.18 (30)
40 mm Range Models Only 1.97 (50) 1.57 (40)
M12x1 Connector Models
0.39 (10)
1.57 (40)
0.43 (11) 4.64 (118)
PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular

August 2007
3-79
PG.05D.11.T.E
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Assembled Sensors . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensor Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensor Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Logic Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79 3-80 3-81 3-82 3-82 3-83 3-83 3-84 3-84 3-86 3-86
Head Can Be Mounted in Any of Four Positions
Choose from Top or Side Sensing
Viton Gasket Seals Throughout
Sensor Bodies Available for AC and DC Operation
Rugged Zinc Die Cast Housing
A Variety of Receptacles Meet Your Wiring Needs Factory Assembled Models with Tamper-Proof Screws for a Lasting Seal
The Cutler-Hammer E51 Inductive Proximity Sensor Family from Eatons electrical business combines high performance with a familiar limit switch style housing. Modular, plugin components provide application exibility, ease of maintenance, less downtime and reduced inventory. Choose from 2-wire sensors with AC/DC operation, or 4-wire sensors in either AC or DC styles. Connection options include terminal, miniconnector or various lengths of cable. Choose from standard sensors that detect all types of metallic targets. The next page provides more detail on these sensors.
Conduit, Cable and Connector Wiring Options
Product Features

Approvals

UL Listed CSA Certied (where shown)
Rugged construction is ideal for industrial environments Viton gaskets ensure a positive seal and high resistance to industry chemicals Direct replacement for worn out limit switches Sensor heads and bodies feature captive screws to eliminate loss All sensor heads include a selector switch to program output function to either N.O. or N.C. Sensor bodies feature bifurcated engagement prongs for a reliable connection when plugging into receptacle stabs Engagement key between sensor body and receptacle prevents improper assembly Sensors accommodate both U.S. and DIN mounting dimensions Wiring terminals feature captive pressure plate saddles for #18 to #12 AWG wire. A green screw identied ground terminal is also included Logic modules are available to provide additional control functions
Viton is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers.
PG08301004E
E51 Modular Limit Switch Style Inductive Proximity Sensors
This Rugged Sensor Family Features Modular Components for Versatile Sensing
3-80

August 2007
Standard Sensors Standard E51 sensors feature long sensing ranges and a choice of top or side sensing heads. Alternate frequency units eliminate interference when mounted close to standard frequency units. Order
sensors in component form, as assembled plug-in units, or in a sealed version where the sensor body is factory assembled to an epoxy lled receptacle with tamperproof screws to ensure a lasting seal.
Model Selection Assembled Sensors Standard (with Terminal Wiring)

Assembled Sensor Sensor Body and Receptacle 2-Wire Sensors 4-Wire Sensors
3
Operating Voltage Output Sensor Body
20 264V AC/DC N.O. or N.C. E51SAL
120V AC N.O. and N.C. Complementary E51SCL E51SCN Accepts Logic Modules E51RCB
10 30V DC N.O. and N.C. Complementary E51SPL PNP E51RN E51SNL NPN E51RN
Receptacle
Sensor Heads
E51RA
E51RC
Sensing Range
Shielding
Frequency
Catalog Number Sensor Head Only
Catalog Number Assembled Sensors with Head, Sensor Body and Receptacle
Standard Sensing Top Sensing 0.51 inches (13 mm) 0.94 inches (24 mm) Side Sensing 0.51 inches (13 mm) 0.94 inches (24 mm)
Shielded
Standard Alternate
E51DT1 E51DT2 E51DT5 E51DT6 E51DS1 E51DS2 E51DS5 E51DS6
E51ALT1 E51ALT2 E51ALT5 E51ALT6 E51ALS1 E51ALS2 E51ALS5 E51ALS6
E51CLT1 E51CLT2 E51CLT5 E51CLT6 E51CLS1 E51CLS2 E51CLS5 E51CLS6
E51CNT1 E51CNT2 E51CNT5 E51CNT6 E51CNS1 E51CNS2 E51CNS5 E51CNS6
E51PLT1 E51PLT2 E51PLT5 E51PLT6 E51PLS1 E51PLS2 E51PLS5 E51PLS6
E51NLT1 E51NLT2 E51NLT5 E51NLT6 E51NLS1 E51NLS2 E51NLS5 E51NLS6
Unshielded
Standard Alternate
Shielded
Standard Alternate
Unshielded
Standard Alternate
All sensor heads feature a programmable output selector switch for N.O. or N.C. operation. Operation is as follows:
For This Output Type: Set Selector Position: TARGET NO TARGET
N.O. N.C.

Target Present Target Absent
Target Absent Target Present
Logic modules must be ordered separately, see Page 3-82. These sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Receptacles feature terminal wiring with a 1/2 NPT thread at the conduit entrance. Other connection options are available:
Connection Option Catalog Number Sufx Example
20 mm thread at the conduit entrance Mini-Connector termination with epoxy lled receptacle, see Page 3-83 for additional receptacle options Pre-wired cable with epoxy lled receptacle 2-wire, 3-pin connector 4-wire, 5-pin connector 8 feet long 12 feet long 20 feet long
CSMS3F3CY1602 CSMS5D5CY1602
20 P3 P5 S S12 S20
E51ALT120 E51ALT1P3 E51CLT1P5 E51ALT1S E51ALT1S12 E51ALT1S20
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-81
Assembled Sensor
Sensor Base Type with 8 Foot Cable
2-Wire Sensors
4-Wire Sensors
Operating Voltage Output
20 264V AC/DC N.O. or N.C.
120V AC N.O. and N.C. Complementary
10 30V DC N.O. and N.C. Complementary PNP NPN
Sensor Heads
Sensing Range
Shielding
Frequency
Catalog Number Sensor Head Only
Catalog Number Assembled Sensors with Head and Sensor Base
Standard Sensing (Sensor Body Is Attached to Receptacle with Tamper-Proof Screws) Alternate Unshielded Standard Alternate Shielded Standard Alternate Unshielded Standard Alternate E51DT2 E51DT5 E51DT6 E51DS1 E51DS2 E51DS5 E51DS6 E51ALT26P E51ALT56P E51ALT66P E51ALS16P E51ALS26P E51ALS56P E51ALS66P E51CLT26P E51CLT56P E51CLT66P E51CLS16P E51CLS26P E51CLS56P E51CLS66P E51PLT26P E51PLT56P E51PLT66P E51PLS16P E51PLS26P E51PLS56P E51PLS66P E51NLT26P E51NLT56P E51NLT66P E51NLS16P E51NLS26P E51NLS56P E51NLS66P
0.94 inches (24 mm) Side Sensing 0.51 inches (13 mm) 0.94 inches (24 mm)
N.O. N.C.

Sufx Example
Switch bases feature 8 feet of SOOW-A cable. Other connection options are available:
Connection Option
Mini-Connector mounted on 3 foot (900 mm) pigtail cable Mini-Connector mounted to switch base Cable longer than 8 feet, add required length in 1 foot increments to listed Catalog Number 20 foot maximum
T C (Length in feet)
E51ALT16PT E51ALT16PC E51ALT16P12 for 12 feet
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-83. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Model Selection Sensor Heads

Sensing Range Shielding Frequency Target Material Catalog Number
Standard Sensing Top Sensing 0.51 inches (13 mm) 0.94 inches (24 mm) Side Sensing 0.51 inches (13 mm) 0.94 inches (24 mm)
Standard Alternate Standard Alternate Standard Alternate Standard Alternate
All metals All metals All metals All metals All metals All metals All metals All metals
E51DT1 E51DT2 E51DT5 E51DT6 E51DS1 E51DS2 E51DS5 E51DS6
N.O. N.C.
PG08301004E
Top Sensing
0.51 inches (13 mm)
Shielded
Standard
E51DT1
E51ALT16P
E51CLT16P
E51PLT16P
E51NLT16P
Model Selection Assembled Sensors Standard (with Epoxy Filled Receptacles and Pre-wired Cables)
3-82

August 2007
Model Selection Sensor Bodies

Operating Voltage Output Protection Output Rating Continuous Type Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors AC/DC 20 264V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz 1 output, load powered, Latching short N.O. or N.C., circuit and programmable from head; overload off state leakage current: <1.7 mA at 120V AC/DC, <2.0 mA at 240V AC 0.5A E51SAL
3
4-Wire Sensors AC 120V AC, 50/60 Hz 2 complementary outputs, line powered, N.O. and N.C. 1.0A to 158 (70), linearly derated to 0.6A at 176 (80) E51SCL
E51SCN Shown DC 10 30V DC 2 complementary outputs, line powered, N.O. and N.C. Reverse polarity
1.0A to 113 (45), linearly derated to 0.3A at 176 (80)
E51SCN
0.6A to 104 (40), linearly derated to 0.36A at 176 (80)
NPN
E51SNL
PNP
E51SPL
This sensor body is available in a factory-sealed, non plug-in conguration (with 8-foot cable), add 6P to listed Catalog Number. Example: E51SAL6P. Sensor body is black. E51SCN sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13. This sensor accepts logic modules, as seen in chart below. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Model Selection Logic Modules (for E51SCN Sensor Body Only)

Type Description Timing Range Catalog Number
ON and OFF Delay
Adjustable delay between time
object is sensed and time switch function occurs

0.15 to 15.0 seconds
E51MTB
Reset time is 25 mS minimum. Rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.
object leaves sensing eld and time switch transfers back to non-sensing state
Repeatability of the timing cycle is 1% at constant voltage, ambient temperature and reset time. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-83
Description
Style
Details
Cable Length
Catalog Number Conduit Entrance 1/2 NPT 20 mm
Surface Mount
2-wire, AC/DC 4-wire, AC
Gray Black
E51RA E51RC E51RCB E51RN E51RAP3
E51RA20 E51RC20 E51RCB20 E51RN20
4-wire, DC Mini-Connector Epoxy lled receptacle with pre- 2-wire, AC/DC wired Mini-Connector 4-wire, AC
3-pin
5-pin
E51RCP5
4-wire, DC
5-pin
E51RNP5
Pigtail with Mini-Connector
Epoxy lled receptacle with Mini-Connector mounted on 3 foot (900 mm) cable
2-wire, AC/DC 4-wire, AC 4-wire, DC
3-pin 5-pin 5-pin 3-conductor
3 feet (0.9m) 3 feet (0.9m) 3 feet (0.9m) 8 feet (2.4m) 12 feet (3.6m) 20 feet (6m)
E51RAPT3 E51RCPT5 E51RNPT5 E51RAS E51RAS12 E51RAS20 E51RCS E51RCS12 E51RCS20 E51RNS E51RNS12 E51RNS20
E51RA20S E51RC20S E51RN20S
Pre-wired Cable
Epoxy lled receptacle with pre- 2-wire, AC/DC wired 16 gauge, yellow jacketed, type SOOW-A cable. Cable enters through hole threaded for conduit 4-wire, AC
5-conductor
8 feet (2.4m) 12 feet (3.6m) 20 feet (6m)
4-wire, DC
5-conductor
Black receptacle is for color compatibility with E51SCN sensor body. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables below.

Standard Cables Mini Style Mini Style Straight Female Current Rating @ 600V 3-pin: 13A 4-pin: 10A 3-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602
1-Green 2-Black 3-White 1-Black 2-Blue 3-Brown 4-White 1-White 2-Red 3-Green 4-Orange 5-Black
AC/DC
4-pin, 4-wire
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS4A4CY1602
5-pin
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS5D5CY1602
PG08301004E
3-84

August 2007
Operating Voltage Output Terminal and Cable Models Mini-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
2-Wire Sensors 20 264V AC or DC 50/60 Hz N.O. or N.C. (N.O. shown, can be changed to N.C. using switch on sensor head)
White
1 3
2 4
Black
L1 or +V
Load
L2 or (-)
L1 or (-)
Load
L2 or +V
Green
4-Wire Sensors 120V AC 50/60 Hz N.O. and N.C.

Red Black
Load 1 3 2 4
Orange White Green
3
Load L2
L2
Load
N.C.
L1
N.O.
L1
Load
10 30V DC
N.O. and N.C. NPN
Load Load +V
Red
1 3
2 4
Orange White
(-)
N.C.
Load
N.O.
+V
Black Green
(-)
Load
N.O. and N.C. PNP

Red Black
Load 1 3 2 4
Orange White Green
Load (-)
(-)
Load
N.C.
+V
N.O.
+V
Load
Changing output switch on sensor head will reverse output function (N.O. becomes N.C., and N.C. becomes N.O.).

Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches [mm] Except Where Noted
Universal Mounting Bracket
1 hole, includes mounting hardware, stainless steel
E51KH2
2 hole, includes mounting hardware, steel
E51KH4
PG08301004E

August 2007
3-85
Description
Catalog Number
Approximate Dimensions in Inches [mm] Except Where Noted
Machine Mounting Bracket
Zinc die cast construction
E50KH3
NOTE: Dimensions in mm [Inches]
Stand-Off Mounting Bracket
Steel construction
E51KH3
Remote Sensor Head Assembly
Permits mounting sensor head up to 3 feet (0.9m) from sensor body
E51KRM
Connector Cables
A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories
See Section 10
PG08301004E
3-86

August 2007
Specications
Output Rating (NEMA D150) AC/DC Models AC Models DC Models Protection Switching Rate Indicator LEDs Alternate Frequency
0.5A continuous 1A continuous 0.6A continuous Latching short circuit protection on 2-wire AC/DC models; DC models: resettable short circuit protection AC models: 15 Hz; DC models: 50 Hz Lights when output is ON. One LED for each output Standard and alternate frequencies allow side-by-side operation without interference Zinc die cast Viton NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) E51SCN Sensor Body only: NEMA 4, 4X and 13 Division II GRPS ABCD Division II GRPS F and G Division 2 -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) Switch Body Screws: 25 30 in-lb; Sensing Head Screws: 14 18 in-lb 10 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude 30g, 11 mS, 1/2 sine wave 95% non-condensing <25 mA DC Version: 120 A; 2-wire AC: 1.9 mA maximum; 3-wire AC: 1.1 mA <2.5V DC <150 mS
3
Enclosure Material Gasket Material Enclosure Ratings Hazardous Locations Ratings Class I Class II Class III Temperature Range Torque Requirements Vibration Shock Humidity Burden Current OFF-State Leakage ON-State Leakage Power-Up Delay
Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches] Standard Sensors Sensor with Logic Module
Can accommodate both U.S., 29.4 [1.16] x 59.5 [2.34] and DIN, 30 [1.18] x 60 [2.36], mounting dimensions.
PG08301004E
Inductive Proximity Sensors E51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+
August 2007
3-87
PG.05D.14.T.E
Contents
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors. . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87 3-88 3-88 3-89 3-90 3-91 3-91
Viton Seal Is Resistant to Chemical Attack Rugged Zinc Die Cast Housing Choose from Pre-wired Cable or Connector
Side Sensing Head Can Be Rotated to Any of Four Positions
Cutler-Hammer E51 6P+ Inductive Proximity Sensors from Eatons electrical business are fully sealed, pre-wired and designed specically to ensure reliability under the most adverse of environmental conditions. They have been proven to withstand the penetrating properties of dirt, dust, grit, extreme temperatures and humidity. The unitized design eliminates plug-in connections that can lead to reliability problems in rugged environments.
Side or Top Sensing Head Is Hard-Wired to Body for Ultimate Reliability One-Piece, Epoxy Filled Sensor Body Is Impervious to Contaminants
Product Features

The one-piece body and sensing head are both epoxy lled to protect internal components from contamination The head is hard-wired to the sensor body to ensure trouble-free performance Choose from top and side sensing heads Side sensing heads can be rotated to any of four positions Mounting dimensions allow direct replacement of worn out limit switches Rugged zinc die cast construction withstands physical abuse Connection options include pre-wired cable, body mounted connector and pigtail connector
E51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+ Inductive Proximity Sensors
Unitized 6P+ Sensors Are Built for Reliable Operation and Long Life in Hostile Environments
3-88
August 2007
Model Selection Unitized Sensors Factory Sealed 6P+

Assembled Sensor with 8 Foot Cable 2-Wire Sensors 4-Wire Sensors
Operating Voltage Output
20 264V AC/DC N.O. N.C.
120V AC N.O. and N.C. Complementary
10 30V DC N.O. and N.C. Complementary PNP NPN
Sensor Heads
Sensing Range
Shielding
Frequency
Catalog Number Assembled Sensors (Head Hard Wired to Sensor Body)
Top Sensing
0.51 inches (13 mm) 0.94 inches (24 mm)
Shielded
Standard Alternate
E51ALT16PU E51ALT26PU E51ALT56PU E51ALT66PU E51ALS16PU E51ALS26PU E51ALS56PU E51ALS66PU
E51BLT16PU E51BLT26PU E51BLT56PU E51BLT66PU E51BLS16PU E51BLS26PU E51BLS56PU E51BLS66PU
E51CLT16PU E51CLT26PU E51CLT56PU E51CLT66PU E51CLS16PU E51CLS26PU E51CLS56PU E51CLS66PU
E51PLT16PU E51PLT26PU E51PLT56PU E51PLT66PU E51PLS16PU E51PLS26PU E51PLS56PU E51PLS66PU
E51NLT16PU E51NLT26PU E51NLT56PU E51NLT66PU E51NLS16PU E51NLS26PU E51NLS56PU E51NLS66PU
3
Unshielded
Standard Alternate
Side Sensing
0.51 inches (13 mm) 0.94 inches (24 mm)
Shielded
Standard Alternate
Unshielded
Standard Alternate
Sensor head is hard wired to sensor body and cannot be detached. Side sensing head can be unfastened and rotated to any of four positions. Switch bases feature 8 feet of SOOW-A cable. Other connection options are available:
Connection Option Instructions Example
Mini-Connector mounted on 3 foot (900 mm) pigtail cable (3-pin for 2-wire sensors; 5-pin for 4-wire sensors) Mini-Connector mounted to switch base (3-pin for 2-wire sensors; 5-pin for 4-wire sensors) Cable longer than 8 feet, add required length in 1 foot increments to listed Catalog Number 20 foot maximum

Add the letter T before U Add the letter C before U Add length in feet to end of Catalog Number
E51ALT16PTU E51ALT16PCU E51ALT16PU12 for 12 feet
Sensor heads feature color coded target symbols: Yellow for standard frequency; Green for alternate frequency. See listing of compatible connector cables below. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.

Standard Cables Mini Style Mini Style Straight Female Current Rating @ 600V 3-pin: 13A 4-pin: 10A 3-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602
1-Green 2-Black 3-White 1-Black 2-Blue 3-Orange 4-Brown 5-White
AC/DC
5-pin, 5-wire
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS5A5CY1602
PG08301004E
August 2007
3-89
Operating Voltage
Output
Cable Models
Mini-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
2-Wire Sensors 20 264V AC or DC 50/60 Hz N.O. or N.C. (N.O. shown)

White
1 3
2 4
Black
L1 or +V
Load
L2 or (-)
L1 or (-)
Load
L2 or +V
Green
4-Wire Sensors 120V AC 50/60 Hz

Load
Red Black
1 3
2 4
Orange White Green
Load L2
L2
Load
N.C.
L1
N.O.
L1
Load
10 30V DC
N.O. and N.C. NPN
Load Load +V
Red
1 3
2 4
Orange White
(-)
N.C.
Load
N.O.
+V
Black Green
(-)
Load
N.O. and N.C. PNP

Red Black
Load 1 3 2 4
Orange White Green
Load (-)
(-)
Load
N.C.
+V
N.O.
+V
Load
PG08301004E
N.O. and N.C.
3-90
August 2007

E51KH2
3
Universal Mounting Bracket 2 hole, includes mounting hardware, steel E51KH4 Machine Mounting Bracket Zinc die cast construction E50KH3 NOTE: Dimensions in mm [Inches] Stand-Off Mounting Bracket Steel construction E51KH3 NOTE: Dimensions in mm [Inches] Connector Cables A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories See Section 10
PG08301004E
August 2007
3-91
Description
Specication
Output Rating (NEMA D150) AC/DC Models AC Models DC Models Protection Switching Rate Indicator LEDs Alternate Frequency Enclosure Material Gasket Material Enclosure Ratings Temperature Range Torque Requirements OFF-State Leakage ON-State Leakage
0.5A continuous 1A continuous 0.6A continuous Latching short circuit protection on 2-wire AC/DC and 3-wire DC models AC models: 15 Hz; DC models: 50 Hz Lights when output is ON. One LED for each output Standard and alternate frequencies allow side-by-side operation without interference Cast metal Zinc die cast NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP68) -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) Switch Body Screws: 25 30 in-lb; Sensing Head Screws: 14 18 in-lb DC Version: 120 A; 2-wire AC: 1.9 mA maximum; 3-wire AC: 1.1 mA <2.5V DC
Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]
PG08301004E
Specications
3-92

August 2007
3
Capacitive Proximity Sensors

August 2007
4-1
05Intro.fm
Table of Contents
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacitive Proximity Sensors Threaded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacitive Proximity Sensors Smooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-6
Unless otherwise noted, the products contained in this document are not designed or intended for use in human safety applications.
CAPACITIVE PROXIMITY SENSORS
4-2
Capacitive Proximity Sensors Product Selection

August 2007
Capacitive Proximity Sensors Threaded Body Models

Page Page 4-3 These self-contained devices will detect both metallic and nonmetallic targets. A full threaded housing provides ease of mounting. Liquid level control Nonmetallic targets
18 and 30 mm diameters with threaded
Capacitive Proximity Sensors Smooth Body Models

Page 4-6 Smooth body capacitive models feature longer ranges than our threaded body models and include a convenient mounting bracket. Liquid level control Nonmetallic targets
34 mm diameter Shielded and unshielded sensing 2-wire AC 20 to 250V
4
Overview
Applications Product Features
housing
Shielded and unshielded sensing 2-wire AC 20 to 250V
3-wire DC 10 to 30V, NPN and PNP

2 meter PVC cable or 4-pin
3-wire DC 10 to 30V, NPN and PNP

2 meter PVC cable or 4-pin micro
micro connector
Short circuit and reverse polarity
connector
Short circuit and reverse polarity
protected (DC models)

LED indicator Sensitivity adjustment
protected (DC models)

LED indicator Sensitivity adjustment Includes mounting bracket
Contact Ratings Enclosure Ratings Construction
AC 300 mA DC 300 mA NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, 13 IP65 POM Nuts, Nylon 66
AC 300 mA DC 300 mA NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, 13 IP65 POM Nuts, Nylon 66
PG08301004E

August 2007
4-3
PG.05A.01.T.E
Threaded Body Capacitive Proximity Sensors
18 mm and 30 mm Diameter Capacitive Sensors Offer Reliable Detection of Liquid and Other Targets
Contents
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cutler-Hammer 4-3 4-4 4-4 4-5 4-5 4-5
Models Available with Cable or Connector Industry Standard 30 mm and 18 mm Diameters
Type E53 Capacitive Proximity Sensors from Eatons electrical business are selfcontained devices designed to detect both metallic and nonmetallic targets. They are ideally suited for liquid level control and for sensing powdered or granulated material. For best operation, they should be used in an environment having relatively constant temperature and humidity.
LED Output Indicator on All Models
Product Features

Detect liquids, powders and other materials that are difcult or impossible with other sensor types Plastic body is corrosion resistant Sensitivity adjustment Output indicator LED
4-4

August 2007
Model Selection E53 Threaded Body Capacitive Proximity Sensors

2-Wire Sensors 18 mm Diameter 20 250V AC 0.31 inch (8 mm) Shielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 0.59 inch (15 mm) Unshielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 30 mm Diameter 20 250V AC 0.79 inch (20 mm) Shielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector E53KAL18A2 E53KAL18A2SA E53KAL18A2E E53KAL18A2EA E53KAL30A2 E53KAL30A2SA E53KAL30A2E E53KAL30A2EA E53KBL18A2 E53KBL18A2SA E53KBL18A2E E53KBL18A2EA E53KBL30A2 E53KBL30A2SA E53KBL30A2E E53KBL30A2EA
4
0.98 inch (25 mm) Unshielded 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-Wire Sensors 18 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 0.31 inch (8 mm) Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) 0.59 inch (15 mm) Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP) 30 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 0.79 inch (20 mm) Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) 0.98 inch (30 mm) Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP)
2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
E53KAL18T110 E53KAL18T110SD E53KAL18T111 E53KAL18T111SD E53KAL18T110E E53KAL18T110ED E53KAL18T111E E53KAL18T111ED E53KAL30T110 E53KAL30T110SD E53KAL30T111 E53KAL30T111SD E53KAL30T110E E53KAL30T110ED E53KAL30T111E E53KAL30T111ED
E53KBL18T110 E53KBL18T110SD E53KBL18T111 E53KBL18T111SD E53KBL18T110E E53KBL18T110ED E53KBL18T111E E53KBL18T111ED E53KBL30T110 E53KBL30T110SD E53KBL30T111 E53KBL30T111SD E53KBL30T110E E53KBL30T110ED E53KBL30T111E E53KBL30T111ED

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female AC 3-pin 3-wire 22 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202
DC
4-pin 3-wire
22 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSDS4A3CY2202
1-Brown 2-No Wire 3-Blue 4-Black 1-Brown 2-White 3-Blue 4-Black
4-pin 4-wire
22 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSDS4A4CY2202
PG08301004E

August 2007
4-5
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Micro Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
2-Wire Sensors
BN BU Load L1 L2 L2
Load
L1

BN BK BU Load (-) +V Load (-) +V Load (-) +V Load (-) (-) Load +V (-) Load +V +V (-) Load +V
N.O. (PNP)
BN BK BU
N.C. (NPN)
BN BK BU
N.C. (PNP)
BN BK BU
Specications
AC Models DC Models
AC Residual Maximum Load Current Switching Rate Circuit Protection Output Indicator LED Ambient Temperature Range Enclosure Ratings Sensitivity Adjustment Housing Material 300 mA 15 operations per second
2.5 mA maximum 300 mA 250 operations per second Short circuit and reverse polarity Lights when output is ON -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, 13 (IEC IP65) Included Polyoxymethylene (POM) Plastic mounting nuts molded of Nylon 66 (PA66)
Approximate Dimensions in mm 18 mm Diameter Threaded Body Sensor

M18x1 12 15 LED M12x1 Sensitivity Adjustment LED LED M12x1 M12x1 20 Sensitivity Adjustment M12x1
80
30 mm Diameter Threaded Body Sensor

M30 15 85
18 & 30 mm Cable
LED M18x1 (for 18 mm); M30x1.5 (for 30mm) Sensitivity Adjustment
70 95
60 83 100
60
PG08301004E
20 250V AC
N.O. & N.C.
4-6

August 2007
PG.05A.02.T.E
Smooth Body Capacitive Proximity Sensors
34 mm Diameter Capacitive Sensors Offer Long-Range Detection of Liquid and Other Targets
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 4-6 4-7 4-7 4-8 4-8
34 mm Diameter Size for Longer Sensing Range
Mounting Bracket Included
4
Cutler-Hammer Type E53 Capacitive Proximity Sensors from Eatons electrical business are selfcontained devices designed to detect both metallic and nonmetallic targets. They are ideally suited for liquid level control and for sensing powdered or granulated material. For best operation, they should be used in an environment having relatively constant temperature and humidity.
Cable Versions
Connector Versions
LED Output Indicator on All Models
Product Features

Detect liquids, powders and other materials that are difcult or impossible with other sensor types Plastic body is corrosion resistant Sensitivity adjustment
Model Selection E53 Smooth Body Capacitive Proximity Sensors

Operating Voltage Sensing Range (Sn) Shielding Connection Type Catalog Number NO Output NC Output
2-Wire Sensors 34 mm Diameter 20 250V AC 1.38 inch (35 mm) Unshielded 2-meter Cable E53KAL34A2E E53KBL34A2E
3-pin Micro AC Connector Includes mounting bracket 3-Wire Sensors 34 mm Diameter 10 30V DC 0.98 inch (25 mm) Shielded (NPN) Shielded (PNP) 1.38 inch (35 mm) Includes mounting bracket Unshielded (NPN) Unshielded (PNP) 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
E53KAL34A2EA
E53KBL34A2EA
E53KAL34T110 E53KAL34T110SD E53KAL34T111 E53KAL34T111SD E53KAL34T110E E53KAL34T110ED E53KAL34T111E E53KAL34T111ED
E53KBL34T110 E53KBL34T110SD E53KBL34T111 E53KBL34T111SD E53KBL34T110E E53KBL34T110ED E53KBL34T111E E53KBL34T111ED
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 4-7. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

August 2007
4-7

Standard Cables Micro Style

1-Red/Black 2-Red/White 3-Red 4-Green 1-Brown 2-No Wire 3-Blue 4-Black 1-Brown 2-White 3-Blue 4-Black
DC
4-pin 3-wire
22 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSDS4A3CY2202
4-pin 4-wire
22 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSDS4A4CY2202
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Micro Connector Models
2-Wire Sensors 20 250V AC NO & NC

3-Wire Sensors 10 30V DC NO (NPN)

BN BK BU Load (-) +V (-) Load +V
NO (PNP)
BN BK BU Load
+V (-) (-) +V Load Load +V (-) (-)
NC (NPN)
BN BK BU Load
+V
NC (PNP)
BN BK BU Load
+V (-) (-) Load +V
PG08301004E
Micro Style Straight Female
AC
4-pin 4-wire
22 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSAS4F4CY2202
4-8

August 2007
Specications
AC Models DC Models
Residual Current Maximum Load Current Switching Rate Circuit Protection Output Indicator LED Ambient Temperature Range Enclosure Ratings Sensitivity Adjustment
2.5 mA maximum 300 mA 15 operations per second
300 mA 250 operations per second Short circuit and reverse polarity Lights when output is ON -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, 13 (IEC IP65) Included
Approximate Dimensions in mm 34 mm Diameter Smooth Body Sensor

34
Mounting Bracket (Included with Sensor)

60
34 mm Cable
LED Sensitivity Adjustment 48
4
90
20
43
M12x1
80
PG08301004E
August 2007
5-1
06Intro.fm
Table of Contents
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Technical Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Enhanced 50 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 SM Series Miniature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Comet Series 18 mm Tubular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Prism Series 18 mm Tubular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 OEM Prism Series 18 mm Tubular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47 E58 Series 18 mm Plastic Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52 E58 Harsh Duty 18 and 30 mm Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57 E67 Long Range Perfect Prox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 50 Series Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69 55 Series Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76 E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83 E64 Terminal Base Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93 E65 Miniature Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97 80 Series Limit Switch Style Modular, Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101 20 Series Self-Contained Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107 11 Series Self-Contained Plastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112 70 Series Remote Optic Modular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116 Unless otherwise noted, the products contained in this document are not designed or intended for use in human safety applications.
PHOTOELECTRIC SENSORS
5-2
Photoelectric Sensors Product Selection

August 2007
Enhanced 50 Series
Page Overview Page 5-8 The Enhanced 50 Series family provides outstanding optical performance and application exibility in a self-contained, industry-standard package

SM Series
Page 5-22 SM Series photoelectric sensors provide high performance and ease of use in an economical, compact package

Comet Series
Page 5-27 This high performance, 18 mm tubular sensor family features a wide variety of models in all sensing modes to solve all of your sensing problems

Prism Series
Page 5-40 Prism is a cost-effective line of 18 mm tubular photoelectric sensors with twice the optical gain of other sensors in this product class

Sensing Types and Ranges
Thru-Beam: 200 and 500 feet Reex: 30 feet Polarized Reex: 16 feet Diffuse Reective: 5 and 10 feet Clear Object Detector: 45 inches Infrared Fiber Optic: range varies with ber Visible Fiber Optic: range varies with ber
Thru-Beam: 50 feet Polarized Reex: 10 feet Diffuse Reective: 8 inches Perfect Prox Background rejection: 2 and 4 inches
Product Features
High optical performance
Highly visible LED indicators
including 10-foot Diffuse and 500-foot Thru-Beam versions Output options include a highcurrent 10 Amp SPDT relay Built-in Light/Dark selection on all models Logic options include ONDelay, OFF-Delay and OneShot Delay Multiple connector and cable options Industry standard package size
Operating Voltage
24 240V AC and 12 240V DC, 10 40V DC
for power, output and alignment (TargetLock) TargetLock simplies setup and ensures that the sensor operates at the highest level of reliability possible Perfect Prox models sense different colored targets at the same range and ignore objects in the background Visible beam on all models let you see exactly where the sensor is pointing Small size Reverse polarity, overload and short circuit protection on all models 18 264V AC and 18 50V DC 10 30V DC
Thru-Beam: 20 and 80 feet Reex: 25 feet Polarized Reex: 15 and 10 feet Diffuse Reective: 8 and 24 inches Focused Diffuse Reective: 1.6 inches Wide Angle Diffuse: 6 inches Fine spot Perfect Prox: 2 inches Perfect Prox Background Rejection: 2, 4, 6 and 9 inches Glass and Plastic Fiber Optic: range varies with ber The 18 mm tubular body has at sides for added mounting exibility Available in universal voltage AC/DC versions as well as DC only models Short circuit protection on all models RIM (Reaction Injection Molding) process completely encapsulates circuits and produces a rugged package Perfect Prox sensors combine high gain with sharp optical cutoff to detect difcult targets while avoiding false detection of background objects
Thru-Beam: 20 feet Reex: 15 feet Polarized Reex: 10 feet Diffuse Reective: 8 inches Glass Fiber Optic: range varies with ber
5
Output Function Maximum Load Current Enclosure Ratings Response Time Range Approvals
Isolated output simplies
wiring and allows each sensor to switch AC or DC loads, sink or source Forward or right-angle viewing units have identical optical performance The 18 mm tubular body has at sides for added mounting exibility Short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC High noise immunity AC/DC and DC-only versions available
90 132V AC and 18 50V DC 20 264V AC and 15 30V DC 10 30V DC
20 132V AC and 15 30V DC 10 30V DC
Selectable Light or Dark Operate
Light and Dark Operate models available
Isolated VMOS solid-state relay output Light and Dark Operate models available 80 mA AC load 110 mA at 132V DC
DC units: 250 mA AC/DC units: 300 mA to 10A
AC/DC units 200 mA DC units 100 mA (NPN or PNP) NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 IP68 DC operation: 1 mS AC operation: 16 mS UL Listed C-UL Listed
AC/DC units 300 mA DC units 250 mA (NPN), 100 mA (PNP) NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 DC operation: 1 mS AC operation: 10 mS 2W AC/DC Operation: 32 mS UL Recognized C-UL Recognized
IP67 DC operation: 2 mS AC operation: 15 mS CSA Approved Certied to UL Standard, UL 508
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 3 mS
UL Recognized C-UL Recognized
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-3
OEM Prism Series

Page Overview Page 5-47 OEM Prism Sensors are similar to our standard cost-effective Prism family and are optimized for high volume OEM use
Polarized Reex: 10 feet Diffuse Reective: 8 and 24
E58 18 mm Tubular Series

Page 5-52 Industry standard 18 mm tubular sensors offer wide voltage ranges and reliable performance
E58 Harsh Duty Series

Page 5-57 E58 Harsh Duty Photoelectric Sensors were designed to withstand your harshest physical, chemical and optical environments, 18 and 30 mm tubular enclosures Thru-Beam: 800 feet Reex: 59 feet Polarized Reex: 34 feet Perfect Prox background rejection: 2, 4, 6 and 11 inches
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series

Page 5-65 This is the highest performance long-range sensor you can buy with background rejection
inches
Thru-Beam: 80 feet Reex: 25 feet Diffuse Reective: 8 inches
Perfect Prox: 24 to 96 inches Standard model pre-set at
6 feet. Fixed ranges of 2 8 feet are available.
Product Features
The 18 mm tubular body has
Industry standard 18 mm
Designed to be the most
Extended sensing ranges (up
at sides for added mounting exibility Forward or right-angle viewing units have identical optical performance Sensors are shipped bulkpackaged for the convenience of high volume users Dual discrete outputs for simple wiring All models 10 30V DC only to meet the evolving needs of your customers
tubular housing has at sides allowing it to be mounted against a at surface Solid polyurethane housing for high resistance to shock and vibration AC/DC models operate up to 264V AC Select models have visible beams for quick setup and alignment Gain adjustment ensures peak optical performance LED output status indicator Extra long 3m cable
rugged photoelectric sensor available Perfect Prox background rejection technology for unmatched optical performance Output status indictor is the brightest available and is visible from any angle and in any lighting condition Available in universal voltage AC/DC versions as well as DC only models 18 mm and 30 mm models available
to 8 feet) available with background rejection technology No user adjustments required Dual indicators communicate both output and power status from easy-to-see location on the top of the sensor AC/DC models offer isolated contact output for wiring exibility DC sensors offer both NPN and PNP output Two mounting options for maximum exibility Fully sealed package
Operating Voltage
10 30V DC
20 264V AC 10 30V DC
2-wire models: 90 132V AC and 18 50V AC 3- and 4-wire models: 20 132V AC and 15 30V DC 10 30V DC Light and Dark Operate models available
18 30V DC and 20 132V AC/DC
Output Function
Maximum Load Current
100 mA
AC 300 mA DC 250 mA (NPN) 100 mA (PNP) NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 1 mS to 10 mS
AC/DC units 300 mA (100 mA for 18 mm diameter units) DC units 250 mA (NPN), 100 mA (PNP) NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 12K and 13 2 mS to 35 mS
NPN and PNP (DC) Solid-state relay, 1500V isolation (AC/DC) Light and Dark Operate models available 100 mA DC 75 mA AC/DC
Enclosure Ratings Response Time Range Approvals
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 1.2 mS
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 50 mS (AC/DC) and 15 mS (DC)
UL Listed C-UL Listed
PG08301004E
5-4

August 2007
50 Series
Page Overview Page 5-69 These high performance sensors feature interchangeable outputs and logic functions in a fully sealed, self-contained package

55 Series
Page 5-76 These durable sensors offer high optical performance and a built-in swivel bracket for easy and precise alignment

E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular

Page 5-83 This versatile sensing family features modular construction, a variety of operating modes and a familiar limit switch style housing

E64 Terminal Base Series

Page 5-93 This exible sensor family provides stability indication, high current relay output and easy terminal wiring

Thru-Beam: 100 feet Reex: 30 feet Polarized Reex: 15 feet Diffuse Reective: 10, 24 and 72 inches Glass Fiber Optic: range varies with ber
Thru-Beam: 100 feet Reex: 30 feet Polarized Reex: 15 feet Diffuse Reective: 10, 24 and 72 inches Glass Fiber Optic: range varies with ber
Thru-Beam: 300 feet Reex: 18 and 35 feet Polarized Reex: 15 feet Diffuse Reective: 8, 18 and 40 inches Glass Fiber Optic: range varies with ber
Thru-Beam: 33 feet Reex: 16.4 feet Polarized Reex: 11.5 feet Diffuse Reective: 35 inches
5
Product Features Operating Voltage Output Function Maximum Load Current Enclosure Ratings Response Time Range Approvals
Interchangeable, plug-in
Identical to 50 Series except
Modular construction
output devices and logic modules Built-in, patented, 360 rotation. 10 tilt ball-swivel base Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to washdown, high shock and/or vibration Four output options including a 2A SPDT relay
without provision for interchangeable output or logic functions. Ideal for direct connection to programmable controllers Available in universal voltage AC/DC versions as well as DC only models Built-in, patented, 360 rotation. 10 tilt ball-swivel base Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to washdown, high shock and/or vibration
consisting of a head, sensor body and receptacle Most E51 photoelectric and inductive heads are interchangeable on all E51 sensor bodies for substantial inventory reduction Same general congurations and dimensions as the E50 limit switch Order as complete assemblies or components for stocking and manufacturing exibility Keyed, for directional head positioning Logic modules available
High performance optics Built-in multi-voltage power
supply for use in AC or DC applications Terminal connections with 1/2 inch NPT conduit entrance Available with optional delay timer, adjustable from 0.6 to 16 seconds and eld settable for Normal, ON Delay, OFF Delay, ON-OFF Delay or One Shot Delay
90 132V AC at 60 Hz 100 132V AC at 50 Hz 180 264V AC at 60 Hz 200 264V AC at 50 Hz 10 30V DC Selectable Light or Dark Operate
20 264V AC and 15 30V DC 10 30V DC See Page 5-82 for thru-beam operating voltage Light and Dark Operate models available
20 264V AC/DC; 120V AC; 10 30V DC
16 240V AC/DC
N.O. or N.C. (programmable); or N.O. and N.C. (complementary) sensor bodies are available AC 1.0A continuous DC 0.6A continuous
Varies from 50 mA to 2A
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13
AC/DC units 300 mA DC units 250 mA (NPN), 100 mA (PNP) Optional 3 Amp SPDT Relay (AC/DC models) NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13
1A @ 250V AC 2A @ 30V DC
2 mS to 18 mS UL Listed CSA Certied
NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 Class I, II, III, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, F and G (conduit entry only) 1 mS to 30 mS UL Listed, CSA Certied (where shown)
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 IP66 20 mS
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-5
E65 Miniature Series

Page Overview Page 5-97 These compact sensors are ideal for a wide variety of applications including reliable detection of clear objects
Thru-Beam: 16.5 feet Polarized Reex: 5.8 feet Diffuse Reective: 4 and 20
80 Series
Page 5-101 These sensors provide extremely long sensing ranges and the exibility of interchangeable sensor heads and logic modules
Reex: 50 feet Diffuse Reective: 12 feet Focused Diffuse Reective:
20 Series
Page 5-107 These heavy-duty sensors are designed for use in harsh environments with constant exposure to weather and physical abuse

11 Series
Page 5-112
inches
Fixed Focus Diffuse:
6 inches
Glass Fiber Optic: range
0.5 inch
Plastic Fiber Optic: range
varies with ber
varies with ber

Clear Object Sensor:
24 inches Product Features

Complete line of miniature Combines the advantages of Sets the industry standard for Quick disconnect base for
sensors including clear object detection models Forward or right-angle viewing with identical optical performance Stability indicator Fiber optic models include built-in DIN rail mounting clip
self-contained packaging with the exibility of interchangeable sensor heads 9 sensor heads, 7 control base units, and 3 logic modules are available to customize the sensor for your application
rugged construction and long range performance Interchangeable logic modules and output devices are contained inside the sealed housing Ideal for outdoor use
easy installation and maintenance Optional logic module provides time delay functions for ON, OFF or both ON/OFF
Operating Voltage
10 30V DC
97 130V AC 204 255V AC 22 26V AC 10 30V DC Light or Dark Operate (switchselected on control unit)
95 130V AC 100 125V AC 200 250V AC
115 125V AC 230V AC
Output Function
Maximum Load Current
100 mA NPN or PNP
Varies by model from 50 mA to 1A
Varies by output device from 5 mA to 10A
Varies by output device from 5 mA to 10A
Enclosure Ratings Response Time Range Approvals
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 IP66 330 microseconds to 2 mS UL Recognized
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13
NEMA 3, 4, 6 and 13
NEMA 4 and 13
5 mS to 18 mS
7 mS
PG08301004E
Thru-Beam: 700 feet Reex: 35 and 75 feet Diffuse Reective: 8 feet Dened Range Diffuse Reective: 15 inches
Reex: 20 and 30 feet
The 11 Series is a highly congurable photoelectric sensor with multiple output options including a high current DPDT relay
5-6

August 2007
70 Series
Page Overview Page 5-116 This high performance family offers a wide choice of sensor heads, control units, output devices, logic modules and accessories to solve virtually any sensing problem
Thru-Beam: 15, 32, 369 and 743
60 Series
Contact Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Dept. at 1-800-426-9184 Separate control units and sensor heads. Control units available in modular plastic units or selfcontained with metal case
Thru-Beam: 206 feet
feet Reex: 23 feet Curtain-of-Light Reex: 6 feet Diffuse Reective: 36 inches Focused Diffuse Reective: 2.5 inches Glass Fiber Optic: range varies with ber
5
Product Features Operating Voltage Output Function Maximum Load Current Enclosure Ratings Response Time Range Approvals
Ultra-versatile photoelectric
High performance thru-beam
control family Wide choice of sensor heads, control units, output devices, logic modules, and accessories to solve virtually any sensing problem Sensor heads may be mounted up to 1000 feet from the control unit Multiple sensor heads can be connected to a single control unit for special sensing applications Analog control unit provides a voltage level output proportional to the amount of light received by the sensor detector
optics
Control unit can be mounted up
to 1000 feet from sensor heads

High temperature sensor heads
operate to 212F (100C)
Self-contained control units: 115V AC or 230V AC versions. Modular control units: 9 18V DC
115V AC 230V AC 11 15.5V DC
Varies by output device from 5 mA to 10A Varies with control unit or sensor head selected 0.5 mS to 14 mS
Varies by output device from 5 mA to 10A Heads: NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13 Control Units: NEMA 12 (enclosed); NEMA 1 (module) 1.6 mS to 16 mS
PG08301004E
Photoelectric Sensors Technical Reference

August 2007
5-7
Introduction
Photoelectric sensors use light to detect the presence or absence of an object. The main advantages of photoelectric sensors are noncontact sensing of objects and greatly extended sensing ranges.
Choosing the Right Sensor

There are many factors to consider when choosing a photoelectric sensor. The specic demands of your application will dictate the sensor required for the job. Some of the questions you should consider, and suggested areas to nd more information:
Reex The source and detector are mounted in a single sensor housing and are positioned parallel to one another on the same side of the object to be detected. The light beam is transmitted from the source to a retroreector that returns the light to the detector. Detection occurs when the target object blocks the entire effective beam. See Page 11-23.
Source Detector
Range
Each sensor listed in this catalog has a specic operating range. In general, thru-beam sensors offer the greatest range (most power), followed by reex and then diffuse reective sensors. Operating ranges vary, and there is some overlap among types and models. See Applying Excess Gain on Page 11-25.
Excess Gain
Excess gain is a measure of the sensing power available in excess of that required to detect an object. The following excess gain chart shows this measurement graphically. Find your required range on the x-axis of the graph below. Then move up to the curve to read the excess gain value from the y-axis. An excess gain value of 1 is the minimum level required for sensor operation. Eaton normally recommends excess gain levels 10 for reliable sensor operation. See Page 11-25.
RANGE (mm)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5
Beam Complete No Object Present

Source Detector
What range is required (how far is the sensor from the object to be detected)? (See Modes of Detection, Range and Excess Gain) What is the nature of the environment? (See Contamination) What access do you have to both sides of the object to be detected (is wiring possible on one or both sides of the object)? (See Modes of Detection) What size is the object being detected? (See Modes of Detection) Is the object consistent in size, shape, and reectivity? (See Modes of Detection, Perfect Prox) What are the mechanical and electrical requirements? (Check the electrical specications of the desired sensor.) What kind of output do you need? (Check the electrical specications of the desired sensor.) Are logic functions needed at the sensing point? (If so, look for sensors with logic modules or built-in logic functions.)
Object Detected
Reex Detection Mode
EXCESS GAIN
Diffuse Reective The source and detector elements are mounted in a single sensor housing and are positioned on the same side of the object to be detected and aligned with crossed elds of view. When the target moves into this area light from the source is reected off the target surface back to the detector and detection occurs. See Page 11-23.
Source Detector
100
10
Beam Not Complete No Object Present

Source Detector
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
Object Detected
Diffuse Reective Detection Mode
Photoelectric Sensor Excess Gain Graph

The excess gain charts in this catalog represent the minimum excess gain provided by the sensor (unless otherwise noted). Actual performance may be better.
Modes of Detection
Thru-Beam Source and detector elements are mounted in separate housings and aligned facing each other across an area which the target object crosses. Detection occurs when an object blocks the entire effective beam (the column of light that travels in a straight line between lenses). See Page 11-23.
Perfect Prox Perfect Prox is a special type of diffuse reective sensor that combines extremely high sensing power (excess gain) with a sharp optical cutoff. This allows the sensor to reliably detect targets regardless of variations in color, reectance, contrast or surface shape, while ignoring background objects that are just slightly beyond the target range. See Page 11-24.
Contamination
The chart on Page 11-27 shows the excess gain recommended in environments with varying levels of contamination for each sensing mode.
PG08301004E
5-8
Photoelectric Sensors Enhanced 50 Series

August 2007
PG.05E.25.T.E
Enhanced 50 Series Photoelectric Sensors
High Performance Sensors for Demanding Applications

Visible and Infrared Fiber Optic Models
5-8 5-9 5-14 5-15 5-19 5-20 5-20 5-21
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Fiber Optic Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Performance Optics Time Delay Versions Available
Power, Output and Alignment Indicator LEDs
The new Enhanced versions of the Cutler-Hammer 50 Series Photoelectric Sensors from Eatons electrical business offer exibility, durability and high optical performance in a cost-effective selfcontained package. Choose from three output types, four time delay functions, six sensing modes and four connection styles to tailor the sensor to exactly meet your needs. Sensors are available in thru-beam, reex, polarized reex, diffuse reective, clear object, and ber optic sensing modes. Brackets are available for easy mounting and to allow precise adjustment of sensor alignment.
Rugged Sealed Construction with Industry Standard Size and Mounting Choose from Cable, Built-In MiniConnector, Built-In Micro-Connector or Pigtail Micro-Connector
Variety of Output Congurations Including 3A SPDT Relay
5
Product Features

Approvals

CSA Approved Certied to UL Standard, UL 508
High optical performance models including a 500-foot (152m) Thru-Beam and a 10-foot (3m) Diffuse Reective unit Output options include a 3 Amp SPDT relay All units offer light/dark selection Logic options include ON-delay, OFF-delay and One-Shot delay Fiber optic sensors operate in thru-beam or diffuse reective mode depending on the ber optic cable selected Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to washdown, high shock and/or vibration Choice of pre-wired power cable, built-in mini-connector, built-in microconnector and pigtail micro-connector versions. Standard pre-wired cable length is 6 feet (1.8m) Variety of brackets available including ball swivel
Connection Options
Cable Version
Mini QD (body)
Micro or Euro (Micro) QD (body)
Micro or Euro (Micro) QD (pigtail)

August 2007
5-9
Model Selection Sensors

Voltage Range Sensing Range Optimum Range Sensing Beam Thru-Beam Component Output Type Time Delay Connection Type Catalog Number
Thru-Beam Standard Range
10 40V DC
200 ft. (61m)
0.1 100 ft. (0.03 31m)
Infrared
Source Detector Source Detector Source Detector Source Detector
N/A NPN/PNP 250 mA N/A NPN/PNP 250 mA N/A NPN/PNP 250 mA N/A NPN/PNP 250 mA N/A Isolated Output Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ 240V AC/DC SPDT EM Relay 3A @ 120V AC
N/A no yes N/A no yes N/A no yes N/A no yes N/A no yes no yes N/A no yes
6-foot Cable
1150E-6517 1250E-6517 1250E-8517
4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector
1150E-6547 1250E-6547 1250E-8547 1150E-6537 1250E-8537
4-pin MiniConnector
1150E-6507 1250E-6507 1250E-8507 1150E-6513 1250E-6513 1250E-8513 1250E-6514 1250E-8514
Field of View: 2.4
Source Detector
N/A Isolated Output Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ 240V AC/DC
4-pin Micro Connector
1150E-6543 1250E-6543 1250E-8543 1250E-6545 1250E-8545
Non-isolated Output no Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ yes 240V AC/DC
Source Detector
N/A Isolated Output Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ 240V AC/DC SPDT EM Relay 3A @ 120V AC
N/A no yes no yes N/A no yes no yes
4-pin Micro Connector (pigtail)
1150E-6534 1250E-6533 1250E-8533
5-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 4-pin MiniConnector
1250E-6534 1250E-8534 1150E-6504 1250E-6503 1250E-8503
Source Detector
5-pin MiniConnector
1250E-6504 1250E-8504
For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-14. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
For a complete system, order one Sensor and one Detector
12 240V DC 24 240V AC
Source Detector
6-foot Cable
4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector (pigtail)
1250E-6537
5-10

August 2007
Model Selection Sensors (Continued)

Voltage Range Sensing Range Optimum Range Sensing Beam Thru-Beam Component Output Type Time Delay Connection Type Catalog Number
Thru-Beam Extended Range
10 40V DC
500 ft. (152m)
0.1 250 ft. (0.03 77m)
Infrared
Source Detector Source Detector Source Detector Source Detector
N/A NPN/PNP 250 mA N/A NPN/PNP 250 mA N/A NPN/PNP 250 mA N/A NPN/PNP 250 mA N/A Isolated Output Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ 240V AC/DC SPDT EM Relay 3A @ 120V AC
N/A no yes N/A no yes N/A no yes N/A no yes N/A no yes no yes N/A no yes
6-foot Cable
1151E-6517 1251E-6517 1251E-8517
4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector
1151E-6547 1251E-6547 1251E-8547 1151E-6537 1251E-6537 1251E-8537 1151E-6507 1251E-6507 1251E-8507 1151E-6513 1251E-6513 1251E-8513 1251E-6514 1251E-8514
4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector (pigtail)
4-pin MiniConnector
Field of View: 2.4
For a complete system, order one Sensor and one Detector
12 240V DC 24 240V AC
Source Detector
6-foot Cable
5
Source Detector
N/A Isolated Output Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ 240V AC/DC
1151E-6543 1251E-6543 1251E-8543 1251E-6545 1251E-8545
Non-isolated Output no Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ yes 240V AC/DC
Source Detector
N/A no yes no yes N/A no yes no yes
4-pin Micro Connector (pigtail)
1151E-6534 1251E-6533 1251E-8533
5-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 4-pin MiniConnector
1251E-6534 1251E-8534 1151E-6504 1251E-6503 1251E-8503
Source Detector
5-pin MiniConnector
1251E-6504 1251E-8504
For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-14. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-11

Voltage Range Sensing Range Optimum Range Sensing Beam Output Type Time Delay Connection Type Catalog Number
Standard Reex
10 40V DC
30 ft. (9m)
0.5 15 ft. (0.2 4.6m)
Visible Red
NPN/PNP 250 mA
12 240V DC 24 240V AC
Field of View: 1.0
For a complete system, order one Sensor and one Retroreector (see Section 8)
no yes no yes no yes no yes Isolated Output no Solid-State Relay yes 300 mA @ no 240V AC/DC yes no yes no yes Non-isolated Output no Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ yes 240V AC/DC SPDT EM Relay 3A @ 120V AC
6-foot Cable 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro Connector 4-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector 4-pin Micro Connector
1450E-6517 1450E-8517 1450E-6547 1450E-8547 1450E-6537 1450E-8537 1450E-6507 1450E-8507 1450E-6513 1450E-8513 1450E-6543 1450E-8543 1450E-6533 1450E-8533 1450E-6503 1450E-8503 1450E-6545 1450E-8545
Polarized Reex
10 40V DC
16 ft. (4.9m)
0.5 8 ft. (0.2 2.5m)
Visible Red
12 240V DC 24 240V AC
Field of View: 1.0
no yes no yes no yes NPN/PNP no 250 mA yes no yes no yes no yes Isolated Output no Solid-State Relay yes 300 mA @ no 240V AC/DC yes no yes no yes Non-isolated Output no Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ yes 240V AC/DC SPDT EM Relay 3A @ 120V AC no yes no yes no yes
6-foot Cable 5-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 5-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro Connector 4-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector 4-pin Micro Connector
1450E-6514 1450E-8514 1450E-6534 1450E-8534 1450E-6504 1450E-8504 1451E-6517 1451E-8517 1451E-6547 1451E-8547 1451E-6537 1451E-8537 1451E-6507 1451E-8507 1451E-6513 1451E-8513 1451E-6543 1451E-8543 1451E-6533 1451E-8533 1451E-6503 1451E-8503 1451E-6545 1451E-8545
6-foot Cable 5-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 5-pin Mini-Connector
1451E-6514 1451E-8514 1451E-6534 1451E-8534 1451E-6504 1451E-8504
Ranges based on 3-inch retroreector for reex sensors. Polarized sensors may not operate with reective tape. Test tape selection before installation. For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-14. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
5-12

August 2007

Diffuse Reective
10 40V DC
5 ft. (1.5m)
1 30 in. (25 760 mm)
Infrared
NPN/PNP 250 mA
12 240V DC 24 240V AC
Field of View: 2.8
no yes no yes no yes no yes Isolated Output no Solid-State Relay yes 300 mA @ no 240V AC/DC yes no yes no yes Non-isolated Output no Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ yes 240V AC/DC SPDT EM Relay 3A @ 120V AC
5
Diffuse Reective Extended Range 10 40V DC 10 ft. (3m) 1 60 in. (25 1520 mm) Infrared 12 240V DC 24 240V AC
Field of View: 2.8

6-foot Cable 5-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 5-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro Connector 4-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector 4-pin Micro Connector
1350E-6514 1350E-8514 1350E-6534 1350E-8534 1350E-6504 1350E-8504 1351E-6517 1351E-8517 1351E-6547 1351E-8547 1351E-6537 1351E-8537 1351E-6507 1351E-8507 1351E-6513 1351E-8513 1351E-6543 1351E-8543 1351E-6533 1351E-8533 1351E-6503 1351E-8503 1351E-6545 1351E-8545
1351E-6514 1351E-8514 1351E-6534 1351E-8534 1351E-6504 1351E-8504
Ranges based on 90% reectance white card for diffuse reective sensors. For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-14. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-13

Clear Object Detector
10 40V DC
45 in. (1.2m)
1 24 in. (25 610 mm)
Visible Red
NPN/PNP 250 mA
12 240V DC 24 240V AC
Field of View: 0.68
1452E-8545 6-foot Cable 5-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 5-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro Connector 4-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector 4-pin Micro Connector 1452E-6514 1452E-8514 1452E-6534 1452E-8534 1452E-6504 1452E-8504 1550E-6517 1550E-8517 1550E-6547 1550E-8547 1550E-6537 1550E-8537 1550E-6507 1550E-8507 1550E-6513 1550E-8513 1550E-6543 1550E-8543 1550E-6533 1550E-8533 1550E-6503 1550E-8503 1550E-6545 1550E-8545 6-foot Cable 5-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 5-pin Mini-Connector 1550E-6514 1550E-8514 1550E-6534 1550E-8534 1550E-6504 1550E-8504
Fiber Optic Infrared
10 40V DC
Depends on ber selected
Depends on Infrared ber selected
12 240V DC 24 240V AC
Field of View: Depends on fiber selected
For a complete system, order one Sensor and one Fiber Optic Cable (see Pages 5-15 and 5-16) Infrared Fiber Optic Sensors are compatible with Glass Fiber Optic Cables
SPDT EM Relay 3A @ 120V AC
For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19. Contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensors Applications Support at 800-426-9184 for information on availability of these models. Diffuse mode up to 6 inches (152 mm); Thru-beam up to 35 inches (890 mm). See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-14 and Pages 5-15 and 5-16. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
no yes no yes no yes no yes Isolated Output no Solid-State Relay yes 300 mA @ no 240V AC/DC yes no yes no yes Non-isolated Output no Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ yes 240V AC/DC
6-foot Cable 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro Connector 4-pin Micro Connector (pigtail) 4-pin Mini-Connector
1452E-6517 1452E-8517 1452E-6547 1452E-8547 1452E-6537 1452E-8537 1452E-6507 1452E-8507 1452E-6513 1452E-8513 1452E-6543 1452E-8543 1452E-6533 1452E-8533 1452E-6503 1452E-8503 1452E-6545
5-14

August 2007

Fiber Optic Visible
10 40V DC
Depends on ber selected
Depends on Visible Red ber selected
NPN/PNP 250 mA
12 240V DC 24 240V AC
Field of View: Depends on fiber selected
For a complete system, order one Sensor and one Fiber Optic Cable (see Page 5-17) Visible Fiber Optic Sensors are compatible with Plastic Fiber Optic Cables only
no yes no yes no yes no yes Isolated Output no Solid-State Relay yes 300 mA @ no 240V AC/DC yes no yes no yes Non-isolated Output no Solid-State Relay 300 mA @ yes 240V AC/DC SPDT EM Relay 3A @ 120V AC no yes no yes no yes
5

1551E-6514 1551E-8514 1551E-6534 1551E-8534 1551E-6504 1551E-8504
For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19. Diffuse mode up to 3 inches (76 mm); Thru-beam up to 35 inches (890 mm). Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-17.

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female AC 4-pin Micro 4-wire 5-pin 5-wire DC 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202
1-Red/Black 2-Red/White 3-Red 4-Green
CSAS5A5CY2202
1-Brown 2-White 3-Black 4-Gray 5-Blue
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number
Standard Cables Mini Style Mini Style Straight Female Current Rating @ 600V 3-pin: 10A 4-pin: 8A AC/DC 4-pin, 4-wire 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS4A4CY1602
1-Black 2-Blue 3-Brown 4-White 1-Black 2-Blue 3-Orange 4-Brown 5-White
5-pin, 5-wire
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS5A5CY1602
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-15
Model Selection Glass Fiber Optic Cables Duplex Cables (for Diffuse Reective Sensing)
Fiber Bundle Size A in Inches (mm) Catalog Number Stainless Steel Jacket PVC/Monocoil Jacket Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Stainless Steel Jacket Pictured
Collar Mounting End
Forward Viewing, Unthreaded
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE713
E51KE313
36 (914) 0.50 (13)
0.187 (4.7) 0.187 (4.7)
7.5 (190)
Right-Angle Viewing, Unthreaded
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE733
E51KE333
36 (914) 1.00 (25) 0.187 (4.7) R 0.50 (13) 0.50 (13) 7.5 (190) 0.187 (4.7)
0.82 (21)
Forward Viewing, Threaded Cable End
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE723
E51KE323
36 (914) 1.50 (38) 0.187 (4.7) 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD 0.50 (13) 7.5 (190) A
Right-Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable Shaft
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE7A3
E51KE3A3
36 (914) 1.50 (38) 0.187 (4.7) 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD 0.50 (13) 7.5 (190) R 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7) A 1.00 (25) 0.82 (21)
Right-Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable End
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE7B3
E51KE3B3
36 (914) 1.00 (25) 0.187 (4.7) R 0.50 (13) 0.50 (13) 7.5 (190) A 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD
0.82 (21)
1.50 (38)
PG08301004E
0.50 (13)
5-16

August 2007
Model Selection Glass Fiber Optic Cables Single Cables (for Thru-Beam Sensing)
Fiber Bundle Catalog Number Size A in Inches Stainless Steel PVC/Monocoil (mm) Jacket Jacket Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Stainless Steel Jacket Pictured
Collar Mounting End
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE813
E51KE413
0.187 (4.7)
36 (914) 0.50 (13)
A 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7)
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE833
E51KE433
0.187 (4.7)
36 (914) 1.00 (25)
0.50 (13)
R 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7)
0.82 (21)
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE823
E51KE423
36 (914) 0.187 (4.7) 1.50 (38) A 0.50 (13) 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD
5
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE8A3
E51KE4A3
0.187 (4.7)
36 (914) 1.50 (38) 1.00 (25)
0.50 (13)
5/16-24 UNF-2A THD
R 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7)
0.82 (21)
0.125 (3.2)
E51KE8B3
E51KE4B3
0.187 (4.7)
36 (914) 1.00 (25)
0.50 (13)
R 0.50 (13) 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD
0.82 (21)
1.50 (38)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-17
Model Selection Plastic Fiber Optic Cables Pre-assembled Duplex Cables

Catalog Number Fiber Diameter in Inches (mm) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip
0.059 (1.5)
6324E-6501 (one cable)
M6X0.75
0.087 (2.2) Dia. 78 (2000) 0.575 (14.6) 0.059 (1.5) Fiber Dia. X2
Large Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe
0.039 (1.0)
0.200 (5.1) M6X0.75 0.14 (3.6) 0.100 (2.5) Dia.
0.087 (2.2) Dia. 78 (2000) 0.590 (15)
3.54 (90.0) 0.059 (1.5) Fiber Dia. X2
Larger diameter (1.5 mm) bers provide approximately 50% longer sensing range than small diameter (1 mm). Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Model Selection Plastic Fiber Optic Cables Pre-assembled Single Cables

Catalog Number Fiber Diameter in Inches (mm) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
0.059 (1.5)
6323E-6501 (set of two)
0.20 (5.0) M4X0.7
0.087 (2.2) Dia. 78 (2000) 0.57 (14.5) 0.059 (1.5) Fiber Dia. X2
0.039 (1.0)
6323E-6502 (set of two)
0.2 (5) M4X0.7 0.068 (1.6) Dia.
0.087 (2.2) Dia. 78 (2000) 0.47 (12)
3.54 (90.0)
0.059 (1.5) Fiber Dia. X2
PG08301004E
5-18

August 2007
Excess Gain
RANGE (m)
0.3 1000 3 .0 30.5 305 0.254 1000 2 .5 4
RANGE (cm)
25.4 254 2540
2
100 100
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
1 2
10
10
2 4
1 1 10 100 1000 1 0.1 1 10 100 1000
RANGE (feet) Thru-Beam: 1. 1151E/1251E 2. 1150E/1250E
RANGE (inches) Diffuse Reective 90% Reectance White Card: 1. 1351E 2. 1350E RANGE (cm)
254 2540 2.54 10 2 5 .4 254
EXCESS GAIN
10
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
3
10
EXCESS GAIN
5
1 100 1
RANGE (cm)
0.254 100 2 .5 4 25.4
2
1 1 10 100 1000 1 10 100
0.1
RANGE (inches) Reex 3" Retroreector: 1. 1450E 2. 1451E RANGE (cm)

0.254 1000 2 .5 4 25.4 254 2540
RANGE (inches) Clear Object Detector 3" Retroreflector: 1. 1452E
RANGE (cm)
0.254 1000 2 .5 4 25.4 254 2540
100
10
1 1 10 100 0.1 1 10 100
0.1
RANGE (inches) Fiber Optic Diffuse 0.125" Dia. Glass Fiber: 1. 1550E 2. 1551E 0.040" Dia. Plastic Fiber: 3. 1551E
RANGE (inches) Fiber Optic Thru-Beam 0.125" Dia. Glass Fiber: 0.040" Dia. Plastic Fiber: 1. 1550E 3. 1551E 2. 1551E
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-19

Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted
Mounting Bracket Right Angle Short
Right Angle Mounting Bracket Provides for full 360 rotation of sensor. Bracket slots allow for up to 1.5 inches of vertical adjustment. Nickel Plated
6150E-6501
2.80 (71.1) 90 45 0.75 (19.0) 1.90 (48.3) 1.20 (30.5) Dia. 0.28 (7.1) 1.25 (31.8) 2.65 (67.3)
1.20 (30.5) Dia. 2.00 (50.8) Dia. 90 0.08 (2.0)
0.28 (7.1) 2.00 (50.8)
Mounting Bracket Right Angle Tall
0.75 (19.0)
3.05 (77.5) 1.43 (36.3) 2.00 (50.8)
4.7 (119.4)
90
0.28 (7.1)
0.08 (2.0)
Mounting Bracket Ball Swivel
Right Angle Mounting Bracket with Ball 6150E-6503 Swivel Provides for full 360 rotation of sensor. Ball swivel allows for 30 sensor angle.
0.80 (20.3)
1.15 (29.2) 1.10 (27.9) 0.50 (12.7) 1.13 (28.6) 2.00 (50.8) 2.60 (66.0) 90 Thread M30 x 0.06 (1.5)
Retroreectors Connector Cables
Retroreectors and retroreective tape For use with connector version sensors
PG08301004E
Right Angle Mounting Bracket Provides for full 360 rotation of sensor. Bracket slots allow for up to 1.5 inches of vertical adjustment in each slot, and 3.5 inches of overall positioning adjustment.
6150E-6502
1.20 (30.5) Dia.
2.80 (71.1) 0.30 (7.6) 1.25 (31.8) 2.65 (67.3)
1.25 (31.8) 2.37 (60.2)
5-20

August 2007
Operating Voltage Models Cable Models Mini-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
Micro-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
10 40V DC
Thru-Beam Source
BR BK BU
(+)
(+) () OV
Test In
(+) () OV
Test In () OV
Test In
All others
BN WH NPN Load BK Load BU PNP
(+) PNP Load NPN Load
(+)
Load PNP Load NPN
(+)
() OV
() OV L1 (+) L2 ()
() OV L1 (+)
12 240V DC or 24 240V AC Solid-State Relay
Thru-Beam Source
BR BU
L1 (+) L2 ()
5
L2 ()
All others with Isolated AC/DC Output
BR WH BK BU
L1 (+) Isolated AC/DC Output L2 ()
L1 (+)
L2 ()
Isolated AC/DC Output
Isolated AC/DC Output
L2 () L1 (+)
All others with Non-isolated AC/DC Output
Load
L2 (+) L1 (-)
12 240V DC or 24 240V AC SPDT EM Relay
Thru-Beam Source
BR BU
L1 (+) L2 ()
L1 (+) L2 ()
L1 (+)
L2 ()
All others
BR OR WH BK BU
L1 (+) COM N.C. N.O. L2 ()
L1 (+) COM N.O. N.C. L2 () COM N.O. N.C.
L2 ()
L1 (+)
Connect load to appropriate output for either sinking or sourcing operation. Connecting the Test input to 0V DC allows you to switch the light source off for troubleshooting while leaving the sensor under power. Over current protection is to be provided in the eld. Conductor size for 20 AWG: 5 amp; 22 AWG: 3 amp; 24 AWG: 2 amp.
Specications
AC/DC EM Relay Models AC/DC Solid-State Relay Models DC Only Standard Range Models DC Only Extended Range Models
Input Voltage Light/Dark Operation Operating Temperature Humidity Case Material Lens Material
12 240V DC 24 240V AC
10 40V DC
Switch selectable -13 131F (-25 55C) 95% Relative humidity, non-condensing Fiberglass reinforced plastic Acrylic
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-21
Specications (Continued)
AC/DC EM Relay Models AC/DC Solid-State Relay Models DC Only Standard Range Models DC Only Extended Range Models
Vibration Shock Protection Enclosure Ratings Output Load
Cable and Pigtail Connector Versions

1.81 (46)
Clear Object Versions

1.91 (48.5) 1.42 (36) 1.81 (46) 3.13 (79.5) 1.42 (36)
Mini-Connector Versions
1.81 (46)
1.91 (48.5) 1.42 (36)
2.87 (73) 0.31 (8) 0.16 (4) 0.59 (15)
2.87 (73) 0.31 (8) 0.16 (4) 1.50 (38)
2.87 (73) 0.31 (8) 0.16 (4) 0.59 (15) 0.70 (17.78)
0.21 (5.2) x0.32 (8.1) Slot 2 Places 0.26 (6.5) Dia. 3.13 (79.5)
D.O L.O
0.21 (5.2) x0.32 (8.1) Slot 2 Places 2.89 (73)
AC/DC Micro or Euro (Micro) Connector Versions

1.81 (46)
MIN MAX SENS
1.91 (48.5) 1.42 (36)
Top View with Timing

ON OFF
T/D L L
Top View without Timing

2.87 (73)
D.O L.O
D.O L.O
0.31 (8) 0.16 (4)
0 15 Sec DELAY ON
ONE S S SHOT OUT
0 15 Sec DELAY OFF
MIN MAX SENS
MIN MAX SENS
0.59 (15) 0.55 (13.97) 0.21 (5.2) x0.32 (8.1) Slot 2 Places
Red: Green: Alignment Output
Yellow: Power
Red: Green: Alignment Output
Yellow: Power
PG08301004E
Response Time Timer Timing Response No Load Current Leakage Current (max.) Indicator LEDs Emitter LED
3A @ 120V AC 3A @ 240V AC 3A @ 28V AC 15 mS
IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.2 IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.1 Output short circuit and overcurrent protection Reverse polarity protection IP67 300 mA @ 240V AC/ 250 mA @ 40V DC DC
2 mS 0 15 sec. <30 mA 1 mA @ 240V AC <10 A Green: Output; Yellow: Power; Red: Alignment Diffuse, Infrared Fiber Optic, Thru-Beam Models: Infrared 880 mm Reex, Polarized Reex, Clear Object, Visible Fiber Optic Units: Visible Red 660 mm
5-22
Photoelectric Sensors SM Series

August 2007
PG.05E.18.T.E
SM Series Photoelectric Sensors
SM Series with TargetLock The Easiest Photoelectric Sensor to Set Up and Use
Output LED (Red) Power LED (Green) TargetLock LED (Orange) Gain Adjustment AC/DC Operation
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 5-24 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-26 5-26
18 mm Threaded Barrel
Compact Size
The Cutler-Hammer SM Series from Eatons electrical business provides high performance and ease of use in an economical, compact package. Lock In on Great Performance with TargetLock A sensor can have the greatest performance in the world, but if it is slightly misaligned or the target is positioned at the wrong range, you will have reliability problems sooner or later. TargetLock not only simplies sensor setup but visually conrms your sensor is positioned to operate with the highest possible reliability. In addition, TargetLock provides diagnostic information during use to inform you of impending problems before they result in equipment downtime. No Sensor Is Easier to Use The SM Series includes many other features that simplify use. Visible sensing beams on all models show you exactly where the sensors are pointing. The durable housing features multiple mounting options to easily t on your equipment in the tightest of spaces. Full protection from overvoltage, reverse polarity and short circuits reduces the chance of damage. Bright 360 LED indicators clearly show sensor status.
#6 Mounting Holes Visible Red Beam on All Models Micro-Connector Models 2-Meter Cable
5
Product Features

Highly visible LED indicators for power, output and TargetLock TargetLock simplies setup and ensures the sensor operates at the highest level of reliability possible Perfect Prox models sense different colored targets at the same range and ignore objects in the background AC/DC models operate on either 18 264V AC or 18 50V DC DC-only models feature both NPN and PNP outputs Visible beam on all models let you see exactly where the sensor is pointing Compact size to t in tight spaces Multiple mounting options including industry standard 18 mm threads Reverse polarity, overload and short circuit protection Full family includes thru-beam, polarized reex, diffuse reective and Perfect Prox background rejection

Approvals

Packaging Machines Conveyors and Other Material Handling Equipment Food Processing Equipment Assembly Machines Pharmaceutical Machines

August 2007
5-23
Unparalleled Optical Performance Perfect Prox Exceptional background rejection sets Perfect Prox apart from all other sensors. Just point the sensors visible beam at the target and get reliable detection regardless of color, reectance, contrast or surface shape, while ignoring background objects just a fraction of an inch away. Fast and Easy Setup The SM Series features an advanced 3-LED indicator display to provide valuable information at a glance. The bright display is clearly visible from 360. In addition to LEDs for power and output status indication, the SM features a third LED that is part of the TargetLock system. TargetLock is a microprocessorcontrolled system that enables you to quickly and easily align the sensor and ensure it is operating most reliably.
The following chart details the function of each of the SM Series LED indicators.
LED State LED Condition (Thru-Beam/ Reex) (Diffuse/ Perfect Prox)
Power (Green) Output (Red)
ON OFF ON OFF
Power is applied to sensor No power Output is ON Output is OFF
Mounting The SM sensor features two mounting holes in the rectangular section of the body for mounting to a surface with #6 or smaller hardware. The threaded barrel and jam nut allows mounting into any 0.75 inch (19 mm) hole or a selection of accessory mounting brackets available from Eaton and detailed in Section 8.
Flashing Output is short circuited or overloaded Target- ON Lock (Orange) Excellent alignment; sensor is operating within optimum range Good alignment Poor alignment Target present excellent gain; sensor is operating within optimum range Target present good gain Target present poor gain
Mounting sensor using #6 hardware.
Long Flash Short Flash OFF
Alignment: The TargetLock LED provides a quick and easy way to set up the sensor for optimum operation. On initial setup, when you have achieved the minimum signal required for the sensor to operate, the TargetLock LED will blink in a short ash pattern. As you improve the setup and approach the best alignment and range, the LED changes from short ash to long ash to a solid ON condition. This means that even after you reach a point where the sensor will operate in the application, you are able to further ne tune the setup for highest reliability. Maintenance: Another valuable feature of the TargetLock LED is to indicate the need for maintenance prior to loss of sensor operation. Observing a change from the normal operation of the LED (for example, from solid ON to a long ash) indicates the gain has been reduced. Possible causes include bumping or vibrating out of alignment or contamination buildup on the lens. With the TargetLock LED, you are made aware of this condition before the sensor stops working, allowing you ample time to address the problem before your machine goes down.
Target is No target, or present; If no sensor is target present: beyond range sensor is out of alignment or beyond range
A target that doesnt fully block the effective sensing beam or is translucent may cause a ashing indication and unreliable performance.
Mounting sensor using a jam nut.
Gain Adjustment Thru-beam and diffuse reective sensors include an adjustment control for optimizing the amount of gain for the application. The 3/4-turn pot provides a 10:1 adjustment of gain. A mechanical stop eliminates the possibility of sensor damage. Adjustment of the control does not require any special tools.
Mounted SM sensor in 18 mm Ball Swivel Bracket, as seen in Section 8.
PG08301004E
5-24

August 2007
Model Selection
Operating Voltage Sensing Range Optimum Range Cutoff Range Field of View Thru-Beam Connection Component Type Catalog Number Light Operate Dark Operate
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors Thru-Beam
10 30V DC
50 feet (15m)
0.1 to 25 feet (30 mm to 7.5m)
10 inch Source (254 mm) diameter at 10 feet (3m)
2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
E65-SMTS15-HA
E65-SMTS15-HAD
Detector Source Detector
E65-SMTD15-HL
E65-SMTD15-HD
For a complete system, order one Source and one Detector Polarized Reex
18 264V AC 10 feet (3m) 50/60 Hz or 18 50V DC
E65-SMTD15-HLD
E65-SMTD15-HDD
0.1 to 5 feet (30 mm to 1.5m)
1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 50 inches (1.3m)
2-meter Cable
E65-SMPR3-GL
E65-SMPR3-GD
5

4-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable
E65-SMPR3-GLD
E65-SMPR3-GDD
10 30V DC
Retroreector (Not Included)
10 feet (3m)
Sensor
0.1 to 5 feet (30 mm to 1.5m)
E65-SMPR3-HL
E65-SMPR3-HD
For Complete System, Order Sensor and Retroreector (See Section 8) Diffuse Reective
18 264V AC 8 inches 0.25 to (200 mm) 5 inches 50/60 Hz or (6 mm to 18 50V DC 127 mm)
4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
E65-SMPR3-HLD
E65-SMPR3-HDD
2 inch (50 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm) 2 inch (50 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm) 0.25 inch (6 mm) diameter at 2.25 inches (57 mm) 0.35 inch (9 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm) 0.25 inch (6 mm) diameter at 2.25 inches (57 mm) 0.35 inch (9 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm)
E65-SMSD200-GL
E65-SMSD200-GD
E65-SMSD200-GLD
E65-SMSD200-GDD
10 30V DC
8 inches 0.25 to (200 mm) 5 inches (6 mm to 127 mm)
E65-SMSD200-HL
E65-SMSD200-HD
E65-SMSD200-HLD
E65-SMSD200-HDD
Perfect Prox
18 264V AC 2 inches 0.4 to (50 mm) 1.8 50/60 Hz or inches 18 50V DC (10 mm to 45 mm)
2.3 inches (58 mm) and beyond 5 inches (127 mm) and beyond 2.3 inches (58 mm) and beyond 5 inches (127 mm) and beyond
E65-SMPP050-GL E65-SMPP050-GLD
E65-SMPP050-GD E65-SMPP050-GDD
4 inches 0.5 to (100 mm) 3 inches (13 mm to 76 mm)

10 30V DC
E65-SMPP100-GL E65-SMPP100-GLD
E65-SMPP100-GD E65-SMPP100-GDD
2 inches 0.4 to (50 mm) 1.8 inches (10 mm to 45 mm) 4 inches 0.5 to (100 mm) 3 inches (13 mm to 76 mm)
E65-SMPP050-HL E65-SMPP050-HLD
E65-SMPP050-HD E65-SMPP050-HDD
E65-SMPP100-HL E65-SMPP100-HLD
E65-SMPP100-HD E65-SMPP100-HDD
Nominal range sensor will detect a 90% reectance white card at this range. Sensor will ignore a 90% reectance white card at this range. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-25.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-25

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female AC 4-pin 4-wire 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202
DC
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
Excess Gain
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5 1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
100
100
2
10
2
10
EXCESS GAIN
100
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1 1
1
10
1 0.1 1 10
RANGE (feet) 1. Thru-Beam 2. Polarized Reex (Based on a 3-Inch Diameter Retroreector)
RANGE (inches) 1. 50 mm Perfect Prox 2. 100 mm Perfect Prox
RANGE (inches) Diffuse Reective (Based on a 90% Reectance White Card)

Retroreectors and Retroreective Tape Mounting Brackets Replacement Mounting Nuts and Other Accessories Connector Cables
See Section 8 See Section 8 See Section 8 See Section 10
Operating Voltage Mode Cable Models Micro-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
3-Wire Sensors 18 264V AC, 50/60 Hz or 18 50V DC All Sensors

BN WH BK BU L1 or (-) No Connection L2 or +V L2 or +V Load No Connection L1 or (-)
Load
4-Wire Sensors 10 30V DC Thru-Beam Source

BN BU +V
(-)
(-)
+V
All Others
BN WH BK BU Load Load
+V (-) (-) Load
Load +V
PG08301004E
5-26

August 2007
Specications
AC/DC Models AC Operation DC Operation DC Models
Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Current Switching Voltage Switching OFF-State Leakage Surge Current ON-State Voltage Drop Response Time Protection
18 264V AC, 50/60 Hz 4 VA maximum VMOS (bi-directional) 200 mA maximum 264V AC 500 A maximum 2A maximum 3.5V maximum 16 mS
18 50V DC 4 VA maximum NPN (sink) 200 mA maximum 50V DC 500 A maximum 2A maximum 3.5V maximum 1 mS
10 30V DC 2W maximum NPN and PNP (dual outputs) 100 mA maximum 30V DC maximum 10 A maximum 1A maximum 2.5V maximum 1 mS
Short circuit and overload protection (Output Indicator LED will ash). Reverse polarity protection (Sensor will reset automatically once fault is removed). IMPORTANT: During installation, correct power connections must be made rst to ensure fail-safe short circuit protection of the outputs By model Operating: -13 to 131F (-25 to 55C); Storage: -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) Lens: Polycarbonate; Cable Jacket: PVC; Body: Cycoloy Cable Models: 6.5 foot (2m) 4-wire cable; Connector Models: 4-pin, micro-connector (AC-key on AC/DC models; DC-key on DC models) Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulse Green LED: Power; Red LED: Output; Orange LED: TargetLock Visible Red, 660 nm 3/4-turn pot, 10:1 adjustment of gain (provided on thru-beam and diffuse reective sensors only) Perfect Prox: 5,000 foot-candles; All others: 10,000 foot-candles NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13; IP68
Light/Dark Operation Temperature Range Material of Construction
5
Cable/Connector Vibration and Shock Indicator LEDs Source Light Gain Adjustment Sunlight Immunity Enclosure Ratings
NOTE: Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. If you have questions about a specic application, contact our Applications Department.

1.29 (33) M18 x 1.0 0.35 (9) 0.83 1.02 (21) (26) AC/DC Models Only
1.51 (38) 1.70 (43) 2.17 (55) 1.63 (41)
0.16 (4) 2 places 0.75 (19)
Cable Models
Connector Models 0.41 (10)
0.58 (15)
1.05 (27)
1.47 (37)
0.10 (2.5)
PG08301004E
Photoelectric Sensors Comet Series

August 2007
5-27
PG.05E.02.T.E
Comet Series Photoelectric Sensors
These High Performance Sensors Have the Versatility to Solve All of Your Sensing Problems
5-27 5-29 5-36 5-36 5-37 5-38 5-39
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiber Optic Sensing Models
All Models Have Selectable Light/Dark Operation Custom Cable Lengths and Connectors Available
Solid Polyurethane Body for Rugged Use Forward and Right-Angle Viewing
The Cutler-Hammer Comet Series from Eatons electrical business is a complete line of high performance, 18 mm tubular sensors with a variety of models and modes to solve virtually any sensing problem. The sensors are available in thrubeam, reex, polarized reex, diffuse reective, focused diffuse reective, wide angle diffuse reective, Perfect Prox, ne spot Perfect Prox and ber optic sensing. Perfect Prox is one of the most powerful problem-solving sensors available. These sensors can reliably detect targets of different color, reectance, contrast or surface shape at the same range, while ignoring background objects just a fraction of an inch away. The Comet Series includes AC/DC and DC-only models with 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuitry. Choose from cable or microconnector. Mini-connectors are available on 2-wire models for easy retrot. Each sensor features a Light/ Dark Operation switch and a gain control to provide for quick adjustment to peak optical performance. The unique threaded body with at sides allows quick mounting in a 3/4 inch hole or against any at surface. Internal components are rigidly sealed in a solid encapsulated package for excellent performance in highvibration and high-shock applications.
Product Features

Industry standard 18 mm diameter threaded body has at sides allowing it to be mounted like a tubular sensor or against any at surface Right-angle viewing models mount in a depth of only 6/10th of an inch Perfect Prox technology provides exceptional background rejection and application problem-solving Visible sensing beams let you see where the beam is aimed for quick setup and alignment Solid polyurethane housing completely encapsulates internal circuits for high resistance to shock and vibration Adaptable modulation circuit provides immunity to crosstalk from other closely mounted sensors The industrys only background rejection sensors with a 2-wire circuit design Models available with both AC and DC operation in a single unit up to 264 volts AC! 4-wire DC sensors offer both NPN and PNP outputs Output status indicator visible from a wide 270 angle
Product Comparison
Eatons cost-effective Prism Series, OEM Prism and premium Comet Series all share the same 18 mm atsided housing. This results in the largest interchangeable sensor family available, allowing you to select from well over 250 different models to solve the widest variety of sensing applications.
Approvals

UL Recognized C-UL Recognized (except 2-wire DC models)
PG08301004E
5-28

August 2007
Sensing Modes
Thru-Beam This sensing mode is available with ranges of 20 and 80 feet (6 and 24m). The 20 foot (6m) range is available in forward and right-angle viewing, and can be intermixed in any combination for the best t in your application. Long range models feature a visible sensing beam to help simplify installation and alignment. Reex and Polarized Reex In reex sensing, the sensing beam is reected from a retroreector back to the sensor. The Comet Series includes standard and polarized models with 2-wire, 3-wire and 4-wire circuits. Right-angle models are also available. Polarized models feature a polarizing lter built into the sensor to ensure that only light reected from a corner-cube retroreector is recognized by the sensor. This allows reliable detection of shiny targets that could reect light and be missed by a non-polarized sensor. Most models include a visible sensing beam for easy installation and alignment. Diffuse Reective, Focused Diffuse and Wide Angle Diffuse A wide variety of diffuse reective models are available with ranges of 8 inches (200 mm) and 24 inches (610 mm). Forward and right-angle viewing congurations offer identical optical performance in this series. Focused diffuse reective models feature a light beam that is focused at a point 1.6 inches (40 mm) in front of the sensor lens for applications where you need to avoid sensing objects in front of or behind the target. Wide angle diffuse models provide a large spot and wide detection area. Perfect Prox This is a unique type of diffuse reective sensor that combines extremely high sensing power (called excess gain) with a sharp optical cutoff to ignore backgrounds. This allows the sensor to reliably detect targets regardless of variations in color, reectance, contrast or surface shape, while ignoring objects that are just slightly outside the target range. This gives the Perfect Prox an outstanding ability to solve sensing applications that would be difcult or impossible to manage with other types of sensors. It also makes Perfect Prox one of the easiest photoelectric sensors to set up and use. Eatons Comet Series includes more background rejection models than any other family on the market. Choose from forward or right-angle viewing, 2-, 3- or 4-wire circuits, cable, micro or mini-connector terminations and a variety of sensing ranges. A visible sensing beam on most models lets you quickly conrm that the sensor is aligned correctly with the target. Fine spot models provide an extremely small 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) light spot for accurately detecting tiny targets such as ne strands of wire or targets that are in or behind small diameter holes. Fiber Optic The Comet Series also includes sensors that utilize ber optic cables to sense objects where space is restricted, temperatures are high, or tight viewing angles are required. Choose from models that accept low cost plastic ber optic cables, or use our patented glass ber optic adapter that inexpensively converts our standard diffuse reective sensors for use with durable glass ber optic cables.
Mounting
Comet Series sensors feature a threaded housing and include two jam nuts and washers for mounting into any 0.75 inch (19 mm) hole or a selection of accessory mounting brackets available from Eaton. The at sides of the sensor feature two mounting holes for easily attaching the sensor to any at surface with #4 hardware.
5
Mounting sensor using #4 hardware.
Mounting sensor using jam nuts.
See Page 5-38 at the back of this section, and Section 8 for a full list of mounting brackets compatible with the Comet Series.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-29
Model Selection Thru-Beam Sensors

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Thru-Beam Component Connection Type Catalog Number
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors Thru-Beam Forward Viewing 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) 20 feet (6m) 0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m) 30 inch (760 mm) diameter at 10 feet (3m) Source 6-foot Cable 11100A6513 (Visible alignment 4-pin Micro AC Connector 11100AQD03 beam) Detector 6-foot Cable 12100A6513 4-pin Micro AC Connector 12100AQD03 80 feet (24m) Detector Source For a complete system, order one Source and one Detector 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) 20 feet (6m) 0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m) 30 inch (760 mm) diameter at 10 feet (3m) 0.1 to 40 feet (0.03 12m) 40 inch (1m) diameter at 40 feet (12m) Source (Visible red beam) Detector 6-foot Cable 11102A6513
6-foot Cable
12102A6513
4-pin Micro AC Connector 12102AQD03 Source 6-foot Cable 11100A6517 (Visible alignment 4-pin Micro DC Connector 11100AQD07 beam) Detector 6-foot Cable 12100A6517 4-pin Micro DC Connector 12100AQD07 80 feet (24m) 0.1 to 40 feet (0.03 12m) 40 inch (1m) diameter at 40 feet (12m) Source (Visible red beam) Detector 6-foot Cable 11102A6517
4-pin Micro DC Connector 11102AQD07 6-foot Cable 12102A6517
4-pin Micro DC Connector 12102AQD07 Thru-Beam Right-Angle Viewing 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) 20 feet (6m) 0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m) 30 inch (760 mm) diameter at 10 feet (3m) Source 6-foot Cable 11100R6513 (Visible alignment 4-pin Micro AC Connector 11100RQD03 beam) Detector 6-foot Cable 12100R6513 4-pin Micro AC Connector 12100RQD03 Source Detector For a complete system, order one Source and one Detector

10 30V DC (NPN and PNP)
20 feet (6m)
0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m)
30 inch (760 mm) diameter at 10 feet (3m)
Source 6-foot Cable 11100R6517 (Visible alignment 4-pin Micro DC Connector 11100RQD07 beam) Detector 6-foot Cable 12100R6517 4-pin Micro DC Connector 12100RQD07
11100 sources and 12100 detectors may be interchanged in any combination. 11102 models must be used with 12102 models. The effective beam (minimum object size that can be detected) is 0.25 inch (6.5 mm) diameter. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-36.
Excess Gain Thru-Beam

RANGE (m)
0.03 0.3 3.0 30.5
EXCESS GAIN
Thru-Beam 1. 12100A and 12100R Detectors Using 11100A or 11100R Sources 2. 12102A Detectors Using11102A Sources
1000
100
1
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
PG08301004E
4-pin Micro AC Connector 11102AQD03
5-30

August 2007
Model Selection Reex Sensors

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors Standard Reex Forward Viewing 90 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 18 50V DC Sensor Retroreector (Not Included) Polarized Reex Forward Viewing 90 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 18 50V DC Sensor Retroreector (Not Included) 3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors Standard Reex Forward Viewing 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) Sensor Retroreector (Not Included) 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) 25 feet (7.6m) 0.1 to 15 feet (0.03 4.5m) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 50 inches (1.3m) Visible Red Beam Infrared Beam Standard Reex Right-Angle Viewing Sensor Retroreector (Not Included) Polarized Reex Forward Viewing 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) Sensor Retroreector (Not Included) Polarized Reex Right-Angle Viewing Sensor Retroreector (Not Included)

25 feet (7.6m)
0.1 to 15 feet (0.03 4.5m)
1 inch (25 mm) Diameter at 50 inches (1.3m)
Visible Red Beam
6-foot Cable
14102AS6515
14102ASQD05
15 feet (4.5m)
0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m)
1 inch (25 mm) Diameter at 50 inches (1.3m)
Visible Red Beam
6-foot Cable
14101AS6515
14101ASQD05
25 feet (7.6m)
0.1 to 15 feet (0.03 4.5m)
Visible Red Beam Infrared Beam
6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector
14102A6513 14102AQD03 14100A6513 14100AQD03 14102A6517 14102AQD07 14100A6517 14100AQD07 14102R6513 14102RQD03 14102R6517 14102RQD07 14101A6513 14101AQD03 14101A6517 14101AQD07 14101R6513 14101RQD03 14101R6517 14101RQD07
5
15 feet (4.5m)
0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m)
1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 50 inches (1.3m) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 50 inches (1.3m) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 50 inches (1.3m) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 50 inches (1.3m) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 50 inches (1.3m) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 50 inches (1.3m)
Visible Red Beam
15 feet (4.5m)
0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m)
Visible Red Beam
6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
15 feet (4.5m)
0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m)
Visible Red Beam
6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector
10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) 15 30V DC
15 feet (4.5m) 10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m) 0.1 to 5 feet (0.03 1.5m)
Visible Red Beam Visible Red Beam
6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 5 feet (0.03 1.5m)
Visible Red Beam
Ranges based on a 3-inch diameter retroreector. Right-angle viewing polarized reex models are rated NEMA 1 only. See Prism Series Page 5-40 for a right-angle viewing polarized reex sensor rated NEMA 4X and 6. Polarized Reex Sensors may not operate with retroreective tape. Test selected tape prior to installation. For complete system, order sensor and retroreector, see Section 8. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-36.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-31
Model Selection Diffuse Reective and Focused Diffuse Reective Sensors

3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors Diffuse Reective Forward Viewing
20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN)
8 inches (200 mm) 24 inches (610 mm)
0.1 to 5 inches (3 to 127 mm) 0.1 to 15 inches (3 to 380 mm) 0.1 to 5 inches (3 to 127 mm) 0.1 to 15 inches (3 to 380 mm) 0.1 to 5 inches (3 to 127 mm) 0.1 to 15 inches (3 to 380 mm) 0.1 to 5 inches (3 to 127 mm) 0.1 to 15 inches (3 to 380 mm) 0.1 to 4 inches (3 to 101 mm)
2 inch (50 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm) 5 inch (127 mm) diameter at 15 inches (380 mm) 2 inch (50 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm) 5 inch (127 mm) diameter at 15 inches (380 mm) 2 inch (50 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm) 5 inch (127 mm) diameter at 15 inches (380 mm) 2 inch (50 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm) 5 inch (127 mm) diameter at 15 inches (380 mm) 4.3 inch (109 mm) diameter at 3 inches (76 mm) 4.3 inch (109 mm) diameter at 3 inches (76 mm) 4.3 inch (109 mm) diameter at 3 inches (76 mm)
Infrared Beam Infrared Beam Infrared Beam Infrared Beam Infrared Beam Infrared Beam Infrared Beam Infrared Beam Infrared Beam
6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector
13106A6513 13106AQD03 13100A6513 13100AQD03 13106A6517 13106AQD07 13100A6517 13100AQD07 13106R6513 13106RQD03 13100R6513 13100RQD03 13106R6517 13106RQD07 13100R6517 13100RQD07 13107AS6513 13107ASQD03 13107AS6517 13107ASQD07 13107RS6513 13107RSQD03 13107RS6517 13107RSQD07 13102A6513 13102AQD03 13102A6517 13102AQD07
10 30V DC 8 inches (NPN and PNP) (200 mm) 24 inches (610 mm) Diffuse Reective Right-Angle Viewing 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) 8 inches (200 mm) 24 inches (610 mm)
10 30V DC 8 inches (NPN and PNP) (200 mm) 24 inches (610 mm) Wide Beam Diffuse Reective Forward Viewing 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) 6 inches (150 mm)
0.1 to 4 inches (3 to 101 mm) 0.1 to 4 inches (3 to 101 mm)
Infrared Beam Infrared Beam
6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector
Wide Beam Diffuse Reective Right-Angle Viewing
6 inches (150 mm) Focused at 1.6 inches (40 mm) Focused at 1.6 inches (40 mm)
0.1 to 4 inches (3 to 101 mm)
Focused Diffuse Reective Forward Viewing
4.3 inch (109 mm) diameter at 3 inches (76 mm) 1.5 to 1.9 inches 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) (38 to 48 mm) diameter at 1.6 inches (40 mm)
Infrared Beam
6-foot Cable Visible Red Beam 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable Visible Red Beam 4-pin Micro DC Connector
1.5 to 1.9 inches 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) (38 to 48 mm) diameter at 1.6 inches (40 mm)
Sensor will detect a 90% reective white card at this range. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-36.
Excess Gain Reex Sensors, Diffuse Reective Sensors and Focused Diffuse Reective Sensors
Reex (3-Inch Diameter Retroreector) 1. 14100A/14102A 2. 14102R 3. 14101A 4. 14101R Diffuse Reective (90% Reective White Card) 5. 13107 6. 13100 7. 13106 Focused Diffuse Reective (90% Reective White Card) 8. 13102A Typical 9. 13102A Minimum RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5
1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540
2.5 1000
RANGE (mm)
25
254
2540
5 EXCESS GAIN EXCESS GAIN EXCESS GAIN

100
1 2 3
100
100
10
10
10
4
1 0.1
1
7 8
10 100
0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1
9
1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (inches)
PG08301004E
5-32

August 2007
Model Selection Perfect Prox Background Rejection Sensors

Operating Voltage Nominal Range Optimum Range Cutoff Range Field of View Sensing Beam Type Connection Type Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors Perfect Prox Forward Viewing 90 132V AC 2 inches (50 mm) 50/60 Hz or Sharp Cutoff 18 50V DC 0.4 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (10 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond 0.25 inch (6 mm) Visible Red diameter at 2.25 inches (64 mm) 6-foot Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin MiniConnector 4 inches (100 mm) 0.5 to 3 inches Sharp Cutoff (13 to 76 mm) 5 inches 0.35 inch (9 mm) (127 mm) and diameter at beyond 5 inches (127 mm) 6-foot Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin MiniConnector Perfect Prox Right-Angle Viewing 90 132V AC 2 inches (50 mm) 50/60 Hz or Sharp Cutoff 18 50V DC 0.4 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (10 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond 0.25 inch (6 mm) Visible Red diameter at 2.25 inches (64 mm) 6-foot Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin MiniConnector 4 inches (100 mm) 0.5 to 3 inches Sharp Cutoff (13 to 76 mm) 5 inches 0.35 inch (9 mm) (127 mm) and diameter at beyond 5 inches (127 mm) 6-foot Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector Infrared 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector Infrared 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 13104A6515 13104AQD05 13104AQD25 13101AS6515 13101ASQD05 13101ASQD25 13104R6515 13104RQD05 13104RQD25 13101RS6515 13101RSQD05
5
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors Perfect Prox Forward Viewing 20 264V AC 2 inches (50 mm) 50/60 Hz or Sharp Cutoff 15 30V DC (NPN) 0.4 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (10 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond 0.25 inch (6 mm) Visible Red diameter at 2.25 inches (64 mm) 4 inches (100 mm) 0.5 to 3 inches Sharp Cutoff (13 to 76 mm) 5 inches 0.35 inch (9 mm) (127 mm) and diameter at beyond 5 inches (127 mm) 9 inches 0.6 inch (15 mm) (228 mm) and diameter at beyond 6 inches (150 mm) 12 inches 0.9 inch (23 mm) (304 mm) and diameter at beyond 9 inches (225 mm) 0.25 inch (6 mm) Visible Red diameter at 2.25 inches (64 mm) 6 inches (150 mm) 0.1 to 4 inches Standard Cutoff (3 to 100 mm) 9 inches (225 mm) 0.1 to 6 inches Standard Cutoff (3 to 150 mm) 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) 2 inches (50 mm) Sharp Cutoff 0.4 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (10 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond 4 inches (100 mm) 0.5 to 3 inches Sharp Cutoff (13 to 76 mm) 5 inches 0.35 inch (9 mm) (127 mm) and diameter at beyond 5 inches (127 mm) 9 inches 0.6 inch (15 mm) (228 mm) and diameter at beyond 6 inches (150 mm) 12 inches 0.9 inch (23 mm) (304 mm) and diameter at beyond 9 inches (225 mm) 6 inches (150 mm) 0.1 to 4 inches Standard Cutoff (3 to 100 mm) 9 inches (225 mm) 0.1 to 6 inches Standard Cutoff (3 to 150 mm)

13104A6513 13104AQD03 13101A6513 13101AQD03 13108A6513 13108AQD03 13103A6513 13103AQD03 13104A6517 13104AQD07 13101A6517 13101AQD07 13108A6517 13108AQD07 13103A6517 13103AQD07
Sensor will detect a 90% reectance card at this range. Sensor will ignore a 90% reectance card at this range. Contact factory for approval status. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-36.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-33
Model Selection Perfect Prox Background Rejection Sensors (Continued)

Operating Voltage Nominal Range Optimum Range Cutoff Range Field of View Sensing Beam Type Connection Type Catalog Number
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors (Continued) Perfect Prox Right-Angle Viewing 20 264V AC 2 inches (50 mm) 50/60 Hz or Sharp Cutoff 15 30V DC (NPN) 4 inches (100 mm) Sharp Cutoff 0.4 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (10 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond 0.5 to 3 inches (13 to 76 mm) 0.25 inch (6 mm) Visible Red diameter at 2.25 inches (64 mm) 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector Infrared 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector Infrared 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector Visible Red 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 13104R6513 13104RQD03 13104RS5013 13104RS5003 13108R6513 13108RQD03 13103R6513 13103RQD03 13104R6517 13104RQD07 13104RS5020 13104RS5007 13108R6517 13108RQD07 13103R6517 13103RQD07 13105A6513 13105AQD03 13105A6517 13105AQD07
5 inches 0.35 inch (9 mm) (127 mm) and diameter at beyond 5 inches (127 mm) 9 inches 0.6 inch (15 mm) (228 mm) and diameter at beyond 6 inches (150 mm) 12 inches 0.9 inch (23 mm) (304 mm) and diameter at beyond 9 inches (225 mm) 0.25 inch (6 mm) Visible Red diameter at 2.25 inches (64 mm)
9 inches (225 mm) 0.1 to 6 inches Standard Cutoff (3 to 150 mm) 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) 2 inches (50 mm) Sharp Cutoff
0.4 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (10 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond
4 inches (100 mm) 0.5 to 3 inches Sharp Cutoff (13 to 76 mm) 6 inches (150 mm) 0.1 to 4 inches Standard Cutoff (3 to 100 mm) 9 inches (225 mm) 0.1 to 6 inches Standard Cutoff (3 to 150 mm) Fine Spot Perfect Prox Forward Viewing 20 264V AC 2 inches (50 mm) 50/60 Hz or Sharp Cutoff 15 30V DC (NPN) 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP)

5 inches 0.35 inch (9 mm) (127 mm) and diameter at beyond 5 inches (127 mm) 9 inches 0.6 inch (15 mm) (228 mm) and diameter at beyond 6 inches (150 mm) 12 inches 0.9 inch (23 mm) (304 mm) and diameter at beyond 9 inches (225 mm) 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) diameter at 1.7 inches (43 mm) 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) diameter at 1.7 inches (43 mm)
0.9 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (23 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond 0.9 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (23 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond
2 inches (50 mm) Sharp Cutoff
Sensor will detect a 90% white reectance card at this range. Sensor will ignore a 90% white reectance card at this range. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-36.
Excess Gain Perfect Prox Sensors

Perfect Prox 1. 13108A/13108R 2. 13104A 3. 13104RS 4. 13103A/13103R 5. 13101A Typical 6. 13101A Minimum 7. 13101AS 8. 13104R 9. 13105A Typical 10. 13105A Minimum EXCESS GAIN RANGE (mm)
300
RANGE (mm)
254
RANGE (mm)
254 2.5 300 25 254
2.5
25
300
2.5
25
100
100
100
1 4 2
10 10
7
10
1 0.1
3
1 10
1 0.1
6
1 10
9
1 0.1
10
1 10
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (inches)
PG08301004E
6 inches (150 mm) 0.1 to 4 inches Standard Cutoff (3 to 100 mm)
5-34

August 2007
Model Selection Fiber Optic Sensors

Operating Voltage Sensing Range (Optimum Range is 50% of Sensing Range) Bulk Length Fibers Thru-Beam Mode Diffuse Reective Mode Pre-assembled Fiber Optic Cables Thru-Beam Mode 0.5 mm Diameter Fibers 1 mm Diameter Fibers Diffuse Reective Mode 0.5 mm Diameter Fibers 1 mm Diameter Fibers Connection Type Catalog Number
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors 18 mm Diameter Plastic Fiber Optic Forward Viewing 20 264V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC (NPN) 10 30V DC (NPN and PNP) Glass Fiber Optic
5 inches (123 mm)
1.5 inches (38 mm)
2.1 inches (53 mm)
5 inches (127 mm)
0.6 inch (15 mm)
1.5 inches (38 mm)
6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector
15100A6513 15100AQD03 15100A6517 15100AQD07
5 inches (123 mm)
1.5 inches (38 mm)
2.1 inches (53 mm)
5 inches (127 mm)
0.6 inch (15 mm)
1.5 inches (38 mm)
Use our patented glass ber optic adapter with any diffuse reective sensor model see Page 5-35 for details.
Ranges are with bare bers no lenses. Sensing range is affected by power of sensor, length of ber optic cable and use of lenses. Lenses will increase ranges. As bulk ber length increases, sensing range decreases see table below. For example, for 100 ft. of ber (the total of source and detector ber lengths), the excess gain shown in gain graphs below would be reduced to about 1/4 its nominal value. TOTAL FIBER LENGTH (m)
0 1/20 6.1 12.2 18.3 24.4 30.5 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9 61
EXCESS GAIN LOSS FACTOR
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
5
1/10 1/8 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 1
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
TOTAL FIBER LENGTH (feet) Sensing range is based on 6.6 feet (2m) of plastic 1 mm diameter source and detector ber optic cable for a total length of 13.1 feet (4m). To determine performance with longer lengths, see . Compatible ber optic cables are shown in Section 9. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-36.
Excess Gain Fiber Optic Sensors (Performance using 13.1 feet (4m) of ber)
Thru-Beam Mode 1. 15100 with 1 mm Diameter Fibers 2. 15100 with 0.5 mm Diameter Fibers RANGE (mm)
2.5 1000 25 254 2540
1
100
Diffuse Reective Mode 1. 15100 with 1 mm Diameter Fibers 2. 15100 with 0.5 mm Diameter Fibers
RANGE (mm)
0.25 1000 2.5 25 254
100
2
10
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.01 0.1 1.0 10
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (inches)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-35
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter

This simple adapter allows glass ber optic cables to be used with standard Comet Series diffuse reective sensors. Model Selection Glass Fiber Optic Adapter
Sensors Fibers Catalog Number
Patent #5,559,919
Excess Gain
RANGE (mm) When Using Single Fibers for Thru-Beam Sensing (Gain using E51KF823 bers) 1. 13100A Comet 2. 13106A Comet
2.5 1000 25 254 2540
EXCESSGAIN
EXCESSGAIN
1
100
When Using Duplex Fibers for Diffuse Reective Sensing (Gain using E51KF723 bers, based on 90% reective white card) 3. 13100A Comet 4. 13106A Comet
0.25 1000
2.5
25
254
100
2
10
10
3 4
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.01
0.1
10
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (inches)
Specications Glass Fiber Optic Adapter

Sensor Specications Material of Construction Vibration (Sensor/Adapter) Shock (Sensor/Adapter) Enclosure Ratings
See Comet Series Specications on Page 5-37 Adapter: 360 Brass; Gasket: Silicone 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulse NEMA 1
Note: The adapter will resist the entrance of moisture in the area between the lenses and the ber ends when properly assembled. However, moisture entry is possible during direct high pressure sprays. Since the Comet Series sensors are rated NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13, this will not result in damage to the sensors themselves.
Approximate Dimensions Sensor with Adapter Installed in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted
M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) Micro Connector (quick-disconnect versions only)* 0.56 (14.2)
Micro Connector
Gasket
Adapter
Indicator LED
0.32 (8.1)
1.0 (25.4)
1.69 (42.9)
Cable length*
0.32 (8.1)
1.5 (38.1)** 2.6 (66.0)** ** Maximum - based on 13100A Sensor
* Quick-disconnect versions: 8 2 (203.2 50.8) Cable Versions: 6 feet (2m)
0.66 (16.8)
PG08301004E
RANGE (mm)
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter with Hex Wrench
Forward Viewing, Diffuse Reective Sensors (ordered separately, see Page 5-31)
Glass Fiber Optic Cables (ordered 6235A-6501 separately, see Section 9) Note: Use only with the E51KF Series Fibers.
5-36

August 2007

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female AC 3-pin 3-wire 4-pin 4-wire DC 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2202
CSAS4F4CY2202
CSAS4F4RY2202
CSAS4F4IO2202
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number
AC 20 to 264 V
Switched L1
Black* AC/DC Comet Brown
(Red)*
3 4
(Red/Black)
AC 90 to 132 V
DC 15 to 30 V
DC 18 to 50 V
DC 10 to 30 V
5
Wiring Diagrams AC/DC Models (AC Connection)

Cable Version L2 Load Blue Switched L1 Load (Red/White) Connector Version-Face View Male L2
L2 Load Blue Brown AC Comet Load
AC Models (AC Connection)

Cable Version Connector Version-Face View Male L2
2 3 1
No Connection (Green) L1 *Note: No connection when using thru-beam sources L1
L1
L1
AC/DC Models (DC Connection)

Cable Version +V Load NPN Output (Sink) Blue Black* AC/DC Comet Brown NPN Output Load (Sink) (Red)*
3 4
DC Models (DC Connection)

+V (Red/White)
2 1
+V Cable Version NPN Output (Sink) Load Brown Blue PNP Output (Source) Load DC Comet Blue Load (-) Connector Version-Face View Male +V Brown
Connector Version-Face View Male
(Red/Black)
2 3
1 4
No Connection (Green) (-) *Note: No connection when using thru-beam sources

( -)
(-)
DC Models (DC Connection)

Cable Version +V NPN Output Load (Sink) PNP Output Load (Source) Red Green* White* Black NPN Output Load (Sink) DC Comet (White)*
2 3 1 4
Connector Version-Face View Male +V (Brown)
CAUTION: AC/DC connector version sensors use an ACtype connector. Use of DC power with AC-type connectors may not conform with established standards. NOTE: For connector versions, the pin numbering and color codes shown are typical of several manufacturers. However, variations are possible. In case of discrepancies, rely on function indicated and pin location rather than pin number or color code.
( -)
(Black)* PNP Output Load (Source) (Blue) (-) *Note: No connection when using thru-beam sources
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-37
Specications
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors AC/DC Models (AC Operation) AC/DC Models (DC Operation) DC-Only Models 2-Wire Sensors AC Models DC Models
Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Current Switching
20 to 264V AC, 50/60 Hz 1.5W maximum VMOS (bi-directional) 300 mA maximum
15 to 30V DC (15 to 24V DC above 131F/55C) 1.5W maximum NPN (sink) 300 mA maximum
10 to 30V DC, (10 to 24V DC above 131F/55C) 1W maximum NPN and PNP (dual outputs)
90 to 132V AC, 50/60 Hz 2W maximum DMOS
18 to 50V DC 2W maximum DMOS 300 mA
Voltage Switching Off-State Leakage Surge Current On-State Voltage Drop
375V peak maximum 250 A typical; 500A maximum 2A maximum
375V peak maximum 250 A typical; 500 A maximum 2A maximum 1.8V at 10 mA; 3.5V at 300 mA
30V DC maximum 10 A maximum 1A maximum NPN: 400 mV at 10 mA, 1.5V at 250 mA; PNP: 2.4V at 100 mA 1 mS; 3.5 mS (thru-beam)
132V AC maximum 1.7 mA maximum 1A maximum 10V AC
50V DC maximum 1.5 mA maximum 1A maximum 8V DC
Response Time Time Delay Short Circuit Protection
10 mS Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is detected (Indicator LED ashes). Turn power OFF and back ON to reset. IMPORTANT: During installation, correct power connections must be made rst to ensure fail-safe short circuit protection of outputs.
32 mS
32 mS Auto reset
Models with Fixed Time Delay Available Contact Factory Sensor will turn off immediately Auto reset when short or overload is detected (indicator LED ashes). Sensor will reset when short is removed.
Temperature Range Light/Dark Operation Enclosure Material Cable/Connector Vibration and Shock Indicator LED Sunlight Immunity Enclosure Ratings Approvals
Thru-Beam Source: -4 to +158F (-20 to +70C); All others: -40 to +158F (-40 to +70C) Switch selectable
-13 to +131F (-25 to +55C)
Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: PVC; Body: structural polyurethane foam (do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones) Cable versions: 6-foot cable; Connector versions: male mini and micro connectors (refer to wiring diagrams for number of pins per model) on nominal 8 pigtails Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 100g for 3 mS 1/2 sine wave pulse Lights steady when output is ON; ashes when short circuit protection is in latch condition (except 2-wire models) Perfect Prox: 5,000 foot-candles; All others: 10,000 foot-candles NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 NEMA 6P Models Available Contact Factory UL and C-UL Recognized (all models), CE Compliant (except 2-wire DC models)
NOTE: These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. For questions about a specic application, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.
PG08301004E
PNP: 100 mA maximum; 300 mA NPN: 250 mA maximum (NPN: 120 mA maximum above 131F/55C)
5-38

August 2007

Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Retroreectors Mounting Brackets Flush Mount Bracket
Retroreectors and Retroreective Tape A wide variety of Mounting Brackets for tubular sensors

1.00 (25.5) 0.375 (9.5)
Contoured design is ideal for ush mounting of 6161AS5296 right-angle Comet Series reex to mounting surface using 1/4-inch hardware. No alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 304 Stainless Steel
R 0.25 (6) 4 Places 0.281 (7.1) 4 Places 0.63 (16)
0.73 1.48 2.08 (19) (37.5) (53)
0.68 (17) 0.60 (15)
0.30 (7.6)
440-12 Stud 2 Places
5
Flush Mount Bracket Same as above except without contour. Ideal 6161AS5297 for right-angle diffuse and thru-beam sensors. 304 Stainless Steel
1.75 (44)
R 0.25 (6) 4 Places 0.281 (7.1) 4 Places 0.63 (16)
1.00 (25.5) 0.375 (9.5)
1.48 2.08 (37.5) (53)
0.30 (7.6)
1.75 (44)
Adjustable Protective Bracket
Heavy-duty bracket protects the sensor from E58KS5200 damage. Works with all Comet Series sensors except 2-inch Perfect Prox models. Ideal for material handling applications with right-angle reex sensors. Provides locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent adjustment in each axis. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 10 ga. painted steel
1.38 (35.1) 2.70 (68.6) 2.00 (50.8)
1.20 (30.5)
2.47 (62.7) 2.63 (66.8) 1.63 (41.4)
1.20 (30.5) 4.31 (109.5)
0.70 (17.8)
3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6)
Comet Ball Swivel Bracket
Allows 360 rotation and 10 vertical tilt. Hole spacing is identical to our 50 and 55 Series sensors. Ideal for mounting right-angle sensors. Made of Noryl.
6181AS5200
0.74 (19)
0.20 (5) 2 Places
0.37 (9.5)
1.18 (30) 1.64 (42)
0.23 (6)
Accessories Connector Cables
Replacement mounting nuts and other accessories A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-39
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted

Light/Dark Adjustment Gain Adjustment 0.11 (2.8) 0.47 (11.9) Body Type "1"
Mini or Micro Connector (quick-disconnect versions only)* 0.56 (14.2) Micro Connector
0.125 (3.2) Diameter Thru Holes (2 places) Use #4 Hardware Only LED
M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) sensor fits into a 0.75 (19.1) dia. hole
"A"
Catalog Number
Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C D
Adjustments Light/Dark Gain
Body Type
"3"
11100A 11100R 11102A 12100A 12100R 12102A 13100A, 13106A 13100R, 13106R 13101A, 13104A 13102A, 13103A, 13105A, 13108A 13104R 14100A, 14102A 14101R, 14102R 14101A 15100A, 15101A
2.20 (56) 2.55 (65) 2.75 (70) 2.20 (56) 2.55 (65) 2.60 (66) 2.20 (56) 2.55 (65) 2.60 (66) 2.60 (66) 3.02 (77) 2.60 (66) 3.00 (76) 2.64 (67) 2.87 (73)
0.65 (17) 0.65 (17) 0.65 (17) 0.65 (17) 0.65 (17) 0.60 (15) 0.65 (17) 0.65 (17) 0.60 (15) 0.60 (15) 0.60 (15) 0.60 (15) 0.60 (15) 0.60 (15) 0.60 (15)
0.25 (6) 0.60 (15) 1.10 (28) 0.25 (6) 0.60 (15) 0.29 (7) 0.25 (6) 0.60 (15) 0.25 (6) 0.25 (6) 1.10 (28) 0.29 (7) 0.70 (18) 0.29 (7) 0.60 (15)
N/A 0.20 (5) N/A N/A 0.20 (5) N/A N/A 0.20 (5) N/A N/A 0.20 (5) N/A 0.20 (5) N/A N/A
No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 4 2 4 1 2 4 1 1 6 1 5 1 3 1
"4"
"5"
"6"
0.6 (15.2)
"D"
0.5 (12.7)
PG08301004E
0.32 Cable (8.1) length* * Quick-disconnect versions: 8 2 (203.2 50.8) Cable versions: 6 feet (2m) 1.69 (42.9)
"B"
1.00 (25.4)
"C" "2"
5-40
Photoelectric Sensors Prism Series

August 2007
PG.05E.13.T.E
Prism Series Photoelectric Sensors
High Performance 18 mm Tubular Sensors with a Flexible Isolated Output

Industry Standard 18 mm Threaded Body with Flat Sides for Mounting Flexibility Forward and Right-Angle Viewing Models Have Identical Optical Performance Visible Red Beams on All Reex and Diffuse Models Isolated Outputs For Wiring Flexibility Micro-Connector Models AC and DC Operation in the Same Unit
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 5-41 5-44 5-44 5-45 5-46 5-46
Visible Alignment Aid for Thru-Beam Models
The Cutler-Hammer Prism Series from Eatons electrical business is a cost-effective line of miniature photoelectric sensors with twice the optical gain of other sensors in this product class. Forward and rightangle viewing models feature identical gain and optical characteristics for the best t on your machine. A gain control allows quick adjustment for peak optical performance in a variety of applications. Four sensing modes are available, including polarized reex to eliminate reliability problems when sensing shiny objects. Visible red sensing beams throughout the Prism Series allow you to see exactly where the sensors are aimed for easier setup. Models are available precongured in either Light or Dark Operate modes. The unique threaded body with at sides allows quick mounting in a 3/4 inch hole or against any at surface. Internal components are rigidly sealed in a solid encapsulated package for excellent performance in high-vibration and high-shock applications. See Page 5-41 for details on the Prism Series exible isolated output.
5
Product Features

Small size for use in a wide variety of applications and locations High sensing power for longer ranges and resistance to dust and dirt Adjustable gain control to ensure peak optical performance High noise immunity which greatly reduces problems associated with electrical noise AC/DC models which allow you to order and stock one model for both voltages DC only models which offer lower cost options in all sensing modes Isolated outputs for wiring exibility Short circuit protection Quick 3 mS response time on all models Highly visible output status LED Built-in cable models allow for lowest cost wiring Micro-connector models provide for quick installation or replacement Custom cable length options
Product Comparison
Approvals

UL Recognized C-UL Recognized

August 2007
5-41
Easy and Flexible Wiring

Prisms isolated output simplies wiring because it acts like a mechanical relay contact but with solid-state speed and reliability. Use the most convenient available voltage for the sensor while switching a different voltage with the isolated contact. NPN or PNP is easily determined by the way you wire the output.
Wiring the Prism Series for Logic

With Prism, you can perform simple and/or logic without the need for the added cost of an external controller. Low leakage (10 A) and resistance ratings (25 ) allow Prism sensor outputs to be wired in series or parallel. Two common logic examples are shown at right:
OR Function
Power A B Load C Common
A off ON off off
B off off ON off
C off off off ON
OUTPUT off ON ON ON
AND Function
Power A B Load Common
off ON off ON
off off ON ON
off off off ON
Model Selection Thru-Beam Sensors

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Thru-Beam Component Connection Type Catalog Number Light Operate Dark Operate
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors Thru-Beam Forward Viewing 20 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC 20 feet (6m) 0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m) 20 inch (0.5m) diameter at 10 feet (3m) Source 6-foot Cable 4-Pin Micro AC Connector Detector Detector Source 10 30V DC 20 feet (6m) 0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m) 20 inch (0.5m) diameter at 10 feet (3m) Source 6-foot Cable 4-Pin Micro AC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-Pin Micro DC Connector Detector 6-foot Cable 4-Pin Micro DC Connector 20 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC 20 feet (6m) 0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m) 20 inch (0.5m) diameter at 10 feet (3m) Source 6-foot Cable 4-Pin Micro AC Connector Detector 6-foot Cable 4-Pin Micro AC Connector Detector Synchronous design requires source and detector to be wired to one another
11155AA14 11155AA04 12155AL10 12155AL04 12155AD10 12155AD04 11155AA17 11155AA07 12155AL10 12155AL07 12155AD10 12155AD07 11155RA14 11155RA04 12155RL10 12155RL04 12155RD10 12155RD04 11155RA17 11155RA07 12155RL10 12155RL07 12155RD10 12155RD07
Synchronous design requires source and detector to be wired to one another
Thru-Beam Right-Angle Viewing
Source 10 30V DC 20 feet (6m) 0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 3m) 20 inch (0.5m) diameter at 10 feet (3m) Source
6-foot Cable 4-Pin Micro DC Connector
Detector
6-foot Cable 4-Pin Micro DC Connector
Prism Violet Source Orange Brown Blue
Sync + Sync -
Violet Prism Orange Detector White Black Output
Input Power
See Prism Series wiring diagrams on Page 5-44 for details on wiring power and output.
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-44.
PG08301004E
OUTPUT
5-42

August 2007
Model Selection Reex and Diffuse Reective Sensors

Operating Voltage Type Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Connection Type Catalog Number Light Operate Dark Operate
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors Reex Forward Viewing Retroreector (Not Included)
20 132V AC Standard 50/60 Hz Reex or 15 30V DC Polarized Reex 10 30V DC Standard Reex Polarized Reex 20 132V AC Standard 50/60 Hz Reex or 15 30V DC Polarized Reex 10 30V DC Standard Reex Polarized Reex 20 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC 10 30V DC
15 feet (4.5m) 10 feet (3m) 15 feet (4.5m) 10 feet (3m) 15 feet (4.5m) 10 feet (3m) 15 feet (4.5m) 10 feet (3m) 8 inches (200 mm)
0.1 to 12 feet (0.03 3.6m)
Sensor For complete system, order Sensor and Retroreector (See Section 8)
Reex Right-Angle Viewing Retroreector (Not Included)
Sensor For complete system, order Sensor and Retroreector (See Section 8)
Diffuse Reective Forward Viewing
6-foot Cable 4-Pin Micro AC Connector 0.1 to 8 feet 6-foot Cable (0.03 2.4m) 4-Pin Micro AC Connector 0.1 to 12 feet 3 inch (76 mm) 6-foot Cable (0.03 3.6m) diameter at 4-Pin Micro 12 feet (3.6m) DC Connector 0.1 to 8 feet 6-foot Cable (0.03 2.4m) 4-Pin Micro DC Connector 0.1 to 12 feet 3 inch (76 mm) 6-foot Cable (0.03 3.6m) diameter at 4-Pin Micro 12 feet (3.6m) AC Connector 0.1 to 8 feet 6-foot Cable (0.03 2.4m) 4-Pin Micro AC Connector 0.1 to 12 feet 3 inch (76 mm) 6-foot Cable (0.03 3.6m) diameter at 4-Pin Micro 12 feet (3.6m) DC Connector 0.1 to 8 feet 6-foot Cable (0.03 2.4m) 4-Pin Micro DC Connector 0.15 to 5 inches 0.6 inch (15 mm) 6-foot Cable (4 127 mm) diameter at 4-Pin Micro 5 inches (127 mm) AC Connector
3 inch (76 mm) diameter at 12 feet (3.6m)
14150AL14 14150AL04 14151AL14 14151AL04 14150AL17 14150AL07 14151AL17 14151AL07 14150RL14 14150RL04 14151RL14 14151RL04 14150RL17 14150RL07 14151RL17 14151RL07 13150AL14 13150AL04 13150AL17 13150AL07 13150RL14 13150RL04 13150RL17 13150RL07
14150AD14 14150AD04 14151AD14 14151AD04 14150AD17 14150AD07 14151AD17 14151AD07 14150RD14 14150RD04 14151RD14 14151RD04 14150RD17 14150RD07 14151RD17 14151RD07 13150AD14 13150AD04 13150AD17 13150AD07 13150RD14 13150RD04 13150RD17 13150RD07
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
1
10
EXCESS GAIN
5
Diffuse Reective Right-Angle Viewing

20 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC 10 30V DC
0.15 to 5 inches 0.6 inch (15 mm) 6-foot Cable 8 inches (200 mm) (4 127 mm) diameter at 4-Pin Micro 5 inches (127 mm) DC Connector 0.15 to 5 inches 0.6 inch (15 mm) 6-foot Cable 8 inches (200 mm) (4 127 mm) diameter at 4-Pin Micro 5 inches (127 mm) AC Connector 0.15 to 5 inches 6 inch (15 mm) 6-foot Cable 8 inches (200 mm) (4 127 mm) diameter at 4-Pin Micro 5 inches (127 mm) DC Connector
Ranges based on a 3" diameter retroreector. Sensor will detect a 90% reectance white card at this range. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-44.
Excess Gain Thru-Beam Sensors Excess Gain Reex and Diffuse Reective Sensors
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5
RANGE (m)
RANGE (mm)
30.5 1000 2.5 25 254 2540
100
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
Polarized Reex (3-inch diameter retroreector) 1. 14151 Typical performance 2. 14151 Minimum Performance Diffuse Reective (90% reective white card) 3. 13151 Typical performance 4. 13151 Minimum Performance
RANGE (feet)
0.03 1000
0.3
3.0
100
100
3 4
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
RANGE (inches)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-43

This simple adapter allows glass ber optic cables to be used with standard Prism Series diffuse reective sensors.
Model Selection Glass Fiber Optic Adapter

Sensors Fibers Catalog Number
Patent #5,559,919
Excess Gain
When Using Single Fibers for Thru-Beam Sensing (Gain using E51KF823 bers) 1. 13150A Prism RANGE (mm)
2.5 1000 25 254 2540
When Using Duplex Fibers for Diffuse Reective sensing (Gain using E51KF723 bers, based on 90% reective white card) 2. 13150A Prism
RANGE (mm)
0.25 1000 2.5 25 254
EXCESSGAIN
EXCESSGAIN
100
100
1
10
2
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.01
0.1
10
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (inches)
Specications Glass Fiber Optic Adapter

Sensor Specications Material of Construction Vibration (Sensor/Adapter) Shock (Sensor/Adapter) Enclosure Ratings
See Prism Series Specications on Page 5-46 Adapter: 360 Brass; Gasket: Silicone 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulse NEMA 1
The adapter will resist the entrance of moisture in the area between the lenses and the ber ends when properly assembled. However, moisture entry is possible during direct high pressure sprays. Since the Prism Series sensors are rated NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13, this will not result in damage to the sensors themselves.
Approximate Dimensions Sensor with Adapter Installed in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted
M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) Micro Connector (quick-disconnect versions only)* 0.56 (14.2)
Micro Connector
Gasket
Adapter
Indicator LED
0.32 (8.1)
1.0 (25.4)
1.69 (42.9)
Cable length*
0.32 (8.1)
1.5 (38.1)** 2.6 (66.0)** ** Maximum - based on 13100A Sensor
* Quick-disconnect versions: 8 2 (203.2 50.8) Cable Versions: 6 feet (2m)
0.66 (16.8)
PG08301004E
Glass Fiber Optic Adapter with Hex Wrench
Forward Viewing, Diffuse Reective Sensors (ordered separately, see Page 5-42)
Glass Fiber Optic Cables (ordered separately, see Section 9)
6235A-6501
5-44

August 2007

DC
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
Wiring Diagrams AC/DC Models

All AC/DC Models (except Thru-Beam)
Cable Version L1 or +V (Red/Black) AC 20 to 132 V or DC 15 to 30 V See Output Options Below Brown White Black Blue AC/DC Prism
2 3
DC Models
All DC Models (except Thru-Beam)
Connector Version-Face View Male L1 or +V
Cable Version +V DC 10 to 30 V See Output Options Below Brown White Black Blue DC Prism
Connector Version-Face View Male See Output Options Below (White)

2 3 4 1
+V (Brown)
AC 20 to 132 V or DC 15 to 30 V
AC/DC Prism Source
Orange: Sync Violet: Sync + See Output Options White Black
DC 10 to 30 V
5

1 4
(Green) See Output Options (Red) Below L2 or ( - )
(Red/White) L2 or ( - )
(Blue) (-)
(Black)
See Output Options Below (-)
AC/DC Thru-Beam Wiring

Cable Version L1 or +V Brown (Red/Black) Prism Detector
2 3
DC Thru-Beam Wiring
Connector Version-Face View Male Prism Source (Green) Sync
1 4 2 3 1 4
Cable Version
L1 or +V
Connector Version-Face View Male Prism Source Prism Detector Sync

2 3 4 1
Prism Detector (Red/White)
+V Brown DC Prism Source Orange: Sync Violet: Sync + White See Output Black Options (Blue) Prism Detector
+V
(White)
(Blue)
2 3 4 1
(Brown)
(White) See Output Options
(Green)
Sync + (Red/White) (Red) (Red/Black)
Blue L2 or ( - )
See Output (Red) Options L2 or ( - )
Sync + (Black) (Brown)
(Black)
Blue (-)
(-)
Isolated Output Options

DC NPN (Sink) +V Load
Maximum: 110 mA @ 132 Volts

DC PNP (Source) L1 White (Pin 4) Black (Pin 3) Load
AC Load

DC PNP (Source) L1 White (Pin 2) Black (Pin 4) Load
(Isolated from DC Sensor Power)
AC Load
Black (Pin 3) White (Pin 4)
White (Pin 4) Black (Pin 3)
Black (Pin 4) White (Pin 2)
(-)
Load L2 Black wires are shown as switched output, however black and gray wires are bidirectional.
(-)
Black (Pin 4) Load L2 Black wires are shown as switched output, however black and gray wires are bidirectional.
White (Pin 2)
Cable Versions: The color codes are the actual wire colors emanating from the sensor. Connector Versions: The pin numbering and wire colors, shown in ( ), are typical of several manufacturers, however, variations are possible. NOTE: In case of discrepancies, rely on function indicated and pin location rather than pin number or wire color. NOTE: Sensor operates on DC voltage, but isolated output can switch AC or DC loads.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-45

Retroreectors and retroreective tape
See Section 8
A wide variety of mounting brackets for tubular See sensors Section 8 Contoured design is ideal for ush mounting of 6161AS5296 right-angle Prism Series reex to mounting surface using 1/4-inch hardware. No alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 304 Stainless Steel
R 0.25 (6) 4 Places 0.281 (7.1) 4 Places 0.63 (16) 1.00 (25.5) 0.375 (9.5)
0.68 (17) 0.60 (15)
0.30 (7.6)
1.75 (44)
Flush Mount Bracket
Same as above except without contour. Ideal 6161AS5297 for right-angle diffuse and thru-beam sensors. 304 Stainless Steel
R 0.25 (6) 4 Places 0.281 (7.1) 4 Places 0.63 (16)
1.00 (25.5) 0.375 (9.5)
1.48 2.08 (37.5) (53)
0.30 (7.6)
1.75 (44)
Adjustable Protective Bracket
Heavy-duty bracket protects the sensor from E58KS5200 damage. Works with all Prism Series sensors. Ideal for material handling applications with the Prism right-angle reex sensor. Provides locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent adjustment in each axis. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 10 ga. painted steel
2.47 (62.7)
1.38 (35.1) 2.70 (68.6) 2.00 (50.8)
1.20 (30.5)
1.20 (30.5) 2.63 (66.8) 1.63 (41.4) 4.31 (109.5)
0.70 (17.8)
3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6)
Comet/Prism Ball Swivel Bracket
6181AS5200
0.74 (19)
0.20 (5) 2 Places
0.37 (9.5)
1.18 (30) 1.64 (42)
0.23 (6)
Accessories Connector Cables
PG08301004E
0.73 1.48 2.08 (19) (37.5) (53)
5-46

August 2007
Specications
AC/DC Models DC Only Models
Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Output Isolation Voltage Switching Capacity Current Switching Capacity Off-State Leakage On-State Resistance Short Circuit Protection
20 to 132V AC, 50/60 Hz or 15 to 30V DC Thru-beam: 2W maximum; All others: 1.5W maximum
10 to 30V DC Thru-beam: 1.5W maximum; All others: 1W maximum Solid-state relay 400V maximum
200V AC peak; 180V DC 80 mA AC load, 110 mA @ 132V DC (derate to 100 mA @ 180V DC) 10 A maximum 25 maximum Protected (current limited) for loads less than 32V AC or DC. IMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short circuit condition) 3 mS Specied by catalog number Operating: -13 to +131F (-25 to +55C); Storage: -13 to +158F (-25 to +70C) Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: PVC; Body: structural polyurethane foam (do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones) 2m length, 4-conductor cable; micro 4-pin male connector Micro Connector 4-pin male AC or DC key (by model) Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sine wave pulse Thru-beam source: Lights steady when power is ON; All others: Lights steady when output is ON Detector includes a visible LED behind lens that lights steady when beam is complete NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13
Response Time Light/Dark Operation Temperature Range
5
Material of Construction Cable Versions Connector Versions Vibration and Shock LED Indicator Thru-Beam Alignment Aid Enclosure Ratings
NOTE: Photoelectric sensors conform to NEMA tests as indicated above, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. If questions about a particular application arise, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted Reex and Polarized Reex Models
Right Angle Viewing Models 0.6 (15.2) Micro Connector (quick-disconnect versions only)* 0.125 (3.2) Diameter Thru Holes (2 places) Use #4 Hardware Only LED 0.56 (14.2) 0.32 Cable 1.69 (42.9) (8.1) length* *Quick-disconnect versions: 8 2 (203.2 50.8) Cable versions: 6 feet (2m) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 2.75 (69.9) 0.25 (6.4) 0.5 (12.7) Gain Adjustment M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) fits into a 0.75 (19) hole 0.11 (2.8) 0.6 (15.2) 1.07 (27.2)
0.47 (11.9)
0.5 (12.7)
Diffuse Reective and Thru-Beam Models

Micro Connector (quick-disconnect versions only)* 0.125 (3.2) Diameter Thru Holes (2 places) Use #4 Hardware Only LED 0.56 (14.2) 1.69 (42.9) Cable length* 0.32 (8.1) 1.00 (25.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.47 (11.9) Gain Adjustment M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) fits into a 0.75 (19) hole 0.11 (2.8) C L Right Angle Viewing Models
"B"
*Quick-disconnect versions: 8 2 (203.2 50.8) Cable versions: 6 feet (2m)
"A" Right angle viewing: A = 2.6 (66.0); B = 0.65 (16.5)
0.2 (5.1) 0.7 (17.8)
PG08301004E
Photoelectric Sensors OEM Prism Series

August 2007
5-47
PG.05E.20.T.E
OEM Prism Series Photoelectric Sensors
High Performance 18 mm Tubular Sensors Packaged for High Volume Users

Simple Wiring and Bulk Packaging Speeds Volume Installations Custom Cable Lengths Available
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47 5-48 5-48 5-49 5-50 5-51 5-51
The Cutler-Hammer OEM Prism Series from Eatons electrical business is very similar to our standard cost-effective Prism Series and has been optimized for high volume OEM use. In place of the isolated output found in the standard models, the OEM Prism features dual or single discrete outputs for simple wiring. In addition, OEM Prism sensors are shipped bulk packaged for easier handling by both the receiver and the installer. Forward and rightangle viewing models feature identical gain and optical characteristics for the best t on your machine. A gain control allows quick adjustment for peak optical performance in a variety of applications. Both diffuse reective and polarized reex models are available. All models are 10 30V DC only to meet the evolving needs of your customers. Polarized reex units eliminate reliability problems when sensing shiny objects. Visible red sensing beams allow you to see exactly where the sensors are aimed for easier setup. Models are available precongured in either Light or Dark Operate modes. The unique threaded body with at sides allows quick mounting in a 3/4 inch hole or against any at surface. Internal components are rigidly sealed in a solid encapsulated package for excellent performance in high-vibration and high-shock applications.
Forward and Right-Angle Viewing Models Have Identical Optical Performance
Industry Standard 18 mm Threaded Body with Flat Sides for Mounting Flexibility
Product Features

Small size for use in a wide variety of applications and locations Sensors are shipped bulk-packed for the convenience of high volume users High sensing power for longer ranges and resistance to dust and dirt Adjustable gain control to ensure peak optical performance High noise immunity, which greatly reduces problems associated with electrical noise NPN and PNP outputs provided in a single sensor for simple wiring Short circuit protection Quick 1.2 mS response time Output status LED is highly visible from a wide 300 angle Cable models allow for lowest cost wiring Micro-connector models provide for quick installation or replacement Custom cable length options
Product Comparison
PG08301004E
5-48

August 2007

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Output Type Connection Type Catalog Number Light Operate Dark Operate
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors Polarized Reex Forward Viewing 10 30V DC 10 feet (3m) 0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 2.4m) 3 inch (76 mm) diameter at 12 feet (3.6m) NPN and PNP 6-foot Cable 14156AL17B1 14156AD17B1
Retroreector (Not Included) Sensor For a complete system, order Sensor and Retroreector (See Section 8) Polarized Reex Right-Angle Viewing 10 30V DC 10 feet (3m) 0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 2.4m) 3 inch (76 mm) diameter at 12 feet (3.6m) NPN and PNP 6-foot Cable 14156RL17B1 14156RD17B1 4-pin Micro DC Connector 14156AL07B1 14156AD07B1
5

Sensor For a complete system, order Sensor and Retroreector (See Section 8) Diffuse Reective Right-Angle Viewing 10 30V DC 8 inches 0.1 to 5 inches (200 mm) (3 127 mm) 2 inch (51 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm) 6 inch (152 mm) diameter at 15 inches (381 mm) NPN and PNP NPN and PNP
14156RL07B1
14156RD07B1
6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
13156RL17B1 13156RL07B1 13157RL17B1 13157RL07B1
13156RD17B1 13156RD07B1 13157RD17B1 13157RD07B1
24 inches 0.1 to 15 inches (609 mm) (3 381 mm)
Contact factory for approval status. Ranges based on a 3 diameter retroreector. Sensor will detect a 90% reectance white card at this range. See listing of compatible connector cables below.

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female DC 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-49
Excess Gain
RANGE (m)
0.03 0.3 3.0 30.5 1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540
Polarized Reex (3-inch diameter retroreector) 1. 14156 Typical performance 2. 14156 Minimum performance Diffuse Reective (90% reective white card) 3. 13157 Typical performance 4. 13157 Minimum performance 5. 13156 Typical performance 6. 13156 Minimum performance
1000
3 EXCESS GAIN EXCESS GAIN 4 5 6
100
100
1
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
RANGE (inches)
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Micro-Connector Models (face view male shown)
4-Wire Sensors 10 30V DC NPN and PNP
+V (-) (-) Load
Load +V
PG08301004E
10
5-50

August 2007

See Section 8 A wide variety of mounting brackets for tubular See sensors Section 8 Contoured design is ideal for ush mounting of 6161AS5296 right-angle OEM Prism Series polarized reex to mounting surface using 1/4-inch hardware. No alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 304 Stainless Steel
R 0.25 (6) 4 Places 0.281 (7.1) 4 Places 0.63 (16)
1.00 (25.5) 0.375 (9.5)
0.73 1.48 2.08 (19) (37.5) (53)
0.68 (17) 0.60 (15)
0.30 (7.6)
1.75 (44)
5
Flush Mount Bracket Same as above except without contour. Ideal for right-angle diffuse sensors. 304 Stainless Steel 6161AS5297
R 0.25 (6) 4 Places 0.281 (7.1) 4 Places 0.63 (16) 1.00 (25.5)
Adjustable Protective Bracket Comet/Prism Ball Swivel Bracket Accessories Connector Cables
0.375 (9.5)
1.48 2.08 (37.5) (53)
0.30 (7.6)
1.75 (44)
Heavy-duty bracket protects the sensor from E58KS5200 damage. Works with all OEM Prism Series sensors. Ideal for material handling applications with the OEM Prism Series rightangle polarized reex sensor. Provides locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent adjustment in each axis. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 10 ga. painted steel
2.47 (62.7)
1.38 (35.1) 2.70 (68.6) 2.00 (50.8)
1.20 (30.5)
1.20 (30.5) 2.63 (66.8) 1.63 (41.4) 4.31 (109.5)
0.70 (17.8)
3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6)
6181AS5200
0.20 (5) 2 Places 0.74 (19)
0.37 (9.5)
1.18 (30) 1.64 (42)
0.23 (6)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-51
Specications
DC Only Models
Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Current Switching Capacity OFF-State Leakage ON-State Voltage Drop Short Circuit Protection Response Time Light/Dark Operation Temperature Range Sunlight Immunity Material of Construction Cable Versions Connector Versions Vibration and Shock Indicator LED Enclosure Ratings
10 to 30V DC 1W maximum NPN and PNP 100 mA maximum 10 A maximum NPN: 2.0V at 100 mA; PNP: 2.5V at 100 mA Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is detected (indicator LED ashes). Sensor will reset when short is removed. Specied by Catalog Number Operating: -13 to +131F (-25 to +55C); Storage: -13 to +158F (-25 to +70C) 1,000 foot-candles Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: PVC; Body: structural polyurethane foam (do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones) 2m length; 4 conductor cable Micro-Connector, 4-pin male, DC key, on nominal 8" pigtail Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sine wave pulse Lights steady when output is ON; OFF when output is OFF: OFF when output is in short circuit mode NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13
NOTE: Photoelectric sensors conform to NEMA tests as indicated above, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. If questions about a particular application arise, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted Polarized Reex Models
Right Angle Viewing Models 0.6 (15.2) Micro Connector (quick-disconnect versions only)* 0.125 (3.2) Diameter Thru Holes (2 places) Use #4 Hardware Only LED 0.56 (14.2) 0.32 Cable (8.1) length* *Quick-disconnect versions: 8 2 (203.2 50.8) Cable versions: 6 feet (2m) 1.69 (42.9) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 2.75 (69.9) 0.25 (6.4) 0.5 (12.7) Gain Adjustment M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) fits into a 0.75 (19) hole 0.11 (2.8) 0.6 (15.2) 1.07 (27.2)
0.47 (11.9)
0.5 (12.7)
Diffuse Reective Models

Micro Connector (quick-disconnect versions only)* 0.125 (3.2) Diameter Thru Holes (2 places) Use #4 Hardware Only LED 0.56 (14.2) 1.69 (42.9) Cable length* 0.32 (8.1) 1.00 (25.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.47 (11.9) Gain Adjustment M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) fits into a 0.75 (19) hole 0.11 (2.8) C L Right Angle Viewing Models
"B"
*Quick-disconnect versions: 8 2 (203.2 50.8) Cable versions: 6 feet (2m)
"A" Right angle viewing: A = 2.6 (66.0); B = 0.65 (16.5)
0.2 (5.1) 0.7 (17.8)
PG08301004E
1.2 mS
5-52
Photoelectric Sensors E58 18 mm Tubular Series

August 2007
PG.05E.10.T.E
E58 18 mm Tubular Series Photoelectric Sensors
Industry Standard 18 mm Tubular Sensors Offer Wide Voltage Ranges and Reliable Performance
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52 5-53 5-53 5-54 5-55 5-56 5-56
Solid Polyurethane Body for Rugged Use
Extra Long 3-Meter Cable
The Cutler-Hammer E58 18 mm Tubular Series by Eatons electrical business is an ideal choice for a wide variety of sensing tasks. The unique threaded body with at sides allows quick mounting in a 3/4-inch hole or against any at surface. Internal components are rigidly sealed in a solid encapsulated package for excellent performance in highvibration and high-shock applications. Models are available with both AC and DC operation in a single unit or in a DC-only conguration.
Industry Standard 18 mm Threaded Body with Flat Sides for Mounting Flexibility
5
Product Features

Industry standard 18 mm diameter threaded body has at sides, allowing it to be mounted like a tubular sensor or against any at surface Solid polyurethane housing completely encapsulates internal circuits for high resistance to shock and vibration AC/DC models operate up to 264V AC Select models have visible beams for quick setup and alignment Gain adjustment on all models to ensure peak optical performance 80 foot range for all thru-beam models 25 foot range for both DC-only and AC/DC reex models 8 inch range for all diffuse reective models LED output status indicator 3 meter long 3-wire connecting cable Enclosure rating NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13

August 2007
5-53
Model Selection 18 mm Diameter Sensors (Connection Type: 3-Meter Cable)

Input Voltage Sensing Range Maximum Load Current Maximum Inrush Thru-Beam Component Output Catalog Number Dark Operate Light Operate
3-Wire Sensors Thru-Beam 20 264V AC, 50 60 Hz; or 15 30V DC 10 30V DC Receiver Emitter Reex 20 264V AC, 50 60 Hz; or 15 30V DC 10 30V DC Sensor Retroreector (Not Included) Diffuse Reective 20 264V AC, 50 60 Hz; or 15 30V DC 10 30V DC

80 feet (24m) 80 feet (24m)
300 mA
2.0A
Emitter Receiver
NPN PNP
E58CAL18A2E2 E58CAL18A2C2 E58CBL18A2C2
100 mA 250 mA 100 mA
Emitter Receiver
E58CAL18T110E2 E58CAL18T110C2 E58CAL18T111C2 E58CAL18A2R2 E58CBL18T110C2
25 feet (7.6m) 25 feet (7.6m)
300 mA
2.0A
E58CBL18A2R2
250 mA 100 mA
NPN PNP
E58CAL18T110R2 E58CAL18T111R2
E58CBL18T110R2 E58CBL18T111R2
300 mA
2.0A
E58CBL18A2D2
E58CAL18A2D2
250 mA 100 mA
NPN PNP
E58CBL18T110D2 E58CBL18T111D2
E58CAL18T110D2 E58CAL18T111D2
Range is based on 3-inch retroreector. For replacement parts, order one complete pair including (1) emitter and (1) receiver otherwise the system will not function properly. Sensor will detect a 90% reectance white card at this range. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Excess Gain Thru-Beam

RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5
Reex
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5
Diffuse Reective
RANGE (mm)
2.5 1000 25 254 2540
100
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
100
100
10
10
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1
10
100
0.1
10
100
RANGE (feet)
RANGE (feet)
RANGE (inches)
(3-Inch Dia. Retroreector)
(90% Reective White Card)
PG08301004E
E58CBL18T111C2
5-54

August 2007

Plastic Mounting Nuts
Plastic mounting nuts (set of 2 for replacement only)
E57KNC18
Flush Mount Bracket
Contoured design with no alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 304 Stainless Steel
6161AS5296
R 0.25 (6) 4 Places 0.281 (7.1) 4 Places 0.63 (16)
1.00 (25.5) 0.375 (9.5)
0.73 1.48 2.08 (19) (37.5) (53)
0.68 (17) 0.60 (15)
0.30 (7.6)
5
1.75 (44)
Flush Mount Bracket
Same as above except without contour. 304 Stainless Steel
6161AS5297
R 0.25 (6) 4 Places 0.281 (7.1) 4 Places 0.63 (16)
1.00 (25.5) 0.375 (9.5)
1.48 2.08 (37.5) (53)
0.30 (7.6)
1.75 (44)
Ball Swivel Bracket
Allows 360 rotation and 10 vertical tilt. Made of Noryl
6181AS5200
0.74 (19)
0.20 (5) 2 Places
0.37 (9.5)
1.18 (30) 1.64 (42)
0.23 (6)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-55

1.75 (44)
L-Shaped Bracket
Two per package. Allows a minimum adjustment range. Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor). Aluminum with a Chromate nish
6161A-6501
1.50 (38)
0.75 (19)
0.75 (19)
0.28 (7)
0.31 (8) 1.00 (25) 0.35 (9) 0.62 (16) 0.31 (8)
Flat Bracket
Allows a minimum adjustment range. Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor). Aluminum with a Chromate nish
6161AS5295
0.75 (19)
3.00 (76) 0.31 (8) 0.31 (8) 1.50 (38) 0.62 (16) 0.75 0.28 (7) 0.35 (9) 1.00 (25)
Accessories Connector Cables Mounting Brackets Reectors
Replacement mounting nuts and other accessories A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories Additional mounting brackets for tubular sensors A variety of retroreectors and reective tape
Wiring Diagrams AC/DC Models (AC Connection)

L2 AC 20 to 264 V Load Blue Black* AC/DC Sensor L2 DC 15 to 30 V
AC/DC Models (DC Connection)

+V Load Blue Black* AC/DC Sensor Brown +V
Brown
L1 L1 *Note: No connection when using thru-beam emitter
(-)
(-)
*Note: No connection when using thru-beam emitter
DC Models (NPN Output)

+V DC 10 to 30 V Load Brown Black* Blue (-) +V
DC Models (PNP Output)

+V DC 10 to 30 V Brown DC Black* Sensor Blue Load (-) +V
DC Sensor
( -)
( -)
PG08301004E
1.50 (38)
5-56

August 2007

0.125 (3.2) Diameter Thru Holes (2 places) Use #4 Hardware Only* Indicator LED Gain Adjustment (Not Present on Thru-Beam Emitter Models) 0.47 (11.9) 0.11 (2.8) Body Type "1" 0.32 (8.1) 1.00 (25.4) "A" M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) sensor fits into a 0.75 (19) dia. hole
"B"
"C" "2"
Style
Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C
Gain Adjustments
Body Type
Thru-Beam Diffuse Reex
2.75 (70) 2.20 (56) 2.60 (66)
0.65 (17) 0.65 (17) 0.60 (15)
1.10 (28) 0.25 (6) 0.29 (7)
Yes Yes Yes
1 2 1
5
Specications
Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Current Switching Voltage Switching Off-State Leakage Surge Current On-State Voltage Drop Response Time Short Circuit Protection Temperature Range Light/Dark Operation Enclosure Material Cable/Connector Vibration and Shock Indicator LED Sunlight Immunity Enclosure Ratings Approvals
Gain adjustment on thru-beam receiver models only.
AC/DC Models (AC Operation)
AC/DC Models (DC Operation)
DC-Only Models
20 to 264V AC, 50/60 Hz 1.5W maximum VMOS (bi-directional) 300 mA maximum
15 to 30V DC (15 to 24V DC above 131F/55C) 1.5W maximum NPN (sink) 300 mA maximum
10 to 30V DC, (10 to 24V DC above 131F/ 55C) 1W maximum NPN and PNP (dual outputs) PNP: 100 mA maximum; NPN: 250 mA maximum (NPN: 120 mA maximum above 131F/55C) 30V DC maximum 10 A maximum 1A maximum NPN: 400 mV at 10 mA, 1.5V at 250 mA; PNP: 2.4V at 100 mA 1 mS; 3.5 mS (thru-beam)
375V peak maximum 250 A typical; 500A maximum 2A maximum 10 mS
375V peak maximum 250 A typical; 500 A maximum 2A maximum 1.8V at 10 mA; 3.5V at 300 mA
Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is detected (indicator LED ashes). Sensor will reset when short is removed. Thru-Beam Emitter: -4 to +158F (-20 to +70C); All others: -40 to +158F (-40 to +70C) Specied by Catalog Number Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: PVC; Body: structural polyurethane foam (do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones) Cable versions: 6-foot cable; Connector versions: male mini and micro connectors (refer to wiring diagrams for number of pins per model) on nominal 8 pigtails Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 100g for 3 mS 1/2 sine wave pulse Lights steady when output is ON; ashes when short circuit protection is in latch condition (except 2-wire models) Perfect Prox: 5,000 foot-candles; All others: 10,000 foot-candles NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 NEMA CP Models Available Contact Factory UL and C-UL Recognized (all models), CE Compliant (except 2-wire DC models)
NOTE: These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. For questions about a specic application, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.
PG08301004E
Photoelectric Sensors E58 Harsh Duty Series

August 2007
5-57
PG.05E.04.T.E
E58 Harsh Duty Series Photoelectric Sensors
The Worlds Most Rugged and Best Sealed Photoelectric Sensors

30 mm Models Offer Industry-Leading Performance
5-57 5-59 5-61 5-61 5-62 5-63 5-64
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
360 Output Indicator Is the Brightest Available All Models with Visible Red Beams Reliable Viton Mechanical Seals Ensure Complete Sealing and Resistance to Industry Chemicals 18 mm Models for Compact Mounting
The Cutler-Hammer E58 Harsh Duty Series by Eatons electrical business was designed to withstand your harshest physical, chemical and optical environments. Extensive research dictated the choice of materials used in this sensor. Stainless steel, PVDF and tempered glass components are mechanically assembled using Viton seals to ensure complete sealing and resistance to industry chemicals. All adhesives and potting subject to failure from chemical attack have been eliminated from the design. The result is a sensor highly resistant to chemical attack and moisture intrusion, that can withstand heavy shock and vibration in almost any application. E58 Harsh Duty sensors feature unparalleled optical performance. They are ideal for automotive applications where exposure to lubricants, cutting uids, coolants and glycols is common. For food processing applications, a smooth body version simplies high-pressure chemical washdowns, and withstands the use of sanitizers, surfactants, and cleaning agents including diluted bases and acids.
Food Processing Versions Feature Non-glass Lens Covers, 316 Stainless Steel and Optional Smooth Body Connector Versions Available for All Models
Product Features

Sensors are available in 18 mm and 30 mm diameters Highly rened optics for long sensing ranges and to see through high levels of contamination unmatched optical performance Perfect Prox technology provides exceptional background rejection and extremely high excess gain Resistant to the wide range of chemicals used in the automotive, food processing and forest products industries Suitable for high temperature, high pressure washdown (1200 psi) Mechanical Viton seals hold up to extreme temperature variations Visible sensing beam on all models lets you see where the beam is aimed for quick setup and alignment Output status indicator is the brightest available and is visible from any angle and in any lighting condition The industrys only background rejection sensors with a 2-wire circuit design Models available with both AC and DC operation in a single unit 4-wire DC sensors offer dual NPN and PNP outputs

PG08301004E
Tempered Glass Lens Cover Protects Against Abrasion
5-58

August 2007
E58 Harsh Duty Series Physical Attributes

Rugged physical construction The E58 Harsh Duty Series was designed from the ground up to be the most rugged sensor family available. The strong metal housing, mechanical seals and surface mount electronics withstand heavy shock and vibration. The tempered glass lens cover provides protection in abrasive environments, and the sturdy cable is physically clamped to the sensor body. Exceptional environmental protection and chemical resistance The E58 Harsh Duty Series was designed to be used in the Automotive, Food Processing and Forest Products industries. It is also well suited for applications in related industries such as Pulp and Paper, Car Wash and Steel. These industries are all physically demanding on equipment and thats why we designed and tested these sensors to extreme levels of shock and vibration. Many sensor failures, however, are actually due to chemical attack so we had to make them stand up to constant chemical exposure day in and day out. To ensure resistance to the widest possible range of chemicals, we conducted extensive studies of the chemical agents commonly used in these industries. We then selected only those materials that could withstand exposure to these chemicals without failure in the design of the E58 Harsh Duty Series. In addition, we eliminated adhesives in favor of more reliable Viton compression seals. Some of the more common chemicals against which this sensor has been tested are listed in the resistance chart. This resistance chart reects testing of the 303 stainless steel body used on the standard E58 Harsh Duty Series sensors. Additional chemical resistance for food industry applications is available using sensors with the optional 316 stainless steel body and hard-coated polycarbonate (or acrylic on reex models) lens cover.
The E58 Harsh Duty Series was designed to resist the chemicals shown in this table under normal use and conditions. Extremes of environmental factors such as temperature, pressure, concentration, duration of exposure, ultraviolet sunlight and chemical interactions combined with the presence of these chemicals could result in premature material failure. For these cases, testing the sensor in the specic application is recommended. E58 Harsh Duty Series Chemical Resistance Chart
Chemical Category Commonly Found In:
This simplied application example shows the power of the Perfect Prox.
Perfect Prox Sensor Detection Distance Cutoff Distance
Detection Zone
Gear Cut-away
Oils, Cutting Fluids, Aqueous Coolants Vegetable and Mineral Oil Surfactants Dilute Acids Dilute Bases Sanitizers
Automotive, Forest Industry Automotive, Forest Industry Automotive, Food Processing Food Processing Food Processing Food Processing
If the hole is If the hole is present in the gear, the sensor will shine through the hole and ignore the belt no detection event will occur. If the hole in the gear is missing, the sensor will detect the surface of the gear and reject the part. Thru-Beam This sensing mode is available in the 30 mm models. Rated sensing range is 800 feet, among the longest ranges available on the market. This provides extremely high excess gain when the source and detector are positioned at closer, optimum ranges to see through high levels of contamination. A visible red sensing beam and wide eld-of-view mean quick and easy installation and alignment. Polarized Reex Another sensing mode available in the 30 mm models is polarized reex. In this mode, the sensing beam is reected from a retroreector back to the sensor. The maximum range of 34 feet is also among the longest available on the sensor market. The polarizing lter built into the sensor ensures only light reected off a corner cube retroreector is recognized by the sensor. This allows reliable detection of shiny targets that could reect light back to the sensor and be missed by a non-polarized version. As in all models, a visible sensing beam is featured for easy installation and alignment.
5
Sensing Modes
Perfect Prox This is a unique type of diffuse reective sensor that combines extremely high sensing power (called excess gain) with a sharp optical cutoff to ignore backgrounds. This allows the sensor to reliably detect targets regardless of variations in color, reectance, contrast or surface shape, while ignoring objects just slightly outside the target range. With Perfect Prox, the E58 Harsh Duty Series can act just like an inductive prox sensor but with up to 20 times the range for mounting away from a moving target so you can avoid damage and downtime. 18 mm and 30 mm sizes, 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuits, and cable, micro and mini connector terminations mean quick and easy replacement of damaged proximity sensors. A visible sensing beam lets you quickly conrm the sensor is aligned correctly in the application. The 18 mm Perfect Prox has a sensing range of 2 or 4 inches (50 or 100 mm), and the 30 mm version has a range of 6 or 11 inches (150 or 280 mm).
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-59
Model Selection Thru-Beam and Reex Sensors

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Thru-Beam Component Connection Type Catalog Number Light Operate Dark Operate
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors 30 mm Diameter Thru-Beam
20 132V AC 800 feet 0.1 to 300 feet 50/60 Hz (250m) (0.03 90m) or 15 30V DC
33 inches (830 mm) diameter at 25 feet (7.6m)
Source
Detector
Detector Source For a complete system, order One Source and One Detector 30 mm Diameter Reex 10 30V DC 800 feet 0.1 to 300 feet 33 inches (250m) (0.03 90m) (830 mm) diameter at 25 feet (7.6m) Source
Detector
E58-30TD250-HL E58-30TD250-HLP E58-30RS18-GL E58-30RS18-GLP E58-30RS18-HL E58-30RS18-HLP
E58-30TD250-HD E58-30TD250-HDP E58-30RS18-GD E58-30RS18-GDP E58-30RS18-HD E58-30RS18-HDP
20 132V AC 59 feet 50/60 Hz (18m) or 15 30V DC 10 30V DC 59 feet (18m)
1 to 40 feet (0.03 12m)
6 inches (150 mm) diameter at 20 feet (6m) 6 inches (150 mm) diameter at 20 feet (6m)
Sensor Retroreector (Not Included) For a complete system, order Sensor and Retroreector (See Section 8) 30 mm Diameter Polarized Reex
4-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector
1 to 40 feet (0.03 12m)
20 132V AC 34 feet 50/60 Hz (10m) or 15 30V DC 10 30V DC 34 feet (10m)
1 to 20 feet (0.03 6m)
6 inches (150 mm) diameter at 20 feet (6m) 6 inches (150 mm) diameter at 20 feet (6m)
E58-30RP10-GL E58-30RP10-GLP E58-30RP10-HL E58-30RP10-HLP
E58-30RP10-GD E58-30RP10-GDP E58-30RP10-HD E58-30RP10-HDP
Sensor Retroreector (Not Included) For a complete system, order Sensor and Retroreector (See Section 8)
1 to 20 feet (0.03 6m)
Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-61. Sensor Options for Thru-Beam and Reex (Built-to-order, contact Eatons Cutler Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for delivery lead times) Thru-Beam Apertured Versions Food Processing Versions with Food Processing Versions with Reduces effective sensing beam to Threaded Housings Smooth (Non-threaded) Housings 0.2 x 0.9 inches (5 x 23 mm) for accurate edge Upgrade to a 316 Stainless Steel threaded Upgrade to a 316 Stainless Steel smooth (nondetection or sensing smaller objects. Factory body from 303, and change the lens cover threaded body from 303, and change the lens installed behind lens cover for protection and to hard-coated polycarbonate (cast acrylic cover to hard-coated polycarbonate (cast sealing. Sensing range is reduced to 230 feet for reex models) from glass. acrylic for reex models) from glass. (70m). To order, substitute 070 in place of To order, add the Sufx -FC to To order, add the Sufx -FSC to 250 in source or detector Catalog Number the end of the Catalog Number the end of the Catalog Number (Example: E58-30TS070-GA). (Example: E58-30RP10-GL-FC). (Example: E58-30RP10-GL-FSC).
Excess Gain
RANGE (m)
0.03 0.3
3.0
30.5
305
Thru Beam 1. Thru-Beam Reex 2. Performance to 3-inch Retroreector Polarized Reex 3. Performance to 3-inch Retroreector 4. Performance to Corner-Cube Retroreective tape
1000
EXCESS GAIN
2
100
3
10
1 0.1 1 10 100 1000
RANGE (feet)
PG08301004E
2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable
E58-30TS250-GA E58-30TS250-GAP E58-30TD250-GL E58-30TD250-GLP E58-30TD250-GD E58-30TD250-GDP
E58-30TS250-HA E58-30TS250-HAP
5-60

August 2007
Model Selection Perfect Prox Background Rejection Sensors

Operating Voltage Nominal Range Optimum Range Cutoff Range Field of View Connection Type Catalog Number Light Operate Dark Operate
2-Wire Sensors 18 mm Diameter Perfect Prox
90 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 18 50V DC
2 inches (50 mm)
0.4 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (10 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond
0.25 inch (6 mm) diameter at 2 inches (50 mm)
2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Mini Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Mini Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Mini Connector 2-meter Cable
E58-18DP50-EL E58-18DP50-ELP E58-18DP50-ELPB E58-18DP100-EL E58-18DP100-ELP E58-18DP100-ELPB E58-18DP50-DLP
E58-18DP50-ED E58-18DP50-EDP E58-18DP50-EDPB E58-18DP100-ED E58-18DP100-EDP E58-18DP100-EDPB E58-18DP50-DDP
4 inches (100 mm)
0.5 to 3 inches (13 to 76 mm)
5 inches 0.38 inch (10 mm) (127 mm) and diameter at beyond 4 inches (100 mm)
18 50V DC
30 mm Diameter Perfect Prox
90 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 18 50V DC
6 inches (150 mm)
0.4 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (10 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond 0.5 to 3 inches 5 inches (13 to 76 mm) (127 mm) and beyond 1 to 6 inches 6.5 inches (26 to 150 mm) (165 mm) and beyond
0.25 inch (6 mm) diameter at 2 inches (50 mm) 0.38 inch (10 mm) diameter at 4 inches (100 mm) 0.75 inch (19 mm) diameter at 6 inches (150 mm)
E58-18DP100-DLP
E58-18DP100-DDP
5
E58-30DP150-EL E58-30DP150-ELP E58-30DP150-ELPB E58-30DPS280-EL E58-30DPS280-ELP E58-30DPS280-ELPB E58-30DP150-DLP
E58-30DP150-ED E58-30DP150-EDP E58-30DP150-EDPB E58-30DPS280-ED E58-30DPS280-EDP E58-30DPS280-EDPB E58-30DP150-DDP
11 inches (280 mm)
1 to 9 inches (26 to 228 mm)
18 50V DC
6 inches (150 mm)
1.0 inch (26 mm) diameter at 11 inches (280 mm) 3-pin Micro AC Connector 3-pin Mini Connector 6.5 inches 0.75 inch (19 mm) 4-pin Micro (165 mm) and diameter at DC Connector beyond 6 inches (150 mm) 0.25 inch (6 mm) diameter at 2 inches (50 mm)
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors 18 mm Diameter 10 30V DC Perfect Prox
2 inches (50 mm)
0.4 to 1.8 inches 2.25 inches (10 to 45 mm) (57 mm) and beyond 0.5 to 3 inches (13 to 76 mm)
2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro DC Connector 2-meter Cable 4-pin Micro AC Connector 2-meter Cable
E58-18DP50-HL E58-18DP50-HLP E58-18DP100-HL E58-18DP100-HLP E58-30DP150-GL E58-30DP150-GLP E58-30DPS280-GL E58-30DPS280-GLP E58-30DP150-HL E58-30DP150-HLP E58-30DPS280-HL E58-30DPS280-HLP
E58-18DP50-HD E58-18DP50-HDP E58-18DP100-HD E58-18DP100-HDP E58-30DP150-GD E58-30DP150-GDP E58-30DPS280-GD E58-30DPS280-GDP E58-30DP150-HD E58-30DP150-HDP E58-30DPS280-HD E58-30DPS280-HDP
4 inches (100 mm)
0.38 inch (10 mm) 5 inches (127 mm) and diameter at 4 inches (100 mm) beyond 6.5 inches 0.75 inch (19 mm) (165 mm) and diameter at beyond 6 inches (150 mm) 12.5 inches (318 mm)
30 mm Diameter Perfect Prox
20 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC
6 inches (150 mm)
11 inches (280 mm)
10 30V DC
6 inches (150 mm)
11 inches (280 mm)
1.0 inch (26 mm) diameter at 11 inches (280 mm) 4-pin Micro AC Connector 6.5 inches 0.75 inch (19 mm) 2-meter Cable (165 mm) and diameter at beyond 6 inches (150 mm) 4-pin Micro DC Connector 12.5 inches 1.0 inch (26 mm) 2-meter Cable (318 mm) diameter at 11 inches (280 mm) 4-pin Micro DC Connector
Sensor will detect a 90% reectance card at this range. Sensor will ignore a 90% reectance card at this range. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-61.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-61
Sensor Options for Perfect Prox 30 mm Diameter Models Only (Built-to-order, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for delivery lead times) Food Processing Versions with Threaded Housings Upgrade to a 316 Stainless Steel threaded body from 303, and change the lens cover to hard-coated polycarbonate from glass. To order, add the Sufx -FC to the end of the Catalog Number (Example: E58-30DP150-EL-FC). Food Processing Versions with Smooth (Non-threaded) Housings Upgrade to a 316 Stainless Steel smooth (nonthreaded) body from 303, and change the lens cover to hard-coated polycarbonate from glass. To order, add the Sufx -FSC to the end of the Catalog Number (Example: E58-30DP150-EL-FSC).
Excess Gain
Perfect Prox 1. 18 mm Diameter, 2 Inch (50 mm) range models 2. 18 mm Diameter, 4 Inch (100 mm) range models 3. 30 mm Diameter, 6 Inch (150 mm) range models 4. 30 mm Diameter, 11 Inch (280 mm) range models RANGE (mm)
2.5 1000 25 254 2540
EXCESS GAIN
100
10
1 0.1 1
3
10
4
100
RANGE (inches)

Standard Cables Micro Style Micro Style Straight Female AC 3-pin 3-wire 4-pin 4-wire DC 4-pin 4-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2202
CSAS4F4CY2202
CSAS4F4RY2202
CSAS4F4IO2202
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number

Retroreectors and retroreective tape Mounting brackets Mounting nuts and other accessories Connector cables
PG08301004E
5-62

August 2007
Operating Voltage Mode/Output Cable Models Connector Models Micro Mini
2-Wire Sensors 90 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 18 50V DC All
BN BU Load
L1 or +V L2 or (-)
Load
L2 or (-)
L1 or +V
L1 or +V
L2 or (-) Load
18 50V DC
All (NPN)
BN BU
Load
+V (-)
(-)
Load
+V
All (PNP)
BN
+V Load (-)
5
3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors 20 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC Thru-Beam Source All Others 10 30V DC Thru-Beam Source All Others (NPN & PNP)
BU
(-)
+V Load
BN BU
L1 or (-) L2 or +V
L2 or +V
L1 or (-)
BN BK BU Load
L1 or (-) L2 or +V
L2 or +V Load L1 or (-)
BN BU
+V (-) (-) +V
+V (-) (-) Load
Load +V
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-63
Specications
4-Wire Sensors AC/DC MODELS (AC Operation) AC/DC MODELS (DC Operation) DC-ONLY MODELS 2-Wire Sensors AC/DC MODELS (AC Operation) DC-ONLY and AC/DC MODELS (DC Operation)
Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Current Switching
20 132V AC, 50/60 Hz 3W maximum VMOS (bi-directional) 300 mA maximum
15 30V DC 3W maximum NPN (sink) 300 mA maximum
10 30V DC 2W maximum 4-Wire: NPN and PNP (dual outputs) PNP: 100 mA maximum NPN: 18 mm models: 250 mA maximum; 30 mm models: 100 mA maximum 30V DC maximum
90 132V AC, 50/60 Hz 3W maximum
18 50V DC 3W maximum
18 mm models: DMOS/Bipolar; 30 mm models: DMOS 18 mm models: 100 mA; 30 mm models: 300 mA
Voltage Switching Off-State Leakage Surge Current On-State Voltage Drop
186V peak maximum
186V peak maximum
186V peak maximum 1.7 mA maximum 1A AC 10V AC rms
50V DC maximum 18 mm: 1.7 mA maximum 30 mm: 1.5 mA maximum 1A DC 18 mm models: 10V DC 30 mm models: 8V DC
250 A typical: 500 A Max. 250 A typical: 500 A Max. 10 A maximum 2A maximum 2A maximum 1.8V at 10 mA 4.0V at 300 mA 1A maximum NPN: 1.2V at 10 mA; 18 mm models: 2.0V at 100 mA; 30 mm models: 2.0V at 250 mA; PNP: 2.8V at 100 mA 18 mm models: 1 mS; 30 mm models: 1.6 mS
Response Time Short Circuit Protection
10 mS
2 mS
35 mS Auto reset
35 mS Auto reset
Sensor will turn off immediately when a short or overload is detected (indicator LED will ash). Turn power OFF and back ON to reset. Sensor will reset when short is removed.
Operating and Storage Temperature Range Enclosure Material
-40 to 131F (-40 to 55C)
18 mm models: -40 to 158F (-40 to 70C) 30 mm models: -10 to 131F (-25 to 55C)
Cable Jacket: PVC (poly vinyl chloride) Indicator Ring: PVDF (high-density uorinated polymer) Seals: Viton (registered trademark of Dupont) Lens Cover: Thru-Beam and Perfect Prox models: Tempered Glass (or hard-coated polycarbonate for models ending in FC or FSC) Polarized Reex models: Glass (or cast acrylic for models ending in FC or FSC) Body: 303 Stainless Steel (or 316 Stainless Steel for models ending in FC or FSC) 2 meter cable length Male mini and micro connectors on 7" pigtail (refer to model selection for number of pins per model) Vibration: 30g over 20 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 100g for 3 mS 1/2 sinewave pulse Thru-Beam Source: Lights when power is ON; All other models: Lights steady when output is ON, ashes when short circuit protection is in latch condition (except 2-wire models) Perfect Prox: 5,000 foot-candles Others: 10,000 foot-candles NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 12K and 13; This product is suitable for high temperature, high pressure washdown (1200 psi). This product was designed to withstand chemicals commonly used in the automotive, machine tool, food processing and forest industries. Consult Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for information on resistance to specic chemicals
Cable Versions Connector Versions Vibration and Shock Indicator LED Sunlight Immunity Enclosure Ratings Chemical Resistance
PG08301004E
5-64

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted 18 mm Diameter (Threaded Model Shown)
1.03 (26)
Mini Connector * 2.13 (54) maximum M 18 x 1.0 (25.4) Thread (mm) fits into a 0.75 (19) hole) 0.16 (4)
Micro Connector * 0.6 (15) 1.54 (39) maximum Cable length 3.15 (80)
1.09 (28)
1.57 (40)
Cable models: 6.6 feet (2 m) * Connector models: 7 1 (178 25)
0.22 (5.5)
9.39 (23.8)
30 mm Diameter (Threaded Model Shown)
5
1.03 (26.0)
Mini Connector * M 30 x 1.5 (38.1) Thread (mm) fits into a 1.25 (31.8) hole 2.13 (54) maximum 0.2 (5)
0.6 (15)
Micro Connector * 2.0 (51) maximum Cable length 0.85 (22) 2.59 (66) 4.36 (111)
1.18 (30)
1.65 (42)
Cable models: 6.6 feet (2 m) * Connector models: 7 1 (178 25)
PG08301004E
Photoelectric Sensors E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series

August 2007
5-65
PG.05E.23.T.E
E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series Photoelectric Sensors
Exceptional Background Rejection for Long Distance Sensing Applications

Power LED (Green) Output LED (RED)
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 5-66 5-66 5-67 5-67 5-68 5-68
Side Mounting Option Sealed Package
The Cutler-Hammer E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series from Eatons electrical business, the highest performing long-range sensor you can buy with background rejection, is ideal for your most difcult sensing applications. The E67 Long Range Perfect Prox Series reliably detects targets in range regardless of variations in color, reectance, contrast or surface shape while ignoring objects just slightly outside the target range. The standard E67 sensor is conveniently pre-set with a 6-foot range. Ranges of 3 8 feet are available pre-set from the factory.
Jam Nut Mounting Option
Product Features

Perfect Prox technology provides exceptional background rejection and application problem solving Extended sensing ranges (up to 8 feet) available No user adjustments required Dual indicators communicate both output and power status from an easy-to-see location at the top of the sensor housing Models available with both AC and DC operation in a single unit up to 132 volts AC and DC AC/DC models offer isolated contact output for wiring exibility DC-only sensors offer both NPN and PNP outputs Two mounting options for maximum exibility Fully sealed package
AC or DC Operation
5-66

August 2007

Operating Voltage Sensing Range Optimum Range
Cutoff Range
Field of View
Sensing Beam
Connection Type
Catalog Number Light Operate Dark Operate
4-Wire Sensors 18 30V DC 79 inches (200 cm) 12 to 60 inches 91 inches (30 to 150 cm) (230 cm) 6 inch (15 cm) diameter at 79 inches (200 cm) Infrared Beam 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro DC Connector 4-pin Micro AC Connector 4-pin Micro AC Connector E67-LRDP200-HLD E67-LRDP200-HDD
Custom ranges available
Infrared Beam 6 inch (15 cm) diameter at 79 inches (200 cm) Infrared Beam
E67-LRDPXXX-HLD
E67-LRDPXXX-HDD
20 132V AC 20 132V DC
79 inches (200 cm)
12 to 60 inches 91 inches (30 to 150 cm) (230 cm)
E67-LRDP200-KLD
E67-LRDP200-KDD
Custom ranges available
Infrared Beam
E67-LRDPXXX-KLD
E67-LRDPXXX-KDD
Ranges based on an 18 inch white card. Sensor will detect a 90% reectance card at this range. Sensor will ignore a 90% reectance card at this range. Sensor Options (Built-to-order, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for delivery lead times). The sensing range of this device can be set at the factory to between 60 cm and 240 cm in 10 cm increments. To order, substitute the range (in centimeters) in the model number in place of the standard 200 centimeters. For example, for a device that detects out to 4 feet (4 feet x 12 inches/foot x 2.54 centimeters/inch), that equates to 121.92 cm. Rounding up (or down, depending on your needs) to the nearest 10 cm yields a sensing range of 130 cm. Therefore, for a light-operate AC/DC device, you would order E67-LRDP130-KLD. NOTE: Also consider the cutoff range when selecting a sensing range. Guaranteed cutoff will be approximately 12 inches (30 cm) beyond the sensing range. If a background is present within this zone, adjustments to the application or the sensing range will need to be made. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables below.
5

DC
CSDS4A4CY2202
CSDS4A4RY2202
CSDS4A4IO2202
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-67
Specications
AC/DC Models DC Only Models
Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Voltage Switching Capacity Current Switching Capacity Off-State Leakage On-State Characteristics Short Circuit Protection
20 to 132V AC, 50/60 Hz 20 to 132V DC 2W maximum Solid-state relay, 1500 V isolation 400V AC/DC 75 mA maximum 100 A maximum 35 maximum resistance Thermally current limited at approximately 200 mA IMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short circuit condition)
18 to 30V DC 0.5W maximum NPN and PNP 30V DC 100 mA maximum 50 A maximum NPN: 1.5V drop at 100 mA, maximum PNP: 2.5V drop at 100 mA, maximum Protected against dead shorts only CAUTION: Will not protect against overloads between 100 mA and 250 mA IMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short circuit condition) 15 mS Specied by Catalog Number Operating: -31o to +131oF(-35 o to +55oC); Storage: -40o to +158oF(-40 o to +70oC)
Response Time Light/Dark Operation Temperature Range Material of Construction
50 mS
Enclosure: Lexan Polycarbonate; Back cover: Cycoloy Polycarbonate/ABS; Indicator viewing window: Lexan Polycarbonate; Jam nut and connector: 15% Glass-lled Nylon 6/6; Threaded inserts: Brass. IMPORTANT: Do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones. Jam-nut: Do not exceed 100 in-lbs mounting torque, minimum panel thickness 0.150" Side-mounting: Sensor includes 2 sets of #10-32 threaded inserts. Tighten to no more than 35 in-lbs. Use #10-32 x 0.250" fasteners with splittype washer for panel thickness between 0.048" and 0.080". For other panel thicknesses, choose fastener and washers to ensure minimum thread engagement of 0.120" and a maximum thread engagement of 0.155". Micro-Connector, 4-pin male Vibrations: 10g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 30g for 6 mS 1/2 sine wave pulse Red: Lights steady when output is on; Green: Lights steady when power is applied to sensor 5,000 foot-candles NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13
Mounting
Connector Models Vibration and Shock Indicator LED Sunlight Immunity Enclosure Ratings
These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. For questions about a specic application, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.
Excess Gain nominal unit with xed 79 sensing range

RANGE (cm)
4000 2.5 25 51 77 102 127 152178 254

Connector Cables Mounting Brackets
1000
EXCESS GAIN
100
10
1 0.1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 100
RANGE (inches)
PG08301004E
5-68

August 2007
Wiring Diagrams AC/DC Models

Connector Version-Face View Male L1 or +V (Red/Black) AC 20 to 132 V or DC 20 to 132 V
1 2 3 4
DC-Only Models
Connector Version-Face View Male L1 or +V +V DC 18 to 30 V NPN Output Load (Sink) (White) (Brown)
2 3 4 1
+V
(Green) See Output Options (Red) Below L2 or ( - )
(Black) PNP Load Output (Source)
(Red/White) (-)
(Blue)
L2 or ( - )
(-)

DC PNP (Source) L1 Green (Pin 4) Red (Pin 3) Load L2

AC Load Green (Pin 4) Red (Pin 3) Load
Red (Pin 3) Green (Pin 4)
(-)
Connector Versions: The pin numbering and wire colors are typical of several manufacturers, however, variations are possible. NOTE: In case of discrepancies, rely on function indicated and pin location rather than pin number or wire color. Sensor operates on DC voltage, but isolated output can switch AC or DC loads.
5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1.69 (43) 2.34 (59) 1.65 (42) 0.95 (24) 1.7 (43) 6.53 (166) 5.41 (137) 1.7 (43) 0.62 (15.5) 1.01 (25.5) 0.15 (4) 2.33 (59)
0.12 (3)
M30 x 1.5 Thread Fits into 1.25 (32) hole
PG08301004E
Photoelectric Sensors 50 Series

August 2007
5-69
PG.05E.08.T.E
50 Series Photoelectric Sensors
Customize These High Performance Sensors with Interchangeable Outputs and Logic Functions
High Performance Optics Glass Fiber Optic Models
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Output Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Logic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69 5-70 5-72 5-73 5-73 5-74 5-75 5-75 5-75
Output Indicator LED

Cutler-Hammer 50 Series Photoelectric Sensors from Eatons electrical business offer exibility, durability and high optical performance in a cost-effective selfcontained package. Choose from four output device modules, four logic function modules, ve sensing modes and two types of connection to tailor the sensor to exactly meet your needs. A removable sealed cover allows access to the interchangeable modules. Sensors are available in thru-beam, reex, polarized reex, diffuse reective and ber optic sensing modes. Each sensor features a builtin swivel bracket for easy mounting and to allow precise adjustment of the sensor alignment.
Built-In Ball-Swivel Bracket Choose from Cable or Built-In Mini-Connector
Removable Cover Allows Access to Interchangeable Output Devices and Logic Modules
Product Features

Approvals

High optical performance includes 100-foot (30.5m) thru-beam range and 6-foot (1.8m) diffuse reective range Output options include a 2 Amp SPDT relay All units offer light/dark selection Logic options include time delay, one-shot and motion detection Thru-beam models feature an infrared sensing beam along with a visible red LED behind the lens in the source unit to aid in sensor alignment Fiber optic sensors operate in thru-beam or diffuse reective mode depending on the ber optic cable selected Glass ber optic cables plug into NEMA 4 rated sockets on the front of the sensor. Sockets are leakproof even when the ber optic cables are not plugged in Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to washdown, high shock and/or vibration Choice of pre-wired power cable or built-in mini-connector versions. Standard pre-wired cable length is 6 feet (1.8m) Built-in, patented, 360 rotation 10 tilt ball-swivel base
5-70

August 2007

Voltage Range Sensing Optimum Range Field of View Range Thru-Beam Component Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number
Thru-Beam
115V AC
70 feet (21.3m)
0.1 35 feet (0.03 11m)
4 inch (102 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm)
Source
Detector
Infrared (with visible red LED to aid alignment)
100 feet 0.1 50 feet (30.5m) (0.03 15m)
Source
Detector Detector Source 230V AC 70 feet (21.3m) 0.1 35 feet (0.03 11m) 4 inch (102 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm) Source
Detector For a complete system, order One Source, One Detector, One Logic Module and One Output Device (Page 5-73)
100 feet 0.1 50 feet (30.5m) (0.03 15m)
Source
Detector Minimum object size Is 0.4 x 0.7 Inches (10 x 18 mm)
10 30V DC 70 feet (21.3m)
0.1 35 feet (0.03 11m)
Source
Detector
100 feet 0.1 50 feet (30.5m) (0.03 15m)
Source
Detector
Standard Reex
115V AC
30 feet (9.1m)
0 15 feet (0 4.6m)
Infrared
6-foot Cable 2-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 5-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 2-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 5-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 2-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 5-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 2-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 5-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 2-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 4-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 2-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 4-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable
1155A-6511 1155A-6501 1251B-6511 1251B-6501 1155A-6511 1155A-6501 1250B-6511 1250B-6501 1155A-6512 1155A-6502 1251B-6512 1251B-6502 1155A-6512 1155A-6502 1250B-6512 1250B-6502 1155A-6517 1155A-6507 1251B-6517 1251B-6507 1155A-6517 1155A-6507 1250B-6517 1250B-6507 1450B-6511
5

5-pin MiniConnector 230V AC Sensor 30 feet (9.1m) 0 15 feet (0 4.6m) 2 inch (51 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm) 6-foot Cable
1450B-6501
1450B-6512
5-pin MiniConnector 10 30V DC 30 feet (9.1m) 0 15 feet (0 4.6m) 2 inch (51 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm) 6-foot Cable
1450B-6502
For a complete system, order Sensor, Retroreector, One Logic Module and One Output Device (Page 5-73) (See Section 8)
1450B-6517
4-pin MiniConnector
1450B-6507
Ranges based on 3-inch retroreector for reex sensors, 90% reectance white card for diffuse reective sensors. See Excess Gain graphs on Page 5-72. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-72.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-71

Polarized Reex
115V AC
15 feet (4.6m)
0.5 6 feet (0.2 1.8m)
Visible Red
6-foot Cable
1451B-6511 1451B-6501 1451B-6512 1451B-6502 1451B-6517 1451B-6507 1350B-6511
5-pin Mini-Connector
230V AC
15 feet (4.6m)
0.5 6 feet (0.2 1.8m)
6-foot Cable
Sensor 10 30V DC 15 feet (4.6m) 0.5 6 feet (0.2 1.8m) 2 inch (51 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm) 6-foot Cable
For a complete system, order Sensor, Retroreector, One Logic Module and One Output Device (Page 5-73) (See Section 8) Diffuse Reective
115V AC
24 inches (610 mm)
1 8 inches (25 203 mm)
6-foot Cable 5-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 5-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 5-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 5-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Mini-Connector 6-foot Cable 4-pin Mini-Connector Infrared 6-foot Cable 5-pin Mini-Connector
1351B-6511 1351B-6501 1352B-6511 1352B-6501 1350B-6512 1350B-6502 1351B-6512 1351B-6502 1350B-6517 1350B-6507 1351B-6517 1351B-6507 1352B-6517 1352B-6507 1550B-6511 1550B-6501 1550B-6512 1550B-6502 1550B-6517 1550B-6507
72 inches 1 36 inches (1828 mm) (25 914 mm) 230V AC 10 inches (254 mm) 24 inches (610 mm) 10 30V DC 10 inches (254 mm) 24 inches (610 mm) 0.25 5 inches (6 127 mm) 1 8 inches (25 203 mm) 0.25 5 inches (6 127 mm) 1 8 inches (25 203 mm)
For a complete system, order One Logic Module and One Output Device (See Page 5-73)
72 inches 1 36 inches (1828 mm) (25 914 mm) Fiber Optic 115V AC
Glass Fiber Optic Cables Not Included (See Section 9)
230V AC
Depends on Fiber Selected
6-foot Cable 5-pin Mini-Connector
10 30V DC For a complete system, order One Logic Module and One Output Device (See Page 5-73)

Ranges based on 3-inch retroreector for reex sensors, 90% reectance white card for diffuse reective sensors. See Excess Gain graphs on Page 5-72. Polarized sensors may not operate with retroreective tape. Test selected tape before installation. Ranges using standard 0.125-inch diameter ber optic cable: Thru-beam mode 12 inches (305 mm); Diffuse reective mode 2.25 inches (57 mm). Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-72.
PG08301004E
10 inches (254 mm)
0.25 5 inches (6 127 mm)
1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm) 5.5 inch (140 mm) diameter at 24 inches (610 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm) 5.5 inch (140 mm) diameter at 24 inches (610 mm) Depends on Fiber Selected
Infrared
1350B-6501
5-72

August 2007
Excess Gain
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5 1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540
EXCESS GAIN
100
EXCESS GAIN
100
2
10
10
1 2 3
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet) Thru-Beam 1. 1250B detectors using 1155A sources 2. 1251B detectors using 1155A sources
RANGE (inches) Diffuse Reective (90% reective white card) 1. 1352B 2. 1351B 3. 1350B
EXCESS GAIN
100
EXCESS GAIN
5
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5 1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540
100
10
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet) Reex (3-inch diameter retroreector) 1. 1450B 2. 1451B
RANGE (inches) Fiber Optic (standard 0.125-inch diameter ber optic cable shown) 1. Thru-beam mode 2. Diffuse reective mode (90% reective white card)

1-White 2-Black
4-pin
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS4F4CY1602
1-Black 2-White 3-Red 4-Green 1-White 2-Red 3-Green 4-Orange 5-Black
5-pin
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS5D5CY1602
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-73
Model Selection Output Devices (One required for each sensor except thru-beam source)
Description Sensors Used With Load Switching Output Type Output Rating OFF-State Leakage ON-State Voltage Drop Catalog Number
Plug-In Relay
115 or 230V AC sensors
AC or DC loads. For loads under 40 mA use solid-state switch below
SPDT
2A at 115V AC resistive load
8532B-6501
(May be wired in series or parallel with other switches)
115 or 230V AC sensors (May be wired in series or parallel with other switches) Sink/ Source/ TTL DC sensors
AC loads only
SPST isolated output, triac solidstate relay Open collector transistor
50 mA max. resistive load, AC only 0.25A max. resistive or inductive
200 A max.
3V max.
8563A-6501
DC loads only
10 A max. at 30V DC
Less than 1V 8587A-6501 at rated load
Plug-in relay has a life expectancy of 200,000 operations at rated load all other output devices have unlimited life expectancy when used within rated load limits. Sink (NPN) SPST switch to DC common provides dry contact and NPN open collector output. Source (PNP) SPST to positive DC power supply. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Model Selection Logic Modules (One required for each sensor except thru-beam source)
Description Operation Operating Mode(s) (Switch Selectable) Ranges Catalog Number
Light/Dark
Provides selection of light or dark operation. Use this module only when no other logic function is required, as all four models shown here have a light/dark select switch.
Light Operate Dark Operate
8250B-6501
Time Delay
Delays state changes of the sensor output signal by a useradjustable time period.
On and Off Delay Light Operate Dark Operate
0.001 to 0.25 seconds 0.005 to 2.5 seconds 0.05 to 25 seconds
8251B-6501
One-Shot
Produces a pulse when triggered length of pulse is useradjustable. Triggering on leading or trailing edge of target is switch selectable.
Standard One-Shot Retriggerable One-Shot Delayed One-Shot On-Delay One-Shot Light Operate Dark Operate
0.005 to 0.050 seconds 0.040 to 0.40 seconds 0.32 to 3.2 seconds 2.5 to 25 seconds
8252A-6501
Motion Detection
Performs same function as a speed switch. Triggering on leading or trailing edge of target is switch selectable.
Underspeed Overspeed Under/Overspeed Light Operate Dark Operate
1200 to 12,000 CPM 150 to 1500 CPM 19 to 180 CPM 2.4 to 23 CPM
8253A-6501
PG08301004E
SolidState Switch
115V AC sensors
AC or DC loads
SPST VMOS solid- 68 mA max. state relay resistive load, AC or DC
50 A max.
4V max.
8562B-6501
5-74

August 2007

Adapter Plate
Allows 50 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch 5000 Series terminal base and 60-1785 normal duty bracket
6150A-6502
Adapter Plate
Allows 50 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch 5000 Series cable base and 60-1785 normal duty bracket
6150A-6503
0.30 (7.6) C
A B 1.00 (25.4) Typ.
2.65 (67.3) 1.18 (30.0) 0.50 (12.7)
5
Adapter Plate Allows 50 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch 4000 Series selfcontained models and 60-1749 bracket 6150A-6504 Adapter Plate Allows 50 Series sensor to replace Banner Multibeam (all models) and SMB700 bracket 6150A-6505 Retroreectors Connector Cables Lens Protector Retroreectors and retroreective tape See Section 8 For use with connector version sensors See Section 10 Lens protector kit. Clear glass cover ts 1450B-7501 snugly over the sensor lens to protect it from damage. Ideal for environments in which damage to the lens is likely. Not recommended for use with diffuse reective sensors.
2.00 (50.8)
0.218 (5.5)
Thickness: 11 GA
0.281 (7.1) Typ.
Catalog Number
6150A-6503 6150A-6504
4.45 2.83 (113.0) (71.9)
1.09 (27.7)
5.64 4.04 2.15 (143.3) (102.6) (54.6)
NOTE: Dimensions in Inches
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-75
115V AC or 230V AC
Thru-Beam Source
BN BU
L1
L1
L2 L2 N.O. Out Load N.C. Out Load
L2
All others
10 30V DC
Thru-Beam Source
RD BK
+V
(-) +V
(-)
(-) Load
(-)
All others
RD GN Load WH Load BK
+V
Load +V
Specications
115V AC Models 230V AC Models 10 30V DC Models
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Sensors

360 Rotation Fiber Optic Models Top View 1.41 (35.8) Front View 0.40 (10.2) 10 1.02 (25.9) 10
Input Voltage
90 132V AC, 60 Hz 100 132V AC, 50 Hz
180 264V AC, 60 Hz 200 264V AC, 50 Hz 2W
10 30V DC, 35 mA
Power Dissipation Light/Dark Operation Operating Temperature Humidity Case Material Lens Material Vibration
1W
Switch selection on logic module Thru-Beam: -22 to +158F (-30 to +70C) All Others: -40 to +158F (-40 to +70C) 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Noryl (avoid exposing to chlorinated, halogenated or aromatic hydrocarbons) Nylon 15g or 0.06-inch displacement, whichever is less, over 10 Hz to 2 kHz (when using 8532B relay 0.04-inch displacement between 10 55 Hz) 40g for 10 mS and 500g for 2 mS, 1/2 sine wave pulse 20:1 Ratio NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 100 foot Thru-Beam models: 6,000 foot-candles All other models: 10,000 foot-candles See output device specications
Output Device Installed Response Time Dark-to-Light Light-to-Dark
0.16 (4.1)
1.36 (34.5) 2.08 (52.8) 10 10 0.40 (10.2)
Beam Status LED 2.05 (52.1) 3.19 (81.0)
Shock Sensitivity Adjustment Enclosure Ratings Sunlight Immunity Output

Sensor Type
2.15 (54.6) 1.40 (35.6) 0.55 (14.0) 0.23 (5.8) 1.18 (30.0) 1.64 (41.7)
1.62 (41.1) 0.20 (5.1) DIA, 2 PL (#10 Clearance Hole)
1/2-14 NPT
AC Thru-Beam Models 8532B 8562B 8563A All Other AC Models
12 mS 5 mS 10 mS 12 mS 5 mS 10 mS 2 mS 2 mS
18 mS 11 mS 16 mS 12 mS 5 mS 10 mS 8 mS 2 mS
8532B 8562B 8563A 8587A 8587A
DC Thru-Beam Models All Other DC Models
NOTE: Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. If you have questions about a specic application, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.
PG08301004E
BN L1 RD Load N.O. Out BK Relay COM YL Load N.C. Out BU L2
L1 Relay COM
5-76

August 2007
PG.05E.07.T.E
High Optical Performance and a Built-In Swivel Bracket for Easy and Precise Alignment
Output Indicator LED
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors. . . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76 5-77 5-79 5-80 5-81 5-82 5-82
Glass Fiber Optic Models
High Performance Optics Choose from Cable or Built-In Mini-Connector
Cutler-Hammer 55 Series Photoelectric Sensors are identical to Eatons 50 Series except without the interchangeable outputs or logic functions. They offer durability and high optical performance in a costeffective, self-contained package. The 55 Series features sensors with AC and DC operation in a single unit. A relay option is available on these models that provides a 3 Amp SPDT relay output for high current switching. Sensors are available that in thrubeam, reex, polarized reex, diffuse reective and ber optic sensing modes. Each sensor features a built-in swivel bracket for easy mounting and to allow precise adjustment of the sensor alignment.
Built-In Ball-Swivel Bracket
5
Product Features

Approvals

High optical performance includes 100-foot (30.5m) thru-beam range and 6-foot (1.8m) diffuse reective range Both AC and DC operation in a single unit Short circuit protected solid-state outputs on AC/DC and DC-only versions (except thru-beam) Relay output option provides 3 Amp current switching on AC/DC models Thru-beam models feature an infrared sensing beam along with a visible red LED behind the lens in the source unit to aid in sensor alignment Fiber optic sensors operate in thru-beam or diffuse reective mode depending on the ber optic cable selected Glass ber optic cables plug into NEMA 4 rated sockets on the front of the sensor. Sockets are leakproof even when the ber optic cables are not plugged in Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to washdown, high shock and/or vibration Choice of pre-wired power cable or built-in mini-connector versions. Standard pre-wired cable length is 6 feet (1.8m) Built-in, patented, 360 rotation 10 tilt ball-swivel base

August 2007
5-77

Operating Voltage Sensing Optimum Range Range Field of View Thru-Beam Sensing Component Beam Connection Type and output Catalog Number Light Operate Dark Operate
Thru-Beam
115V AC
70 feet (21.3m)
0.1 35 feet 4 inch (102 mm) Source (0.03 11m) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm) Detector
Infrared (with visible red LED to aid alignment)
6-foot Cable 2-pin MiniConnector 6-foot Cable 3-pin MiniConnector
1155A-6511 1155A-6501 1256A-6511 1256A-6501 1155A-6511 1155A-6501 1255A-6511 1255A-6501 1155A-6512 1155A-6502 1256A-6512 1256A-6502 1155A-6512 1155A-6502 1255A-6512 1255A-6502 1155A-6517 1155A-6507 1256A-6517 1256A-6507 1155A-6517 1155A-6507 1255A-6517 1255A-6507 1455A-6513 1455R-6513 1455A-6503 1455R-6503
6-foot Cable 3-pin MiniConnector
1455AD6513 1455RD6513 1455AD6503 1455RD6503
Detector Source
230V AC
70 feet (21.3m)
Minimum object size is 0.4 x 0.7 Inches (10 x 18 mm)
For a complete system, order One Source and One Detector
100 feet 0.1 50 feet 4 inch (102 mm) Source (30.5m) (0.03 15m) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm) Detector
10 30V DC
70 feet (21.3m)
Standard Reex
20 264V AC 30 feet (9.1m) or 15 30V DC
0 15 feet (0 4.6m)
Infrared
6-foot Cable 6-foot Cable Relay Output 3-pin MiniConnector 5-pin MiniConnector Relay Output
Sensor
10 30V DC
30 feet (9.1m)
0 15 feet (0 4.6m)
For a complete system, order Sensor and Retroreector (See Section 8)

Infrared
1455A-6517 1455A-6507
1455AD6517 1455AD6507
Ranges based on 3-inch retroreector for reex sensors, 90% reectance white card for diffuse reective sensors. See Excess Gain graphs on Page 5-79. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-79.
PG08301004E
5-78

August 2007

Operating Sensing Voltage Range Optimum Range Field of View Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number Light Operate Dark Operate
Polarized Reex
20 264V 15 feet (4.6m) AC or 15 30V DC
0.5 6 feet (0.2 1.8m)
Visible Red
6-foot Cable 6-foot Cable Relay Output
1456A-6513 1456R-6513
1456AD6513 1456RD6513 1456AD6503 1456RD6503 1456AD6517 1456AD6507 1355AD6513 1355RD6513 1355AD6503 1355RD6503 1356AD6513 1356RD6513 1356AD6503 1356RD6503 1357AD6513 1357RD6513 1357AD6503 1357RD6503 1355AD6517 1355AD6507 1356AD6517 1356AD6507 1357AD6517 1357AD6507 1555AD6513 1555RD6513 1555AD6503 1555RD6503 1555AD6517
3-pin Mini-Connector 1456A-6503 5-pin Mini-Connector 1456R-6503 Relay Output Sensor 10 30V DC 15 feet (4.6m) 0.5 6 feet (0.2 1.8m) 2 inch (51 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) Infrared diameter at 10 inches (254 mm) 6-foot Cable 1456A-6517
For a complete system, order Sensor and Retroreector (See Section 8) Diffuse Reective
4-pin Mini-Connector 1456A-6507 6-foot Cable 6-foot Cable Relay Output 3-pin Mini-Connector 5-pin Mini-Connector Relay Output 6-foot Cable 6-foot Cable Relay Output 3-pin Mini-Connector 5-pin Mini-Connector Relay Output 6-foot Cable 6-foot Cable Relay Output 3-pin Mini-Connector 5-pin Mini-Connector Relay Output 6-foot Cable 4-pin Mini-Connector 1355A-6513 1355R-6513 1355A-6503 1355R-6503 1356A-6513 1356R-6513 1356A-6503 1356R-6503 1357A-6513 1357R-6513 1357A-6503 1357R-6503 1355A-6517 1355A-6507
20 264V 10 inches AC or (254 mm) 15 30V DC
0.25 5 inches (6 127 mm)
5
Fiber Optic Glass Fiber Optic Cables Not Included (See Section 9)

24 inches (610 mm)
1 8 inches 1 inch (25 mm) (25 203 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm)
72 inches (1828 mm)
1 36 inches 5.5 inch (140 mm) (25 914 mm) diameter at 24 inches (610 mm)
10 30V DC
10 inches (254 mm) 24 inches (610 mm) 72 inches (1828 mm)
0.25 5 inches (6 127 mm) 1 8 inches (25 203 mm)
20 264V AC or 15 30V DC
Thru-Beam: 12 inches (305 mm) Diffuse Reective: 2.25 inches (57 mm) Thru-Beam: 12 inches (305 mm) Diffuse Reective: 2.25 inches (57 mm)
1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm) 1 36 inches 5.5 inch (140 mm) (25 914 mm) diameter at 24 inches (610 mm) Depends on Infrared Fiber Selected
6-foot Cable 1356A-6517 4-pin Mini-Connector 1356A-6507 6-foot Cable 1357A-6517 4-pin Mini-Connector 1357A-6507 6-foot Cable 1555A-6513
6-foot Cable 1555R-6513 Relay Output 3-pin Mini-Connector 1555A-6503 5-pin Mini-Connector 1555R-6503 Relay Output 6-foot Cable 1555A-6517
10 30V DC
4-pin Mini-Connector 1555A-6507
1555AD6507
Ranges based on 3-inch retroreector for reex sensors, 90% reectance white card for diffuse reective sensors. See Excess Gain graphs on Page 5-79. Polarized sensors may not operate with retroreective tape. Test selected tape before installation. Ranges using standard 0.125-inch diameter ber optic cable. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-79. Relay output option for AC/DC Models only (built-to-order, contact factory for delivery lead times). For a 3 Amp, SPDT relay output replace A in Catalog Number with R. (AC/DC Models only not available in Thru-Beam).
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-79
Excess Gain
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5 1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
1
100
100
2
10
2 3
1 0.1 1 10 100 1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet) Thru-Beam 1. 1255A detectors using 1155A sources 2. 1256A detectors using 1155A sources
RANGE (inches) Diffuse Reective (90% reective white card) 1. 1357A 2. 1356A 3. 1355A RANGE (mm)
30.5 1000 2.5 25 254 2540
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
100
100
10
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet) Reex (3-inch diameter retroreector) 1. 1455A 2. 1456A
RANGE (inches) Fiber Optic (standard 0.125-inch diameter ber optic cable shown) 1. Thru-Beam mode 2. Diffuse reective mode (90% reective white card)

1-White 2-Black
3-pin
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS3F3CY1602
1-Green 2-Black 3-White 1-Black 2-White 3-Red 4-Green 1-White 2-Red 3-Green 4-Orange 5-Black
4-pin
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS4A4CY1602
5-pin
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS5A5CY1602
PG08301004E
10
5-80

August 2007

Adapter Plate
Allows 55 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch 5000 Series terminal base and 60-1785 normal duty bracket
6150A-6502
Adapter Plate
Allows 55 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch 5000 Series cable base and 60-1785 normal duty bracket
6150A-6503
0.30 (7.6) C
A B 1.00 (25.4) Typ.
5
2.65 (67.3) 1.18 (30.0) 0.50 (12.7)
2.00 (50.8)
Adapter Plate
Allows 55 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch 4000 Series selfcontained models and 60-1749 bracket
6150A-6504
0.218 (5.5)
Catalog Number
Thickness: 11 GA
0.281 (7.1) Typ.
6150A-6503 6150A-6504
4.45 (113.0) 5.64 (143.3)
2.83 (71.9) 4.04 (102.6)
1.09 (27.7) 2.15 (54.6)
Adapter Plate
Allows 55 Series sensor to replace Banner Multibeam, (all models) and SMB700 bracket
6150A-6505
Retroreectors Connector Cables Lens Protector
Retroreectors and retroreective tape See Section 8 For use with connector version sensors See Section 10
Lens protector kit. Clear glass cover ts 1450B-7501 snugly over the sensor lens to protect it from damage. Ideal for environments in which damage to the lens is likely. Not recommended for use with diffuse reective sensors.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-81
115V AC or 230V AC
Thru-Beam Source
BN BU
L1 L1 L2 L2
Thru-Beam Detector
BN BK BU Load
L1 L2 L1 or (-)
Load L2
20 264V AC or 15 30V DC
Standard Output
BN BK BU Load
L1 or (-)
Load L2 or +V
L2 or +V
Relay Output
BN L1 or (-) RD Load N.O. Out BK Relay COM YL Load N.C. Out BU L2 or +V

10 30V DC Thru-Beam Source
L2 or +V N.O. Out Load N.C. Out Load
L1 or (-) Relay COM
RD BK
+V
(-) +V
(-)
All others
RD GN Load WH Load BK
+V
(-) Load Load +V
(-)
PG08301004E
L1
5-82

August 2007
Specications
Thru-Beam 115V AC Models 230V AC Models 10 30V DC Models All Other Models AC/DC Models 10 30V DC Models
Input Voltage
90 132V AC, 60 Hz 180 264V AC, 60 Hz 10 30V DC, 35 mA 100 132V AC, 50 Hz 200 264V AC, 50 Hz 2W 1W -22 to +158F (-30 to +70C) VMOS, 50 mA maximum resistive or relay- Sink/source/TTL, load; Off-Stage leakage is 0.1 mA open collector maximum transistor, 50 mA maximum load current Dark-to-Light: 5 mS Light-to-Dark: 11 mS
20 264V AC, 50/60 Hz or 15 30V DC 2W
10 30V DC, 35 mA 1W -40 to +158F (-40 to +70C)
Power Dissipation 2W Operating Temperature Output:
Standard Versions: VMOS, 300 mA max./NPN, 300 mA max. Relay Output Versions: 3A SPDT relay 10 mS Sensor will turn off immediately when a short or overload is detected (indicator LED will ash). Turn power OFF and back ON to reset. IMPORTANT: During installation, correct power connections must be made rst to ensure fail-safe short circuit protection of the outputs.
NPN: 250 mA max., 1.8V drop max. PNP: 100 mA max., 2.6V drop max. (not TTL compatible) Optional Relay Models: SPDT 3A contact 1 mS Sensor will turn off immediately when a short or overload is detected (indicator LED will ash). Sensor will reset when short is removed.
Response Times Short Circuit Protection
5
Sunlight Immunity
100 foot Thru-Beam models: 6,000 foot-candles All other models: 10,000 foot-candles 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Noryl (avoid exposing to chlorinated, halogenated, or aromatic hydrocarbons) Nylon 15g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 10 Hz to 2 kHz (relay models: 10g over 10 55 Hz) 40g for 10 mS and 500g for 2 mS, 1/2 sine wave pulse (20g for relay models) NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13
Humidity Case Material Lens Material Vibration Shock Enclosure Ratings
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Sensors

360 Rotation Fiber Optic Models Top View
1.41 (35.8)
Front View 0.16 (4.1) 0.40 (10.2)
1.36 (34.5) 10 0.40 (10.2) Beam Status LED 2.05 (52.1) 2.15 (54.6) 3.19 (81.0) 10 10 1.02 (25.9) 10
0.55 (14) 0.23 (5.8) 1.18 (30) 1.64 (41.7) 1.62 (41.2) 0.20 (5.1) DIA, 2 PL (#10 Clearance Hole) 1/2-14 NPT
PG08301004E
Photoelectric Sensors E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular

August 2007
5-83
PG.05E.21.T.E
E51 Modular Limit Switch Style Photoelectric Sensors
Modular Construction and a Variety of Operating Modes

Head Can Be Mounted in Any of Four Positions Heads Available in Five Sensing Modes Sensitivity Adjustment on Select Models Sensor Bodies Available for AC and DC Operation
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Assembled Sensors . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensor Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensor Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Logic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Receptacles . . . Model Selection, Compatible Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83 5-84 5-86 5-88 5-88 5-89 5-89 5-90 5-90 5-92 5-92
Viton Gasket Seals Throughout
Rugged Zinc Die Cast Housing Conduit, Cable and Connector Wiring Options
A Variety of Receptacles Meet Your Wiring Needs
Cutler-Hammer E51 Limit Switch Style Modular Sensors from Eatons electrical business are available in thru-beam, reex, polarized reex, diffuse reective and ber optic sensing modes to solve a wide variety of sensing applications. Modular, plug-in components are easy to maintain, meaning less downtime and reduced inventory. Choose between 2-wire sensors with AC/DC operation and 4wire sensors in either AC or DC styles. Connection options include terminal, mini-connector and various lengths of cable. Sensors can be ordered in component form or as fully assembled units.
Product Features

Choose from ve different sensing modes including ber optic All heads feature a selector switch for light or dark operation Logic modules are available to provide additional control functions Rugged construction, ideal for industrial environments Viton gaskets ensure a positive seal and high chemical resistance Sensor heads can be rotated to any of four positions Components are interchangeable with E51 proximity sensors Sensors accommodate both U.S. and DIN mounting dimensions Sensor bodies feature bifurcated engagement prongs for a reliable electrical connection when plugging into receptacle stabs
Approvals

UL Listed CSA Certied (where shown)
5-84

August 2007
Model Selection Assembled Sensors Reex, Diffuse Reective and Thru-Beam

20 264V AC/DC N.O. or N.C. E51SAL
120V AC N.O. and N.C. Complementary E51SCL E51SCN Accepts Logic Modules E51RC E51RCB
10 30V DC N.O. and N.C. Complementary E51SNL NPN E51RN E51SPL PNP E51RN
Receptacle E51RA
Sensor Heads Sensing Range Response Time Sensing Beam Catalog Number Sensor Head Only
Catalog Number Assembled Sensors with Head, Sensor Body and Receptacle
Reex
18 feet (5.5m)
Standard Response Standard Response Standard Response
Infrared
E51DP1 E51DP3
E51ALP1
E51CLP1 E51CLP3
E51CNP1 E51CNP3
E51NLP1 E51NLP3
E51PLP1 E51PLP3
35 feet (10.7m) Polarized Reex 15 feet (4.5m)
Visible Red
E51DP5
E51CLP5
E51CNP5
E51NLP5
E51PLP5
5
Diffuse Reective
Thru-Beam Detector
Standard Response Fast Response 18 inches Standard (450 mm) Response 40 inches (1m) Standard Response 300 feet Standard (90m) Response
8 inches (200 mm)
Infrared
E51DP2 E51DP22 E51DP6 E51DP4
E51ALP2 E51ALC1
E51CLP2 E51CLP22 E51CLP6 E51CLP4 E51CLC1
E51CNP2 E51CNP22 E51CNP6 E51CNP4 E51CNC1
E51NLP2 E51NLP22 E51NLP6 E51NLP4 E51NLC1
E51PLP2 E51PLP22 E51PLP6 E51PLP4 E51PLC1
E51DC1
Thru-Beam Source
300 feet (90m)
Infrared with visible red alignment aid
E51DEL
E51ELA (120V AC Operation)
E51DED
E51EDN (10 30V DC Operation)
All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch which reverses the output function. Logic modules must be ordered separately, see Page 5-88. These sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13. Includes sensor head mounted to sensor body. Head can be rotated to any of four discrete positions on body, 90% apart, but is not separate from body. Receptacles feature terminal wiring with a 1/2" NPT thread at the conduit entrance. Other connection options are available (see below and Page 5-89).
Connection Option Sufx Example
20 mm thread at the conduit entrance Built-in Mini-Connector with epoxy lled receptacle Pigtail with Mini-Connector
Pre-wired cable with epoxy lled receptacle
2-wire, 3-pin connector 4-wire, 5-pin connector 2-wire, AC/DC 4-wire, AC 4-wire, DC 8 feet long 12 feet long 20 feet long
20 P3 P5 T3 T5 T5 S S12 S20
E51ALP120 E51ALP1P3 E51CLP1P5 E51RAPT3 E51RCPT5 E51RNPT5 E51ALP1S E51ALP1S12 E51ALP1S20
Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-89.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-85
Model Selection Assembled Sensors Glass Fiber Optic

20 264V AC/DC E51SAL
120V AC
10 30V DC N.O. and N.C. Complementary E51SNL NPN E51RN E51SPL PNP E51RN
N.O. or N.C. N.O. and N.C. Complementary E51SCL E51SCN Accepts Logic Modules E51RCB
Receptacle
Sensor Heads Sensing Range Response Time
E51RA
E51RC
Catalog Number Catalog Number Sensor Head Only Assembled Sensors with Head, Sensor Body and Receptacle
Glass Fiber Optic, Standard Fiber Mounting Style
3 inches (75 mm) 25 inches (650 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) 9 inches (225 mm)
Standard Response
E51DF1
E51CLF1
E51CNF1
E51NLF1
E51PLF1
Fast Response
E51DF11
E51CLF11
E51CNF11
E51NLF11
E51PLF11
Glass Fiber Optic, Collar Fiber Mounting Style
3 inches (75 mm) 25 inches (650 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) 9 inches (225 mm)
Standard Response
E51DF3
E51CLF3
E51CNF3
E51NLF3
E51PLF3
Fast Response
E51DF33
E51CLF33
E51CNF33
E51NLF33
E51PLF33
All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch which reverses the output function. Logic modules must be ordered separately, see Page 5-88. These sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13. Sensing range for diffuse reective mode for 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) diameter bers. See Page 5-87 for complete sensing range specications. Sensing range in thru-beam mode for 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) diameter bers. See Page 5-87 for complete sensing range specications. Requires glass ber optic cables for operation (not included), see Section 9. Receptacles feature terminal wiring with a 1/2 NPT thread at the conduit entrance. Other connection options are available (see below and Page 5-89).
Connection Option Sufx Example
20 mm thread at the conduit entrance Built-in Mini-Connector with epoxy lled receptacle Pigtail with Mini-Connector
Pre-wired cable with epoxy lled receptacle
2-wire, 3-pin connector 4-wire, 5-pin connector 2-wire, AC/DC 4-wire, AC 4-wire, DC 8 feet long 12 feet long 20 feet long
20 P3 P5 T3 T5 T5 S S12 S20
E51CLF120 E51CLF1P3 E51CLF1P5 E51RAPT3 E51RCPT5 E51RNPT5 E51ALP1S E51ALP1S12 E51ALP1S20
Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-89.
PG08301004E
5-86

August 2007
Model Selection Sensor Heads Reex, Diffuse Reective and Thru-Beam

Sensing Range Field of View Response Time ON AC Sensor DC Sensor OFF AC Sensor DC Sensor Sensing Beam Adjustments Input Voltage Catalog Number
Reex
18 feet (5.5m) 35 feet (10.7m)
6 inch (152 mm) diameter at 15 feet (4.6m) 12 inch (305 mm) diameter at 35 feet (10.7m) 6 inch (152 mm) diameter at 15 feet (4.6m)
20 mS
20 mS
30 mS
22 mS
Infrared
E51DP1
20 mS
20 mS
30 mS
22 mS
Infrared
E51DP3
Polarized Reex
15 feet (4.5m)
20 mS
20 mS
30 mS
22 mS
Visible Red
E51DP5
Diffuse Reective
8 inches (200 mm) 18 inches (450 mm) 40 inches (1m)
1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 4 inches (101m) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 9 inches (228m) 1.5 inch (38 mm) diameter at 40 inches (1m) 18 inch (457 mm) diameter at 20 feet (6.1m)
20 mS 1 mS 20 mS
20 mS 0.5 mS 20 mS
30 mS 9 mS 30 mS
22 mS 0.5 mS 22 mS
Infrared Infrared Infrared
Near/Far Near/Far Near/Far
E51DP2 E51DP22 E51DP6
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
100
100
EXCESS GAIN
5
Thru-Beam Detector Thru-Beam Source

20 mS
20 mS
30 mS
22 mS
Infrared
E51DP4
300 feet (90m)
10 mS
5 mS
10 mS
5 mS
Sensitivity
E51DC1
300 feet (90m)
36 inch (914 mm) diameter at 20 feet (6.1m)
Infrared with visible red alignment aid
120V AC
E51DEL
10 30V DC E51DED
All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch. Reex ranges are based on a 3-inch retroreector; diffuse reective ranges are based on a 90% reectance white card. These sensor heads have a mechanical Near/Far adjustment which adjust the head for optimum performance at the expected target distance. The adjustment, which move the optics and adjustment indicator, is made before the head is mounted on the sensor body. Excess gain graphs are shown in the Far setting. Includes sensor head mounted to sensor body. Use receptacles E51RA for AC or E51RN for DC sources. Head can be rotated to any of four discrete positions on body, 90 apart, but is not separate from the body. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Excess Gain
Reex (3-inch diameter retroreector) 1. E51DP3 2. E51DP1 3. E51DP5 Diffuse Reective (90% reective white card) 4. E51DP6 5. E51DP4 6. E51DP2 and E51DP22 Thru-Beam 7. E51DEL and E51DED Sources Using E51DC1 Detector RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5 2.5 1000
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540 0.3 1000
RANGE (m)
3.0 30.5 305
100
7
10
10
2 3
10
1 0.1
10
100
1 0.1
6
1 10
5
100 1 1 10 100 1000
RANGE (feet)
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (feet)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-87
Model Selection Sensor Heads Glass Fiber Optic

Sensing Range Thru-Beam Mode 0.063 Inch Diameter Fibers 0.125 Inch Diameter Fibers Diffuse Reective Mode 0.063 Inch Diameter Fibers 0.125 Inch Diameter Fibers Response Time ON AC Sensor DC Sensor OFF AC Sensor DC Sensor Sensing Beam Adjustments Catalog Number
Standard Fiber Mounting Style Collar Fiber Mounting Style
8 inches (200 mm) 3 inches (75 mm) 8 inches (200 mm) 3 inches (75 mm) 10 inches (250 mm)
25 inches (650 mm) 9 inches (225 mm) 25 inches (650 mm) 9 inches (225 mm) 40 inches (1000 mm)
0.6 inch (15 mm) 0.25 inch (6 mm) 0.6 inch (15 mm) 0.25 inch (6 mm) 0.8 inch (20 mm)
3 inches (75 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) 3 inches (75 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) 4.5 inches (115 mm)
20 mS 0.5 mS 20 mS 0.5 mS 20 mS
20 mS 0.5 mS 20 mS 0.5 mS 20 mS
30 mS 9 mS 30 mS 9 mS 30 mS
22 mS 0.5 mS 22 mS 0.5 mS 22 mS
Infrared Infrared Infrared Infrared Infrared
Sensitivity Sensitivity
E51DF1 E51DF11 E51DF3 E51DF33 E51DF4
All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch. Diffuse reective ranges are based on a 90% reectance white card. Requires glass ber optic cables for operation (not included), see Section 9. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Excess Gain
Diffuse Reective (90% reective white card) E51DF1 and E51DF3 high power sensor head with: 1. 0.125" ber bundle 2. 0.094" ber bundle 4. 0.063" ber bundle E51DF33 fast response sensor head with: 3. 0.125" ber bundle 4. 0.094" ber bundle 5. 0.063" ber bundle RANGE (mm)
.25 1000 2.5 25.4 254
Thru-Beam
2.5
RANGE (mm)
25.4 254 2540 1000
1 EXCESS GAIN 2
100
E51DF4 extended range sensor head with: 1. 0.125" ber bundle 4. 0.063" ber bundle E51DF1 and E51DF3 high power sensor head with: 2. 0.125" ber bundle 3. 0.094" ber bundle 6. 0.063" ber bundle E51DF33 fast response sensor head with: 5. 0.125" ber bundle 7. 0.094" ber bundle 8. 0.063" ber bundle
0.1 1 10
1 2 EXCESS GAIN
100
3 4 5
3 4
10
10
6 7 8
1 0.01
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (inches)
PG08301004E
5-88

August 2007
Model Selection Sensor Bodies

Operating Voltage Output Protection Output Rating Continuous Type Catalog Number
2-Wire Sensors AC/DC 20 264V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz 1 output, load powered, N.O. Latching short 0.5A or N.C., programmable from circuit and head; overload OFF state leakage current: 1.7 mA at 120V AC/DC, <2.0 mA at 240V AC E51SAL
4-Wire Sensors AC 120V AC, 50/60 Hz 2 complementary outputs, line powered, N.O. and N.C. 1.0A to 158 (70), linearly derated to 0.6A at 176 (80) E51SCL
1.0A to 113 (45), linearly derated to 0.3A at 176 (80) E51SCN Shown DC 10 30V DC 2 complementary outputs, line powered, N.O. and N.C. Burden Current: <25 mA OFF state leakage: <100 A ON state: <2.5V DC Power-Up Delay: <150 mS Reverse polarity 0.6A to 104 (40), linearly derated to 0.36A at 176 (80)
Accepts Logic Modules (See chart below) NPN
E51SCN
5

E51SNL
PNP
E51SPL
This sensor body is available in a factory-sealed, non plug-in conguration (with 8-foot cable), add 6P to listed Catalog Number. Example: E51SAL6P. Sensor body is black. E51SCN sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Model Selection Logic Modules (for E51SCN Sensor Body Only)

Type Description Timing Range Catalog Number
ON and OFF Delay
object is sensed and time switch function occurs

0.15 to 15.0 seconds
E51MTB
object leaves sensing eld and time switch transfers back to non-sensing state Reset time is 25 mS minimum. Rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.
Repeatability of the timing cycle is 1% at constant voltage, ambient temperature and reset time. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-89

Description Style Details Cable Length Catalog Number Conduit Entrance 1/2 NPT 20 mm
Surface Mount
2-wire, AC/DC 4-wire, AC
Gray Black
E51RA E51RC E51RCB E51RN E51RAP3
E51RA20 E51RC20 E51RCB20
Built-In Mini-Connector
Epoxy lled receptacle with pre-wired 2-wire, AC/DC Mini-Connector 4-wire, AC
3-pin
5-pin
E51RCP5
4-wire, DC
5-pin
E51RNP5
Pigtail with Mini-Connector
Epoxy lled receptacle with Mini-Connector mounted on 3 foot (900 mm) cable
2-wire, AC/DC 4-wire, AC 4-wire, DC
3-pin 5-pin 5-pin 3-conductor
3 feet (0.9m) 3 feet (0.9m) 3 feet (0.9m) 8 feet (2.4m) 12 feet (3.6m) 20 feet (6m)
E51RAPT3 E51RCPT5 E51RNPT5 E51RAS E51RAS12 E51RAS20 E51RCS E51RCS12 E51RCS20 E51RNS E51RNS12 E51RNS20
E51RA20S E51RC20S E51RN20S
Prewired Cable
Epoxy lled receptacle with pre-wired 2-wire, AC/DC 16 gauge, yellow jacketed, type SOOW-A cable. Cable enters through hole threaded for conduit 4-wire, AC
5-conductor
4-wire, DC
5-conductor
Black receptacle is for color compatibility with E51SCN sensor body. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. See listing of compatible connector cables below.

Current Rating @ 600V 2-pin: 13A 3-pin: 13A 4-pin: 10A 5-pin: 8A
5-pin
16 AWG
6 feet (2m)
CSMS5D5CY1602
1-White 2-Red 3-Green 4-Orange 5-Black
PG08301004E
4-wire, DC
E51RN20
5-90

August 2007
Operating Voltage Output Terminal and Cable Models Mini-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)
2-Wire Sensors 20 264V AC or DC 50/60 Hz N.O. or N.C.

White
1 3
2 4
Black
L1 or +V
Load
L2 or (-)
L2 or (-) Load
L1 or +V
Green
4-Wire Sensors 120V AC 50/60 Hz N.O. and N.C.

Load
Red Black
1 3
2 4
Orange White Green
Load L2
L2
Load
N.C.
L1
N.O.
L1
Load
10 30V DC
N.O. and N.C. NPN
Load Load +V
Red
1 3
2 4
Orange White
(-)
N.C.
Load
N.O.
+V
Black Green
(-)
Load
5
N.O. and N.C. PNP
Red Black
Load 1 3 2 4
Orange White Green
Load (-)
(-)
Load
N.C.
+V
N.O.
+V
Load
Changing light/dark switch on sensor head will reverse output function (N.O. becomes N.C., and N.C. becomes N.O.).

Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches [mm]
E51KH2
2 hole, includes mounting hardware, steel
E51KH4
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-91

Machine Mounting Bracket
Zinc die cast
E50KH3
Stand-Off Mounting Bracket
Steel
E51KH3
Remote Sensor Head Assembly
Permits mounting sensor head up to 3 feet (0.9m) E51KRM from sensor body
Connector Cables
A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories
See Section 10
PG08301004E
5-92

August 2007
Specications
Output Ratings (NEMA D150) AC/DC Models AC Models DC Models Protection Indicator LEDs Enclosure Material Gasket Material Enclosure Ratings Hazardous Locations Ratings Class I Class II Class III Temperature Range Torque Requirements Vibration Shock Humidity
0.5A continuous 1A continuous 0.6A continuous Latching short circuit protection on 2-wire AC/DC and 4-wire DC models Lights when output is ON. One LED for each output Zinc die cast Viton NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) E51SCN Sensor Body only: NEMA 4, 4X and 13 Division II GRPS ABCD Division II GRPS F and G Division 2 -13 to 158F (-25 to 70C) Switch Body Screws: 25 30 in-lb; Sensing Head Screws: 14 18 in-lb 10 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude 30g, 11 mS, 1/2 sine wave 95% non-condensing
5
Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches] Standard Sensor Sensor with Logic Module
PG08301004E
Photoelectric Sensors E64 Terminal Base Series

August 2007
5-93
PG.05E.12.T.E
E64 Terminal Base Series Photoelectric Sensors
Flexible Wiring, Stability Indication and High Current Relay Output

Easy to See Output and Stability Indicators
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93 5-94 5-95 5-95 5-95 5-96
Rugged ABS Housing
The Cutler-Hammer E64 Terminal Base Series from Eatons electrical business offers unique features well suited to a variety of applications including conveyor control. The sensors are available in thru-beam, reex, polarized reex and diffuse reective sensing modes, and offer 1 2 Amp output current switching capacity. Time delay functionality provides built-in control capability with settings for normal operation, on delay, off delay, on-off delay, or one-shot delay. The timing range can be adjusted from 0.6 to 16 seconds for each. Each model incorporates a universal voltage design to allow use with 16 to 240V AC or DC power. Wiring, sensitivity adjustment, timing adjustment and light/dark selection are all easily accessed by removing a sealed cover. A unique guard shields the user from electrical connections when making these adjustments, and ips up to allow access to the terminal screws. The cover fastening screw is held captive to prevent loss.
Adjustable Mounting Bracket Included
Product Features

Universal voltage operation 16 to 240V AC or DC SPST relay output handles up to 1A AC and 2A DC Screw-terminal connections with 1/2 inch NPT conduit entry Output and stability indicators PLC compatible output Sensitivity adjustment Selectable light or dark operation Mounting brackets and retroreector included (for polarized reex models) Rugged ABS housing rated NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 (IP66) Polarized reex models allow reliable detection of shiny targets that could reect light back to the sensor and falsely trigger a non-polarized sensor Time delay can be set for normal operation, on-delay, off-delay, on/off-delay, or one-shot delay, with an adjustable timing range from 0.6 to 16 seconds
Approvals
5-94

August 2007
Model Selection Sensors Includes Mounting Bracket

Type Sensing Range Field of View Light Source With Time Delay Catalog Number
Thru-Beam Source
164 feet (50m)
30 inch diameter at 33 feet
Infrared
E64CAL4T
Detector Source For a complete system, order One Source and One Detector
Thru-Beam Detector
164 feet (50m)
30 inch diameter at 33 feet
Yes
E64CAT3T
Polarized Reex
0.5 11.5 feet (0.15 3.5m)
5 inch diameter at 22 inches
Visible Red
Yes
E64CAT5T
Sensor Retroreector (Included)
EXCESS GAIN
5

Diffuse Reective
6.6 feet (2m)
0.8 inch diameter at 22 inches
Infrared
Yes
E64CAT2T
Supplied with retroreector, Catalog Number E65KR55. Measured to supplied 2-inch retroreector, E65KR55. Measured to a 90% reective white card. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Excess Gain
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5
1. Thru-Beam 2. Polarized Reex 3. Diffuse Reective 1

100
3
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-95

Description Catalog Number
2 inch retroreector Supplied with reex and polarized reex sensors Additional retroreectors, see Section 8
E65KR55
E64KH3 Mounting Bracket Supplied with all thru-beam, polarized reex, clear object, diffuse reective and ber optic sensors
Wiring Diagram
Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment 1 3 Output Contact 1 A @ 250 Vac 2 A @ 30 Vdc Resistive Load (no connection on thru-beam source)
Power Supply 16 to 240 Vac/Vdc
Specications
Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Current Switching Capacity Response Time Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Light/Dark Operation Sensitivity Control Indicators Enclosure Rating Humidity Material of Construction Vibration Sunlight Immunity Timing Functions
16 240V AC/DC; 50/60 Hz 3 VA maximum SPST relay 1A @ 250V AC (resistive load) 2A @ 30V DC (resistive load) 20 mS maximum +14 to +140F (-10 to +60C) -4 to +158F (-20 to +70C) Switch selectable Included on all models Red output LED; Green stability LED NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12, and 13; IP66 35% to 85% RH, non-condensing Housing: P.B.T. ; Lenses: PMMA Methacrylate 10 to 55 Hz, amplitude 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) p-p, 2 hours each in axis X, Y, Z 1,000 foot-candles Switch selectable for normal, on delay, off delay, on-off delay, one-shot delay. 0.6 to 16 second adjustable timing range
PG08301004E
5-96

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) E65KR55 Retroreector
0.17 (4.3) 2 Places
2.48 (63)
2.92 (74) 3.38 (86) Total Thickness: 0.33 (8.5)
5
Sensor
0.39 (10) 0.59 (15) 0.30 (8) 0.43 (11) 2.16 (55) 0.59 (15) 0.24 (6) 2.08 (53) 1.02 (26) 1.08 (27) Extends: 0.14 (3.5) - Polarized Reflex 0.02 (0.5) - Thru-beam Thru-beam lens center line LEDs 2.95 (75) 0.83 (21) 0.43 (11) 2.66 (67.5) 2.30 (58.5) 0.57 (14.5) M5 Mounting Screws (2) 0.39 (10) 2.16 (55) 0.22 (5.5) 1.38 (35) 1.38 (35) 1.67 (42.5)
PG08301004E
Photoelectric Sensors E65 Miniature Series

August 2007
5-97
PG.05E.03.T.E
E65 Miniature Series Photoelectric Sensors
Compact Sensors for a Wide Variety of Applications Including Reliable Detection of Clear Objects
Sensitivity Adjustment on All Models Easy to See Output and Stability LEDs
Contents
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97 5-98 5-99 5-99 5-99 5-100
The Cutler-Hammer E65 Miniature Series by Eatons electrical business delivers high performance in a compact package. E65 Series sensors operate on 10 to 30V DC and can be easily congured for PNP or NPN output and light or dark operation. All models are available in both forward and right-angle viewing styles with the same optical specications. Fiber optic models include a built-in DIN rail mounting clip. This versatile line includes specialty sensors for detecting clear objects.
Forward and Right Angle Viewing Models Fit Where You Need Them
Built-In DIN Rail Mounting on Fiber Optic Models
Compact Size
Product Features
8 to 24 Inches
Clear Object Sensor
Glass or Plastic Bottle
Retroreflector
Clear Object Sensor
Approvals
UL recognized
10 30V DC operation Output and stability indicators NPN or PNP selectable by wiring Light or dark operation selectable by wiring Sensitivity adjustment for ne tuning the sensor in your application All sensors include an adjustable mounting bracket for easy installation and alignment All sensors built with 2 meter cable for ease of use Fixed focus diffuse sensor with an ultra-fast response time of 330 microseconds Thru-beam sensors with test outputs to verify proper operation of the source or detector from a remote location Polarized reex sensors with a polarizing lter to ensure that only light reected off a corner cube retroreector is recognized by the sensor. This allows reliable detection of shiny targets that could reect light back to the sensor and falsely trigger a non-polarized sensor Clear object sensors that reliably detect plastic bottles, molds, cartons and lms with densities as thin as 1/1000 of an inch and certain densities of glass objects. A sensitivity adjustment allows you to ne tune the sensor for detecting a wide variety of colors and thicknesses of clear materials. These sensors operate in reex mode with a maximum range of 24 inches (0.6m)
5-98

August 2007

Type Sensing Range Sensing Beam Response Time Switching Frequency Connection Catalog Number Type Forward Right-Angle Viewing Viewing
Thru-Beam Source
16.5 feet (5m)
Infrared
2-meter Cable
E65CBL4
E65VBL4
Detector Source
Thru-Beam Detector
16.5 feet (5m)
2 mS
250 Hz max.
E65CBL3
E65VBL3
Polarized Reex Sensor Retroreector (Included)
4 70 inches (0.1 1.8m)
Visible Red
1 mS
500 Hz max.
E65CBL5
E65VBL5
Clear Object Sensors
8 24 inches (0.2 0.6m)
Infrared
1 mS
500 Hz max.
E65VBL1C
Diffuse Reective Short Range Diffuse Reective Long Range Diffuse Reective Fixed Focus Fiber Optic
4 inches (100 mm) 20 inches (500 mm) 0.5 inch (12 mm) In thru-beam mode: 4.3 inches (11 cm) In diffuse reective mode: 1.3 inches (3.3 cm)
Infrared
1 mS
500 Hz max.
E65CBL2
E65VBL2
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
Diffuse Reective 3. CBL2 and VBL2 Typical 4. CBL2 and VBL2 Minimum Diffuse Reective 5. CBL2N and VBL2N Typical 6. CBL2N and VBL2N Minimum 7. CBL6, VBL6 and VBL4/VBL3 Typical Thru-Beam 8. E65CBL4/CBL3 and VBL4/VBL3 Typical
100
100
1 3 2
10
EXCESS GAIN
5
(Requires plastic ber optic cables, see Section 9)
Infrared
1 mS
500 Hz max.
E65CBL2N
E65VBL2N
Visible Red
1 mS
500 Hz max.
E65CBL6
E65VBL6
Visible Red
1 mS
500 Hz max.
E65CBL7R
For a complete system order one source (forward or right-angle viewing) and one detector (forward or right-angle viewing). Sensors include slit masks. Thru-beam sensor performance with slit masks.
Size 2 mm x 6 mm 1 mm x 6 mm 0.5 mm x 6 mm On Source Only 5 feet (1.5m) 3.5 feet (1.1m) 2.5 feet (0.75m) On Source and Detector 2.5 feet (0.75m) 1.7 feet (0.52m) 1.2 feet (0.36m)
Ranges are measured to 2-inch retroreector included with sensor. Diffuse reective ranges measured to a 90% reectance white card. Ranges using 1 mm diameter straight bers (pre-assembled cables or equivalent length of bulk ber). Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Excess Gain
Clear Object Sensor 1. CBL1C and VBL1C Typical
1000
RANGE (mm)
2.5 25 254 2540 1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540 0.12 1000
RANGE (m)
0.3 3.0 6.0
Polarized Reex 2. CBL5 and VBL5 Typical
5
100
6
10
10
7 4
1 0.1 1 10 100 1 0.1 1 10 100 1 0.4 1 10 20
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (feet)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-99

2 inch retroreector Supplied with polarized reex and clear object sensors Additional retroreectors, see Section 8
E65KR55
For Polarized Reex Sensors only. Use Catalog Number E65KR55 for clear object sensors.
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring (All Models*) NPN Output +V Brown White DC 10 to 30 V Sensor Red Light Blue Black Dark Blue ( -) *See diagram at right for Thru-Beam Source. Load Light Operate: connect to (+V) Dark Operate: connect to (-) Sensor Brown White Red Light Blue Black Dark Blue Load Light Operate: connect to (+V) Dark Operate: connect to (-) Sensor Brown White Black Dark Blue Test (+) Test (-) DC 10 to 30 V Wiring (All Models*) PNP Output Wiring (Thru-beam Source) +V
PNP Alarm Output - 30 mA (Thru-beam detector only)
PNP Alarm Output - 30 mA (Thru-beam detector only)
(-)
Specications
Input Voltage Current Consumption Ripple Voltage Saturation Voltage Output Type Current Switching Protection Light/Dark Operation Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Output Indicator Stability Indicator Material of Construction Cable Vibration Enclosure Ratings Approvals
10 to 30V DC 30 mA maximum Fast response xed focus diffuse reective model: 45 mA maximum 2 Vpp maximum 1.5V maximum (NPN or PNP output) NPN or PNP by wiring 100 mA maximum Short circuit and transient Selectable by wiring +5 to +131F (-15 to +55C) -4 to +158F (-20 to +70C) Red LED lights when output is ON Green LED lights to indicate a reliable sensing condition Housing: ABS plastic; Lens: PMMA methacrylate 6.6 feet (2 meters) 10 to 55 Hz, amplitude 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) p-p, 2 hours each in axes X, Y, Z NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12, and 13, IP66 UL recognized
PG08301004E
5-100

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Forward Viewing Models (Except Fiber Optic)
Polarizing Filter for Reflex models 2.04 (52) 1.73 (44) 0.31 (8)
E65KR55 Retroreector
0.17 (4.3) 2 Places
1.10 (28)
1.02 0.91 (26) (23)
2.48 (63)
0.51 (13)
0.08 (2)
0.63 (16)
0.79 (20) 1.14 (29) 1.02 (26)
0.14 (3.7) Dia. (2 Places) 2.92 (74)
RightAngle Viewing Models (Except Fiber Optic)

1.16 (29.5)
0.51 (13)
0.08 (2) Polarizing Filter for Reflex models
3.38 (86) Total Thickness: 0.33 (8.5) 0.70 (18) 1.65 (42) 0.79 (20)
5
0.98 (25) 1.97 (50) 0.31 (8)
0.14 (3.7) Dia. (2 Places)
Forward Viewing Fiber Optic Models 1.12

(28.5) 1.12 (28.5)
Fiber Retainer Screw 0.29 (7.5) 0.45 (11.5) 0.90 (23) 0.59 (15)
2.04 (52) 1.73 (44) 0.31 (8)
0.51 (13) 0.51 (13)
1.38 (35) 1.0 (25.4)
0.14 (3.7) Dia. (2 Places)
RightAngle Viewing Fiber Optic Models

1.12 (28.5) 2.12 (54)
1.46 (37) 0.51 (13) 0.29 (7.5) Fiber Retainer Screw 1.38 (35) 1.42 (36) 0.14 (3.7) Dia. (2 Places) 1.81 (46) 1.02 (26) 0.14 (3.5)
1.0 (25.4)
0.35 (9)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-101
PG.05E.05.T.E
Extremely Long Sensing Ranges and the Flexibility of Interchangeable Components

High-Powered Optics Provide Long Sensing Ranges Modular Construction with Separate Heads and Control Units
Contents
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensor Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Logic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101 5-102
5-104 5-104 5-105 5-105 5-106
The Cutler-Hammer 80 Series by Eatons electrical business combines the advantages of self-contained packaging with the exibility of interchangeable sensor heads. 80 Series sensors provide high optical performance and are excellent for dirty, dusty, wet, steamy or smoky application environments. The 80 Series offers a choice of nine sensor heads, seven control units, and three logic modules. Output functions are provided by the control units. All sensor heads, control units, and logic modules are interchangeable. Sensor heads are available in reex or diffuse reective models in visible-beam and infrared versions. A ber optic model is also available. Sensor heads plug directly on top of the control units, providing an integrated package with NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 ratings.
Plug-In Logic Modules Yield Additional Functionality
Product Features

High optical performance for long sensing ranges Interchangeable design so you can optimize the sensor to meet your needs Plug-in logic modules provide time delay, one-shot or retriggerable oneshot functions AC high current control units are rated for 1A output current AC low leakage control units switch AC or DC loads and are ideal for use with programmable controllers DC control units provide complementary NPN outputs for light and dark activation A beam status alignment indicator on all units glows brightly when the unit is properly aligned Sensitivity adjustment allows you to ne tune performance for the application Control units feature a light/dark selection switch for easy selection of output device normally open or normally closed operation Easy terminal wiring with built-in 1/2-inch NPT conduit entrance for convenience and protection
1/2" NPT Conduit Entrance on Bottom of Unit
5-103
5-102

August 2007
Model Selection Sensor Heads

Sensing Mode Sensing Beam Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Response Time (Maximum) Darkto-Light Lightto-Dark Catalog Number
Reex
Infrared
50 feet (15m) min.
0.2 4.5 inches (5.1 114.3 mm)
Visible Red 32 feet (10m) min. Diffuse Reective Infrared 7 inches (177.8 mm)
4 inch (101.6 mm) diameter at 10 feet (3m) 0.7 inch (17.8 mm) diameter at 4 inches (101.6 mm) 0.7 inch (17.8 mm) diameter at 8 inches (203.2 mm) 8 inch (203.2 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm) 7 inch (177.8 mm) diameter at 5 feet (1.5m) 0.2 inch (5.1 mm) diameter at 3 5 inches (76.2 127 mm) 0.1 inch (2.5 mm) diameter at 3.5 4 inches (88.9 101.6 mm)
3 mS 3 mS 3 mS
5 mS 5 mS 5 mS
1480B-6501 1480R-6501 1380B-6501
Infrared 1480B-6501 Infrared
18 inches (457.2 mm)
0.5 12 inches (12.7 304.8 mm)
3 mS
5 mS
1381B-6501
8 feet (2.44m)
3 mS
5 mS
1382B-6501
EXCESS GAIN
100
EXCESS GAIN
5
1383B-6501
Infrared
12 feet (3.66m)
1 7 feet (0.3 2m)
3 mS
5 mS
1384B-6501
Focused Infrared
6 inches (152.4 mm)
3 5 inches (76.2 127 mm)
3 mS
5 mS
1383B-6501
Focused 5 inches Visible Red (127 mm) 1580B-6501 Fiber Optic (See Section 9 for E51KF Style Glass Fiber Optic Cables)

4 inches (101.6 mm)
3 mS
5 mS
1383R-6501
Infrared
8 inches (0.20m) 2 inches (0.05m)
3 mS
5 mS
1580B-6501
Effective beam diameter is 1.25 x 0.8 inches (31.75 x 20.32 mm). Sources use any control unit output is not connected. Ranges based on a 3 inch (76.2 mm) retroreector. Thru-beam range with 3-foot long, 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) diameter ber. Diffuse reective range with 3-foot long, 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) diameter ber, based on 90% reectance white card. Ranges based on a 90% reectance white card. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Excess Gain
Reex Ranges based on a 3 inch (76.2 mm) retroreector. 1. 1480R 2. 1480B Fiber Optic 3. Diffuse reective range with 3-foot long, 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) diameter ber, based on 90% reectance white card. 4. Thru-beam range with 3-foot long, 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) diameter ber. RANGE (m)
0.3 1000 3.0 30.5 305 1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540
100
10
10
1 1 10
2
100 1000
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (feet)
RANGE (inches)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-103
Excess Gain
Diffuse Reective Ranges based on a 90% reectance white card. 5. 1380B 6. 1381B 7. 1382B 8. 1384B 9. 1383R 10. 1383B RANGE (mm)
2.5 1000 25 254 2540 1000 0.03
RANGE (m)
0.3 3.0 30.5 1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540
EXCESS GAIN
100
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
100
100
10
10
10
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE (inches)
RANGE (feet)
RANGE (inches)
Model Selection Control Units (Connection is by Terminal Wiring)

Type Input Voltage VA Output Type/Response Time ON-State Maximum Load Current OFF-State Leakage Surge Current Catalog Number
High Current
97 130V AC, 50/60 Hz 204 255V AC, 50/60 Hz 22 26V AC, 50/60 Hz
Less than 4.5 VA Less than 4.5 VA Less than 4.5 VA Less than 4.5 VA
TRIAC Operates as a < 1.5V from SPST solid-state relay 100 mA to 1A for switching noncapacitive AC loads up to 1A; response time is 8 mS maximum VMOS Operates as a < 2.5V from SPST solid-state switch 5 mA to 50A for loads up to 50 mA switches up to 188V DC or 132V AC; response time is 2 mS maximum
1A at 75F derated linearly to 0.5A at 130F
< 2 mA at 120V AC < 4 mA at 230V AC < 0.35 mA at 24V AC
30A max. for 1/2 cycle; 10A for 1/2 second
8880C-6501 8881C-6501 8884C-6501
Low Leakage
22 26V AC, 50/60 Hz
50 mA RMS
< 20 A at 24VRMS
250 mA for 1 cycle; 100 mA for 1 second 250 mA for 1 cycle; 100 mA for 1 second 1.2A for 1 cycle; 100 mA for 1 second
8884C-6502
97 130V AC, 50/60 Hz
Less than 4.5 VA
< 50 A at 110VRMS
8880C-6502
204 255V AC, 50/60 Hz
Less than 4.5 VA
TRIAC Operates as a < 3V from SPST solid-state switch 4 mA to 50A for loads up to 50 mA switches up to 256V AC; response time is 8 mS maximum Complementary NPN; response time is instantaneous < 0.5V at max. current rating 200 mA 200 mA
< 200 A at 240VRMS
8881C-6502
DC
10 30V DC
Output shuts off up to 30V DC at less than 20 A leakage
8882B-6501
Extremely low leakage in OFF-state makes this unit ideal for use as an input to a programmable controller. Unregulated, derated to 10 20V DC above 115F, less than 90 mA. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E
5-104

August 2007
Model Selection Logic Modules

Description Operation Selectable Ranges Catalog Number
Time Delay Delays response of the sensor until the beam has been broken for a set period of time (ONdelay), or completed for a set period of time (OFF-delay). Time delays are disabled for 20 mS on power-up One-Shot Triggered by sensing the leading or trailing edges of objects, these modules produce a pulse of preset time when triggered
Provides ON and OFF time delays 0.01 to 0.2 seconds ranging from 0.01 to 20 seconds. 0.1 to 2.0 seconds Independently adjustable. Once delay 1.0 to 20.0 seconds range is switch selected, the exact delay is adjusted via separate potentiometers for ON-and OFF-delay Switch-selectable to start one-shot 0.01 to 0.4 seconds pulse from light-to-dark or dark-to0.04 to 5.0 seconds light transition. Switch-selected pulse 0.2 to 25.0 seconds width ranges once range is selected, the exact pulse width is adjusted via a potentiometer The one-shot function is triggered by light-to-dark or dark-to-light transitions, as selected by the user. Switch-selected retrigger interval once a range is selected, the exact interval is adjusted via a potentiometer 0.01 to 0.2 seconds 0.1 to 2.5 seconds
8280A-6501
8281A-6501
Retriggerable One-Shot/Motion Detector Like the one-shot module, this module produces a pulse of a preset width when triggered. The difference is the width of the pulse can be lengthened by successive triggering. As long as the module is triggered, the output stays high
8282A-6501
5
Swivel Mounting Bracket
Zinc plated steel
6180A-6501
2.00 (50.8)
1.43 (36.3) Diameter
4.38 (111.3) 0.12 (3) Radius (12 Places)
15 (4 Places)
2.26 (57.4)
0.12 (3)
2.00 (50.8)
15 (8 Places) 1.00 (25.4) 1.43 (36.3) Diameter
2.26 (57.4) Ref.
0.937 (23.8) Diameter 1.00 (25.4)
Ball Swivel Mounting Bracket
Allows 360 rotation and 10 vertical tilt for easy installation and alignment of 80 Series sensors
6181A-6501
0.50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 0.50 (12.7) 0.23 (5.8) 1.18 (30) 1.64 (41.7)
0.50 (12.7) Internal HEX 1/2-14 NPT
0.20 (5.1) Diameter, 2 Places (#10 Clearance Hole) 1/2-14 NPT
Retroreectors
See Section 8
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-105
Wiring Diagrams Control Units Triac Output: 8880C-6501, 8881C-6501, 8881C-6502 and 8884C-6501
VMOS Output: 8880C-6502 and 8884C-6502
DC: 8882B-6501
Specications Assembled Sensors

Response Time: High Current Low Leakage Except Cat. No. 8881C-6502 Cat. No. 8881C-6502 DC Sensitivity Adjustment Operating Temperature Humidity Material of Construction Sunlight Immunity Vibration Shock Enclosure Ratings Power On Condition

8 mS maximum 2 mS maximum 8 mS maximum Instantaneous 20:1 ratio nominal -4 to 131F (-20 to 55C) 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Housing: Noryl ; Lens: Clear polycarbonate 10,000 foot-candles 5g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 20 Hz to 2 kHz 15g minimum for 1 mS NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 No False Pulse
Avoid exposing to chlorinated, halogenated or aromatic hydrocarbons. NOTE: Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. If you have questions about a specic application, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.
PG08301004E
5-106

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) All Control Units with: 1380B, 1381B, 1382B, 1384B, 1480B, 1480R, 1580B Sensor Heads
0.774 (19.7) 0.354 (9) 0.12 (3)
4.84 (122.9) 3.125 (79.4) 2.13 (54.1)
3.96 4.22 (100.6) (107.2)
0.675 (17.1) 1.35 (34.3)
0.20 (5.1) Diameter 3 Places (#10 Clearance Hole)
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
1.43 (36.3) 0.175 (4.4) 1.00 (25.4)
5
1/4-20 THD, 0.50 (12.7) Deep, 2 Places 1/2-14 NPT
All Control Units with: 1383B and 1383R Sensor Heads

0.774 (19.7) 0.354 (9) 0.12 (3)
0.50 4.84 (122.9) 3.125 (79.4) 2.13 (54.1) 3.96 4.22 (100.6) (107.2)
0.675 (17.1) 1.35 (34.3)
0.20 (5.1) Diameter 3 Places (#10 Clearance Hole)
2.00 (50.8) 1.43 (36.3) 0.175 (4.4) 1.00 (25.4)
2.00 (50.8)
1/4-20 THD, 0.50 (12.7) Deep, 2 Places 1/2-14 NPT
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-107
PG.05E.22.T.E
Extremely Rugged Construction, Long Sensing Ranges and High Current Switching
Completely Self-Contained for Ease of Use Exceptional Optical Performance
Contents
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . Model Selection, Output Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Logic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107 5-108 5-109 5-110 5-110 5-111 5-111 5-111
For years, the Cutler-Hammer 20 Series has set industry standards for rugged construction and long range optical performance. These heavyduty sensors from Eatons electrical business are designed for use in harsh environments with constant exposure to weather and physical abuse. Large optics provide exceptional sensing ranges including 700 feet (213m) for thru-beam, 75 feet (23m) for reex and 8 feet (2.4m) for diffuse reective. Optional logic modules provide integral control functions like time delays, oneshot outputs and stopped motion detection. A totalizer module and LED display cover are available to count passing targets. Choose from a variety of output devices including a 10 amp DPDT relay. All modules are completely enclosed within the rugged aluminum enclosure for protection.
Interchangeable Logic Modules and Output Devices for High Flexibility
Heavy Cast Aluminum Housing for Difcult Environments
Product Features

Robust optical performance for reliable sensing in dirty environments Rugged construction stands up to physical abuse and exposure to the elements Optional interchangeable modules add logic functions A variety of interchangeable output devices allows you to customize the sensor to your control system DPDT relay outputs provide high current handling; electronic outputs provide long life All units operate from AC power
Approvals

5-108

August 2007

Sensing Mode Sensing Range Input Power Field of View Response Time (maximum) Dark-to-Light Light-toDark Sensitivity Catalog Number Adjustment
Thru-Beam with Time Delay
Low mode: 200 feet (61m) High mode: 700 feet (213m) (Range is switch selectable)
95 130 VRMS 10 VA 50/60 Hz maximum
1 full conical
10 mS for 200 foot range 30 mS for 700 foot range
10 mS
10:1 ratio
Source: 1141D-6501 Detector: 1241D-6501
Reex 35 feet (includes a (11m) 3 inch/76 mm diameter Retroreector) 75 feet (23m) Diffuse Reective 8 feet (2.4m)
100 125V AC, 5 VA 50/60 Hz maximum 200 250V AC, 5 VA 50/60 Hz maximum 95 130VRMS 50/60 Hz 95 130VRMS 50/60 Hz 95 130VRMS 50/60 Hz 13 VA maximum 13 VA maximum 13 VA maximum
4 inch (101 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2.5m) 4 inch (101 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2.5m) 4 inch (101 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2.5m) 8 inch (203 mm) diameter at 8 feet (2.4m) 1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 10 inches (254 mm)
1 mS
8 mS
None
1410B-6501
1 mS
8 mS
None
1410B-6502
6 mS
5 mS
20:1 ratio
1420B-6501
6.5 mS
4.5 mS
20:1 ratio
1320B-6501
EXCESS GAIN
EXCESS GAIN
100
100
EXCESS GAIN
100
10
10
10
EXCESS GAIN
5

Dened-Range 1 15 inches (25 Diffuse 381 mm) Reective
6.5 mS
4.5 mS
20:1 ratio
1321B-6501
A complete system consists of a sensor plus an output device (Page 5-109). and may include a logic module (Page 5-110). Detector includes a built-in time delay with selector for no delay, ON-delay, OFF-delay, or both ON- and OFF-delay. Timing range is 0.2 to 5 seconds. Effective beam diameter of sensor is 0.88 inch (23 mm). Range based on supplied 3 inch retroreector. Range based on a 90% reectance white card. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
Excess Gain
1000 1000 1000 1000
Low Mode
High Mode
1420B
100
10
1141D and 1241D

1 1 10 100 1000 1 1 10
1320B
1 100 1000 0.1 1
1321B
1 10 100 0.1
1410B
1 10 100
RANGE IN FEET
RANGE IN INCHES
RANGE IN INCHES
RANGE IN FEET
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-109
Model Selection Output Devices (One required for sensor operation)

Description Input Operating Voltage Current Output Type ON-State Current OFF-State Leakage ON-State V Drop One Cycle Surge A Catalog Number
Output Devices for 1410B and 1241D Sensors
DPDT Relay For low frequency general purpose switching of control power loads Isolated Triac For high rate switching of resistive or inductive AC loads Triac, PC Compatible Optically isolated solidstate relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour Optical Isolator Driver Drives a user supplied remote optical isolator for a solid-state interface. Isolator can then be used to switch DTL, TTL, CMOS, etc. Isolated NPN Transistor Optically isolated NPN SPST transistor switch
Power supplied by control unit Power supplied by control unit Power supplied by control unit
DPDT
Contact Ratings: AC Load: 5A at 115V AC or 230V AC DC Load: 5A at 30V DC Contact Life: 100,000 operations at rated load 2 ARMS continuous 5 mA at 100V AC 1.7 VRMS or less 20A peak
8526A-6501
SPST Normally open triac SPST Normally open triac
8570A-6501
Power supplied by control unit
PNP output drive to a remote optical isolator Optically isolated NPN transistor switch DPDT
20 mA
8580A-6501
Power supplied by control unit 12V DC nominal. Power supplied by control unit 3 20V DC Power supplied by control unit 8 20V DC Power supplied by control unit 12V DC nominal
20 mA at VSAT less than 0.2V
0.01 mA maximum at 30V DC
8582A-6501
Output Devices for 1420B, 1320B and 1321B Sensors
DPDT Relay Plug-in industrial control relay
75 mA at 75F 12V DC
Contact Ratings: Resistive Load: 10A, 1/4 hp maximum at 110/220V AC, 10A maximum at 28V DC Inductive Load: 7A maximum at 110/220V AC, 7A maximum at 28V DC Contact Life: 500,000 operations at rated load 2 ARMS at 25C, 1 ARMS at 65C 5 500 mARMS at 70C 5 mA at 100V AC, 9 mA at 200V 1.5 mA at 120V AC 1.7 VRMS or less 60A peak
8530A-6501
Isolated Triac Optically isolated, solid-state relay for switching noncapacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour Triac, PC Compatible Optically isolated, solid-state relay for switching noncapacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour Isolated NPN Transistor Optically isolated, NPN SPST transistor switch
SPST Normally open triac
8572A-6501
9.5 20 mA SPST Normally open triac
1.7V maximum
6A peak
8573A-6501
20 mA typical
Optically isolated NPN transistor switch
20 mA at VSAT less than 0.2V, 500 mA at VSAT less than 1V
10 A maximum at 30V DC
8586A-6501
For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 100 mA at VSAT less than 1.2V. For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 0.1 A maximum at 30V DC. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Specications Output Devices

DPDT Relays 8526A-6501 8530A-6501 Triacs Isolated PC Compatible Others
Operating Temperature Response Time Off-to-On (pull-in) On-to-Off (drop-out) Pull-In Voltage Drop-Out Voltage
-40 to 140F (-40 to 60C) 15 mS 5 mS 8 9.6V 1.2 2V
-4 to 131F (-20 to 55C) 25 mS maximum 25 mS maximum 8 9.6V 1.2 2V
-4 to 149F (-20 to 65C)
-4 to 149F (-20 to 65C)
-4 to 149F (-20 to 65C) Instantaneous Instantaneous
1 mS maximum 1/2 cycle of line voltage 3V minimum 0.8V maximum 8 20V
PG08301004E
5 500 mARMS at 70C
1.5 mA at 120V AC
1.7V maximum
6A peak
8574A-6501
5-110

August 2007
Model Selection Logic Modules (Optional, not required for sensor operation)
Description Selectable Ranges For Use with These Sensors Catalog Number
Logic Modules (Modules mount to circuit board within sensor enclosure)
Time Delay ON and OFF time delays from 0.01 to 35 seconds. Independent adjustment of ON-delay and OFF-delay.
Timing Ranges: 0.01 to 0.2 seconds 0.1 to 2.0 seconds 1.0 to 15.0 seconds 2.0 to 35.0 seconds Pulse Width: 0.02 to 0.5 seconds 0.3 to 2.0 seconds 1.0 to 18.0 seconds 10.0 to 30.0 seconds Retrigger Interval: 30 to 430 RPM 430 to 5,000 RPM
1320B, 1321B, 1410B and 1420B
8212B-6501
One-Shot Produces a pulse of preset time when triggered. Switch-select to trigger on leading or trailing edge of object. Stopped Motion Retriggerable one-shot. Start-up delay adjusts from 0.1 to 11 seconds to allow machine to come up to speed. Control can be reset from remote location.
1320B, 1321B, 1410B and 1420B
8213B-6501
1320B, 1321B, 1410B and 1420B
8216A-6501
Once range is selected, exact value is adjusted via potentiometer. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
5
Mount
Description
Catalog Number
Swivel Mounting Bracket, zinc plated steel
6140A-6501
Retroreectors Replacement Lens
Retroreectors and retroreective tape Replacement Lens Kit for Catalog Numbers 1320B, 1321B, 1410B and 1420B
See Section 8 1320B-7501
Protective Lens Cover
Lens Attachment for Catalog Numbers 1141D 6110A-6501 and 1241D thru-beam source and detector attaches to lens barrel and provides a 45 thick ush window that prevents dirt build-up on the lens
3.375 (85.7)
2.50 (63.5)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-111
Wiring Diagrams 1141D-6501 1241D-6501
1320B-6501, 1321B-6501 and 1420B-6501
1410B-6501 and 1410B-6502
Specications
Power-On Condition Temperature Range Material of Construction Enclosure Ratings Sunlight Immunity Humidity Vibration Shock
No false pulse Operating: -4 to 131F (-20 to 55C); Storage: -40 to 185F (-40 to 85C) Case: Cast aluminum; Lens: Thru-Beam Glass, All Others Polycarbonate NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13 10,000 foot-candles 95% RH, non-condensing 10g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 10 Hz to 1 kHz 15g minimum for 1 mS
Approximate Dimensions in Inches 1141D-6501 and 1241D-6501 1320B-6501, 1321B-6501, 1410B-6501, 1410B-6502 and 1420B-6501
PG08301004E
5-112

August 2007
PG.05E.06.T.E
Self-Contained, with Multiple Output Options Including High Current DPDT Relay
Beam Status Indicator External Adjustments for Logic Module ON- and OFF-Delays
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensors. . . . . . Model Selection, Output Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112 5-113 5-113 5-114 5-114 5-114 5-115 5-115
Sensitivity Adjustment
The Cutler-Hammer 11 Series from Eatons electrical business is a highly congurable photoelectric sensor. The sensor operates in the reex sensing mode with a choice of visible or infrared source light. Select one of four different output devices to match your control needs. An optional time delay logic module is also available.
Choose from Four Different Output Devices and Optional Time Delay Logic Module
5
3/4" NPT Conduit Entrance on Bottom of Unit
Product Features

Quick disconnect base for easy installation and maintenance Beam status indicator glows brightly when the sensor is properly aligned Four different output devices to tailor the sensor to your control system Optional logic module provides independent ON-delay and OFF-delay functions Output devices and logic modules mount inside the sealed housing Directly interchangeable with Photoswitch 4000 Series, P&F/Microswitch FE MLS 8 units, and other similar models Power-up suppression and switch selection of light/dark operation
NOTE: Photoswitch and Microswitch are registered trademarks of Photoswitch Corp. and Microswitch Inc., respectively.

August 2007
5-113
Model Selection Reex Sensors

Type Sensing Range Optimum Range Sensing Beam Input Power Voltage Volt Amperes Catalog Number
20 feet (6.1m)
2.5 10 feet (0.8 3.0m)
Visible Red
115 125V AC, 50/60 Hz 230V AC, 50/60 Hz
6 VA max. 6 VA max. 6 VA max. 6 VA max.
1411R-6501 1411R-6502 1411D-6501 1411D-6502
30 feet (9.1m)
1 15 feet (0.3 4.6m)
Infrared
115 125V AC, 50/60 Hz 230V AC, 50/60 Hz
Excess Gain
1000
EXCESS GAIN
100
1411D
10
1411R
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE IN FEET
Based on a 3 inch reector (not included).
Model Selection Output Devices (One required for sensor operation)

Output Devices
DPDT Relay Plug-in industrial control relay. Polycarbonate housing.
12V DC nominal. Power supplied by control unit 3 20V DC. Power supplied by control unit
75 mA at 75F 12V DC
DPDT
Contact Ratings: Resistive Load: 10A, 1/4 hp maximum at 110/220V AC, 10A maximum at 28V DC Inductive Load: 7A maximum at 110/220V AC, 7A maximum at 28V DC Contact Life: 500,000 operations at rated load 2 ARMS at 25C, 1 ARMS at 65C 5 mA at 100V AC, 9 mA at 200V 1.7 VRMS or less 60A peak
8530A-6501
Isolated Triac Optically isolated, industrial solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour. Polycarbonate housing. Triac, PC Compatible Optically isolated, industrial solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour. Polycarbonate housing. Isolated NPN Transistor Optically isolated, NPN SPST transistor switch. Plastic housing.
8572A-6501
8 20V DC. Power supplied by control unit
9.5 20 mA
5 500 mARMS at 70C
1.5 mA at 120V AC
1.7V maximum
6A peak
8573A-6501
12V DC nominal
20 mA typical
8586A-6501
For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 100 mA at VSAT less than 1.2V. For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 0.1 A maximum at 30V DC. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
Ranges based on a 3 inch reector (not included).
5-114

August 2007
Model Selection Logic Module (Optional, not required for sensor operation)
Description Operation Timing Range Catalog Number
Time Delay Delays response of the sensor until the beam has been broken for a set period of time (ONdelay), or until the beam has been completed for a set period of time (OFFdelay)
Independent 0.05 to 5 seconds in 8211B-6501 adjustments one range provided for ON-delay and OFFdelay timing. Time delays are disabled for 20 mS upon power-up

Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches
Swivel Mounting Bracket, Aluminum
6141A-6501
5
For retroreectors and See retroreective tape Section 8
Wiring Diagram
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-115
Specications Sensors
Operating Temperature Humidity Material of Construction Sunlight Immunity Response Time Vibration Sensitivity Adjustment Enclosure Ratings

-5 to 130F (-15 to +55C) 95% RH non-condensing Housing: Noryl ; Lens: Clear polycarbonate 10,000 foot-candles 7 mS maximum 2.5g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 20 Hz to 2 kHz 10:1 Ratio NEMA 4 and 13
Avoid exposing lens and enclosure to chlorinated halogenated or aromatic hydrocarbons. NOTE: Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. If you have questions about a specic application, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.

DPDT Relays 8530A-6501 Traics Isolated PC Compatible Isolated NPN Transistor
-4 to 131F (-20 to 55C) 25 mS maximum 25 mS maximum 8 9.6V 1.2 2V
-4 to 149F (-20 to 65C)
-4 to 149F (-20 to 65C)
-4 to 149F (-20 to 65C) Instantaneous Instantaneous 3V 1V
1 mS maximum 1/2 cycle of line voltage 3V minimum 0.8V maximum 3V 8V
Approximate Dimensions in Inches
PG08301004E
5-116

August 2007
PG.05E.19.T.E
70 Series Modular Photoelectric Sensors
High Performance Modular Sensors to Solve the Toughest Sensing Problems
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Sensor Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Logic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Output Devices . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116 5-117 5-119 5-121 5-122 5-123 5-125 5-126
Unique Sensing Heads Thru-Beam Curtain-of-Light Slot Sensor
Powerful Control Units Self-Contained Flexible Logic Modules and Output Devices Logic Modules Output Devices Modular DIN Rail Mount
5
The Cutler-Hammer 70 Series by Eatons electrical business offers a wide choice of sensor heads, control units, output devices, logic modules, and accessories to solve virtually any problem. Sensor Heads are connected by cables to the control unit, and can be mounted up to 1000 ft. away. They are available in thru-beam, reex, diffuse reective, ber optic, Curtain-of-Light and slot-style optical modes. Self-Contained Control Units are available in 4 circuitry types and work with all sensor heads unless noted. Output devices (required for all but Analog) and optional logic modules are contained in a sealed enclosure.

Product Features

Standard: General purpose control. High Power: 3 times the power of the standard control unit in normal gain mode and 27 times in high gain mode. Gain modes are switch selectable. Differential: Compares the signal from 2 separate sensor heads via direct analog signal subtraction. The output is activated when sensor A receives more signal than B. Cannot be used with the 1471A-6501 Curtain-of-Light sensor head. Analog: Provides a voltage level output proportional to the amount of light received. Most commonly used with the 1471A-6501 Curtain-of-Light sensor head.
Modular design allows you to customize a sensor to solve any application problem Control units feature a variety of capabilities and housings Logic modules provide added functions including time delays, one-shot outputs and stopped motion detection A variety of output devices available for switching AC or DC loads from a few milliamps to 10 Amps Unique Curtain-of-Light Sensor Head is ideal for web loop control (when used with the analog control unit) and detection of small parts (when used with 8171B control unit and low contrast module) Slot Sensor Head combined with the DIN Rail Mount Control Unit is an easy solution for web guiding or centering applications Standard: General Purpose Control Unit Enhanced: Time-delay and one shot functions available The DIN Rail Mount Control Unit is an analog control unit that provides a voltage output signal which varies proportional to target movement, position or translucence. It is ideal for use with the 1372A-6501 slot sensor head for web guiding or centering.
Modular Control Units are compact, plug-replaceable units designed for dry locations or mounting within a separate enclosure. An LED indicator provides alignment and beam status. Optional output devices and logic modules are available as separate modular units.

Standard: General purpose control unit Enhanced: Time-delay and oneshot functions available
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273), in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184. PG08301004E

August 2007
5-117
Model Selection 70 Series Sensor Heads (Connection is by 9-foot cable)

Sensing Range by Control Unit A 8171B in High Gain Mode B 8171B in Normal Gain Mode C 8170A, 8771A or 8772A D 8172A or 8173A Analog Field of View Material of Construction Operating Temperature; Enclosure Rating Infrared Catalog Number Sensing Beam Wavelength
Thru-Beam Right-Angle Viewing Threaded Housing
15 feet (4.5m)
5.5 feet (1.6m)
3 feet (0.9m)
Source: 25 Detector: 45 Effective Beam: 0.10 inch (3 mm)
Housing: Stainless Steel Lens: Plastic
-40 to 176F (-40 to 80C) NEMA 4,13
925 nm
Source: 1179A-6501 Detector: 1279A-6501
Thru-Beam Forward Viewing Smooth Housing
32 feet (9.7m)
10.2 feet (3.1m)
6 feet (1.8m)
Housing: Aluminum Lens: Glass
-40 to 212F 880 nm (-40 to 100C) NEMA 1
Thru-Beam Forward Viewing Threaded Housing Short Range
31.2 feet (9.5m)
10.2 feet (3.1m)
6 feet (1.8m)
Housing: -40 to 176F Stainless Steel (-40 to 80C) Lens: Lexan (Acrylic) NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13
940 nm
Thru-Beam Forward Viewing Threaded Housing Medium Range
369 feet (112m)
123 feet (37.5m)
71 feet (21.6m)
Housing: Aluminum Lens: Glass
-40 to 176F (-40 to 80C) NEMA 4, 6, 13
880 nm
Thru-Beam Forward Viewing Threaded Housing Long Range
743 feet (226m)
248 feet (75.6m)
143 feet (43.6m)
Source: 1 Housing: Detector: 1 Aluminum Effective Beam: Lens: Glass 0.88 inch (22.4 mm)
-40 to 176F (-40 to 80C) NEMA 4, 6, 13
880 nm
Reex (Includes Retroreector)
Do not use 23 feet in this (7m) mode
15 feet (4.5m)
0.75 inch (19 mm) diameter at 24 inches (610 mm)
Housing: Cast Zinc Lens: Acrylic
-40 to 176F (-40 to 80C) NEMA 1
940 nm
1470A-6501
See Control Unit specication Page 5-120 on for restrictions on longer length cables, see Accessories for extension cable. Sensing ranges are based on a 3-inch retroreector for reex; 90% reectance white card for diffuse reective. For gain graphs and additional specications, see Page 5-120. Precise alignment must be maintained for this model. Catalog Number 6142A or 6168A mounting brackets shown on Page 5-123 are recommended. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E
5-118

August 2007
Model Selection 70 Series Sensor Heads (Connection is by 9-foot cable) (Continued)

Sensing Range by Control Unit A 8171B in High Gain Mode B 8171B in Normal Gain Mode C 8170A, 8771A or 8772A D 8172A or 8173A Analog Field of View Material of Construction Operating Temperature; Enclosure Ratings Catalog Number Infrared Sensing Beam Wavelength
Reex Curtain-of-Light (Retroreector sold separately)
6 feet (1.8m) (Requires 8215A Low Contrast module)
6 feet (1.8m)
6 by 60 fanshaped sensing zone
Housing: Aluminum Lens: Acrylic
-5 to 158F (-20 to 70C) NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13
940 nm
Sensor Head: 1471A-6501
Retroreector: 6210A-6501
Diffuse Reective
36 inches (914 mm)
7 inches (177 mm)
2 inch (50 mm) diameter at 7 inches (177 mm) 0.12 inch (3 mm) diameter at 2.5 inches (63.5 mm)
Housing: Cast Zinc Lens: Glass Housing: Delrin Lens: Glass
-40 to 212F (-40 to 100C) NEMA 1 -40 to 212F (-40 to 100C) NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12, 13
940 nm
1370A-6501
5
Diffuse Reective Fixed Focus 2.5 0.25 inches (63.5 6 mm)
940 nm
9082A-6501
Slot Sensor Head
2 inch Fan-shaped zone (50 m) slot 2.75 inches (70 mm) wide at base
Housing: Aluminum Lens: Acrylic
-32 to 140F (-0 to 60C) NEMA 1
880 nm
1372A-6501
Do not 1.5 inches Glass Fiber Optic For diffuse reective sensing (order use in this (38 mm) both parts for a complete system) mode
1 inch (25 mm)
30
Sensor: Anodized Aluminum Glass ber: ABS, Brass
-40 to 212F (-40 to 100C) NEMA 1
940 nm
Source: 1571A-6501 Fiber: 6276A-6501
Adapts the 1173A-300 and 1273A-300 Thru-beam sensor heads for use with any E51KF-style glass ber optic cable (see 6221A-7501 Section 9) for thru-beam or diffuse reective sensing. To use order two adapters, one 1173A-300 source head, one 1273A-300 detector head, and the appropriate ber optic cable(s).
See Control Unit specication on Page 5-120 for restrictions on longer length cables, see Accessories on Page 5-123 for extension cable. Sensing ranges are based on a 3-inch retroreector for reex; 90% reectance white card for diffuse reective. For gain graphs and additional specications, see Page 5-120. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-119
Model Selection Control Units (See Page 5-121 and Page 5-122 for logic modules and output devices)
Maximum Cable Length Source Detector Response Time Light-to-Dark Dark-to-Light Output Operating Temp. Power Input Enclosure Rating Catalog Number
Control Unit Self-Contained
1000 feet (304m)
75 feet (22m)
3 mS (5 mS maximum)
0.5 mS Requires (1.5 mS maximum) Output Module
32 to 158F (0 to 70C) NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13
115V AC, 50/60 Hz 230V AC, 50/60 Hz 115V AC, 50/60 Hz 230V AC, 50/60 Hz
8170A-6501
8170A-6502
8170A-6505
Control Unit 1000 feet Self-Contained (304m) High Power
High Gain: 36 feet (11m) Normal Gain: 250 feet (76m)
High Gain: 14 mS Normal Gain: 3 mS
High Gain: 4.5 mS Normal Gain: 1.5 mS
Requires Output Module
4 to 131F (-20 to 55C) NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13
95 130 VRMS, 8171B-6501 50/60 Hz 190 260 VRMS, 50/60 Hz 115V AC, 50/60 Hz 8171B-6502
Control Unit Self-Contained Differential
1000 feet (304m)
150 feet (45m)
3 mS Sensor A to B 5 mS Sensor B to A
32 to 158F (0 to 70C) NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13
9072A-6501
Control Unit Self-Contained Analog
250 feet (76m)
100 feet (30m)
Difference between actual output and equilibrium value is halved every 12 mS 3 mS for a step input change. 5% setting time is 40 mS 15 mS
Output voltage is eld adjustable from -15V to +10V DC. Can be isolated with analog isolation module accessory
14 to 131F (-10 to 55C) NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13
90 130V AC, 8172A-6501 60 Hz or 100 125V AC, 50 Hz 190 260V AC, 8172A-6502 60 Hz or 200 250V AC, 50 Hz 9 18V DC, 8771A-6501 135 mA max. (see Section 6 for regulated DC power supply) 9 18V DC, 8772A-6501 170 mA max. (see Section 6 for regulated DC power supply)
Control Unit Modular (Requires 11-pin panel mount socket 8905A6501 for installation, See Page 5-124) Control Unit Modular Enhanced With time delay or one-shot function (adjustable from 0.02 to 15 seconds) (Requires an 11-pin panel mount socket 8905A-6501 for installation, See Page 5-124) Control Unit DIN Rail Mount Analog

1000 feet (304m)
150 feet (45m)
3 mS maximum
0.5 mS maximum
Complementary -5 to 122F open collector (-15 to 50C) transistor outputs Sink: NEMA 1 150 mA (ON) or standoff 30V DC (OFF) Complementary -5 to 122F open collector (-15 to 50C) transistor outputs Sink: NEMA 1 150 mA (ON) or standoff 30V DC (OFF)
1000 feet (304m)
150 feet (45m)
3 mS maximum
0.5 mS maximum
250 feet (76m)
100 feet (30m)
20 mS for 10 90% of signal range at 10V output
15 mA sourcing and sinking maximum
32 to 131F (0 to 55C)
+15V DC 0.1A max. and -15V DC 0.05A max.
8173A-6507
An output device is required for Self-Contained Control Units (except Analog), and when using Modular Control Units to switch AC loads. Logic modules are optional and not used with Analog Control Units. 8272X-6501 Isolated Output option available for 8172A Analog Control. For additional specications, see Page 5-120. For mounting in existing enclosure, or for use when multiple units are installed in a central location. Mount 2 inches apart minimum to avoid crosstalk. Cannot be used with Curtain-of-Light Sensor Head, Catalog Number 1471A-6501. Optional output devices can be used for switching AC loads. Requires user supplied linear regulated power supply. Control unit rise time is 20 mS for 10 90% of signal range at 10V output. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E
Self-Contained Control Unit without Enclosure (circuit board only)
1000 feet (304m)
75 feet (22m)
3 mS (5 mS maximum)
0.5 mS (1.5 mS maximum)
32 to 158F (0 to 70C)
8170A-6504
5-120

August 2007
Excess Gain
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5
1000 2.5
RANGE (mm)
25 254 2540
1 EXCESS GAIN EXCESS GAIN

100
100
10
10
1 0.1
10
100
0.1
10
100
RANGE (feet) Reex (3 Inch diameter Retroreector) 1. 1470A Sensor Head with 8171B Control Unit 2. 1470A Sensor Head with 8170A, 8771A or 8772A Control Unit
RANGE (inches) Diffuse Reectance (90% Reective White Card) 1. 1370A with 8171B Control Unit in High Gain Mode 2. 1370A with 8171B Control Unit in Normal Gain Mode 3. 1370A with 8170A, 8771A or 8772A Control Unit
EXCESS GAIN
100
EXCESS GAIN
5
RANGE (mm)
2.5 1000 25 254 2540 0.25 1000
RANGE (mm)
2.5 25 254
1
100
1
10
10
2 2
1 0.1 1 10 100 1 0.01
0.1
10
RANGE (inches) Fixed Focus (90% Reectance White Card) 1. 9082A-6501 with 8171B Control Unit in High Gain Mode 2. 9082A-6501 with 8171B in Normal Gain Mode, 8170A, 8771A or 8772A Control Unit
RANGE (inches) Fiber Optic Diffuse Reective (90% Reectance White Card) 1. 1571A/6276A with 8171B Control Unit in Normal Gain Mode 2. 1571A/6276A with 8170A, 8771A or 8772A Control Unit
Specications Sensor Heads and Control Units

Sensor Heads Control Units Self-Contained Modular DIN Rail Analog
Power Dissipation Sensitivity Adjustment Sunlight Immunity Relative Humidity (non-condensing) Vibration
Depends upon control unit used (Curtain-of-Light: 7,500 foot-candles when used with 8171B control unit) Thru-beam, ber optic: 98% Reex, diffuse reective: 95% 10g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 10 Hz (20 Hz for slot sensor) to 2 kHz 15g minimum for 1 mS See Model Selection Table
Analog: 18 VA max. 2.5 Watts All others: 12 VA max. max. 20:1 ratio 20:1 ratio 10,000 foot-candles 6,000 footcandles 90% 5g up to 4 kHz
2 Watts max. 10,000 footcandles 90%
98% 5g up to 1 kHz
Shock Case Material
Aluminum
15g min. for 1 mS Lexan and phenolic
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-121
Model Selection Logic Modules (Optional, not used with analog control units)
Description For Control Units Selectable Ranges Signal Input Voltage HI LO Input Power Output Type and Ratings Catalog Number
Logic Modules for SelfContained Control Units 8171B & 8170A (Modules mount to circuit board within control unit enclosure)
Time Delay 8170A ON and OFF time delays 8171B from 0.01 to 35 seconds. 9072A Independent adjustment of ON-delay and OFF-delay. One-Shot Produces a pulse of preset time when triggered. Switchselect to trigger on leading or trailing edge of object. 8170A 8171B 9072A
Timing Ranges: 0.01 to 0.2 seconds 0.1 to 2.0 seconds 1.0 to 15.0 seconds 2.0 to 35.0 seconds Pulse Width: 0.02 to 0.5 seconds 0.3 to 2.0 seconds 1.0 to 18.0 seconds 10.0 to 30.0 seconds
Provided by Control Unit
See Specications for Selected Output Device
8212B-6501
8213B-6501
Low Contrast Responds to slight but abrupt signal variation while ignoring slower changes. Response Time: 0.1 mS. Logic Modules for Modular Control Units (Lexan cover with phenolic base, rated NEMA 1)
8171B
Output one-shot time: 20 mS to 2.5 seconds (After this point it becomes a latch function.) Timing Range: 0.5 to 15 seconds
8215A-6501
Time Delay 8771A Provides ON and OFF delay 8772A timing, with independent adjustment of ON-delay and OFF-delay. One-Shot 8771A Produces a pulse of 8772A preset time when triggered. Jumper-selected retriggerable mode for stopped motion detection. Shift Register Delays the response to a beam break (or beam completion) by a preset number of clock pulses, usually generated by a pulse generator on a conveyor. 8771A 8772A
V supply 4V min.
0.4V max.
9 18V DC, 13.3 mA max.
Open Collector, 110 mA sink, 30V DC maximum protected for load spikes above 35V
8712A-6501
Pulse Width: 0.02 to 0.325 seconds 0.2 to 6.5 seconds
V supply 3.5V min.
3V max. 11 15.5V DC, Open Collector, 40 mA max. 110 mA sink, 30V DC maximum protected for load spikes above 35V
8713A-6501
Register Length: 1 to 64 clock pulses
(Requires 11-pin panel mount socket 8905A-6501 for installation, See Page 5-124)

10 15.5V DC, Complementary 8730A-6501 60 mA max. open collector NPN transistor; On-state: 150 mA max. with 1V max. drop Off-state: 1 A max. leakage at 30V DC
Once range is selected, exact value is adjusted via potentiometer. Driving device must be capable of sinking 1.6 mA maximum to ground. Clear pin input (allows outputs to be cleared or held, in untriggered state, independent of input). One-Shot Voltage HI: 1.0V minimum; Voltage LO: 0.4V maximum. Shift Register Voltage HI: 2/3 input voltage minimum; Voltage LO: 1/3 input voltage maximum. Pulse width: 20 mS (voltage must not exceed input voltage). Clock and date inputs Shift Register Rate: 600 Hz maximum fast mode, 30 Hz maximum slow mode; Pulse Width (data): 0.75 mS minimum fast mode, 15 mS minimum slow mode (voltage must not exceed input voltage); Logic level 1 (HI): 2/3 input voltage minimum; Logic level 0 (LO): 1/3 input voltage maximum. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E
Stopped Motion 8170A Retriggerable one-shot. 8171B Start-up delay adjusts from 9072A 0.1 to 11 seconds to allow machine to come up to speed. Control can be reset from remote location.
Retrigger Interval: 30 to 430 RPM 430 to 5,000 RPM
8216A-6501
5-122

August 2007
Model Selection Output Devices (Required for Self-Contained Control Units [except analog] and when switching AC loads with Modular Control Units)
Output Devices for 8170A and 9072A Control Units
DPDT Relay For low frequency general purpose switching of control power loads Isolated Triac For high rate switching of resistive or inductive AC loads Triac, PC Compatible Optically isolated solidstate relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour Optical Isolator Driver Drives a user supplied remote optical isolator for a solid-state interface. Isolator can then be used to switch DTL, TTL, CMOS, etc. Isolated NPN Transistor Optically isolated NPN SPST transistor switch
Supplied by Control Unit Supplied by Control Unit Supplied by Control Unit
DPDT
SPST Normally open triac SPST Normally open triac
Contact Ratings: AC Load: 5A at 115V AC or 230V AC DC Load: 5A at 30V DC Contact Life: 100,000 operations at rated load 5 mA at 1.7 VRMS 20A peak 2 ARMS continuous 100V AC or less 5 500 mARMS at 70C 1.5 mA at 120V AC 1.7V maximum 6A peak
8526A-6501
8570A-6501
8574A-6501
Supplied by Control Unit
Output Device for 8172A Control Unit (optional) Output Devices for 8171B, 8771A and 8772A Control Units
Analog Isolation Module Eliminates ground loop problems and induced noise between the control unit and other system components DPDT Relay Plug-in industrial control relay
12V DC nominal. Supplied by Control Unit 3 20V DC Supplied by Control Unit 8 20V DC Supplied by Control Unit 12V DC nominal
75 mA at 75F 12V DC
Isolated Triac Optically isolated, solid-state relay for switching noncapacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour Triac, PC Compatible Optically isolated, solid-state Polycarbonate relay for switching nonHousing (requires an capacitive AC loads. Response 8-pin panel mount is 100,000 operations/hour socket Catalog Isolated NPN Transistor Number 8907A-6501 for Optically isolated, NPN SPST installation when used transistor switch with 8771A or 8772A Control Units, See Page 5-124)

PNP 20 mA output drive to a remote optical isolator 0.01 mA Optically 20 mA at maximum isolated VSAT less than 0.2V at 30V DC NPN transistor switch Converts the 8172As output to an isolated analog output, allowing the control unit to interface with solid-state AC motor controllers with control circuitry at the AC line potential. Bi-directional output: 30 mA from E2 to E1; 20 mA from E1 to E2; 10.75V DC 1.0V maximum. DPDT Contact Ratings: Resistive Load: 10A, 1/4 hp maximum at 110/220V AC, 10A maximum at 28V DC Inductive Load: 7A maximum at 110/220V AC, 7A maximum at 28V DC Contact Life: 500,000 operations at rated load 5 mA at 1.7 VRMS 60A peak SPST 2 ARMS at 100V AC, or less 25C, Normally 9 mA at open triac 1 ARMS at 65C 200V SPST Normally open triac 5 500 mARMS at 70C 1.5 mA at 120V AC 1.7V maximum 6A peak
8580A-6501
5
8582A-6501
8272A-6501
8530A-6501
8572A-6501
9.5 20 mA
8573A-6501
20 mA typical
8586A-6501
For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 100mA at VSAT less than 1.2V. For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 0.1 A maximum at 30V DC. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

DPDT Relays 8526A-6501 8530A-6501 Triacs Isolated PC Compatible Others
-40 to 140F (-40 to 60C) 15 mS 5 mS 8 9.6V 1.2 2V
-4 to 131F -4 to 149F -4 to 149F (-20 to 55C) (-20 to 65C) (-20 to 65C) 25 mS maximum 1 mS maximum 25 mS maximum 1/2 cycle of line voltage 8 9.6V 1.2 2V 3V minimum 0.8V maximum 8 20V
-4 to 149F (-20 to 65C) Instantaneous Instantaneous
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-123

For a selection of mounting brackets for use with tubular sensor heads L-Shaped Mounting Bracket For horizontal or vertical mounting of Catalog Number 1370A and 1470A reex sensor heads
See Section 8 6177A-6501

0.325 (8.2) 1.125 (28.6) 0.563 (14.3) 0.89 (22.6) 0.563 (14.3) 1.125 (28.6)
1.78 (45.2)
4.4 (112)
0.28 (7.2) (5 Places) 0.28 (7.2) 0.95 (24.1) 0.30 (7.6) 1.75 (45) 0.20 (5.1) 0.40 (10.2)
0.188 (4.8)
6 Mounting Block
Converts 70 Series 3/4 inch thru-beam heads to high gain diffuse reective sensor. Chromate nished aluminum
6162A-6501
0.625 (15.9) Diameter x 0.75 (19) Deep C Bore
0.281 (7.1) Diameter (3 Places)
2.50 (63.5)
3 1.25 (31.8) 0.75 (19) Diameter (2 Places)
1.10 (28) 0.55 (14) 0.50 (12.7)
0.40 (10.2) 1.30 (33) 2.60 (66)
1.00 (25.4)
Metal Ball Swivel Mount
Allows 5.5 rotation with screw 6168A-6501 lock to x nal position. Extremely rugged, made from zinc plated steel/Celenex. Electrically isolates the sensor to prevent noise pick-up caused by poor grounding. Allows 10 rotation on X and Y axes with a clamping action to hold adjustment. Noryl avoid exposing to chlorinated halogenated or aromatic hydrocarbons. Operating temperature: -40 to 160F. 18 mm (3/4 inch) 6142A-6501 8 mm (3/8 inch) 6143A-6501 (11/1273A-300)
Size
0.75 (19.1) Diameter Hole
4.0 (102) 3.0 (76) 2.1 1.0 (53) (25.4)
0.5 (12.7) 1.1 (28)
0.3 (7.5) Diameter Slot
Plastic Ball Swivel Mount
A B
C G D E F
Clamping Gap This Side
0.212 (2 Places)
8 mm 18 mm
1.96 (49.8) 2.80 (71.1)
1.56 (39.6) 2.25 (57.2)
0.20 (5.1) 0.275 (7.0)
0.40 (10.2) 0.50 (12.7)
0.80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4)
1.05 (26.7) 1.64 (41.7)
0.375 (9.5) 0.75 (19.1)
PG08301004E
Mounting Clip
6170A-6501 Stainless steel, for Catalog Number 1170A and 1270A sensor heads, two per package
5-124

August 2007

Retroreectors Sensor Head Extension Cables
See Section 8
Source extension cable 6503A-XXX Order quantity = Length in feet i.e. Qty. 20 of model 6503-xxx = One 20 foot length extension cable Detector extension cable 6507A-XXX Order quantity = Length in feet i.e. Qty. 20 of model 6503-xxx = One 20 foot length extension cable Brass compression tting for connecting 8904A-6501 Catalog Number 8903A-6501 exible conduit to control unit
(see control unit specications for maximum extended cable length) Conduit Coupling
Thru-Beam Sensor Head Apertures
With 0.04 inch hole for small parts detection. Used with Catalog Number 1173A-300 and 1273A-300 sensor heads.
6271A-6501
0.50 (12.7) 0.040 (1.02) Diameter Thru-Hole 0.50 (12.7) 0.095 (2.4) 0.50 (12.7) 0.025 (0.64) 0.50 (12.7)
5
With 0.025 inch slot for small parts detection. Used with Catalog Number 1173A-300 and 1273A-300 sensor heads.
6271A-6502
Fiber Optic Cables Module Panel Mount Sockets
Glass ber optic cables (for use with 6221A-7501 ber optic adapters)
See Section 9
2.99 (75.8)
11-pin panel mount socket for Catalog Number 8905A-6501 8712, 8713 and 8730 Logic Modules, and 8771 and 8772 Modular Control Units
1.97 1.43 (50.0) (36.3)
1.70 (43.2)
1.00 (25.4)
8-pin panel mount socket for Catalog Number 8907A-6501 8530, 8572, 8573 and 8586 Output Devices
1.33 0.88 (33.8) (22.4)
1.63 (41.3)
1.10 (27.9)
1.00 (25.4)
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-125
Wiring Diagrams Self-Contained Control Units Standard: 8170A-6501, -6502, -6504 and -6505 High Power: 8171B-6501 and -6502
Differential: 9072A-6501
Analog: 8172A-6501 and -6502
Wiring Diagrams Modular Control Units Standard: 8771A-6501 Enhanced with Time Delay or One-Shot: 8772A-6501
Wiring Diagram DIN Rain Mount Analog Control Unit 8173A-6507

Detector
WHT SHLD GRN
POWER
GAIN IOS
White Shield Green
COM TP1 TP2 TP3 LK1 LK2 LK3
Source
Red Shield Black
RED SHLD BLK
Power
+15 VDC Common -15 VDC SUM input from another unit Common Output signal
PG08301004E
5
DETECTOR OOS SOURCE +15V COM COM SUM -15V OUT
5-126

August 2007
Wiring Diagrams Logic Modules Time Delay: 8712A-6501 One-Shot: 8713A-6501
Shift Register: 8730A-6501
5
When connecting to relay contacts for clock and data signals, clock and data inputs have 15 mS of debounce ltering. Clock speed and data speed bypass the debounce lter but a jumper from clock speed to clock is required if a pull-up resistor is desired. The same applies to data speed and data inputs.
Approximate Dimensions in Inches Thru-Beam Sensor Heads Right-Angle Viewing: 1179A-6501 and 1279A-6501 Forward Viewing: 1170A-300 and 1270A-300 Forward Viewing: 1173A-300 and 1273A-300
Forward Viewing: 1173A-100 and 1273A-100
Forward Viewing: 1173A-200 and 1273A-200
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-127
Approximate Dimensions in Inches Reex Sensor Heads Standard: 1370A-6501 Curtain-of-Light: 1471A-6501 For Retroreector Curtain-of-Light: 6210-6501
Approximate Dimensions in Inches Diffuse Reective Sensor Heads Standard: 1470A-6501 Fixed Focus: 9082A-6501
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Slot Sensor Heads 1372A-6501

0.75 (19) 3.22 (82) 0.58 (15) 2.22 (56)
0.28 (7.1) Dia. (2 Places) Detector 3.31 (84) 0.66 (17) 1.00 (25) 2.75 (70) Source width 1.08 (27)
0.74 (19)
2.0 (51)
0.57 (14) 4.65 (118)
PG08301004E
5-128

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted Fiber Optic Sensor Heads Glass Fiber Optic: 1571A-6501 and 6276A-6501
Approximate Dimensions Shown in Inches Self-Contained Control Units Standard: 8170A-6501 and -6502 Standard without Enclosure: 8170A-6504 and -6505
5
High Power and Analog: 8171B-6501 and -6502; 8172A-6501 and -6502
Differential: 9072A-6501
PG08301004E

August 2007
5-129
Approximate Dimensions in Inches Modular Control Units 8771A-6501 and 8772A-6501
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted DIN Rain Mount Analog Control Unit 8173A-6507
2.66 (68)
WHT SHLD GRN
POWER
1.53 (39)
DETECTOR
3.06 (78)
+15V COM -15V
SHLD BLK
35 mm DIN Rail 1.3 (33)
0.28 (7.5)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches Logic Modules 8712A-6501, 8713A-6501 and 8730A-6501
PG08301004E
GAIN COM OUT
OOS SOURCE
COM TP1 TP2 TP3 LK1 LK2 LK3
IOS SUM
RED
1.53 (39)
5-130
August 2007
5
Conveyor Sensor Systems

August 2007
6-1
07Intro.fm
Table of Contents
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 E68 Series Integral Sensor Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Sensor Power Supply NEMA 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Sensor Power Supply NEMA 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Unless otherwise noted, the products contained in this document are not designed or intended for use in human safety applications.
CONVEYOR SENSOR SYSTEMS
6-2
Conveyor Sensor Systems E68 Series Integral Sensor Valve

August 2007
PG.05E.24.T.E
E68 Series Integral Sensor Valve
A Fully Engineered Non-contact Photoelectric Sensor System with Built-In Accumulation Control
Embedded ZPA Logic No PLC Required! Solid Polyurethane Package for Rugged Duty Polarized Retroreective and Diffuse Reective Options Narrow Diffuse Sensing Beam to Shoot through 1" Roller Gaps from Below Mufer Provides Quiet Operation Multiple Wiring Options Available Simple One-Touch Air Fittings
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Model Selection, Basic Logic . . . 6-4 Model Selection, Progressive Logic . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Model Selection, Accessories . . 6-6 Model Selection, Buss Harnesses. 6-9 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 The Cutler-Hammer E68 Series Integral Sensor Valve (ISV) from Eatons electrical business is a complete Zero Pressure Accumulation (ZPA) sensing and control solution. This system solves the problem of product damage and mishandling caused by mechanical sensor rollers on outdated ZPA conveyors. A Complete, Pre-engineered Solution The ISV comes complete with all needed components including sensors, air valves, pre-measured connectors, power supplies and accessories. These components simply snap together to provide reliable conveyor control without the need to invest costly engineering time. The compact power supply, designed specically for our ZPA products, includes an integral junction box to eliminate additional mounting enclosures. Fast, Low Cost Installation and Retrot The unique ISV reduces installation costs by integrating the sensor, valve and control logic into one device. Only one device needs to be installed to provide a full zones worth of control. Connections between zones are also included, eliminating the need to run any additional wiring. Wiring is optimized for an exact t, eliminating unsightly cable loops that could be snagged and damaged.
Indicator LED Integrated Air Valve Simplies Installation
6
Product Features

Self-contained package includes sensor, logic, air valve, and wiring Non-contact, true Zero Pressure Accumulation Multiple algorithms available to provide the exact functionality you require Multiple wiring options available including NEMA 4 and NEMA 1 varieties Low installation costs Integrated beam status contact available to allow direct integration into AC or DC control systems One-touch air ttings for quick installation Low-prole package allows easy integration into conveyor side-channel System designed with sub-4A 24V DC wiring for safety and reduced installation costs Easily interfaced to external control systems for singulated discharge and/ or slug release Highly optimized, low-cost power supply Custom brackets and sensor/bracket assemblies available
High Reliability and Flexibility ISV sensors are available in both polarized reex and diffuse reective sensing modes. Polarized sensors eliminate detection errors caused by shiny targets and provide the highest level of high sensing reliability when used at common conveyor widths. Diffuse reective models can be installed in low lift-height locations
and other areas on the conveyor where it may not be possible to mount a polarized reex sensor and reector. These models have an extremely narrow eld of view to allow for mounting below the level of the conveyor rollers in certain cases where necessary.

August 2007
6-3
Choose a Sensor to Meet Your Specic Needs To provide an ideal solution for a wide variety of Zero Pressure Accumulation needs, ISV sensors are available in two different embedded logic modes:
Its So Easy to Get Started, All Thats Needed Is:

The Basic Logic Series offers high-throughput smart Zero Pressure Accumulation control. This logic results in singulation and Zero Pressure Accumulation. Each sensor checks the status of the downstream zone and each zone always runs except when both the current and downstream zones are full. The Progressive Logic Series offers even higher throughput than the Basic Logic. This logic does not singulate product, but does result in Zero Pressure Accumulation. Each zone always runs until all of the zones downstream are full, allowing maximum efciency.
Your conveyor zone length(s) Preferred ZPA algorithm Preferred connection style (see below)
Sensor with Integrated Beam Status Output These ISV Sensors are the same as standard units in all respects, with the exception of a special output connector that is added to the sensor body. This allows you to conveniently access the beam status output of any zone by simply substituting a special sensor of this type in place of a standard unit. This is useful, for example, at the infeed end of a section of conveyor where a lane full signal is required, as a separate photo-eye need not be mounted. Power Supply A 4A Power Supply designed for use with the Conveyor Sensor systems. A single power supply can normally operate up to 50 zones. For more information, see Page 6-27. Power Supply Cable This cable allows the power supply to be connected to any zone, while allowing use of that zone. Release Cable This cable is normally connected to the last zone and is tied to your external control to allow release of product from the conveyor system. The system can be wired to the power supply to enable either singulated product release or slug/train release from the conveyors discharge end. Buss Harness (Not required with daisy-chained models) The Buss Harness distributes power, slug release signals and provides communications links for multidrop versions of the ISV. Made from at ribbon cable, it is available in 10, 50 and 100 foot lengths and is connectorized at intervals to match your zone length (18 to 60 inches in 6-inch increments). A buss link accessory can be used to join multiple sections together, while a zone jumper accessory may be used to skip unused zones. This harness is only required for multi-drop connection versions of the ISV (described at right).
Daisy-chained connection with NEMA 1 unsealed connectors
Multi-drop connection (requires Buss Harness)
PG08301004E
Sensor The ISV sensor has been specially designed with upstream communication abilities and internal logic to implement Zero Pressure Accumulation (ZPA) control. When combined with the components below, a complete ZPA conveyor control system can be literally snapped into place on your conveyor. Two versions are available depending upon the control you require: Basic Logic and Progressive Logic (described above).
Daisy-chained connection with NEMA 4 sealed microconnectors
E68 Series System Components
6-4

August 2007
Model Selection Basic Logic Sensors

Type Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Connection Type Operate Mode Option Catalog Number Standard
Polarized Reex
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 3.6m)
3 inch (76 mm) Diameter at 12 feet (3.6m)
Multi-Drop
Air to Drive
Isolated Beam Output
E68-SVSPR3-BL E68-SVSPR3-BL-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSPR3-BD E68-SVSPR3-BD-B
Polarized Reex
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 3.6m)
Daisy-Chain NEMA 1
Air to Drive
E68-SVSPR3-BLC E68-SVSPR3-BLC-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSPR3-BDC E68-SVSPR3-BDC-B
Polarized Reex
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 3.6m)
Daisy-Chain NEMA 4
Air to Drive
E68-SVSPR3-BLP E68-SVSPR3-BLP-B
6
Air to Brake
E68-SVSPR3-BDP E68-SVSPR3-BDP-B

Diffuse Reective
3 feet (1m)
0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 0.6m)
0.2 inch (5 mm) Diameter at Multi-Drop 2 inches (51 mm) 6 inch (152 mm) Diameter at 5 feet (1.5m)
Air to Drive
E68-SVSSD1-BL E68-SVSSD1-BL-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSSD1-BD E68-SVSSD1-BD-B
Diffuse Reective
3 feet (1m)
0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 0.6m)
0.2 inch (5 mm) Diameter at Daisy-Chain 2 inches (51 mm) NEMA 1 6 inch (152 mm) Diameter at 5 feet (3.6m)
Air to Drive
E68-SVSSD1-BLC E68-SVSSD1-BLC-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSSD1-BDC E68-SVSSD1-BDC-B
Diffuse Reective
3 feet (1m)
0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 0.6m)
0.2 inch (5 mm) Diameter at 2 inches (51 mm) 6 inch (152 mm) Diameter at 5 feet (1.5m)
Daisy-Chain NEMA 4
Air to Drive
E68-SVSSD1-BLP E68-SVSSD1-BLP-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSSD1-BDP E68-SVSSD1-BDP-B
Ranges based on a 3-inch diameter retroreector. Sensors will detect a 90% reectance white card at this range. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.
PG08301004E

August 2007
6-5
Model Selection Progressive Logic Sensors

Type Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Connection Type Operate Mode Option Catalog Number Standard
Polarized Reex
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 3.6m)
Multi-Drop
Air to Drive
E68-SVSPR3-PL E68-SVSPR3-PL-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSPR3-PD E68-SVSPR3-PD-B
Polarized Reex
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 3.6m)
Air to Brake
E68-SVSPR3-PDC E68-SVSPR3-PDC-B
Polarized Reex
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 3.6m)
Daisy-Chain NEMA 4
Air to Drive
E68-SVSPR3-PLP E68-SVSPR3-PLP-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSPR3-PDP E68-SVSPR3-PDP-B
Diffuse Reective
3 feet (1m)
0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 0.6m)
0.2 inch (5 mm) Diameter at 2 inches (51mm) 6 inch (152 mm) Diameter at 5 feet (1.5m)
Multi-Drop
Air to Drive
E68-SVSSD1-PL E68-SVSSD1-PL-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSSD1-PD E68-SVSSD1-PD-B
Diffuse Reective
3 feet (1m)
0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 0.6m)
Daisy-Chain NEMA 1
Air to Drive
E68-SVSSD1-PLC E68-SVSSD1-PLC-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSSD1-PDC E68-SVSSD1-PDC-B
Diffuse Reective
3 feet (1m)
0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 0.6m)
Daisy-Chain NEMA 4
Air to Drive
E68-SVSSD1-PLP E68-SVSSD1-PLP-B
Air to Brake
E68-SVSSD1-PDP E68-SVSSD1-PD
Ranges based on a 3-inch diameter retroreector. Sensors will detect a 90% reectance white card at this range.
PG08301004E
Daisy-Chain NEMA 1
Air to Drive
E68-SVSPR3-PLC E68-SVSPR3-PLC-B
6-6

August 2007

Type Length Description Used with Sensors Catalog Number
Sensor Output Cables Beam Status Output Cable 1m Wires from the beam status output connector on the sensor E68.-xyz-B to a remote PLC or other controller E68-SVABEAM-1
Power Supply Cables Power Supply T connection 2m This cable allows the power supply to be connected between any two zones, while allowing use of those zones. For best results, the Power Supply Cable should be connected at the center of the zones being powered. Tinned leads on power supply end. 12 mm DC-key connector on power supply end. This cable allows the power supply to be connected to any zone, while allowing use of that zone. For best results, the Power Supply Cable should be connected at the center of the zones being powered. E68.-xyC E68.-xyP E68.-xyP E68.-xy E68-SVAPWR-C2 E68-SVAPWR-P02 E68-SVAPWR-P2 BUS266PWR-01B1
Power Supply Cable
2m
50m
E68.-xy
BUS266PWR-5001B1
Power Supply
27V DC, 100W; short-circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset). Power supply can normally power up to 50 ISV zones. See Page 6-27 for more details.
E68.
PS256A-01B1
6
Zone Extensions and Jumpers Zone Extension Cable 1m Power Jumper 5m Power Isolation Cable 2 ft (0.6m)
Used for zone lengths > 36".
E68.-xyC
E68-SVAEXT-C1
E68.-xyP
E68-SVAEXT-P1
Used to slave an asynchronous ZPA chain does not pass E68.-xyC accumulation signals.
E68-SVAJMP1-C5
E68.-xyP
E68-SVAJMP1-P5
Used to isolate parallel power supplies on an extended ZPA chain.
E68.-xyC
E68-SVAISO-C
E68.-xyP
E68-SVAISO-P
PG08301004E

August 2007
6-7

Zone Extensions and Jumpers (Continued) Zone Jumper 5 in. A Zone Jumper is required when a zone is skipped to allow communications to continue through the unused zone. E68.-xy QDJU266A-01B1
Slug Isolation Cable
2 ft (0.6m)
Used to break a slug release signal to affect closer control of E68.-xyC product release. Insert between any two zones, and a slug release signal is isolated from all upstream zones.
E68-SVASLUG-C
E68.-xyP
E68-SVASLUG-P
Buss Link Cable
10 cm
This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. NOTE: 10 foot versions of buss harness have this connector built-in. Passes power and ZPA signals.
E68.-xy
BUS266LINK-01B1
10 cm
Power isolation version. Passes ZPA signals but isolates power.
E68.-xy
BUS266ISO-01B1
3m
This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. DC power is passed through the connection. Passes power only.
E68.-xy
BUS266JUMP15-01B1
3m
This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. Both DC power and the ZPA signal is passed through the connection. Passes power and ZPA signals.
E68.-xy
BUS266JUMP15-02B1
Power Curve Delay Module
Allows ZPA through a powered curve that is not divided into E68-xy ZPA controlled zones. Installed adjacent to the sensor at the powered curve infeed. All required wiring is included. E68-xyC E68-xyP
1451BSR1216 1451BSC1216 1451BSP1216
PG08301004E
6-8

August 2007

Release Cables Release Cable 2m This cable is connected to the last zone and allows E68.-xyC singulate or slug discharge control from an external system. Both release and power connections are provided. If the power connections are used, a separate power supply T cable is not needed. E68.-xyP E68-SVAREL2-P2 E68-SVAREL2-C2
This cable is connected to the last zone and allows E68.-xy singulate or slug discharge control from an external system. Release connections only are provided. This cable is connected to the last zone and allows E68.-xy singulate or slug discharge control from an external system. Both release and power connections are provided. If the power connections are used, a separate power supply cable is not needed. Miscellaneous Accessories Upstream Connector Cover Used to seal the upstream micro-connector on the most infeed sensor. E68.-xyP
BUS266REL-01B1
BUS266REL-02B1
6
E68-SVAUSC-P
Downstream Connector Cover
Used to seal the downstream micro-connector on the discharge sensor (if a release cable is not connected).
E68.-xyP
E68-SVADSC-P
Model Selection Mounting Brackets

Dimensions
2.65 (67.3) 0.600 R. 0.180 (4.57) (15.24) 3 PL 2.00 (50.8) 0.500 2.83 3.56 3.83 (12.70) (71.8) (90.4) (97.2)
Description
Used with Sensors
Catalog Number
Mounting bracket for E68 E68. sensor family. Can be used to mount E68 sensor to conveyor side channel. Can also be used to mount 3-inch retroreector (6200A-6506).
6161AS0285
0.375 (9.53) 1.63 (41.3) 2.88 (73.0) 3.25 (82.6)
0.265 (6.73) SQ 2 PL R. 0.150 (3.81) 4 PL
1.81 (45.8)
0.105 (2.67)
PG08301004E

August 2007
6-9
Model Selection Buss Harnesses

Photo Zone Length Nominal Length Number of Zones Use with Sensor Models Catalog Number
18 inches
10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m)
6 Zones 33 Zones 66 Zones 5 Zones 25 Zones 50 Zones 4 Zones 20 Zones 40 Zones 3 Zones 16 Zones 33 Zones 3 Zones 15 Zones 30 Zones 2 Zones 14 Zones 28 Zones 2 Zones 12 Zones 25 Zones 2 Zones 11 Zones 22 Zones 2 Zones 10 Zones 20 Zones
E68...
BUS266A18-6 BUS266A18-33 BUS266A18-66 BUS266A24-5 BUS266A24-25 BUS266A24-50 BUS266A30-4 BUS266A30-20 BUS266A30-40 BUS266A36-3 BUS266A36-33 BUS266A40-3 BUS266A40-15 BUS266A40-30 BUS266A42-2 BUS266A42-14 BUS266A42-28 BUS266A48-2 BUS266A48-25 BUS266A54-2 BUS266A54-11 BUS266A54-22 BUS266A60-2 BUS266A60-10 BUS266A60-20 BUS266A48-12 BUS266A36-16
24 inches 50' and 100' versions 30 inches
10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m)
36 inches
40 inches
42 inches 10' versions 48 inches
10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m)
54 inches
60 inches
PG08301004E
6-10

August 2007
Typical Daisy-Chain Wiring Example

Center Tap Arrangement
Isolated Beam Output Sensor Standard Sensor Standard Sensor Standard Sensor Discharge Zone
Upstream Zone Connection Beam Status Output Cable (to PLC or Other Control Interface) Power Supply Cable to Power Supply Release Cable to Power Supply or External Contact
End Tap
Isolated Beam Output Sensor Standard Sensor Standard Sensor Standard Sensor Discharge Zone
6
Upstream Zone Connection
Beam Status Output Cable (to PLC or Other Control Interface)
To Power Supply Release Cable with Power Connecting (to Power Supply)
Typical Multi-Drop Buss Wiring Example

Isolated Beam Standard Sensor Standard Sensor Standard Sensor
Beam Status Output Cable
4-Pin Connector Link Cable
4-Pin 2-Pin Connector Connector Power Supply Cable
2-Pin Connector
4-Pin Connector
2-Pin Connector Release Cable
4-Pin Connector
2-Pin Connector
Upstream Power Buss Harness
Flow Direction
Downstream Power Buss Harness
Flow Direction
Power Buss Harness
Flow Direction
Power Buss Harness
PG08301004E

August 2007
6-11
Specications
Standard Models
Input Voltage Power Dissipation Indicator LED Response Time Air to Drive/Air to Brake Operation Beam Status Output (optional)
18 30V DC 1.35W at 27V DC Red LED: Lights steady when air valve open 25 mS maximum to 90% air ow. 18.2 Hz maximum operation Specied by catalog number Solid-state relay; 400V isolation; 132V AC/DC maximum switching voltage; 100 mA current switching capacity; 10 mA maximum off-state leakage; 25W maximum on-state resistance. Output protected (current limited) for loads less than 32V. IMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short-circuit condition). Operating: 14 to +131F (-10 to +55C); Storage: -13 to +158F (-25 to +70C) Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: polyvinylchloride; Body: structural polyurethane foam; Mufer: brass; Fittings: brass, polybutylene terephthalate, polyacetel, BUNA-N; Label Overlay: polyester. IMPORTANT: Do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones. Mount with two #8 fasteners (not included). Torque to between 12 and 14 in-lbs Multi-drop models: Insulation-displacement connectors, factory installed Daisy-chain NEMA 1 models (unsealed): 4-pin AMP DESC Connector Daisy-chain NEMA 4 models (sealed): 4-pin, DC-key micro-connectors Beam Status Output: 3-pin male nano-connector Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 100g for 3 mS 1/2 sine wave pulse 10,000 foot-candles Multi-drop and unsealed daisy-chain models: NEMA 1 only Sealed daisy-chain models: NEMA 1, 4 100 million operations over 5 years. Warranty: 3 years (maximum 60 million operations) 3-way, vent to atmosphere Cv = 0.03; 0 to 75 psi operation IMPORTANT: Dry or lubricated shop air, ltered to less than 5 micrometers required. 1/4 inch one-touch ttings. IMPORTANT: Fittings must be tightened to 10.6 17.7 in-lbs. Sensors are bulk packaged. Maximum 10 sensors per bag.
Temperature Range Material of Construction
Mounting Connectors
Vibration and Shock Sunlight Immunity Enclosure Ratings Operations Valve Type Valve Specications Valve Fittings Product Packaging
These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specications. If you have questions about a specic application, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Application Department at 1-800-426-9184.

1.395 (35.4) 0.80 (20.2)
1.55 (38.8) 1.41 (35.1)
1.81 (45.3)
0.187 2 PL 2.80 (70.9) 0.70 (17.7) C D
4.40 (111.3)
1.80 1.4 (45.5) (34.2)
3.22 (81.4)
2.20 (55.7)
1.13 (28.5) 0.50 (12.7) 0.93 (23.5) 1.10 (27.7) B 2.05 (51.9) 2.20 (55.7)
B NOTE: Above dimension diagrams display the following three models of the E68: A + D = Daisy-chain NEMA 4 sealed; A + C = Daisy-chain NEMA 1 unsealed; B = Multi-drop buss harness
PG08301004E
6-12

August 2007
Wiring Diagram
Multi-Drop Buss Version +V 27V DC10% Brown Slug Communications White Black Blue () E68 Communications (Black)
Daisy-Chain Version Face View +V (Brown) 1 4 3 (Blue) () 2 (White) Slug
Optical Performance All optical specications are guaranteed to be the minimum performance under clean conditions of any product delivered from stock. Typical performance may be higher. Dirt in the environment will affect optical performance by reducing the amount of light the control receives. For best results, sensors should be used at distances where excess gain is higher than 1.5 (1.5 times the amount of sensing power required to detect an object under ideal conditions). Higher excess gain will allow the sensor to overcome higher levels of contamination on the lens.
Polarized Reex Diffuse Reective
EXCESS GAIN
100
10
EXCESS GAIN
6
Source Maximum Range Optimum Range Field of View
Visible red, 680 nm 10 feet 0.1 to 8 feet
Infrared 3 feet 3 inches to 2 feet
3 inch diameter at 12 feet 0.2 inch diameter at 2 inches; 6 inch diameter at 5 feet
1000
1000
100
10
1 0.1 1 10 100
1 0.1 1 10 100
RANGE IN FEET Polarized Reex (3-inch diameter retroreector)
RANGE IN INCHES Diffuse Reective (90% reectance white card)
PG08301004E
Conveyor Sensor Systems 200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation

August 2007
6-13
PG.05E.14.T.E
200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation System
A Fully Engineered Non-contact, Photoelectric Sensor System with Built-In Accumulation Control
Polarized Optics for High Reliability Compact Sensor Design Sensors Communicate Upstream Time Delay Versions Offer Additional Accumulation Functionality Easy Plug-In Assembly Low-Cost, Pre-measured Wiring
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Basic Logic Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Progressive Logic Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Harnesses . . Model Selection, Accessories . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications, Models 14266 and 14286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Standard Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Harnesses . . Model Selection, Accessories . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications, Model 14256 . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 6-15 6-15 6-15 6-16 6-18 6-19 6-19 6-20 6-20 6-21 6-22 6-22 6-22 6-23
Indicator LED
Built-In Guard Protects Wiring Connectors
Product Features

The Cutler-Hammer 200 Series by Eatons electrical business is an easy to use Zero Pressure Accumulation (ZPA) sensing and control solution. This sensor system solves the problem of product damage and mishandling caused by mechanical sensor rollers on outdated ZPA conveyors. A Complete, Pre-engineered Solution The 200 Series comes complete with all needed components including sensors, pre-measured cables, power supplies, and accessories. These components simply snap together to provide reliable Zero Pressure Accumulation conveyor control without the need to invest costly engineering time in a PLC-based system. The compact power supply, designed specically for the 200 Series, includes an integral junction box to eliminate additional mounting enclosures.
Non-contact, true Zero Pressure Accumulation control without a PLC Multiple algorithms available to provide the exact functionality you require Additional Gap and Compression timing versions available Low installation costs with pre-measured and connectorized wiring Fits zone lengths between 18 and 60 inches in 6-inch increments and conveyors up to 60 inches wide Compatible with commonly available solenoid-operated air valves Sensors are short circuit protected with automatic reset of sensor when short is removed System designed with sub-4A 24V DC wiring for safety and reduced costs Easily interfaced to external control systems for singulated discharge and/ or slug release Highly optimized, low-cost power supply Custom brackets and sensor/bracket assemblies available solenoid, and the sensor to eliminate unsightly cable loops that might otherwise be snagged and damaged. High Reliability 200 Series sensors operate in the polarized reex sensing mode. Polarized sensors eliminate detection errors caused by shiny targets. The sensors 10 foot maximum range provides high sensing reliability when used at common conveyor widths.
Fast, Low Cost Installation and Retrot The unique 200 Series reduces installation costs by eliminating measuring, wire stripping and attachment of custom connectors. The main buss cable has connectors pre-installed at points to match your conveyor zone length. Zone length can be from 18 to 60 inches in 6-inch increments. Custom wiring harnesses are supplied for an exact tbetween the main buss cable, the
6-14

August 2007
Choose a Sensor to Meet Your Specic Needs To provide an ideal solution for a wide variety of zero-pressure accumulation needs, 200 Series sensors are available in two different embedded logic modes:
The Basic Logic Series offers high-throughput smart Zero Pressure Accumulation control. This logic results in singulation and Zero Pressure Accumulation. Each sensor checks the status of the downstream zone and each zone always runs except when both the current and downstream zones are full. Models are available in either Zone Full Delay Timer or Zone Empty Timer congurations. The Progressive Logic Series offers even higher throughput than the Basic Logic. This logic does not singulate product, but does result in Zero Pressure Accumulation. Each zone always runs until all of the zones downstream are full, allowing maximum efciency. Models are available in either Zone Full Delay Timer or Zone Empty Timer congurations.
Its So Easy to Get Started, All Thats Needed Is: Your conveyor zone length(s) Preferred ZPA algorithm Sensor harness cable lengths: Distance from sensor to power buss harness Distance from sensor to solenoid
Solenoid valve manufacturer and model number
200 Series System Components

Sensor The 200 Series sensor has been specially designed with upstream communication abilities and internal logic to implement true zero pressure accumulation control. When combined with the components below, a complete ZPA conveyor control system can be literally snapped into place on your conveyor. Two versions are available depending upon the control you require: Basic Logic and Progressive Logic (described above). Sensor with Additional Time Delay These 200 Series sensors are the same as standard units in all respects, with the exception of additional time delay circuitry designed to afford you enhanced zero pressure accumulation control. Versions with a Gap Timer offer you an adjustable delay to insert additional gaps between adjacent products as they move down the conveyor (beyond those gaps normally present due to the operation of the built-in true zero pressure accumulation logic). Versions with a Compression Timer offer you an adjustable delay to compress packages together during the accumulation process. Sensor Harness The Sensor Harness connects the sensor to the Buss Harness and solenoid. This is the only custom part of the system the length is optimized for an exact t on your conveyor to eliminate cable loops that could otherwise be damaged. Buss Harness The Buss Harness distributes power, slug release signals and provides communications links. Made from at ribbon cable, it is available in 10, 50 and 100 foot lengths and is connectorized at intervals to match your zone length (18 to 60 inches in 6-inch increments).
6
A customer-supplied solenoid/valve is required at each zone to control the conveyor pneumatics. Eaton recommends a solenoid below 1.8 Watts.
PG08301004E

August 2007
6-15
Model Selection Basic Logic Sensors

Photo Logic Type Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Additional Timing Operate Mode Output Catalog Number/Standard
Basic Logic
Polarized Reex
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 3.6 m)
Air to Drive Air to Brake
NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP PNP
14266RLN17B1 14266RLP17B1 14266RDN17B1 14266RDP17B1 14266RLNT17B1 14266RLPT17B1 14266RDNT17B1 14266RLPC17B1 14266RDPC17B1
Basic Logic with Timing
Compression Timer
Gap Timer
Model Selection Progressive Logic Sensors

Photo Logic Type Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Additional Timing Option Output Catalog Number/Standard
Progressive Logic
Polarized Reex
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 3.6 m)
NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP PNP PNP PNP
14286RLN17B1 14286RLP17B1 14286RDN17B1 14286RDP17B1 14286RLNT17B1 14286RLPT17B1 14286RDPT17B1 14286RLPC17B1 14286RDPC17B1
Progressive Logic with Timing
Compression Timer
Gap Timer
Model Selection Sensor Harnesses

Photo Solenoid Connector Sensor to Buss Harnesses Length Sensor to Solenoid Length Use with Sensor Models Catalog Number
3-pin AMP P/N 104257-2 3-pin SMC P/N AXT661-12A
12 inches
12 inches
14266.../14286...
QD266A12-1201B1 QD266A12-1204B1
24 inches 36 inches
24 inches 36 inches
QD266A24-2404B1 QD266A36-3604B1
If you require a solenoid connector other than those listed in this section, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800426-9184 with the valve manufacturers name and model number.
PG08301004E
Models only available in PNP versions. To implement this timing functionality and retain access to slug release mode, all sensors in a given ZPA chain must be PNP output versions.
6-16

August 2007

18 inches
24 inches
50' and 100' Versions
30 inches
36 inches
40 inches 10' Versions 42 inches
48 inches
54 inches
60 inches
10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 10 feet (1.8m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m)
6 Zones 33 Zones 66 Zones 5 Zones 25 Zones 50 Zones 4 Zones 20 Zones 40 Zones 3 Zones 16 Zones 33 Zones 3 Zones 15 Zones 30 Zones 2 Zones 14 Zones 28 Zones 2 Zones 12 Zones 25 Zones 2 Zones 11 Zones 22 Zones 2 Zones 10 Zones 20 Zones
14266.../14286...
BUS266A18-6 BUS266A18-33 BUS266A18-66 BUS266A24-5 BUS266A24-25 BUS266A24-50 BUS266A30-4 BUS266A30-20 BUS266A30-40 BUS266A36-3 BUS266A36-16 BUS266A36-33 BUS266A40-3 BUS266A40-15 BUS266A40-30 BUS266A42-2 BUS266A42-14 BUS266A42-28 BUS266A48-2 BUS266A48-12 BUS266A48-25 BUS266A54-2 BUS266A54-11 BUS266A54-22 BUS266A60-10 BUS266A60-2 BUS266A60-20
6
Photo Type Description
Length
Notes
Catalog Number
Singulate This cable is connected to the last zone and allows Release Cable singulate or slug discharge control from an external system.
2m
Release only
BUS266REL-01B1
Both release and power BUS266REL-02B1 connections are provided. If the power connection is used, a power supply cable is not needed Zone Jumper A Zone Jumper is required when a zone is skipped to allow communications to continue through the unused zone. 5 inches QDJU266A-01B1
Power Supply
A 100W Power Supply designed for use with the 200 Series system. On systems with zone lengths up to 48 inches, it will power up to 110 sensors with 0.67W solenoids (74 if the solenoids are 1.2W; 38 if the solenoids are 2.4W).
PS256A-01B1 PS256A-04B1 (See Page 6-27 for more details)
Power Supply Cable
This cable allows the power supply to be connected 2m to any zone, while allowing use of that zone. For best results, the Power Supply Cable should be connected at the center of the zones being powered. 50 feet
BUS266PWR-01B1
BUS266PWR-5001B1
PG08301004E

August 2007
6-17

Photo Type Description Length Notes Catalog Number
Buss Link Cable
This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. NOTE: 10 foot versions of buss harness have this connector built-in.
10 cm
Passes power and ZPA signals
BUS266LINK-01B1
10 cm
Power isolation version. Passes BUS266ISO-01B1 ZPA signals but isolates power. This allows for connection of more than one power supply to a long section of ZPA conveyor.
This cable allows two sections of buss harness to 3m be connected together. DC power is passed through the connection. This cable allows two sections of buss harness to 3m be connected together. Both DC power and the ZPA signal is passed through the connection. Power Curve Module Allows ZPA through a powered curve that is not divided into ZPA controlled zones. All required wiring is included.
Passes power only
BUS266JUMP15-01B1
Passes power and ZPA signals
BUS266JUMP15-02B1
1451BSR1216 Install adjacent to the 200 Series sensor at the powered curve infeed. All required wiring included.
PG08301004E
6-18

August 2007
Typical Wiring Example Nominal 10 Buss Harness Lengths
8 foot Bed Section #1
8 foot Bed Section #2
Zone B
Zone A
Zone B
Direction of Product Flow
Sensor Harness 4-pin Connector Sensor Harness 4-pin Connector 2-pin Connector Power Supply Cable (if used) 2-pin Connector
Sensor Harness 4-pin Connector 2-pin Connector
Downstream Power Buss Harness
Link Connector
DC 18 to 30 V
EXCESS GAIN
6
Upstream Power Buss Harness Example shows Power Buss Harness (BUS266A48-2) mounted to a conveyor with 4 zones /8 bed sections
Wiring Diagram
Wiring for Sensor
+V Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Slug Input Pin 5 Sensor Downstream Input Upstream Output V+ for Sensor GND for Sensor Slug Input (-) +V
Optical Performance All optical specications are guaranteed to be the minimum performance under clean conditions of any product delivered from stock. Typical performance may be higher. Dirt in the environment will affect optical performance by reducing the amount of light the control receives. For best results, sensors should be used at distances where excess gain is higher than 1.5 (1.5 times the amount of sensing power required to detect an object under ideal conditions). Higher excess gain will allow the sensor to overcome higher levels of contamination on the lens. All ranges and excess gain graphs are based on a 3-inch retroreector.
Source Maximum Range Optimum Range Field of View Visible red, 680 nm 10 feet 0.1 to 8 feet 3 inch diameter at 12 feet
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5
100
(-)
10
1 2
Solenoid Wiring
GND for Solenoid Load V+ for Solenoid Pin 2 Pin 1
1 0.1
10
100
RANGE (feet) 1. Typical performance 2. Minimum performance
Performance measured to 3-inch retroreector.
PG08301004E

August 2007
6-19
Typical Wiring Example Nominal 50 and 100 Buss Harness Lengths

Sensor Harness 4-pin Connector Link Cable 4-pin Connector 2-pin Connector 4-pin Connector Sensor Harness 2-pin Connector Sensor Harness 4-pin Connector Sensor Harness Power Supply Cable 2-pin Connector Singulate Release Cable
2-pin Connector
Upstream Buss Harness
Signal Direction
Downstream Buss Harness
Signal Direction
Buss Harness Signal Direction

M18 x 1.0 Thread 0.35 (9) 1.17 (30) 0.25 (6) Timer Adj. 0.21 (5) 0.80 (20) 0.48 (12) 0.62 (16) .56 (14) 2.00 (50)
1.45 (37)
1.19 (30)
0.93 (24)
Specications 14266 and 14286 Models

Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Current Switching Capacity OFF-State Leakage ON-State Voltage Drop Slug Input
18 to 30V DC, reverse polarity protected 250 mW maximum NPN or PNP 100 mA maximum 10 mA maximum 2.5V at 100 mA NPN: Integral diode isolates slug input; Input is protected against mis-wiring and is active from 0 to a voltage level equal to the current input voltage minus 6 volts PNP: Integral diode isolates slug input; Input is protected against mis-wiring and is active from 1 30V DC 8 mS 5-pin, works with mating plug AMP #104257-4; 2-pin, works with mating plug AMP #104257-1 Operating: -25 to 55C (-13 to 131F) Storage: -25 to 70C (-13 to 158F) Lens: Polycarbonate Body: Cycoloy and Lexan Connector: Glass-lled PCT Vibration: 30 g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz Shock: 30 g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulse NEMA 1 20 pounds (static) Contact factory for latest list of agency approvals The Output is protected against dead shorts only. Operation: Output is continuously retried at 3 mS intervals and will automatically reset when short is removed (no visual indication of a short-circuit condition). CAUTION: will not protect against overloads between 100 300 mA Lights steady when output is ON; OFF when output is OFF; OFF when output is in short-circuit mode
Response Time Connector Temperature Range Material of Construction
Vibration and Shock Enclosure Ratings Cable-Pull Strength Approvals Short-Circuit Protection
Indicator LED
PG08301004E
6-20

August 2007
The standard sensors in this section are similar to the embedded logic sensors in the previous sections except that the units do not contain on-board ZPA logic, the sensors directly actuate the solenoid valves to which they are connected. Model Selection Standard Sensors
Photo Type Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Connection Type Operate Mode Output Catalog Number/Standard
Polarized Reex
10 feet (3m)
0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 3.6 m)
Multi-Drop
Air to Drive Air to Brake Air to Drive Air to Brake
NPN PNP NPN PNP Dual NPN & PNP
14256RLN17B1 14256RLP17B1 14256RDN17B1 14256RDP17B1 14256RL17B1 14256RD17B1
Model Selection Sensor Harnesses

Photo Solenoid Connector Sensor to Buss Harnesses Length Sensor to Solenoid Length Use with Sensor Models Catalog Number
3-pin AMP P/N 104257-2
12 inches
12 inches
14256...
QD256A12-1201B1
6
3-pin SMC P/N AXT661-12A
QD256A12-1204B1
If you require a solenoid connector other than those listed in this section, contact Eatons Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800426-9184 with the valve manufacturers name and model number.

18 inches 24 inches 30 inches 36 inches 40 inches 42 inches 48 inches 54 inches 60 inches
50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m) 50 feet (3.6m) 100 feet (6.1m)
33 Zone 66 Zone 25 Zone 50 Zone 20 Zone 40 Zone 16 Zone 33 Zone 15 Zone 30 Zone 14 Zone 28 Zone 12 Zone 25 Zone 11 Zone 22 Zone 10 Zone 20 Zone
14266.../14286...
BUS256A18-33 BUS256A18-66 BUS256A24-25 BUS256A24-50 BUS256A30-20 BUS256A30-40 BUS256A36-16 BUS256A36-33 BUS256A40-15 BUS256A40-30 BUS256A42-14 BUS256A42-28 BUS256A48-12 BUS256A48-25 BUS256A54-11 BUS256A54-22 BUS256A60-10 BUS256A60-20
PG08301004E

August 2007
6-21

Photo Type Description Length Notes Model Number
Power Supply
A 100W Power Supply designed for use with the 200 Series system. On systems with zone lengths up to 48 inches, it will power up to 110 sensors with 0.67W solenoids (74 if the solenoids are 1.2W; 38 if the solenoids are 2.4W).
PS256A-01B1 PS256A-04B1 (See Page 6-27 for more details)
Power Supply Cable
This cable allows the power supply to be connected 2m to any zone, while allowing use of that zone. For best results, the Power Supply Cable should be connected at the center of the zones being powered.
Round cable
BUS256PWR-01B1
6.7m
Round cable, 18 AWG conductors
BUS256PWR20-02B1
3.3m
Flat ribbon cable
BUS256PWR120
Buss Link Cable
This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together.
10 cm
Passes power only
BUS256LINK-01B1
10 cm
BUS256ISO-01B1 Power isolation version. Passes ZPA signals but isolates power. This allows for connection of more than one power supply to a long section of ZPA conveyor.
54 inches
Flat ribbon cable Passes power only
BUSJUMP36
PG08301004E
6-22

August 2007
Typical Wiring Example
Sensor Harness 3-pin Connectors BUS256LINK... or BUS256ISO Cable 3-pin Connectors
Sensor Harness
Sensor Harness 3-pin Connectors Sensor Harness
Power Supply Cable
3-pin Connectors
Upstream Power Buss Harness
Flow Direction
Flow Direction
Flow Direction
Power Buss Harness
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) except where noted

1.15 (29) M18 x 1.0 Thread
1.45 (37)
6
0.62 (16) 1.15 (29)
Specications 14256 Models

Input Voltage Power Dissipation Output Type Output Operation Air to Brake Output Operation Air to Drive Current Switching Capacity OFF-State Leakage ON-State Voltage Drop Slug Input Response Time Connector Temperature Range Material of Construction
10 to 30V DC, reverse polarity protected 120 mW maximum NPN only or NPN & PNP Dual Output ON when beam is blocked OFF when beam is not blocked ON when beam is not blocked OFF when beam is blocked 100 mA maximum 10 mA maximum 2.5V at 100 mA Integral diode isolates slug input; Input is protected against mis-wiring and is active from 0 to a voltage level equal to the current input voltage minus 6 volts 8 mS Works with mating plug; AMP #104257-4 Operating: -25 to 55C (-13 to 131F) Storage: -25 to 70C (-13 to 158F) Lens: Polycarbonate Body: Cycoloy and Lexan Connector: Glass-lled PCT Vibration: 30 g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz Shock: 30 g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulse NEMA 1 20 pounds (static) Contact factory for latest list of agency approvals The Output is protected against dead shorts on the NPN output only. Operation: Output is continuously retried at 3 mS intervals and will automatically reset when short is removed (no visual indication of a short-circuit condition). CAUTION: will not protect against overloads between 100 300 mA Lights steady when output is ON; OFF when output is OFF; OFF when output is in short-circuit mode
Vibration and Shock Enclosure Ratings Cable-Pull Strength Approvals Short-Circuit Protection
Indicator LED
PG08301004E

August 2007
6-23
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring for Sensor Controlled Solenoid
+V Pin 5 DC 10 to 30 V Load Pin 4 Pin 3 Pin 2 Slug Pin 1 Input Sensor DC 10 to 30 V V+ for Solenoid GND for Solenoid V+ for Sensor GND for Sensor Slug Input (-) (-) +V Load
+V
Wiring for NPN/PNP Output

Pin 5 Pin 4 Load Pin 3 Pin 2 Pin 1 Sensor PNP Output NPN Output V+ for Sensor GND for Sensor Not Connected
+V
(-) +V DC 10 to 30 V
(-)
Wiring for NPN Output

Pin 5 Load Pin 4 Pin 3 Pin 2 Pin 1 Sensor NPN Output V+ for Sensor GND for Sensor Not Connected Not Connected
+V
(-)
(-)
Optical Performance All optical specications are guaranteed to be the minimum performance under clean conditions of any product delivered from stock. Typical performance may be higher. Dirt in the environment will affect optical performance by reducing the amount of light the control receives. For best results, sensors should be used at distances where excess gain is higher than 1.5 (1.5 times the amount of sensing power required to detect an object under ideal conditions). Higher excess gain will allow the sensor to overcome higher levels of contamination on the lens. All ranges and excess gain graphs are based on a 3-inch retroreector.
Source Maximum Range Optimum Range Field of View Visible red, 680 nm 10 feet 0.1 to 8 feet 3 inch diameter at 12 feet
RANGE (m)
0.03 1000 0.3 3.0 30.5
EXCESS GAIN
100
10
1 2
1 0.1
10
100
RANGE (feet) 1. Typical performance 2. Minimum performance
Performance measured to 3-inch retroreector.
PG08301004E
6-24
Conveyor Sensor Systems Sensor Power Supply NEMA 4 Universal Voltage

August 2007
PG.05.11.T.E
Sensor Power Supply
Finally, a Power Supply with All of the Features Needed for Material Handling Use in a Rugged, Compact, Sealed Housing
6-24 6-24 6-25 6-25 6-26
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conduit Entry Box Features for NEC Compliance Fully Sealed Package NEMA 4X Rugged Metal Housing Power Switch Protected Against Accidental Operation
The Cutler-Hammer Sensor Power Supply by Eatons electrical business was specially designed to be used with the 200 Series and E68 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation Systems, but is also suitable for use in a wide variety of general material handling applications. The unit delivers 100W output at 27V DC and supports easy, Class II wiring. The power supply is a tamper-proof, rugged component easily mounted to a conveyor side-channel or support. Internal components are fully protected in a sealed metal housing to stand up to rugged application, ensuring awless performance in any material handling environment.
Universal Voltage Operation 90 264V AC Power In and Out Indicators Show Status at a Glance
6
Simple Mounting with 1/4 Inch Bolts on Three Inch Centers
Approvals
Contact Factory for latest approvals on this new product.
Product Features

Integrated AC junction box features for one-step mounting and wiring without the need for additional accessories or enclosures Built-in DC power health contact allows easy monitoring of power supply status Unique design features a tamper-proof sealed construction to reduce the risk of damage associated with conventional open control-panel type supplies Built-in slug-release input converts an AC or DC input to the appropriate DC signal for integration with the 200 Series and E68 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation Systems Dual output connection terminals to make it easy and convenient to locate the power supply at the center of the cable run
Model Selection
Operating Voltage Output Slug Input Type Slug Output Catalog Number
100 250V AC 27V DC, 100W; short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset)
15 132V AC/DC Standard 3 mA minimum For use with 200 series and E68 systems High Current Slug For use with solenoid valve systems requiring full current slug signals
Sinking or Sourcing, switch PS256B-01B1 selectable; 80 mA maximum; short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC (auto reset) Sinking only; 100W output; short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset) PS256B-04B1
Total output power of supply is 100W. Total supply output power (100W) = main output power + slug output power.

August 2007
6-25
Wiring Diagrams Models Ending 01B1, 04B1, 05B1

Chassis Ground Input Power Output Power 100 250V AC Chassis 27V DC Single Phase, Grou n d 100 W Max. 47 63 Hz Jumper
Release In 15 132V AC/DC S1 S2
AC Input 100 250V AC AC AC
Power Monitor 80 mA Max. +27V DC DC +27V H1 H2 SO DC COM COM DC SO Release Out Release Out
Models Ending 02B1

Chassis Ground Input Power Output Power 100-250V AC Chassis 27V DC Single Phase, Ground 100 W Max. 47-63 Hz Jumper +27V DC DC +27V DC COM COM DC
AC Input 100 250V AC AC AC
Install jumper for single power supply systems. In systems where multiple power supplies are connected to a DC bus, install the jumper in only one supply.
Specications
PS256B-01B1 PS256B-02B1 PS256B-04B1 PS256B-05B1
Input Power Input Voltage Input Current (Full Load) Output Power Output Voltage Output Protection Regulation Slug Input Slug Output 15 132V AC/DC
115W, Maximum inrush 30A from cold start 100 250V AC 115V AC 2A, 230V AC 1A 100W 27V DC Short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (Auto-Reset) 3% None 15 132V AC/DC Sinking only; 100W output; short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset) Red LED: AC In; Green LED: DC Out N.O. contact, solid-state relay, 80 mA maximum None -13 to 131F (-25 to 55C) IEC 68-2-6 Test FC 10g Aluminum NEMA 4X Main Output/Slug Output: One 6-position plug-in style connector AC Line Input, DC Fail Indication and Slug Input: One 7-position plug-in style connector N.O. contact, solid-state relay, 80 mA maximum Sinking or Sourcing, switch selectable; None 80 mA maximum; short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC (auto reset)
Indicators DC Power Monitor Output Temperature Range Vibration Enclosure Material Enclosure Rating Connections DC AC

Total output power of supply is 100W. Total supply output power (100W) = main output power + slug output power. On Model PS256B-05B1, a single 12 mm DC key micro-connector is mounted to the outside of the enclosure and pre-wired to the internal connector (see above). On Model PS256B-02B1, DC Fail Indication and Slug Input Terminals are not active.
PG08301004E
6-26

August 2007

5.75 (146) Model PS256B-05B1 Only Mounting Holes on Both Ends
3.7 (94)
3.0 (76) 5.875 (149) Gasketed Cover (Both Ends) 6.74 (171) on Center 7.9 (200)
6
Conveyor Sensor Systems Sensor Power Supply NEMA 1 120V AC

August 2007
6-27
PG.05.06.T.E
Sensor Power Supply
Finally, a Power Supply with All of the Features Needed for Material Handling Use in a Rugged, Compact Housing
6-27 6-27 6-28 6-28 6-28
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Switch Protected Against Accidental Operation
Simple Mounting with Two 1/4 Inch Bolts
The Cutler-Hammer Sensor Power Supply by Eatons electrical business was specially designed to be used with the 200 Series and E68 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation Systems, but is also suitable for use in a wide variety of general material handling applications. The unit delivers 100W output at 27V DC and supports easy, Class II wiring. The power supply is a tamper-proof, rugged component easily mounted to a conveyor side-channel or support. Internal components are fully encapsulated in a strong die-cast housing to stand up to rugged handling, ensuring awless performance in any material handling environment.
Fully Encapsulated Electronics
Conduit Entry Box for NEC Compliance
Approvals

Unit with Cover Removed to Show Terminal Strip
UL Listed CSA Approved
Product Features

Integrated AC junction box for one-step mounting and wiring without the need for additional accessories Built-in DC power health contact allows easy monitoring of power supply status Unitized design features a tamper-proof encapsulated construction to reduce the risk of damage associated with conventional open control-panel type construction Built-in slug-release input converts an AC or DC input to the appropriate DC signal for integration with the 200 Series and E68 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation Systems Dual output connection terminals to make it easy and convenient to locate the power supply at the center of the cable run
Type Slug Output Catalog Number
Model Selection
Operating Voltage Output Slug Input
105 132V AC 27V DC, 100W; short 15 132V AC/DC circuit, overload and 3 mA minimum overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset)
Standard For use with 200 series and E68 systems
Sinking or Sourcing, switch selectable; 80 mA maximum; short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC (auto reset)
PS256A-01B1
High Current Slug Sinking only; 100W output; short For use with solenoid valve circuit, overload and overvoltage systems requiring full current slug protection (cycle power to reset) signals
PS256A-04B1
Total output power of supply is 100W. Total supply output power (100W) = main output power + slug output power. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Power In and Out Indicators Show Status at a Glance
Rugged Die-Cast Housing
6-28
Conveyor Sensor Systems Sensor Power Supply NEMA 1 120V AC

August 2007
Wiring Diagram
Slug V+ Output Com Junction Box Slug V+ Output Com
PS256A-01B1 only
Sinking Slug Sourcing Slug
AC Input Power
Chassis internally connected to AC GND
L1
L2
Power Monitor 15-132 VAC/ 15-132 VDC Slug In L1 L2 GND L1 L2
Not Used
Specications
PS256A-01B1 PS256A-04B1
Input Power Input Voltage Input Current (Full Load) Output Power Output Voltage
144W, Maximum inrush 30A from cold start 105 132V AC 105V AC 1.92A, 115V AC 1.65A, 132V AC 1.5A 100W 27V DC Short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset), diode protected 3% 15 132V AC/DC Sinking or Sourcing, switch selectable; 80 mA maximum; short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC (auto reset) Sinking only; 100W output; short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset)
6
Output Protection Regulation Slug Input Slug Output
Indicators DC Fail Indication Output Temperature Range Vibration Enclosure Material Enclosure Rating Connections
Red LED: AC In; Green LED: DC Out N.O. contact, solid-state relay, 80 mA maximum -13 to 131F (-25 to 55C) 20g Die-cast aluminum NEMA 1 Main Output/Slug Output: Two three-position nger protected barrier strips; AC Line Input, DC Fail Indication and Slug Input: 8-position screw terminal strip inside conduit entry box
Total output power of supply is 100W. Total supply output power (100W) = main output power + slug output power.
Dimensions in Inches (mm)

4.6 (117) 4.6 (117)
9.0 (229) 8.2 (208) 3.0 (76) 9.7 (246)
Hole for 1/4 Inch Hardware
PG08301004E
CurrentWatch Current Sensors

August 2007
7-1
Table of Contents
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 ECS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 ECSJ Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 ECS7 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 ECSTD Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 EAC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 EACR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 EPRM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 EDC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 EGF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Unless otherwise noted, the products contained in this document are not designed or intended for use in human safety applications.
CURRENTWATCH SENSORS
7-2
CurrentWatch Current Sensors Product Selection

August 2007
ECS Series
Page Overview Applications Page 7-5 ECS Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Electronic Proof of Flow Current
ECSJ Series
Page 7-9 ECSJ Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Electronic Proof of Flow Current
ECS7 Series
Page 7-14 ECS7 Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Conveyors Use current overload
operated switches eliminate the need for multiple pipe or duct penetrations and are more reliable than electro-mechanical pressure or ow switches Conveyors Detect jams and overloads Lighting Circuits Easier to install and more accurate than photocells Fans, Pumps and Heating Elements Faster response than temperature sensors Critical Motors Ancillary Equipment
operated switches eliminate the need for multiple pipe or duct penetrations and are more reliable than electro-mechanical pressure or ow switches Conveyors Detect jams and overloads Lighting Circuits Easier to install and more accurate than photocells Fans, Pumps and Heating Elements Faster response than temperature sensors Critical Motors Ancillary Equipment
models to detect conveyor jams caused by scenarios such as side-by-sides Electronic Proof of Flow More reliable than electro-mechanical pressure or ow switches, with no need for pipe or duct penetrations Pump Protection Provides overload (jams) and underload (suction loss) indication
Product Features
Universal Outputs N.O. or N.C. solid-
Choice of N.O. or N.C. Solid-State
Self-Powered and Self-Calibrating
7
state switch for control circuits up to 240V AC/DC, compatible with most automation systems Self-Powered Cuts installation and operating costs Easily Adjustable Setpoint Increases application exibly and speeds start-up Solid- or Split-Core Housings Versions tailored for each type of installation LED Indication Provides quick visual indication of contact status Built-In Mounting Feet Simple, twoscrew panel mount or attach with optional DIN-rail mounting kit accessory
Outputs 1A @ 240V AC 0.15A @ 30V DC 15A @ 120V AC 3A @ 120V AC 0.15A @ 30V DC, Dual Contact Self-Powered Cuts installation and operating costs Easily Adjustable Setpoint Speeds start-up and reduces inventory Solid- or Split-Core Housings Choose the appropriate version for your application LED Indication Provides quick visual indication of output contact status Built-In Mounting Feet Provide for a secure installation UL, C-UL and CE Approved Accepted worldwide
Reduces installation costs

Status Monitoring, Overload and
Operating Window Options Choose the operating style that matches your application Universal Output AC or DC compatibility with any automation system UL, C-UL and CE Approved Accepted worldwide
Current Range Approvals
Fixed or Adjustable Set Point, 1 150 A

UL and C-UL Listed
Adjustable Set Point, 1.75 200 A

UL and C-UL Listed
Self-Calibrating Set Point, 1.5 150 A

UL and C-UL Listed
PG08301001E

August 2007
7-3
ECSTD Series
Page Overview Applications Page 7-18 ECSTD Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Motor Protection Serves as an
EAC Series
Page 7-23 EAC Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Automation Equipment Analog current
EACR Series
Page 7-28 EACR Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
VFD Controlled Loads Monitoring VFD
electronic proof-of-operation; detects current draw changes in motors when they encounter problems such as pumps running dry or pending bearing failure; non-intrusive and less expensive to install than differential pressure ow sensors or thermal switches; much quicker response time than Class 10 overload relays High Inrush or Temporary Overload Current Adjustable start-up/delay timer allows 0 15 second delay to eliminate nuisance trips from high inrush or short overload conditions Product Features
Adjustable Start-Up/Delay Timer Field
adjustable from 0 15 seconds to eliminate nuisance alarms due to start-up inrush or temporary overcurrent conditions Choice of N.O./N.C. AC or Universal Outputs Contact ratings of 1.0A @ 240V AC or universal outputs of 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC (N.O. models) and 0.2A @ 135V AC/ DC (N.C. models) for use with most standard motor control systems Improved Ease of Installation and Use Self-powered, split-core models simplify installation, 1.0A AC rating eliminates need for time delay relay, and status LED provides visual indication of setpoint trip and contact action Industrial Grade Performance Constant hysteresis and linear response characteristics enhance setpoint accuracy Agency Approved UL Listed, CE pending
calibrated single-piece sensor is more accurate than traditional two-piece, eldinstalled solutions Average Responding Average Responding algorithm gives an RMS output on pure sine waves, perfect for constant speed (linear) loads Jumper Selectable Ranges The ability to change input ranges reduces inventory and eliminates zero and span Isolation Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety and elimination of insertion loss (voltage drop) UL, C-UL and CE Approved Accepted worldwide
technology is accurate on distorted waveforms like VFD or SCR outputs Jumper-Selectable Ranges Reduces inventory and eliminates zero and span Isolation Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety and elimination of insertion loss (voltage drop) UL, C-UL and CE Approved Accepted worldwide
Adjustable Set Point, 1.5 200 A

UL Listed
0 200 A
UL and C-UL Listed
0 200 A True RMS

UL and C-UL Listed
Pending
(EACP models not listed)
PG08301001E
Highly Accurate Factory matched and
True RMS Output True RMS
reading for remote monitoring and software alarms Data Loggers Self-powered sensor helps conserve data logger batteries Panel Meters Simple connection displays power consumption
output indicates how the motor and attached load are operating SCR Controlled Loads Accurate measurement of phase angle red or burst red (time proportioned) SCRs, with faster current measurement than temperature sensors Switching Power Supplies and Electronic Ballasts True RMS sensing is the most accurate way to measure power supply or ballast input power
7-4

August 2007
EPRM Series
Page Overview Applications Page 7-32 EPRM Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Motor Control Centers Motor status
EDC Series
Page 7-35 EDC Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Battery Banks Monitors load current,
EGF Series
Page 7-39 EGF Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Personnel Protection (Typically 5 mA)
monitoring for pumps and conveyors, and can be used with panel meters for inexpensive indication of motor current status Automation and Data Logging Looppowered units help conserve data logger batteries and 0 10V/4 20 mA outputs are ideal for remote monitoring and alarm functions and are compatible with most automation systems and PLCs VFD Controlled Loads Monitoring VFD output indicates how the motor and attached load are operating
monitors charging current and veries operation Transportation Measures traction power or auxiliary loads Electric Heating Elements Monitors heater loads with a faster response time than temperature sensors
Detects sensitive ground fault conditions, which could cause injury to people, and functions as a sensor and alarm trigger when applied as an input to an overall ground fault protection system Equipment Protection (Typically 10 or 30 mA) For applications where personnel protection is not the primary concern, higher setpoint capability helps eliminate nuisance tripping while still providing adequate ground fault detection to protect machine electronics Regulatory Meets requirements as stipulated by governmental and industrial regulatory groups for ground fault sensing
Broad Range of Options to Meet
7
Product Features
True RMS Output Models Available Jumper-Selectable Ranges Reduces
True RMS technology is accurate on distorted waveforms like VFD or SCR outputs Switch-Selectable Input and Output Ranges Field selectable input accommodates multiple AC current ranges, while voltage output models offer choice of 0 5V DC or 0 10V DC analog outputs Application Versatility Supports input ranges of up to 400A and standard 50/60 Hz or distorted (VFD, SCR) loads Agency Approvals and Patented Technology CE Approved and UL 508 Pending with a patented technology that eliminates problems inherent with magnetic technology such as core saturation 0 300 A
UL Listed (Pending) C-UL Listed (Pending)
inventory and eliminates zero or span pots Isolation Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety, also eliminating insertion loss (voltage drop) Internal Power Regulation Cuts installation costs and works well, even with unregulated power Split Core Design and Built-In Mounting Brackets Makes installation quick and easy UL and CE Approved
Application Needs N.O. or N.C., solidstate or mechanical relays, normally energized or normally de-energized contacts Setpoint Options Maximize Ease-of-Use and Application Flexibility Field selectable 5, 10 or 30 mA setpoints on the EGF Tri-set models make user adjustments fast, sure and convenient Compatible with Standard Equipment Application on single- and three-phases systems, ideal for use with shunt trip breakers, and magnetically isolated from monitored circuit and control power Agency Approved UL and CE Certied, accepted worldwide
0 400 A
UL Listed (Pending)
Fixed or Adjustable 5/10/30 mA Trip

UL Recognized
PG08301001E
CurrentWatch Current Sensors ECS Series Current Switch

August 2007
7-5
CA05311006E
ECS Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
AC Current Switches for Detecting Overcurrent Condition

Adjustable Setpoint Models Available
7-5 7-6 7-7 7-7 7-7 7-8
Visual LED Indicator
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Split-Core Housing for Quick Installation
The CurrentWatch ECS Series from Eatons electrical business is a family of solid-state adjustable current switches, ideal for providing status information on electrical equipment. The ECS is excellent for new installations, where the conductors run through the housing, requiring no cutting. These switches are also ideal for retrots, since split-core models can be opened to t around existing conductors. The current switch is accurate, reliable and easy to install. The ECS can sense continuous currents from 1 to 150A and does not require any supply voltage, as the power required is induced from the monitored conductor. The output is a non-polarity-sensitive solid-state contact for switching AC and DC circuits up to 240V AC/DC. This switch also includes an LED indicating two states: on and below trip point, and above trip point with contacts energized. All ECS Series switches carry an unconditional ve-year warranty. Any change in current can be sensed with the ECS Series. A change in current may indicate motor failure, belt loss/slippage or mechanical failure. Any of these events can cause the current to drop signicantly, tripping the switch and notifying the controller.
Easy Setup and Mounting
Switches Are Self-Powered
Universal Outputs N.O. or N.C. solid-state switch for control circuits up to 240V AC/DC, compatible with most automation systems Self-Powered Cuts installation and operating costs Easily Adjustable Setpoint Increases application exibly and speeds start-up Solid- or Split-Core Housings Versions tailored for each type of installation LED Indication Provides quick visual indication of contact status Built-In Mounting Feet Simple, two-screw panel mount or attach with optional DIN-rail mounting kit accessory
Approvals
UL and C-UL Listed
Electronic Proof of Flow Current operated switches eliminate the need for multiple pipe or duct penetrations and are more reliable than electromechanical pressure or ow switches Conveyors Detect jams and overloads Lighting Circuits Easier to install and more accurate than photocells Fans, Pumps and Heating Elements Faster response than temperature sensors Critical Motors Ancillary Equipment
For the most current information on this product, visit our web site: www.eaton.com For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273), in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184. PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Product Features
7-6

August 2007
Example Application CurrentWatch ECS Series Pump Jam & Suction Loss Protection
AMPS B/I Card Overload Setpoint Jam Motor Off Normal Operation
PLC Motor Control Signal
Digital Input
Time
Motor Starter Current Switch
Model Selection CurrentWatch ECS Series

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Signal Setpoint and LED Conguration Catalog Number
Top Terminal Current Switch
Solid-Core Housings
Self Powered (No 0.74 in. (19 mm) External Power Needed)
Normally Open
Adjustable 1 150A Setpoint with LED Fixed 1.0A Setpoint No LED
ECSNOASC
ECSNOFSC
7
Split-Core Housings
0.85 in. (21.6 mm)
Normally Closed
Adjustable 1 150A Setpoint with LED Fixed 1.0A Setpoint No LED
ECSNCASC
ECSNCFSC
Normally Open
Adjustable 1.75 150A Setpoint with LED Fixed 1.5A Setpoint No LED
ECSNOASP
ECSNOFSP
Normally Closed
Adjustable 1.75 150A Setpoint with LED Fixed 1.5A Setpoint No LED
ECSNCASP
ECSNCFSP
PG08301004E

August 2007
7-7
Accessories CurrentWatch ECS Series

DIN Rail Mounting Kit (Sensor pictured for reference and not included in kit)
EDINKIT
Wiring Diagram CurrentWatch ECS Series
AC or DC Power
AC or DC Load
Monitored Wire
Current Switch
NOTE: The above diagram is for Normally Open (N.O.) models.
Specications CurrentWatch ECS Series

Power Supply Output Output Rating Off-State Leakage Response Time Setpoint Range Hysteresis Overload Isolation Voltage Frequency Range Sensing Aperture Housing Environmental Approvals
Self-Powered No Power Supply Needed Magnetically Isolated Solid-State Switch N.O. Version: 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC N.C. Version: 0.2A @ 135V AC/DC < 10 A 120 mS Solid-Core Housings: 1 150A Split-Core Housings: 1.75 150A 5% of Setpoint Fixed Setpoint, N.O. Models: 6 sec. @ 500A; 1 sec. @ 1,000A All Other Models: 6 sec. @ 400A; 1 sec. @ 1,000A UL Listed to 1,270V AC, tested to 5,000V AC 6 100 Hz Solid-Core Housings: 0.74 in. (19 mm) Split-Core Housings: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) UL94 V0 Flammability Rated Operating Temperature: -58 to 122F (-50 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing UL and C-UL Listed, CE Certied
PG08301004E
7-8

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions CurrentWatch ECS Series

Description Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Solid-Core Housing
3.03 (77.0) 0.93 (23.6) 0.19 Dia. (4.8)
2.40 (61.0) 0.74 Dia. (19)
2.18 (55.4)
3.50 (88.9)
Split-Core Housing
3.04 (77.2) 0.19 Dia. (4.8)
1.19 (30.2)
3.53 (89.7) 2.40 (61)
7
2.25 (57.2)
0.85 (21.6)
0.85 (21.6)
PG08301004E
CurrentWatch Current Sensors ECSJ Series Current Switch

August 2007
7-9
CA05311001E
ECSJ Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Jumper Selectable AC Switches with Solid-State Output

Self-Powered Units No Power Supply Needed Bright LED Indicator
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 The CurrentWatch ECSJ Series current operated switches from Eatons electrical business provide the same dependable indication of status offered by the CurrentWatch ECS Series, but with the added benet of increased setpoint precision. A choice of three, jumper-selectable input ranges allows the ECSJ Series to be tailored to an application, providing more precise control through improved setpoint resolution. Selfpowering, isolated solid-state outputs, 1 6A, 6 40A and 40 200A input ranges, and a choice of split- or solid-core enclosures are standard. For typical applications of the CurrentWatch ECSJ Series, see listing to the right.
Split-Core Models for Easy Installation and Maintenance
Jumper-Selectable Input Ranges to Consolidate Inventory
Choice of N.O. or N.C. Solid-State Outputs 1A @ 240V AC 0.15A @ 30V DC 15A @ 120V AC 3A @ 120V AC 0.15A @ 30V DC, Dual Contact Self-Powered Cuts installation and operating costs Easily Adjustable Setpoint Speeds start-up and reduces inventory Solid- or Split-Core Housings Choose the appropriate version for your application LED Indication Provides quick visual indication of output contact status Built-In Mounting Feet Provide for a secure installation UL, C-UL and CE Approved Accepted worldwide
Approvals

Electronic Proof of Flow Current operated switches eliminate the need for multiple pipe or duct penetrations and are more reliable than electromechanical pressure or ow switches Conveyors Detect jams and overloads Lighting Circuits Easier to install and more accurate than photocells Fans, Pumps and Heating Elements Faster response than temperature sensors Critical Motors Ancillary Equipment
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273), in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184.
PG08301004E
Product Features
7-10

August 2007
Example Application CurrentWatch ECSJ Series Pump Jam & Suction Loss Protection
AMPS B/I Card Overload Setpoint Jam Motor Off Normal Operation
PLC Motor Control Signal
Digital Input
Time
Motor Starter Current Switch
Model Selection CurrentWatch ECSJ Series

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Type, Voltage and Rating Setpoint and LED Conguration Catalog Number
Front and Top Terminal Switches Solid-Core Housings with Front Terminals Self-Powered (No External Power Needed) 0.55 in. (14 mm) Normally Open, 1A @ 240V AC Normally Open, 15A @ 120V AC Normally Closed, 1A @ 240V AC Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED Normally Closed, 0.15A @ 30V DC Solid-Core Housings with Top Terminals 0.74 in. (19 mm) Normally Open, 3A @ 120V AC Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED ECSJ400SC ECSJ406SC ECSJ401SC ECSJ407SC ECSJ430SC ECSJ420SC ECSJ424SC ECSJ421SC ECSJ404SC
7
Normally Closed, 15A @ 120V AC
Split-Core Housings
0.85 in. (21.6 mm)
Dual Contact, N.O. and N.C., 0.15A @ 30V DC Normally Open, 0.15A @ 30V DC
Adjustable 1 6, 6 40 or 40 175A Setpoint with LED
ECSJ405SC
Normally Open, 1A @ 240V AC
Adjustable 1.75 6, 6 40 or 40 200A ECSJ402SP Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1.75 6, 6 40 or 40 200A ECSJ403SP Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1.75 6, 6 40 or 40 200A ECSJ422SP Setpoint with LED Adjustable 1.75 6, 6 40 or 40 200A ECSJ423SP Setpoint with LED
Normally Open, 0.15A @ 30V DC
Normally Closed, 0.15A @ 30V DC
PG08301004E

August 2007
7-11
Accessories CurrentWatch ECSJ Series

EDINKIT
Wiring Diagrams CurrentWatch ECSJ Series

Models Wiring Diagram
Output Range Jumper None Setpoint
LOW MID HIGH SmartLED
All Normally Closed (N.C.) Models

Output Range Jumper None Setpoint
LOW MID HIGH SmartLED
ECSJ430SC (Dual Contact, N.O. and N.C.)

Output Range Jumper None LOW MID HIGH Setpoint
Setpoint

Terminals are #6 screws. DC contacts are polarity sensitive.
PG08301004E
All Normally Open (N.O.) Models
7-12

August 2007
Specications CurrentWatch ECSJ Series

Description AC Solid-State Output DC Solid-State Output
Power Supply Output Output Rating
Self-Powered No Power Supply Needed Isolated Solid-State Switch Standard Models: 1.0A @ 240V AC High Current Switching Models: ECSJ404SC and ECSJ405SC: 3.0A @ 120V AC Very High Current Switching Models: ECSJ406SC and ECSJ407SC: 15A @ 240V AC 10A @ 240V AC N.O. Models: < 10 A N.C. Models: 2.5 mA 40 120 mS Solid-Core Models: 1 6, 6 40 and 40 175A Split-Core Models: 1.75 6, 6 40 and 40 200A Low: 6%; Mid: 4%; High: 3%
Housing Range Maximum Amps 6 sec. 1 sec.
Standard Models: 0.15A @ 30V DC ECSJ430SC: 0.15A @ 30V DC, Dual Contact, N.O. and N.C.
Off-State Leakage Response Time Setpoint Range (Adjustable) Hysteresis Overload
N.O. Models: < 10 A N.C. Models: 1.4 mA
Solid-Core
16A 6 40 A 40 175 A
400 A 500 A 800 A 400 A 500 A 800 A
600 A 800 A 1200 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A
Split-Core
1.75 6 A 6 40 A 40 200 A
Isolation Voltage Frequency Range Sensing Aperture
UL Listed to 1,270V AC, tested to 5,000V AC 6 100 Hz Solid-Core, Front Terminal Models: 0.55 in. (14 mm) Solid-Core, Top Terminal Models: 0.74 in. (19 mm) Split-Core Models: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq. UL94 V0 Flammability Rated Operating Temperature: -58 to 122F (-50 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (USA and Canada), CE Certied
7
Housing Environmental Approvals
PG08301004E

August 2007
7-13
Approximate Dimensions CurrentWatch ECSJ Series

All Solid-Core Models with Front Terminals
2.75 (69.9) 0.92 (23.4) 0.19 (4.8) Dia. 2.16 (54.9) 0.55 (14) Dia.
2.18 (55.4)
All Solid-Core Models with Top Terminals
3.03 (77.0) 0.93 (23.6) 0.19 Dia. (4.8)
0.74 Dia. (19) 2.18 (55.4)
3.50 (88.9)
All Split-Core Models
3.04 (77.2)
0.19 Dia. (4.8)
1.19 (30.2)
3.53 (89.7) 2.40 (61)
2.25 (57.2)
0.85 (21.6)
0.85 (21.6)
PG08301004E
2.40 (61.0)
3.30 (83.8)
7-14
CurrentWatch Current Sensors ECS7 Series Current Switches

August 2007
CA05311007E
ECS7 Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Self-Calibrating AC Current Switch with Solid-State Outputs

Solid- and Split-Core Models, All Self-Powered
7-14 7-15 7-16 7-16 7-16 7-17
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Smart, Self-Calibrating Sensors with Limit Alarm Trip Points
The CurrentWatch ECS7 Series load monitoring switches from Eatons electrical business are designed for overload, underload or operating window applications. Upon sensing an average operating current, the ECS7 Series self-learns and establishes a limit-alarm trip point based on 15% of the average expected current draw. The ECS7 Series is available in solid- or split-core housing styles.
Built-In Mounting Tabs for Quick Installation
For typical applications of the CurrentWatch ECS7 Series, see listing to the right.
Product Features

7
Approvals

Self-Powered and Self-Calibrating Reduces installation costs Status Monitoring, Overload and Operating Window Options Choose the operating style that matches your application Universal Output AC or DC compatibility with any automation system UL, C-UL and CE Approved Accepted worldwide

Conveyors Use current overload models to detect conveyor jams caused by scenarios such as side-by-sides Electronic Proof of Flow More reliable than electro-mechanical pressure or ow switches, with no need for pipe or duct penetrations Pump Protection Provides overload (jams) and underload (suction loss) indication

August 2007
7-15
Model Selection CurrentWatch ECS7 Series

Power Supply Output Type Aperture Size Intelligent Logic Catalog Number
Front and Top Terminal Switches
Solid-Core Housing
Self-Powered (No Normally Open External Power Needed)
0.74 in. (19 mm)
Over/Underload, 1.5 150A Self-Calibrating
ECS701SC
Overload Only, 1.5 150A Self-Calibrating
ECS700SC
Underload Only, 1.5 150A Self-Calibrating
ECS702SC
Split-Core Housing
0.85 in. (21.6 mm)
Over/UnderLoad, 2.8 150A Self-Calibrating
ECS711SP
Overload Only, 2.8 150A Self-Calibrating
ECS710SP
Underload Only, 2.8 150A Self-Calibrating
ECS712SP
Output is closed when current is within 15% window. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Current Switch Operation

Model Output Diagram
Underload Only Models

Amps Output Tripped LOAD Setpoint Output in Normal State
Overload Only Models

Output Tripped Amps LOAD Output in Normal State Setpoint
Over/Underload Models
Amps
Output in Normal State LOAD Output in Normal State Overload Setpoint Output Tripped Underload Setpoint
Output is closed when current is within 15% window.
PG08301004E
7-16

August 2007
Accessories CurrentWatch ECS7 Series

EDINKIT
Wiring Diagram CurrentWatch ECS7 Series
AC or DC Power
AC or DC Load
Monitored Wire
Current Switch
7
Specications CurrentWatch ECS7 Series
Description
Specication
Power Supply Output Output Rating Off-State Leakage Response Time Setpoint Range Setpoint
Self-Powered No Power Supply Needed Magnetically Isolated Solid-State Switch Normally Open (N.O.) Models: 0.3A @ 135V AC/DC Not polarity sensitive < 10 A 200 mS Solid-Core Models: 1.5 to 150A Split-Core Models: 2.8 to 150A Overload Models: +15% of load Underload Models: -15% of load Operating Window: 15% of setpoint 5% of setpoint 500A @ 6 sec., 1,000A @ 1 sec. UL Listed to 1,270V AC, tested to 5,000V AC 6 100 Hz Solid-Core Models: 0.74 in. (19 mm) dia. Split-Core Models: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq. UL94 V0 Flammability Rated Operating Temperature: -58 to 122F (-50 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (USA and Canada), CE Certied
Hysteresis Overload Isolation Voltage Frequency Range Sensing Aperture Housing Environmental Approvals
PG08301004E

August 2007
7-17
Approximate Dimensions CurrentWatch ECS7 Series

Description Dimensions
Solid-Core Housing
3.03 (77.0) 0.93 (23.6) 0.19 Dia. (4.8)
2.40 (61.0) 0.74 Dia. (19)
2.18 (55.4)
Split-Core Housing
3.04 (77.2) 0.19 Dia. (4.8)
1.19 (30.2)
3.53 (89.7) 2.40 (61)
2.25 (57.2)
0.85 (21.6)
0.85 (21.6)
PG08301004E
3.50 (88.9)
7-18
CurrentWatch Current Sensors ECSTD Series Current Switch

August 2007
CA05311008E
ECSTD Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors
AC Current Switches with Time Delay

Field-Adjustable Current Setpoint Adjustable Start-Up/ Delay Timer
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 7-19 7-20 7-20 7-21 7-22
Indicator LED Shows Output Status
The CurrentWatch ECSTD Series from Eatons electrical business is a family of high performance currentoperated switches with eldadjustable time delay to help minimize nuisance trips during start-up and operation. Designed for motor status applications where setpoint accuracy and repeatability are critical, the ECSTD Series offers a linear setpoint characteristic and constant hysteresis. Standard features include selfpowering, jumper-selectable ranges and a choice of outputs and housing styles. For typical applications of the CurrentWatch ECSTD Series, see listing to the right.
Built-In Mounting Tabs Split- and Solid-Core Models, All Self-Powered
Product Features
7
Approvals
UL Listed Pending
Adjustable Start-Up/Delay Timer Field adjustable from 0 15 seconds to eliminate nuisance alarms due to start-up inrush or temporary overcurrent conditions Choice of N.O./N.C. AC or Universal Outputs Contact ratings of 1.0A @ 240V AC or universal outputs of 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC (N.O. models) and 0.2A @ 135V AC/DC (N.C. models) for use with most standard motor control systems Improved Ease of Installation and Use Self-powered, split-core models simplify installation, 1.0A AC rating eliminates need for time delay relay, and status LED provides visual indication of setpoint trip and contact action Industrial Grade Performance Constant hysteresis and linear response characteristics enhance setpoint accuracy Agency Approved UL Listed, CE pending
Motor Protection Serves as an electronic proof-of-operation; detects current draw changes in motors when they encounter problems such as pumps running dry or pending bearing failure; non-intrusive and less expensive to install than differential pressure ow sensors or thermal switches; much quicker response time than Class 10 overload relays High Inrush or Temporary Overload Current Adjustable start-up/delay timer allows 0 15 second delay to eliminate nuisance trips from high inrush or short overload conditions

August 2007
7-19
Model Selection CurrentWatch ECSTD Series

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Type Setpoint Options Catalog Number
AC Output Switches (N.O./N.C. 1A @ 240V AC) Solid-Core Housings Self Powered (No 0.75 in. (19 mm) External Power Needed) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints: 1.5 12, 12 55 or 50 175A ECSTD401SC
Normally Closed
Adjustable Setpoints: 1.5 12, 12 55 or 50 175A
ECSTD402SC
Split-Core Housings
0.85 in. (21.6 mm)
Normally Open
Adjustable Setpoints: 2 12, 12 55 or 50 200A
ECSTD404SP
AC/DC Output Switches (N.O. 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC, N.C. 0.2A @ 135V AC/DC) Solid-Core Housings Self Powered (No 0.75 in. (19 mm) External Power Needed) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints: 1.5 12, 12 55 or 50 175A ECSTD406SC
Normally Closed
Adjustable Setpoints: 1.5 12, 12 55 or 50 175A
ECSTD407SC
Split-Core Housings
0.85 in. (21.6 mm)
Normally Open
ECSTD408SP
Normally Closed
ECSTD409SP
Preferred for PLC inputs. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
Normally Closed
ECSTD405SP
7-20

August 2007
Example Application CurrentWatch ECSTD Series Isolated Alarm System Interfacing

ECSTD Series Current Switch I n p u t s
New Alarm System
Existing Alarm System
Audible Alarm
Accessories CurrentWatch ECSTD Series

EDINKIT
7
Wiring Diagram CurrentWatch ECSTD Series
AC or DC Power
AC or DC Load
Output Signal
To Monitored Wire
NOTE: The above diagram is for Normally Open (N.O.) models.
PG08301004E

August 2007
7-21
Specications CurrentWatch ECSTD Series

Power Supply Output Output Rating
Self-Powered No Power Supply Needed Magnetically Isolated Solid-State Switch AC Output Models: N.O./N.C. 1A @ 240V AC AC/DC Output Models: N.O. 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC N.C. 0.20A @ 135V AC/DC < 10 A Adjustable 0.2 to 15 sec. Solid-Core: 1.5 12, 12 55 or 50 175A Split-Core: 2 12, 12 55 or 50 200A (Jumper Selectable) 5% (constant)
Housing Range Maximum Amps Continuous 6 sec. 1 sec.
Off-State Leakage Response Time Setpoint Range
Hysteresis Overload
Solid-Core Split-Core Isolation Voltage Frequency Range Sensing Aperture Housing Environmental Approvals 5,000V AC (tested) 50 100 Hz
1.5 175 A 2 200 A
175 A 200 A
400 A 400 A
1000 A
Solid-Core Models: 0.75 in. (19 mm) dia. Split-Core Models: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq. UL94 V0 Flammability Rated Operating Temperature: 5 to 122F (-15 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (USA and Canada), CE Pending
LED Indication/Output Status

Monitored Amps Output N.O. N.C. Smart-LED (If Present)
None or Minimum Below Trip Level Above Trip Level
Open Open Closed
Closed Closed Open
Off Slow (2 sec.) Fast (0.5 sec.)
PG08301004E
1000 A
7-22

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions CurrentWatch ECSTD Series

Solid-Core Housings
2.43 (61.8) 0.75 (19) Dia. 0.967 (24.56) 0.125 (3.2)
2.18 (55.4)
1.51 (38.3)
3.53 (89.7) LED
0.17 (4.5 Int. Dia.) Typical of 2
0.931 (23.7)
1.5 (39) 3.08 (78)
0.6 (15)
Split-Core Housings
1.18 (30) 3.04 (77.2) 3.53 (89.7) 2.40 (31) 0.19 (4.83) Dia.
7
0.45 (11.4)
0.85 (21.6)
0.85 (21.6) 2.25 (57.2)
PG08301004E
CurrentWatch Current Sensors EAC Series Current Sensor

August 2007
7-23
CA05311004E
EAC Series Current Sensor CurrentWatch Current Sensors
AC Current Sensor with Analog Outputs and Power Supply Options

Jumper-Selectable Input Current Range
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 7-24 7-25 7-25 7-26 7-27
Top Terminals
The CurrentWatch EAC Series from Eatons electrical business combines a current transformer and signal conditioner into a single package. The EAC Series has jumper-selected current input ranges and industry standard outputs: 4 20 mA, 0 5V DC or 0 10V DC. This family of sensors is designed for application on linear or sinu-soidal AC loads. Available in split-core or solid-core housings. For typical applications of the CurrentWatch EAC Series, see listing to the right.
Split-Core Models Available Variety of Power Supply Options Including Self-Powered
Product Features

Approvals

EACP models not listed.
Highly Accurate Factory matched and calibrated single-piece sensor is more accurate than traditional two-piece, eld-installed solutions Average Responding Average Responding algorithm gives an RMS output on pure sine waves, perfect for constant speed (linear) loads Jumper Selectable Ranges The ability to change input ranges reduces inventory and eliminates zero and span Isolation Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety and elimination of insertion loss (voltage drop) UL, C-UL and CE Approved Accepted worldwide

Automation Equipment Analog current reading for remote monitoring and software alarms Data Loggers Self-powered sensor helps conserve data logger batteries Panel Meters Simple connection displays power consumption
7-24

August 2007
Example Application CurrentWatch EAC Series Preventative Maintenance of a Critical Lighting System
Signal to Lighting Controller
Current Sensor
Change in Current
Current is controlled to extend lamp life
Time Lamp Fall
Model Selection CurrentWatch EAC Series

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Signal Current Range Catalog Number
Top Terminal Current Sensors Solid-Core Housings Self-Powered (No 0.74 in. (19 mm) External Power Needed) 0 5V DC 10, 20 or 50A 100, 150 or 200A 0 10V DC 10, 20 or 50A 100, 150 or 200A 24V DC Loop-Powered 4 20 mA 2 or 5A 10, 20 or 50A 100, 150 or 200A EAC105SC EAC205SC EAC110SC EAC210SC EAC0420SC EAC1420SC EAC2420SC EAC105SP EAC205SP EAC110SP EAC210SP EAC0420SP EAC1420SP EAC2420SP EACP0420120SP EACP1420120SP EACP2420120SP EACP042024USP EACP142024USP EACP242024USP
7
Split-Core Housings
Self-Powered (No 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) External Power Needed)
0 5V DC
10, 20 or 50A 100, 150 or 200A
0 10V DC
10, 20 or 50A 100, 150 or 200A
24V DC Loop-Powered
4 20 mA
2 or 5A 10, 20 or 50A 100, 150 or 200A
Split-Core Housings
120V AC
4 20 mA
2 or 5A 10, 20 or 50A 100, 150 or 200A
24V AC/DC
4 20 mA
2 or 5A 10, 20 or 50A 100, 150 or 200A
Not UL listed. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007
7-25
Accessories CurrentWatch EAC Series

EDINKIT
Wiring Diagram CurrentWatch EAC Series EACP Models

Power Supply (24V AC/DC or 120V AC)
(-) Load (+) (Controller, Meter...)
3 (-) 4 (+) Output
Power
All Other Models

24V DC Power () (+) 4 20 mA Option Range Jumper
1() 2(+)
Load (Controller, Meter, etc.) (+) ()
Output
1 m Recommended 100 k Acceptable
0 5/10V DC Option Range Jumper

Notes:
1() 2(+)
Output
Pressure plate screw terminals. 12 22 AWG solid or stranded. Field adjustable setpoint.
PG08301004E
7-26

August 2007
Specications CurrentWatch EAC Series (Does Not Apply to EACP Series)

Description Models with 0 5V DC Output Models with 0 10V DC Output Models with 4 20 mA Output
Power Supply Output Signal Output Limit Accuracy Response Time Frequency Range Loading Isolation Voltage Input Ranges Sensing Aperture Housing Environmental Approvals 0 5V DC 8.2V DC
Self-Powered No Power Supply Needed 0 10V DC 15V DC 1.0% FS 100 mS 50 60 Hz 1 m Min. Rated Accuracy
12 40V DC Loop-Powered 4 20 mA 23 mA 300 mS 20 100 Hz See Power Supply Above
100 k Add 1.3% Error
UL Listed to 1,270V AC (Tested to 5kV) Field Selectable Ranges from 0 200A, Additional Custom Ranges Available from Factory Solid-Core: 0.74 in. (19 mm) dia. Split-Core: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq. UL94 V0 Flammability Rated Operating Temperature: -4 to 122F (-20 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (USA and Canada), CE Certied
Specications CurrentWatch EACP Series

Power Supply
Models Ending -0SP: 120V AC Models Ending -USP: 24V AC/DC (40V Max.) 4 20 mA 22.4 mA 0.25% FS 100 mS 40 100 Hz 50 k min. 500 k max. UL Listed to 1,270V AC (Tested to 5kV) 0 200A Jumper Selectable 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) UL94 V0 Flammability Rated Operating Temperature: -4 to 122F (-20 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (USA and Canada), CE Certied
Output Signal Output Limit Accuracy Response Time Frequency Range Loading Isolation Voltage Input Range Sensing Aperture Housing Environmental
7
Approvals
PG08301004E

August 2007
7-27
Approximate Dimensions CurrentWatch EAC Series

Solid-Core Housing
3.03 (77.0) 0.93 (23.6) 0.19 Dia. (4.8)
2.40 (61.0) 0.74 Dia. (19)
2.18 (55.4)
EACP Series
1.18 (30) 3.04 (77.2)
0.19 (4.8) Dia.
3.53 (89.7)
2.40 (61) 0.85 (21.6)
0.45 (11.4)
0.85 (21.7) 2.25 (57.2)
All Other Models
3.04 (77.2)
0.19 Dia. (4.8)
1.19 (30.2)
3.53 (89.7) 2.40 (61)
2.25 (57.2)
0.85 (21.6)
0.85 (21.6)
PG08301004E
3.50 (88.9)
7-28
CurrentWatch Current Sensors EACR Series Current Sensor

August 2007
CA05311005E
EACR Series Current Sensor CurrentWatch Current Sensors
True RMS AC Current Sensing with 4 20 mA Output

Jumper-Selectable Input Current Ranges
7-28 7-29 7-30 7-30 7-30 7-31
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Split- and Solid-Core Models to Fit Your Application
The CurrentWatch EACR Series current sensor family from Eatons electrical business combines a current sensor and a True RMS signal conditioner into a single package. The EACR Series provides True RMS output on distorted waveforms found on VFD or SCR outputs, and on linear loads in noisy power environments. Available in solid- or split-core housings. For typical applications of the CurrentWatch EACR Series, see listing to the right.
Built-In Mounting
Product Features

Approvals

True RMS Output True RMS technology is accurate on distorted waveforms like VFD or SCR outputs Jumper-Selectable Ranges Reduces inventory and eliminates zero and span Isolation Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety and elimination of insertion loss (voltage drop) UL, C-UL and CE Approved Accepted worldwide
7

VFD Controlled Loads Monitoring VFD output indicates how the motor and attached load are operating SCR Controlled Loads Accurate measurement of phase angle red or burst red (time proportioned) SCRs, with faster current measurement than temperature sensors Switching Power Supplies and Electronic Ballasts True RMS sensing is the most accurate way to measure power supply or ballast input power
Why True RMS?

The current waveform of a typical linear load is a pure sine wave. In VFD and SCR applications, however, output waveforms are rough approximations of a sine wave. There are numerous spikes and dips in each cycle. The CurrentWatch EACR Series current sensors use a mathematical algorithm called True RMS which integrates the actual waveform over time. The output is the amperage component of the true power (heating value) of the AC current waveform. True RMS is the only way to accurately measure distorted AC waveforms. Select the EACR Series sensors for nonlinear loads in noisy power environments.

August 2007
7-29
Example Application CurrentWatch EACR Series Current Sensing for Non-linear AC Loads
137.2A Two-Wire Installation Is Fast and Easy Controller Field Selectable Ranges
True RMS Output even on VFDs or SCRs 54.7Hz
L I N E
Motor VFD
Model Selection CurrentWatch EACR Series

Top Terminal Current Sensors Solid-Core Housings 24V DC Loop-Powered 0.74 in. (19 mm) 4 20 mA 2 or 5A EACR0420SC
100, 150 or 200A
EACR2420SC
Split-Core Housings
24V DC Loop-Powered
0.85 in. (21.6 mm)
4 20 mA
2 or 5A
EACR0420SP
10, 20 or 50A
EACR1420SP
100, 150 or 200A
EACR2420SP
PG08301004E
10, 20 or 50A
EACR1420SC
7-30

August 2007
Accessories CurrentWatch EACR Series

EDINKIT
Wiring Diagram CurrentWatch EACR Series

24V DC Power () (+) Load (Controller, Meter, etc.) (+) ()
Low Mid High Range Switch
1() 2(+) Output
Notes: Deadfront captive screw terminals (Split-Core housing models only). 12 22 AWG solid or stranded. Observe polarity.
7
Specications CurrentWatch EACR Series

Power Supply Output Signal Output Limit Accuracy Response Time Frequency Range Isolation Voltage Input Ranges Sensing Aperture Housing Environmental Approvals
24V DC Loop-Powered, 40V DC Maximum 4 20 mA 23 mA 1.0% FS 600 mS (to 90% step change) 10 400 Hz UL Listed to 1,270V AC (Tested to 5 kV) Field Selectable Ranges from 0 200A, Additional Custom Ranges Available from Factory Solid-Core: 0.74 in. (19 mm) dia. Split-Core: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq. UL94 V0 Flammability Rated Operating Temperature: -4 to 122F (-20 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (USA and Canada), CE Certied
PG08301004E

August 2007
7-31
Approximate Dimensions CurrentWatch EACR Series

Solid-Core Housing
3.03 (77.0) 0.93 (23.6) 0.19 Dia. (4.8)
2.40 (61.0) 0.74 Dia. (19)
2.18 (55.4)
Split-Core Housing
1.18 (30) 3.04 (77.2) 3.53 (89.7) 2.40 (31)
0.19 (4.83) Dia.
0.85 (21.6)
0.85 (21.6) 2.25 (57.2)
PG08301004E
0.45 (11.4)
3.50 (88.9)
7-32
CurrentWatch Current Sensors EPRM Series Current Sensor

October 2007
CA05311003E
EPRM Series Current Sensor CurrentWatch Current Sensors
AC Current Sensors with Up to 400A Input Range and Analog Outputs

Housing Design Allows Direct Mounting to a DIN Rail
7-32 7-33 7-33 7-34 7-34
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removable Terminal Block Cable Guide
The CurrentWatch EPRM Series from Eatons electrical business is a family of DIN-rail compatible, split-core current sensors. Product features include a large aperture, switchselectable inputs and outputs and isolation between primary and secondary circuits. A patented technology eliminates the use of a magnetic core and protects the sensor against saturation and damage, which can occur from continuous exposure to high currents. Models available up to 400A and with 0 5/0 10V DC or 4 20 mA outputs as standard. For typical applications of the Current-Watch EPRM Series, see listing to the right.
Split-Core Case for Easy Retrotting into Application
Field Selectable Inputs and Outputs to Reduce Inventory
Product Features

Approvals

UL Listed (Pending) C-UL Listed (Pending)
True RMS Output Models Available True RMS technology is accurate on distorted waveforms like VFD or SCR outputs Switch-Selectable Input and Output Ranges Field selectable input accommodates multiple AC current ranges, while voltage output models offer choice of 0 5V DC or 0 10V DC analog outputs Application Versatility Supports input ranges of up to 400A and standard 50/60 Hz or distorted (VFD, SCR) loads Agency Approvals and Patented Technology CE Approved and UL 508 Pending with a patented technology that eliminates problems inherent with magnetic technology such as core saturation
7
Motor Control Centers Motor status monitoring for pumps and conveyors, and can be used with panel meters for inexpensive indication of motor current status Automation and Data Logging Loop-powered units help conserve data logger batteries and 0 10V/4 20 mA outputs are ideal for remote monitoring and alarm functions and are compatible with most automation systems and PLCs VFD Controlled Loads Monitoring VFD output indicates how the motor and attached load are operating
Why True RMS?

The current waveform of a typical linear load is a pure sine wave. In VFD and SCR applications, however, output waveforms are rough approximations of a sine wave. There are numerous spikes and dips in each cycle. Certain models in the CurrentWatch EPRM Series use a mathematical algorithm called True RMS which integrates the actual waveform over time. The output is the amperage component of the true power (heating value) of the AC current waveform. True RMS is the only way to accurately measure distorted AC waveforms. Select the EPRM Series True RMS models for nonlinear loads in noisy power environments.

October 2007
7-33
Model Selection CurrentWatch EPRM Series

Power Supply Output Signal Current Selectable Range Catalog Number
AC Current Sensors
Split-Core Housings
24V DC 5% Auxiliary Power
0 5 or 0 10V DC
10, 25 or 50A 50, 75 or 100A 100, 150 or 200A 200, 300 or 400A
EPRM0510ASP EPRM1510ASP EPRM2510ASP EPRM3510ASP EPRM0420LSP EPRM1420LSP EPRM2420LSP EPRM3420LSP
24V DC 5% Loop-Powered
4 20 mA
10, 25 or 50A 50, 75 or 100A 100, 150 or 200A 200, 300 or 400A
True RMS Sensors
Split-Core Housings
24V DC 5% Auxiliary Power
0 5 or 0 10V DC
10, 25 or 50A 50, 75 or 100A 100, 150 or 200A 200, 300 or 400A
EPRMR0510ASP EPRMR1510ASP EPRMR2510ASP EPRMR3510ASP EPRMR0420LSP EPRMR1420LSP EPRMR2420LSP EPRMR3420LSP
24V DC 5% Loop-Powered
4 20 mA
10, 25 or 50A 50, 75 or 100A 100, 150 or 200A 200, 300 or 400A
Model
Diagram
Current Output Models
Load
Current Output Loop-Powered (-) Power (+) Supply
Voltage Output Models
Load
Auxiliary Powered Load (-) Power (+) Supply
PG08301004E
Wiring Diagram CurrentWatch EPRM Series
OUT GND OUT
+24V +24V
7-34

October 2007
Specications CurrentWatch EPRM Series

Description Voltage Output Models (0 5 or 0 10V) Current Output Models (4 20 mA)
Power Supply Output Signal Electrical Offset Accuracy Loading Response Time Frequency Range Linearity Input Ranges Sensing Aperture Housing Environmental Approvals
24V DC 5% 0 5 or 0 10V DC < 0.5%
Loop-Powered 4 20 mA 4 mA 1.0% FS Voltage Output Models: 10 Kohm Recommended EPRM: <500 mS EPRMR: <1,000 mS 20 6,000 Hz 0.5% 0 400A Switch Selectable 0.74 in. (19 mm) sq. UL94 V0 Flammability Rated Operating Temperature: -4 to 122F (-20 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing
UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (Pending, USA and Canada), CE Certied
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) CurrentWatch EPRM Series

Front View 2.17 (55.0) 0.79 (20.0) Left View 0.19 (4.7) Range Selection Switch 0.58 (14.8) DIN Size 2.72 1.40 (69.0) (35.5) 0.65 (16.4)
7
1.32 (33.5) 1.57 (40.0) (distance between screws) Axis of Aperture 0.73 (18.5) 0.73 (18.5) Bottom View
1.46 (37.0)
0.83 (21.0) 0.98 (25.0) 2.64 (67.0)
PG08301004E
CurrentWatch Current Sensors EDC Series Current Sensor

August 2007
7-35
CA05311009E
EDC Series Current Sensor CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Current Sensing for DC Loads up to 300A with Analog Outputs

Three JumperSelectable Ranges
7-35 7-36 7-37 7-37 7-37 7-38
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top Screw Terminals
The CurrentWatch EDC Series from Eatons electrical business combines a hall effect sensor and signal conditioner into a single package for use in DC current applications up to 300A. The EDC Series has jumperselected current input ranges and industry standard outputs: 4 20 mA, 0 5V DC or 0 10V DC. Available in split-core models for quick and easy installation. For typical applications of the CurrentWatch EDC Series, see listing to the right.
Split-Core Housing
Approvals
UL Listed (Pending)
Jumper-Selectable Ranges Reduces inventory and eliminates zero or span pots Isolation Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety, also eliminating insertion loss (voltage drop) Internal Power Regulation Cuts installation costs and works well, even with unregulated power Split Core Design and Built-In Mounting Brackets Makes installation quick and easy UL and CE Approved

Battery Banks Monitors load current, monitors charging current and veries operation Transportation Measures traction power or auxiliary loads Electric Heating Elements Monitors heater loads with a faster response time than temperature sensors
Product Features
Internal Power Regulation
7-36

August 2007
Example Application CurrentWatch EDC Series Battery Charging System

Charging System Load
100% 50% 0%
Unipolar (Magnitude Only)
- Amps
+ Amps
Model Selection CurrentWatch EDC Series

Top Terminal Current Sensors
Split-Core Housings
24V AC/DC
0.85 in. (21.6 mm)
0 5V DC
50, 75 or 100A 100, 150 or 200A 150, 225 or 300A
EDC205SP EDC305SP EDC405SP EDC210SP EDC310SP EDC410SP EDC2420SP EDC3420SP EDC4420SP EDC1420SC
0 10V DC
50, 75 or 100A 100, 150 or 200A 150, 225 or 300A
7
4 20 mA
50, 75 or 100A 100, 150 or 200A 150, 225 or 300A
Solid-Core Housings
0.75 in. (19 mm)
4 20 mA
5, 10 or 20A
PG08301004E

August 2007
7-37
Accessories CurrentWatch EDC Series

EDINKIT
Wiring Diagram CurrentWatch EDC Series

24V AC/DC Output is powered by EDC Sensor.
Range Jumper
1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(+) Power Output
Specications CurrentWatch EDC Series

Description Models with 0 5V DC Output Models with 0 10V DC Output Models with 4 20 mA Output
Power Supply Output Signal Output Limit Accuracy 0 5V DC 5.75V DC
24V AC/DC (22 38V AC/DC) 2 VA Max. 0 10V DC 11.5V DC Solid-Core Models: 1% FS Split-Core Models: 2% FS 300A Models: 1.5% FS Solid-Core Models: 20 mS (to 90% of step change) Split-Core Models: 100 mS (to 90% of step change) DC 25 k min. 50 k min. 3 kV (monitored line to output) 0.75% FS Field selectable ranges from 0 300A Solid-Core Housings: 0.75 in. (19 mm) dia. Split-Core Housings: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq. Operating Temperature: -4 to 122F (-20 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (Pending, USA and Canada), CE Certied 650 max. 4 20 mA 23 mA
Response Time Frequency Range Loading Isolation Voltage Linearity Current Ranges Sensing Aperture Environmental Approvals
PG08301004E
7-38

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions CurrentWatch EDC Series

Solid-Core Housings
3.38 (85.9)
3.87 (98.3)
1.50 (38.1) 2.90 (73.7) 0.80 (20.3)
0.45 (11.4)
0.75 Dia. (19.1)
Split-Core Housings
1.18 (30) 3.04 (77.2)
0.19 (4.8) Dia.
3.53 (89.7)
7
0.85 (21.6)
2.40 (61)
0.45 (11.4)
0.85 (21.7) 2.25 (57.2)
PG08301004E
CurrentWatch Current Sensors EGF Series Ground Fault Sensors

August 2007
7-39
CA05311002E
EGF Series Ground Fault Sensors CurrentWatch Current Sensors
Ground Fault Sensors with Solid-State or Mechanical Relay Outputs

Bright LED Status Indicators Choice of Solid-State or Mechanical Relays
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Switches . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 7-40 7-41 7-43 7-44 7-45
Built-In Mounting Tabs
Product Features
The EGF Series with solid-state outputs offers the benet of reliable, long-lasting solid-state switches. Solid-state design provides unlimited switch operating life, superior resistance to shock and vibration, zero off-state leakage, high switch speeds and high input-output isolation. Solid-state outputs have solidcore housings with screw terminals. The EGF Series with mechanical relay outputs are available in solidcore housings with a choice of N.O. or N.C. SPST latching relays and a SPDT Form C relay with auto-reset. All mechanical models can be ordered with a xed setpoint or with a triset option, which provides three factory-set, eld-adjustable setpoints.
Broad Range of Options to Meet Application Needs N.O. or N.C., solidstate or mechanical relays, normally energized or normally de-energized contacts Setpoint Options Maximize Ease-of-Use and Application Flexibility Field selectable 5, 10 or 30 mA setpoints on the EGF Tri-set models make user adjustments fast, sure and convenient Compatible with Standard Equipment Application on single- and threephases systems, ideal for use with shunt trip breakers, and magnetically isolated from monitored circuit and control power Agency Approved UL and CE Certied, accepted worldwide
Approvals
Personnel Protection (Typically 5 mA) Detects sensitive ground fault conditions, which could cause injury to people, and functions as a sensor and alarm trigger when applied as an input to an overall ground fault protection system Equipment Protection (Typically 10 or 30 mA) For applications where personnel protection is not the primary concern, higher setpoint capability helps eliminate nuisance tripping while still providing adequate ground fault detection to protect machine electronics Regulatory Meets requirements as stipulated by governmental and industrial regulatory groups for ground fault sensing
UL Recognized
Zero Sum Operating Principle

In three-phase delta and wye systems, under normal conditions, current in the hot leg of a two-wire load is equal in magnitude but opposite in sign to the current in a neutral leg. As a result, the electromagnetic elds surrounding these two conductors cancel, producing a zero sum current. As soon as current leaks to ground (fault condition), the two currents become imbalanced and a net magnetic eld results. The CurrentWatch EGF Series sensors monitor this eld and trips the contacts when the leakage rises above the setpoint.
For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273), in Canada call 1-800-268-3578. For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada call 1-800-426-9184.
PG08301004E
The CurrentWatch EGF Series from Eatons electrical business is a family of ground fault (earth leakage) sensors. Ground fault sensors help protect people, products and processes from damage by ground fault conditions by monitoring all current-carrying conductors in grounded single- and three-phase delta or wye systems. The EGF Series is available with either solid-state or mechanical relay outputs.
7-40

August 2007
Example Application CurrentWatch EGF Series Insulation Breakdown Monitoring

Ground Fault Sensor
Circuit Interruption Device E.g. Contactor
Leakage to Ground
Model Selection CurrentWatch EGF Series

Power Supply Setpoint AC Solid-State Output DC Solid-State Output Contacts Catalog Number
Solid-State Output Sensors Solid-Core Housings 120V AC Fixed, 50 mA Solid-State, N.O., 1A @ 240V AC Solid-State, N.C., 1A @ 240V AC Solid-State, N.O., 0.15A @ 30V DC Solid-State, N.C., 0.15A @ 30V DC Solid-State, N.O., 0.15A @ 30V DC Solid-State, N.C., 0.15A @ 30V DC Solid-State, N.O., 0.15A @ 30V DC Solid-State, N.C., 0.15A @ 30V DC Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized Normally Energized Normally De-energized EGF1NOACNE050 EGF1NOACDE050 EGF1NCACNE050 EGF1NCACDE050 EGF1NODCNE050 EGF1NODCDE050 EGF1NCDCNE050 EGF1NCDCDE050 EGF1NOACNE100 EGF1NOACDE100 EGF1NCACNE100 EGF1NCACDE100 EGF1NODCNE100 EGF1NODCDE100 EGF1NCDCNE100 EGF1NCDCDE100 EGF3NOACNET3 EGF3NOACDET3 EGF3NCACNET3 EGF3NCACDET3 EGF3NODCNET3 EGF3NODCDET3 EGF3NCDCNET3 EGF3NCDCDET3
7
Fixed, 100 mA
Solid-State, N.O., 1A @ 240V AC Solid-State, N.C., 1A @ 240V AC
Tri-Set Adjustable, Solid-State, N.O., 5, 10 or 30 mA 1A @ 240V AC Solid-State, N.C., 1A @ 240V AC

PG08301004E

August 2007
7-41
Model Selection CurrentWatch EGF Series (Continued)

Power Supply Setpoint Mechanical Relay Output Contacts Catalog Number
Mechanical Relay Output Sensors Solid-Core Housings 120V AC Fixed, 50 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A (1A @ 120V AC) Mechanical Relay, N.C. SPST Relay, Form B (1A @ 120V AC) Mechanical Relay, SPDT Form C, Auto-Reset (1A @ 120V AC) Fixed, 100 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A (1A @ 120V AC) Mechanical Relay, N.C. SPST Relay, Form B (1A @ 120V AC) Mechanical Relay, SPDT Form C, Auto-Reset (1A @ 120V AC) Tri-set Adjustable, 5, 10 or 30 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A (1A @ 120V AC) Mechanical Relay, N.C. SPST Relay, Form B (1A @ 120V AC) Mechanical Relay, SPDT Form C, Auto-Reset (1A @ 120V AC) 24V AC/DC Fixed, 50 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A (2A @ 30V DC) Mechanical Relay, N.C. SPST Relay, Form B (2A @ 30V DC) Mechanical Relay, SPDT Form C, Auto-Reset (2A @ 30V DC) Fixed, 100 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A (2A @ 30V DC) Mechanical Relay, N.C. SPST Relay, Form B (2A @ 30V DC) Mechanical Relay, SPDT Form C, Auto-Reset (2A @ 30V DC) Tri-set Adjustable, 5, 10 or 30 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A (2A @ 30V DC) Mechanical Relay, N.C. SPST Relay, Form B (2A @ 30V DC) Mechanical Relay, SPDT Form C, Auto-Reset (2A @ 30V DC)
Latching Relay Latching Relay Normally Energized Normally De-energized Latching Relay Latching Relay Normally Energized Normally De-energized Latching Relay Latching Relay Normally Energized Normally De-energized Latching Relay Latching Relay Normally Energized Normally De-energized Latching Relay Latching Relay Normally Energized Normally De-energized Latching Relay Latching Relay Normally Energized Normally De-energized
EGF1NOLA050 EGF1NCLA050 EGF1SPDTNE050 EGF1SPDTDE050 EGF1NOLA100 EGF1NCLA100 EGF1SPDTNE100 EGF1SPDTDE100 EGF1NOLAT3 EGF1NCLAT3 EGF1SPDTNET3 EGF1SPDTDET3 EGF2NOLA050 EGF2NCLA050 EGF2SPDTNE050 EGF2SPDTDE050 EGF2NOLA100 EGF2NCLA100 EGF2SPDTNE100 EGF2SPDTDE100 EGF2NOLAT3 EGF2NCLAT3 EGF2SPDTNET3 EGF2SPDTDET3
Accessories CurrentWatch EGF Series

EDINKIT
PG08301004E
7-42

August 2007
Output Table CurrentWatch EGF Series Normally Energized Models Protection from faults and control power loss.
Control Power Applied No Power No Fault Fault
Normally Open Models Normally Closed Models
Open Closed
Closed Open
Open Closed
Normally De-energized Models Protection from faults only when power is applied.
Control Power Applied No Power No Fault Fault
Normally Open Models Normally Closed Models
Open Closed
Open Closed
Closed Open
Latching (Mechanical Relay Output) Models Latching models power up initially in the rest (normal) mode. If there is a fault condition or the test button is pushed, the output contacts will change state and latch. The output will remain latched regardless of whether the fault is cleared or control power is removed. To reset the output, apply a momentary contact across reset terminals.
7

August 2007
7-43
Wiring Diagrams CurrentWatch EGF Series

Models Wiring Diagrams
Solid-State Output Models

Power R G Output Test
Power
Output
1 Power 1 Load
Power Interupt
HOT NEUT
EGF Series
Power
Output
3 Wye Power 3 Load

Power Interupt
A B C N
EGF Series
Power
Output
A B C
Power Interupt EGF Series
Power
Output
3 Power 1 Load
Power Interupt
A B
EGF Series
G Power
R Status
Power
Output Test
Auto Reset Models

1 2 3 4 5
Jumper Location of Tri-set Models
G Power
R Status
Power
Output Test
Jumper Location of Tri-set Models
PG08301004E
Mechanical Relay Output Models
Latching Models
External Reset Switch
3 Delta Power 3 Load
7-44

August 2007
Specications CurrentWatch EGF Series

Description Solid-State Output Models Mechanical Relay Output Models
Power Supply Output Contact Type Isolated Dry Contact Output Rating (Switching Current and Switching Voltage)
120V AC (55 110% of nominal voltage) 24V AC/DC ( 20%) Mechanical Relay Auto Reset Models: SPDT Relay 1A @ 120V AC 2A @ 30V DC Latching Models: SPST Relay 1A @ 120V AC 2A @ 30V DC None 200 ms @ 5% above trip point 60 ms @ 50% above trip point 15 ms @ 500% above trip point 50 400 Hz (monitored circuit) 2 VA max. 5,000V AC (tested) 0.74 in. (19 mm) dia. Green LED for Power On Status; Red LED for Contact Status UL94 V0 Flammability Rated Operating Temperature: -4 to 122F (-20 to 50C) Humidity: 0 95% RH, Non-condensing UL 1053, Class 1 Recognized, CE AC Output Switching Models: 1A @ 240V AC DC Output Switching Models: 0.15A @ 30V DC
Off-State Leakage Response Time
N.O. Models: < 10 A N.C. Models: < 2.5 mA
Frequency Range Loading Isolation Voltage Sensing Aperture LED Indicator Housing Environmental Approvals
7

August 2007
7-45
Approximate Dimensions CurrentWatch EGF Series

Models Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Solid-State Output Models

TEST
1.50 (38)
0.20 (5.1) Dia. 3.38 (86)
2.90 (73.7)
0.75 (19.1) Dia.
2.50 (63)
Mechanical Relay Models

Auto Reset (6 Terminals)
2.25 (57.2) 1.88 (47.6)
Latching (7 Terminals)
0.44 (11.2)
0.75 Dia (19.1) 2.50 (63.5)
3.88 (98.6) 0.20 Dia (5.1)

TEST
2.90 (73.7) 3.38 (85.9)
PG08301004E
7-46
CurrentWatch Current Sensors

August 2007
7
Sensor Accessories
August 2007
8-1
08Intro.fm
Table of Contents
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retroreectors and Retroreective Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Mounting Brackets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pilot Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8-2 8-4 8-7 8-9
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
8-2
Sensor Accessories Retroreectors and Retroreective Tape

August 2007
PG.05E.17.T.E
Retroreectors
High Quality Retroreectors and Retroreective Tape in a Wide Variety of Sizes to Meet Your Needs
Retroreectors Available in Both Rectangular and Round Form Factors
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Cutler-Hammer Retroreectors from Eatons electrical business are used with reex-type sensors. Two types of retroreective target material are available: corner cube and embedded glass bead. Corner Cube Retroreectors This type provides the highest signal return to the sensor, typically 2000 to 3000 times the reectivity of white paper. Three adjoining sides are arranged at right angles to each other. When a ray of light strikes one of these sides (A), it is reected to the second (B), then the third (C), and then back to the source parallel to its original course. Thousands of these cube shapes are molded into a rugged plastic reector or vinyl tape material. Corner cube retroreectors are suitable for use with both standard reex and polarized reex sensors.
Retroreective Tape Comes in Widths from 1 to 3 Inches
Light Ray C B
Retroreector Size The size of the retroreective target has a signicant effect on the excess gain and range of a reex sensor. In general, we recommend you use the largest possible reector in every reex sensing application to maximize performance of the sensor and simplify alignment. To provide an even larger reective area, multiple retroreectors can be grouped together as shown.
Corner cube
Light Ray
Opaque Material
Using Retroreectors with Polarized Reex Sensors Only corner cube retroreective material can be used with polarized reex sensors. When polarized light from the sensors light source strikes a corner cube retroreector, it is returned to the sensor in a depolarized state. This allows some of the light to pass through the detectors polarizer, which is positioned at 90 to the source polarizer, to allow the sensor to operate. Glass bead retroreectors do not depolarize light and will not work with polarized reex sensors.
8
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
Glass bead
Glass Bead Retroreectors Glass bead retroreectors are available in tape form with an adhesive backing. The bead style surface is typically rated at 200 to 900 times the reectivity of white paper much lower than corner cube reectors. Glass bead retroreectors are not suitable for use with polarized reex sensors.
7 Retroreflectors Grouped Together
Molded plastic corner cube retroreectors are always recommended as they provide the highest signal return to the sensor. Corner cube tape works with polarized reex sensors but returns less light to the sensor. In all cases, Eaton recommends testing sensor and tape prior to nal installation.
Sensor Accessories Retroreflectors and Retroreflective Tape

August 2007
8-3
Model Selection Retroreectors

Corner Cube Retroreector 1.5 x 3.25 inch, adhesive backed, one per package 6200A-6507
3 inch diameter, with mounting hole, two per package Bulk packaged version of above (ordered quantity will be bulk packaged) 3 inch diameter, with mounting hole, one per package 3 inch diameter, metal backed, with mounting hole, one per package
6200A-6501 6200AS6501 E51KR84 6200A-6506
2.18 inch diameter, with mounting hole, one per package
6200A-6505
2.18 inch diameter, adhesive backed, one per package
6200A-6502
Bulk packaged version of above (ordered quantity will be sent bulk packaged) 1.25 inch diameter, no adhesive, one per package Retroreective Tape Corner Cube Style 2 inch wide, 1 piece, quantity is length in feet 3 inch wide, 1 piece, quantity is length in feet Glass Bead Style (Not for use with polarized reex sensors) 1 inch wide, 1 piece, quantity is length in feet 2 inch wide, 1 piece, quantity is length in feet
6200AS6504 E51KR32
6201A-XXXX 6203A-XXXX 6200A-XXXX 6202A-XXXX
Although corner cube tape works with polarized reex sensors, we recommend testing sensor and tape prior to installation. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
B A
Round Retroreectors
Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A Diameter B Hole Size C Thickness
6200A-6501 6200A-6502 6200A-6504 6200A-6505 6200A-6506 E51KR32 E51KR84
3.30 (84) 2.40 (61) 1.30 (33) 2.40 (61) 3.30 (84) 1.25 (32) 3.30 (84)
0.20 (5) None None 0.25 (6) 0.20 (5) None 0.20 (5)
0.35 (9) 0.30 (7.5) 0.25 (6) 0.30 (7.5) 0.30 (7.5) 0.35 (9) 0.35 (9)
PG08301004E
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
1.25 inch diameter, adhesive backed, one per package
6200A-6504
8-4
Sensor Accessories Sensor Mounting Brackets

August 2007
PG.05.03.T.E
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
The Cutler-Hammer Mounting Brackets by Eatons electrical business found in this section are suited for use with 8 mm to 30 mm diameter tubular sensors only. Cutler-Hammer Mounting Brackets designed to specically t other types of sensors are found in the respective Accessories sections for those sensor families.
When choosing a bracket, consider:
Adjustability Do you need minimal alignment capability (mounting an inductive proximity sensor), or a high level of alignment precision (mounting a long range photoelectric thru-beam sensor)? Material of Construction This can be dictated by the sensing environment or the type of sensor you are using.
Model Selection Mounting Brackets for Tubular Sensors

Description Size Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
L-Shaped Bracket
Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in two axes Sensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor) Material of Construction: Stainless steel Packaging: One per package
8 mm
E57KM8
12 mm
E57KM12
18 mm
E57KM18
Size A B C D
8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm 30 mm E57KM30
Size
3.00 (76) 3.00 (76) 3.00 (76) 4.25 (108)

E
1.35 (34) 1.35 (34) 1.35 (34) 2.15 (55)

F
1.125 (29) 1.125 (29) 1.125 (29) 1.75 (45)

G
0.65 (17) 0.65 (17) 0.65 (17) 1.00 (25)

H
8
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
L-Shaped Bracket Same as 6161A-6501 (above), except: Packaging: Bulk packaged (ordered quantity will be sent bulk packed)
8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in 18 mm one axis and allows for aiming of the sensor through a short arc Sensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor) Material of Construction: Aluminum with chromate nish Packaging: Two per package 18 mm 6161A-6501
1.20 (31) 1.20 (31) 1.20 (31) 2.00 (51)

1.75 (44)
0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 1.25 (29)
0.323 (8) 0.484 (12) 0.718 (18) 1.203 (30)
0.218 (6) 0.218 (6) 0.218 (6) 0.281 (7)
1.50 (38)
0.75 (19)
0.75
0.28 (7)
6161AS6501
1.00 (25) 0.35 (9) 0.62 (16)
0.31 (8)
1.50 (38)
0.31 (8)

August 2007
8-5
Model Selection Mounting Brackets for Tubular Sensors (Continued)

Description Size Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
L-Shaped Bracket
Allows a minimum range. Suitable for 30 mm 30 mm sensors. Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in one axis Sensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts (included with sensor) Material of Construction: Zinc dichromate Packaging: One per package
6167A-6501
2.50 (63.5)
0.17 Rad. (4.3) 3.0 (76.2) 0.25 Rad. (6.3) 0.99 (25.1) 1.01 1.0 (25.6) (25.4) 2.70 (68.6) 1.0 (25.4) 1.20 Dia. 1.0 (30.5) (25.4) 1.0 (25.4) 1.35 (34.3)
0.28 (7.0) Dia.
1.35 (34.3)
L-Shaped Bracket with Slot
Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in 18 mm one axis and allows for aiming of the sensor through a short arc Sensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor) Material of Construction: Aluminum with chromate nish Packaging: Bulk packaged (ordered quantity will be sent bulk packed) Note: Allows installation of sensor with jam nuts already in place on Sensor Body (Comet and Prism Sensors only). Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in 18 mm one axis and allows for aiming of the sensor through a short arc Sensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor) Material of Construction: Aluminum with chromate nish Packaging: Bulk packaged (ordered quantity will be sent bulk packed) Adjustability: Locking vertical and horizontal 18 mm adjustments for independent adjustments in each axis Sensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor) Material of Construction: 304 stainless steel Packaging: One per package Note: Sensor is electrically isolated from mounting surface. Same as E58KAM18, except not electrically 18 mm isolated from mounting surface.
6161AS7050
1.50 (38)
1.75
0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.47 (12) 2 Places 0.28 (7) 3 Places 0.31 (8) 1.00 (25) 0.35 (9) 0.62 (16) 0.31 (8)
1.50 (38)
0.75 (19)
0.31 (8) 0.31 (8)
1.50 (38) 0.62 (16) 0.75 0.28 (7) 0.35 (9) 1.00 (25)
4.0 (102) 2.97 (75) 0.51 (13)
Adjustable Bracket
E58KAM18
0.33 x 0.66 (8.4 x 16.8) 2 Places
2.00 (51)
1.48 (38)
E58KAM18U E58KAM30
0.92 (23)
1.61 (41)
Adjustable Bracket
Adjustability: Locking vertical and horizontal 30 mm adjustments for independent adjustment in each axis Sensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts (included with sensor) Material of Construction: 304 stainless steel Packaging: One per package Note: Sensor is electrically isolated from mounting surface. Same as E58KAM30, except not electrically 30 mm isolated from mounting surface.
4.0 (102) 2.97 (75) 0.51 (13)
0.33 x 0.66 (8.4 x 16.8) 2 Places
2.00 (51)
1.28 (33)
E58KAM30U
1.95 (50) 1.13 (29)
PG08301004E
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
Flat Bracket
6161AS5295
3.00 (76)
8-6

August 2007
Model Selection Mounting Brackets for Tubular Sensors (Continued)

Description Size Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted
18 mm Ball Swivel Bracket
Adjustability: Allows 360 rotation and 10 vertical tilt Sensor Mounting: Mounts directly to any 18 mm threaded sensor Material of Construction: 5% glass lled Valox Packaging: One per package
18 mm
E58KAM18B
0.160 (4) 2 Places
0.28 (7)
0.20 (5)
1.40 (36) 1.80 (46) 0.60 (15) M18X1-6G Thread
0.2 (5)
1.40 (36)
0.50 (13)
0.30 (8) 1.40 (36)
Metal Ball Swivel Mount
Adjustability: Allows 5.5 rotation with 0.75 inch screw lock to x nal position (18 mm) Sensor Mounting: Mounts directly to any 18 mm tubular sensor Material of Construction: Extremely rugged, made from zinc plated steel/Celenex Packaging: One per package Note: Electrically isolates the sensor to prevent noise pick-up caused by poor grounding. Adjustability: Allows 10 rotation on X and Y 0.375 inch axes with a clamping action to hold (8 mm) adjustment Sensor Mounting: Mounts directly to any 8 mm tubular sensor Material of Construction: Noryl (avoid exposing to chlorinated halogenated or aromatic hydrocarbons). Operating temperature: -40 to 160F. Packaging: One per package Same as 6143A-6501(above), except: Sensor Mounting: Mounts directly to any 18 mm tubular sensor 0.75 inch (18 mm)
6168A-6501
Note: Dimensions in Inches
4.0 3.0
1.1 0.5
0.75 Diameter Hole 2.1 1.0
0.3 Diameter Slot
6143A-6501
A B C G D E F
0.212 (2 Places)
8
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
6142A-6501
Size A B C D
8 mm 18 mm
Size
1.96 (49.8) 2.80 (71.1)

E
1.56 (39.6) 0.20 (5.1) 2.25 (57.2) 0.275 (7.0)

F G
0.40 (10.2) 0.50 (12.7)
8 mm 18 mm Cushioned Sensor Mounts Precision machined, spring-loaded sleeves that hold tubular sensors to protect them from accidental impact due to overtravel of the target being sensed. Used for inductive proximity sensors only. 8 mm E57KNZ8
0.80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4)
1.05 (26.7) 0.375 (9.5) 1.64 (41.7) 0.75 (19.1)

C Cushion Mount Diameter = B
30
12 mm
E57KNZ12
Protective Cap (Threads on Sensor)* E Overtravel Protection Sensor Diameter = A Sensor Nut
18 mm
E57KNZ18
*NOTE: Sensing Range Will Be Reduced by Thickness of Caps Wear Surface: 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) max.
Size
30 mm
E57KNZ30
8 mm M8 x 1 12 mm M12 x 1 18 mm M18 x 1
M16 x 1.5 0.87 (22) 0.87 (22) 0.35 (9) M22 x 1.5 0.87 (22) 1.12 (29) 0.41 (10) M30 x 1.5 1.17 (30) 1.41 (36) 0.49 (12)
30 mm M30 x 1.5 M47 x 1.5 1.47 (37) 1.72 (51) 0.57 (15)
PG08301004E
Sensor Accessories
August 2007
8-7
PG.05.04.T.E
Sensor Accessories
A Variety of Items for Replacement, Testing or Additional Functionality
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Cutler-Hammer Accessories from Eatons electrical business include Portable Power Supplies for testing or demonstrating DC sensors, a variety of Replacement Mounting Nuts, Protective End Caps for tubular proximity sensors, and Conduit Adapters for tubular sensors.
Replacement Mounting Nuts
DC Sensor Testers / Demonstrators
And More...
Model Selection Sensor Accessories
DC Sensor Tester/Demonstrator For 2-, 3- and 4-wire DC sensors Provides 27V DC power from three 9V batteries (included) Test output connections for both NPN and PNP outputs
9902A-6501
WxHxD 2.5 x 4.75 x 2.1 inches (65 x 120 x 55 mm)
AC Sensor Tester/Demonstrator For AC sensors Provides AC power from wall mount Includes AC adapter
9902A-6502
WxHxD 2.5 x 4.5 x 1.5 inches (65 x 114 x 38 mm)
Replacement Mounting Nuts Stainless Steel Where Used: Harsh environment for tubular sensors Material of Construction: Stainless Steel Packaging: Two per package
8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
E57KNM8 E57KNS12 E57KNS18 E57KNS30 E60KNS18
Replacement Mounting Nuts Brass 18 mm Where Used: General purpose for tubular sensors. These are the standard mounting nuts shipped with the Comet, Prism and OEM Prism Photoelectric Sensors. Material of Construction: Brass Packaging: Two nuts and two wave washers per package Replacement Mounting Nuts Stainless Steel Where Used: Harsh environment for tubular sensors Material of Construction: Stainless Steel Packaging: Two per package
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted A B C
18 mm 30 mm
E58KNS18 E58KNS30 8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
0.5 (13) 0.7 (17) 0.94 (24) 1.4 (36)
0.16 (4) 0.16 (4) 0.16 (4) 0.16 (4)
M8 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
Description
Sensor Diameter
Catalog Number
8-8
Sensor Accessories
August 2007
Model Selection Sensor Accessories (Continued)

Description Sensor Catalog Diameter Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted
Replacement Mounting Nuts Plastic Where Used: Harsh environment for tubular and SM Series sensors Material of Construction: Plastic Packaging: Two per package
18 mm
E57KNC18
0.16 (4) 1.1 (28) 0.32 (8)
M18 x 1 0.94 (24)
Protective Caps Where Used: Tubular Proximity Sensors Material of Construction: Delrin Packaging: One per package
12 mm
E57KP12
D
Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) in mm A (Switch B C D (ThickSize) ness)
18 mm
E57KP18
C A
12 18
30 mm
E57KP30
B
30
0.47 (12) 0.71 (18) 1.18 (30)
0.39 (10) 0.36 (9.2) 0.59 (15)
0.63 (16) 0.83 (21.2) 1.42 (36)
0.04 (1.0) 0.04 (0.9) 0.07 (1.7)
Conduit Adapters Where Used: To attach electrical conduit to rear of tubular sensors Material of Construction: Die cast steel Packaging: One adapter and nut per package
8 mm
E57KC8
12 mm
E57KC12
18 mm
E57KC18
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted A-Length B-Hex C-Tap
30 mm
E57KC30
8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
1.0 (25) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.9 (48)
1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.5 (38)

1.12 (28.5) Tap drill
M8 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5
8
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
Conduit Adapters Where Used: To attach E58 Harsh Duty 30 mm sensors to half-inch conduit ttings Material of Construction: Stainless steel Packaging: One per package
30 mm
E58KC30
To fit flush to one thread below
M30 x 1.5 Tap
1/2"-14 NPT for Conduit 0.60 + - 0.02 (15)
0.32 (18)
2.23 + - 0.02 (57) + 2.78 - 0.02 (71)
1.50 (38)
PG08301004E
Sensor Accessories Pilot Devices

August 2007
8-9
PG.05.10.T.E
Pilot Devices
Photoelectric Sensors Control Units Provide DC Power and SPDT Relay Out
Converts AC Input Voltage to 12V DC
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Cutler-Hammer Type E65 Control Units from Eatons electrical business are designed for use with amplier built-in sensors to provide an SPDT relay contact output (in addition to the solid-state output of the sensor), and to convert an AC input voltage to stable 12V DC, permitting operation of a DC sensor from an AC input. Use only with NPN output sensors. A switch is provided in the output circuit for selecting either Light or Dark sense operation. These control units are available with or without a selectable ON-Delay, OFF-Delay or OneShot timer having an adjustable timing range of 0.1 to 5 seconds. A red LED indicator glows when the output relay is energized.
Power Indicator Glows Red When Energized

Model Selection E65 Control Units
Voltage Output Conguration Features Catalog Number
110 to 120V/ 220 to 240V AC 10%, 50/50 Hz
Selectable Light or SPDT Relay Dark Sense Contact Output
With External Synchronization
With Delay Timer E65PST Without Delay Timer E65PS
Selectable for ON-Delay, OFF-Delay or ONE-SHOT operation with an adjustable timing range of 0.1 to 5 seconds. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Specications
Input Voltage Temperature Range Relative Humidity Response Time Output Voltage Short-Circuit and Polarity Protection Power Consumption Terminal Connections Output
110 to 120V/220 to 240V AC 10%, 50/60 Hz 14 to 122F (-10 to 50C) Less than 85% Less than 20 mS 12V DC 10%, 100 mA maximum Incorporated Less than 8 VA Screw and Saddle Clamp to accept 14 AWG wire SPDT Relay Contact Rated 3A Resistive at 250V AC
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
8-10
Sensor Accessories Pilot Devices

August 2007
Wiring Diagrams Output Circuits and Connections

Black 0 *Power Input 1 2 3 4 5 6 +12 COM N.O. N.C. Red 7 8 9 10 +12 IN CONTROL UNIT 11 12 External Sync. Input White Black Red Green *Power Input 1 & 2: 110 to 120V AC 1 & 3: 220 to 240V AC Thru-Beam Reciever or Reflective Type Sensor Emitter
Relay Contact Output

(5) (6) (4) N.O. N.C. COM
Contact Output
Contact Capacity 3A Resistive at 250V AC
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Control Unit

4.45 (113) 2.56 (65) 2.44 (62) 0.02 (0.5) 4.29 (109) 4.07 (103.5) 0.96 (24.5)
Socket with Terminals

1.97 (50) Qty. 2 0.18 (4.5) Dia. Drilled or Qty. 2 M4 Tapped 1.97 0.04 (50 1) 2.36 (60) Mounting Hole 0.35 (9) 0.30 (7.7) 2.44 (62) 0.75 (19) 0.96 (24.5)
0.22 (5.5) 0.18 (4.5)
2.36 (60)
8
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
PG08301004E
Fiber Optic Cables

August 2007
9-1
09Intro.fm
Table of Contents
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Plastic Fiber Optic Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Glass Fiber Optic Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
9-2
Fiber Optic Cables Plastic Fiber Optic Cables

August 2007
PG.05E.16.T.E
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables
Cost-Effective Plastic Fiber Optic Cables Expand Your Sensing Options

9-2 9-3 9-3 9-4 9-5
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Bulk Fiber . . . . Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Pre-assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available in Any Length You Need
Accepts Lenses to Increase Sensing Range
Bulk Fiber Optic Cable Bendable Probe Models Provide Precise Adjustment of Sensing Position Ready to Mount with Threaded Tips
Cutler-Hammer Plastic Fiber Optic Cables from Eatons electrical business offer a lower-cost alternative to glass bers. They are available as bulk cable or pre-assembled with sensing tips. Bulk fiber optic cable is ordered by the foot and can be cut to length by the user with a special cutter accessory. It can be used with lenses, adapters and terminations. Single fiber is normally used for thru-beam sensing and duplex fiber (two isolated cables running in parallel) for diffuse reflective. Order single fiber cable for both source and detector cable runs. Order duplex fiber cable equal to the length of run separate source and detector cable not required. Pre-assembled fiber optic cables are special purpose cables to solve a variety of fiber optic sensing applications. A fiber optic cable cutter is included only for 1 mm bundle models. The cables are available in 1 mm and 0.5 mm diameters (0.5 mm cables cannot be cut to length). Single cable is used for thru-beam sensing, duplex for diffuse reflective sensing.
Pre-assembled Fiber Optic Cables
Product Features

Fiber optic cables allow remote sensing in areas where space is restricted or tight viewing angles are required The economical plastic cable is easy to cut to length during installation for a perfect t (see cutter accessory, 0.5 mm cable cannot be cut) Single cable styles are ideal for thru-beam sensing Duplex cable styles are typically used for diffuse reective sensing Pre-assembled cables are available in 0.5 mm for sensing extremely small targets
9
FIBER OPTIC CABLES

August 2007
9-3
Model Selection Bulk Fiber

Fiber Diameter Cable Style Catalog Number
0.039 in (1 mm)
Duplex Cable (for diffuse reective sensing) Single Cable (for thru-beam sensing)
6324A-XXX 6323A-XXX
Quantity ordered indicates length, for example, a quantity of 5 equals ve feet of ber. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
Model Selection Accessories for Bulk Fiber Optic Cable

Description Range Increase Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches
Fiber optic cable cutter for 1 mm diameter ber, good for six cuts Fiber Optic Termination For mounting of 1 mm diameter bulk ber. Sensing distance is the same as for bare bers without lenses
8909A-6501 6230A-6503
1.08 0.25
0.25 Barrel Diameter
Lenses (For 1 mm diameter bulk cable only. Lenses extend the range of thru-beam sensors. Sold individually two required for thru-beam sensing) 0.25 Inch Diameter Thru-Beam Lens 0.25 inch diameter thru-beam lens 10X 6230A-6505
1.35 0.25 0.25 Lens Diameter 0.25 Barrel Diameter 0.15 Effective Beam Diameter
0.75 Inch Diameter Thru-Beam Lens
0.5 inch diameter thru-beam lens
100X
6230A-6509
0.75
0.62 Lens Diameter
0.75 Inch Diameter Thru-Beam Lens
1.0 inch diameter thru-beam lens
200X
6230A-6508
2.5 0.88 Effective Beam Diameter 1.0 Lens Diameter
1.13
PG08301004E
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
2.2
0.55 Effective Beam Diameter
9-4

August 2007
Model Selection Pre-assembled Duplex Fiber Optic Cables (for Diffuse Reective Sensing)
Fiber Diameter in Inches (mm) Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
0.039 (1.0)
6324A-6501 (one cable)
0.250 (6.3)
0.250 (6.3) 0.200 (5.1)
0.14 (3.6) 0.087 (2.2) Dia. 78 (2000) M6X0.75 1.250 (31.7)
0.039 (1.0) Fiber Dia. X2
0.059 (1.5)
0.250 (6.3)
0.250 (6.3) 0.200 (5.1)
0.14 (3.6) 0.087 (2.2) Dia. 78 (2000) M6X0.75 1.250 (31.7)
0.039 (1.0) Fiber Dia. X2
Small Diameter, Threaded Tip
0.020 (0.5)
0.079 (2.0) Dia.
M3X0.5
0.98 (25.0) 78 (2000)
0.039 (1.0) Dia. 0.560 (14.2) 0.020 (0.5) Fiber Dia. X2
0.039 (1.0)
1.250 (31.7)
0.200 (5.1) 0.250 (6.3)
0.14 (3.6) 0.109 (2.8) Dia.
0.087 (2.2) Dia. 78 (2000)
M6X0.75
3.54 (90.0) 0.039 (1.0) Fiber Dia. X2
Small Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe
0.020 (0.5)
0.079 (2.0) Dia.
M3X0.5
0.065 (1.6) Dia.
9
0.98 (25.0) 0.039 (1.0) Dia. 0.56 (14.2) 3.54 (90.0) 0.020 (0.5) Fiber Dia.
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
78 (2000)
PG08301004E

August 2007
9-5
Model Selection Pre-assembled Single Fiber Optic Cables (for Thru-Beam Sensing)
Fiber Diameter in Inches (mm) Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
0.039 (1.0)
6323A-6501 (set of two)
M4X0.7
M2.6X0.45
0.087 (2.2) Dia. 78 (2000)
0.10 (2.5) 0.74 (18.8)
0.12 (3.0) 0.039 (1.0) Fiber Dia.
0.059 (1.5)
6323E-6501 (set of two)
M4X0.7
M2.6X0.45
0.087 (2.2) Dia. 78 (2000)
0.10 (2.5) 0.74 (18.8)
0.12 (3.0) 0.039 (1.0) Fiber Dia.
Small Diameter, Threaded Tip
0.020 (0.5)
6323A-6511 (set of two)
0.079 (2.0) Dia.
M3X0.5
0.98 (25.0)
0.039 (1.0) Dia. 0.560 (14.2) 0.020 (0.5) Fiber Dia.
78 (2000)
0.039 (1.0)
6323A-6502 (set of two)
M4X0.7
0.059 (1.5) Dia.
78 (2000)
0.63 (16.0)
0.039 (1.0) Fiber Dia.
Small Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe
0.020 (0.5)
6323A-6512 (set of two)
0.079 (2.0) Dia.
M3X0.5
0.035 (0.9) Dia.
0.98 (25.0) 78 (2000)
0.039 (1.0) Dia. 0.56 (14.2)
3.54 (90.0) 0.020 (0.5) Fiber Dia.
Specications
Storage and Operating Temperature -22 to +158F (-30 to +70C) Length, Pre-assembled Cables Sheathing Bend Radius 6.6 feet (2M) Polyethylene 1 mm ber: 2 inches; 0.5 mm ber: 1 inch with no loss of optical signal. Tighter bends will result in some signal loss. Do not bend bers within 0.5 inch of either end.
PG08301004E
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
0.087 (2.2) Dia.
3.54 (90.0)
9-6
Fiber Optic Cables Glass Fiber Optic Cables

August 2007
PG.05E.15.T.E
Glass Fiber Optic Cables
Durable Glass Fiber Optic Cables Expand Your Sensing Options

PVC Jacket Over Steel Monocoil
9-6 9-6 9-7 9-9 9-10 9-11
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-standard Cable Lengths . . . Model Selection, Duplex Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Single Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories .
Wide Variety of Sensing Tips Available
Cutler-Hammer Glass Fiber Optic Cables from Eatons electrical business transmit light through a cable containing a bundle of tiny glass bers. The cable can curve back and forth through equipment to the target and still transmit light with very little signal loss. Two cable types are available: Duplex Fibers contain both source and detector bers intermixed at the cable end for diffuse reective sensing. One cable is required for sensing. (It is also possible to use this style of cable and a retroreector for reex sensing.)
Diffuse Reflective Sensing with a Single Duplex Fiber
Tough, Flexible Stainless Steel Jacket
Product Features

Fiber optic cables allow remote sensing in areas where space is restricted or tight viewing angles are required Ideal for high temperature applications up to 480F (249C) Choose from many styles and lengths to exactly suit your needs Use PVC jacket models for most applications, stainless steel for high temperature and harsh environments Larger ber bundle size offers higher excess gain for longer ranges. Small size is useful for sensing extremely small targets
Mounting End Compatibility

Two mounting end styles are available; standard and collar. Collar mounting cables and standard mounting cables are not interchangeable and must be coupled to the correct sensor.
Single Fibers are used for thru-beam sensing. Separate cables are needed to carry the source light and the detector light, respectively. Two cables are required for sensing.
Thru-Beam Sensing with Two Single Fibers
Description
Compatible Fiber Optic Sensors
Catalog Number
9
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
Standard Mounting End
Prism Series, Comet Series, Starts with: 50 Series, 55 Series, 80 Series, 70 E51KF Series and E51 Sensor Heads Catalog Numbers E51DF1 and E51DF11
Collar Mounting End E51 Sensor Heads Starts with: Catalog Numbers E51DF3, E51DF4 E51KT and E51DF33
Non-standard Cable Lengths

To order ber optic cable in a non-standard length, replace last digit of listed Catalog Number with Code Sufx from table below. Example: for E51KF113 with a 10 foot cable, order E51KF1110. Built-to-order. May require minimum order quantity.
Length of Fiber Optic Cable Code Sufx
18 Inches (1.5 Feet) 24 Inches (2.0 Feet) 48 Inches (4.0 Feet) 72 Inches (6.0 Feet) 120 Inches (10.0 Feet)
15 2 4 6 10

August 2007
9-7
Model Selection Duplex Cables (for Diffuse Reective Sensing)

Fiber Bundle Mounting Size A in Inches End Style (mm) Catalog Number Stainless Steel Jacket PVC/ Monocoil Jacket Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Stainless Steel Jacket Pictured

36 (914)
Collar Mounting End
0.125 (3.2)
Standard Collar
E51KF713 E51KT713 E51KF513 E51KT513 E51KF733 E51KT733 E51KF533 E51KT533 E51KF723 E51KT723 E51KF523 E51KT523 E51KF593
0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7) 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7) 0.50 (13)
0.50 (13)
A 0.187 (4.7) 7.5 (190)
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard Collar
0.125 (3.2)
Standard Collar
36 (914) 1.00 (25) 0.50 (13) R 0.50 (13) 7.5 (190) 0.187 (4.7) A 0.82 (21)
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard Collar
0.187 (4.7)
0.125 (3.2)
Standard Collar
36 (914) 1.50 (38) A 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD 7.5 (190)
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard Collar
Forward Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Threaded Cable End
0.020 x 0.154 (0.5 x 3.9)
Standard
36 (914) 1.50 (38) 0.020 (0.5)
Collar
E51KT593
E51KT193
0.187 (4.7)
5/16-24 UNF-2A THD 7.5 (190)
0.154 (3.9)
0.125 (3.2)
Standard
E51KF7A3
E51KF3A3
0.50 (13)
36 (914) 1.50 (38) 1.00 (25)
7.5 (190)
0.125 (3.2)
Standard
E51KF7B3
E51KF3B3
36 (914) 1.00 (25) 0.50 (13) R 0.50 (13) 7.5 (190) 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD 0.82 (21)
0.187 (4.7)
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard
E51KF5B3
E51KF1B3
1.50 (38)
Collar mounting cables and standard mounting cables are not interchangeable and must be coupled to the correct sensor. See compatibility chart on Page 9-6. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard
E51KF5A3
E51KF1A3
0.187 (4.7)
5/16-24 UNF-2A THD
R 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7)
0.82 (21)
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
9-8

August 2007
Model Selection Duplex Cables (for Diffuse Reective Sensing) (Continued)

Fiber Bundle Mounting Size A in Inches End Style (mm) Catalog Number Stainless Steel Jacket PVC/ Monocoil Jacket Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Stainless Steel Jacket Pictured

36 (914)
Collar Mounting End
Right-Angle Viewing, Tight Viewing Angle, Unthreaded
0.094 (2.4)
Standard
E51KF563
E51KF163
1.375 (35) 0.187 (4.7) 0.50 (13) 0.120 (3) 7.5 (190)
0.281 (7.1)
Collar
E51KT563
E51KT163
0.250 (6.4)
Forward Viewing, Miniature Probe, Unthreaded
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard
E51KF583
E51KF183
36 (914)
0.50 (13)
1.00 (25)
0.083 (2.1)
Collar
E51KT583
E51KT183
0.187 (4.7)
0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7) 7.5 (190)
Right-Angle Viewing, Miniature Probe, Unthreaded
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard
E51KF573
E51KF173
36 (914)
0.50 (13)
1.063 (27)
0.375 (9.5)
Collar
E51KT573
E51KT173
0.187 (4.7)
0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7) R 0.125 (3.2) 7.5 (190) A 0.083 (2.1)
Forward Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Thru-Hole Mounting
0.032 x 0.382 (0.8 x 9.7)
Standard Collar
E51KF743 E51KF543 E51KF553
E51KF343 E51KT343 E51KF143 E51KF153

0.187 (4.7) 0.50 (13)
36 (914) 0.25 (6)
0.470 (11.9) 0.25 (6) 0.75 (19) A
0.020 x 0.154 (0.5 x 3.9)
Standard Collar
0.130 2PL (3.3) 7.5 (190)
B B = 1.00 (25) for large bundle fiber = 0.75 (19) for small bundle fiber
Right-Angle Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Thru-Hole Mounting
0.020 x 0.154 (0.5 x 3.9)
Standard
36 (914) 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7) 0.50 (13) 0.188 (4.8) 7.5 (190) 0.188 (4.8) 0.015 (0.4)
1.00 (25) 0.50 (13) 1.00 (25) 0.020 (0.5)
Collar
E51KT153
9
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
0.154 (3.9)
PG08301004E

August 2007
9-9
Model Selection Single Cables (for Thru-Beam Sensing)

Fiber Bundle Mounting Size A in Inches End Style (mm) Catalog Number Stainless Steel Jacket PVC/Monocoil Jacket Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Stainless Steel Jacket Pictured
Collar Mounting End
0.125 (3.2) 0.0625 (1.6)
Standard E51KF813 Collar E51KT813
0.50 (13)
36 (914) 0.187 (4.7) 0.50 (13)
A 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7)
0.125 (3.2)
36 (914) 0.187 (4.7) 1.00 (25)
0.0625 (1.6)
0.50 (13)
R 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7)
0.82 (21)
0.125 (3.2) 0.0625 (1.6)
36 (914) 0.187 (4.7) 1.50 (38) A 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD
Forward Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Threaded Cable End
0.020 x 0.154 (0.5 x 3.9)
Standard E51KF693
36 (914) 0.187 (4.7) 1.50 (38) 0.020 (0.5)
Collar
E51KT693
E51KT293
0.50 (13) 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD 0.154 (3.9)
0.125 (3.2)
Standard E51KF8A3 Collar E51KT8A3
E51KF4A3
0.187 (4.7)
36 (914) 1.50 (38) 1.00 (25)
0.50 (13) 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD R 0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7) A 0.82 (21)
0.0625 (1.6) Right-Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable End 0.125 (3.2)
Standard E51KF6A3 Standard E51KF8B3
E51KF2A3 E51KF4B3
0.187 (4.7)
36 (914) 1.00 (25)
Collar
E51KT8B3
0.50 (13) R 0.50 (13) 5/16-24 UNF-2A THD
0.82 (21)
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard E51KF6B3
E51KF2B3
1.50 (38)
PG08301004E
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
9-10

August 2007
Model Selection Single Cables (for Thru-Beam Sensing) (Continued)

Fiber Bundle Size A in Inches (mm) Mounting Catalog Number End Style Stainless PVC/ Steel Jacket Monocoil Jacket Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Stainless Steel Jacket Pictured

36 (914) 0.187 (4.7)
Collar Mounting End
Right-Angle Viewing, Tight Viewing Angle, Unthreaded
0.094 (2.4)
Standard
E51KF663
E51KF263
1.375 (35)
0.281 (7.1)
Collar
E51KT663
E51KT263
0.50 (13)
0.120 (3)
0.250 (6.4)
Forward Viewing. Miniature Probe, Unthreaded
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard
E51KF683
E51KF283
36 (914) 0.187 (4.7) 0.50 (13) 1.00 (25) 0.083 (2.1)
Collar
E51KT683
E51KT283
0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7)
Right-Angle Viewing, Miniature Probe, Unthreaded
0.0625 (1.6)
Standard
E51KF673
E51KF273
36 (914) 0.187 (4.7) 0.50 (13) 1.063 (27) 0.375 (9.5)
Collar
E51KT673
E51KT273
0.50 (13) 0.187 (4.7) R 0.125 (3.2) A
0.083 (2.1)
Forward Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Thru-Hole Mounting
0.032 x 0.382 (0.8 x 9.7)
Standard Collar
E51KF843 E51KF643 E51KF653
E51KF443
36 (914) 0.187 (4.7) 0.25 (6) 0.75 (19) 0.50 (13) 0.130 2PL (3.3) B B = 1.00 (25) for large bundle fiber = 0.75 (19) for small bundle fiber 0.470 (11.9) 0.25 (6) A
E51KT443 E51KF243 E51KF253

0.187 (4.7)
0.020 x 0.154 (0.5 x 3.9) Right-Angle Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Thru-Hole Mounting 0.020 x 0.154 (0.5 x 3.9)
Standard Standard
36 (914) 0.50 (13)
1.00 (25) 0.50 (13) 1.00 (25) 0.020 (0.5)
Collar
E51KT253
0.50 (13)
0.188 (4.8) 0.015 (0.4)
9
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
0.188 (4.8)
0.154 (3.9)
Specications
PVC/Monocoil Stainless Steel
Temperature Range Bend Radius Cable Length
-40 to +221F (-40 to +105C)
-50 to +480F (-45 to +249C)
2.5X sheathing O.D. minimum 3 feet (0.9m) standard; other lengths available, see Page 9-6.
PG08301004E

August 2007
9-11
Model Selection Accessories Bead Buster Attachments

For use with single bers for thru-beam sensing in wet applications. Prevents beading of water on the cable tip (bead will distort the light beam and cause erratic operation). Face of bead buster must be installed vertically. To order, add Code Sufx from table below to cable Catalog Number. Example: E51KF113K. Available only on the following E51KF_ and E51KT_ cables: 113 213 313 413
Code Sufx Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]
Threaded Bead Buster
Integral Mounting Support Bar Bead Buster
With Right-Angle Cable
With Straight Cable
PG08301004E
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
9-12

August 2007
Model Selection Accessories Lenses

Provide increased sensing range in thru-beam mode for use with ber optic cables with threaded tip.
Range Increase Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches or Inches (mm)
0.5 Inch Diameter, Threaded
15X
6230A-6501
1.25
0.55 Effective Beam Diameter 0.75 0.62 Lens Diameter
1 Inch Diameter, Threaded
30X
6230A-6502
1.75
0.88 Effective Beam Diameter 1.0 Lens Diameter
1.13
0.5 Inch Diameter, Smooth
7X
E51KFH1
5/16-24 Tapped Hole
0.56 (14.5) Dia.
1.88 (48)
0.5 (12.5) Dia. Lens 0.88 (22) Dia.
18X
E51KFH2
5/16-24 Tapped Hole
2.06 (52.5)
0.75 (19) Dia. Lens
9
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
35X
E51KFH3
5/16-24 Tapped Hole
1.13 (28.5) Dia.
2.38 (60.5)
1.0 (25.4) Dia. Lens
Theoretical range increase with lens on both source and detector ber optic cable. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
Global Plus Connectivity

August 2007
10-1
Table of Contents
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Global Plus Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Multi-Connector Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
10
GLOBAL PLUS CONNECTIVITY
10-2
Global Plus Connectivity Product Selection

August 2007
Global Plus Connector Cables

Page Overview Page 10-3 Finish your sensor installation with high quality Cutler-Hammer Connector Cables from Eatons electrical business. Our Global Plus line is designed to give you everything you want without paying extra for the features you dont want. It includes a wide variety of single- and double-connector cables in a variety of sizes (mini, micro, nano), lengths and jacket materials to t any application.

Multi-Connector Blocks
Page 10-12 Cutler-Hammer Junction Blocks from Eatons electrical business allow users to quickly connect multiple sensors through one source of power.
Nano (M8) Micro (M12) Mini Double-Ended, Straight, Right-Angle, and Field-Installable connector styles
4, 6, or 8 ports Cable or connector models Micro connector style
Product Features
Industry Standard Connector types Industrial-Duty polymer jackets
LED status indicators for power and
output status
Molded PUR cable models provide added
consisting of PVC, PUR, or Irradiated PUR Stranded copper conductors and polymer jackets provide a high resistance to bending motions Right angle units for applications that have constricted space Operating Voltage Maximum Load Current Enclosure Ratings Approvals 0 600V AC/DC 0 13A NEMA 6P, IP68 UL, C-UL, CSA
protection from moisture and most cutting uids Pluggable terminal blocks provide easy and quick installation 0 30V DC 4A per port IP65 C-UL
10
Global Plus Connectivity Global Plus Connector Cables

August 2007
10-3
PG.05.05.T.E
Connector Cables Global Plus Conectivity
High Performance Cost-Effective Quick-Disconnect Cable Products for Flexible Wiring Solutions
Mini, Micro and Nano Cables in Various Lengths, Gauges and Jacket Materials
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Model Selection, Micro Style . . . 10-5 Model Selection, Mini Style . . . . 10-7 Model Selection, Nano Style . . . 10-8 Model Selection, Double-Ended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Finish your sensor installation with high quality Cutler-Hammer Connector Cables from Eatons electrical business. Our Global Plus line is designed to give you everything you want without paying extra for the features you dont want. It includes a wide variety of singleand double-connector cables. Custom lengths are available upon request from the factory.
Single- and Double-Ended Connector Cables
Field Wireable Connectors and Bulk Cable for Making Your Own Cables
Cables with Built-in LEDs
Approvals

What Type of Connector Cable Do You Need?

Sensor Connector Cable Type Interfaces with
Single-Connector Cable Style: Micro See Page 10-5 Mini See Page 10-7 Nano See Page 10-8
The majority of the Double-Connector Cable sensors in this Product Guide are available with connectors for quick-disconnect installation. Double-Connector Cable
Style: Micro See Page 10-8 Mini See Page 10-8
Connectorized Junction Box or Control Panel For connecting to a junction box or control panel that has a receptacle connector interface. Multi-Connector Block with Cable Allows up to 8 sensors to be consolidated into one cable for wiring to your control system. Style: Micro See Section 10
Style: Micro See Page 10-8
PG08301004E
10
Junction Box or Control Panel For hard-wiring into a typical junction box or control panel.
UL Recognized (Mini Style) CSA Certied (Mini and Nano Styles) C-UL Recognized (Micro and Nano Styles)
10-4

August 2007
Catalog Number Selection

Connector Cables Catalog Numbering System
CS D S 4 A 4 C Y 22 02 - D
Product CS = Cordset Electrical Version/Connector Type D = Euro (Micro) Connector A = AC Micro Connector M = AC/DC Mini Connector Connector Type S = Straight R = Right Angle Pin Configuration 2 = 2-Pin 3 = 3-Pin 4 = 4-Pin 5 = 5-Pin 9 = 9-Pin Cable Length 01 = 1 Meter (3.2 Feet) 01.5 = 1.5 Meters (4.9 Feet) 02 = 2 Meters (6.5 Feet) 03 = 3 Meters (9.8 Feet) 04 = 4 Meters (13 Feet) 05 = 5 Meters (16.4 Feet) 10 = 10 Meters (32.8 Feet) Wire Gauge 24 = 24 AWG 22 = 22 AWG 16 = 16 AWG Jacket Color Y = Yellow B = Black Jacket Material C = PVC R = PUR I = IRR PUR Connector Type D = Double-Ended LN = LED NPN LP= LED PNP
Wire Color Code A = IEC Color Code F = North American Color Code D = Industrial Color Code Wire Configuration 2 = 2-Wire 3 = 3-Wire 4 = 4-Wire 5 = 5-Wire 9 = 9-Wire
This is a representative guide to the catalog numbering system. All possible combinations may not be available for ordering. Please verify the number with the following pages or call Application Support at (800) 426-9194 before ordering.
10

August 2007
10-5
Model Selection Micro Style, Single-Connector Cables
Length
Standard Cables Micro Style Straight Female AC 3-pin 3-wire 18 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 4-pin 4-wire 18 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 5-pin 5-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) CSAS3F3CY1802 CSAS3F3CY1805 CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3CY2205 CSAS4F4CY1802 CSAS4F4CY1805 CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4CY2205 CSAS4A4CY2202 CSAS4A4CY2205 CSAS5A5CY2202 CSAS5A5CY2205 CSAS3F3RY2202 CSAS3F3RY2205 CSAS3F3RY2210 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4RY2205 CSAS4F4RY2210 CSDS4A3RY2202 CSDS4A3RY2205 CSDS4A3RY2210 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4RY2205 CSDS4A4RY2210 CSAS4F4IO2202 CSAS4F4IO2205 CSAS4F4IO2210 CSDS4A4IO2202 CSDS4A4IO2205 CSDS4A4IO2210
1 5 3 4 2
32.8 feet (10m) CSAS3F3CY1810
32.8 feet (10m) CSAS4A4CY2210
1-Brown 2-Blue 3-Black 4-White
32.8 feet (10m) CSAS5A5CY2210 DC 4-pin 3-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) CSDS4A3CY2202 CSDS4A3CY2205 CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4CY2205
1-Brown 2-Blue 3-Gray 4-Black 5-White
32.8 feet (10m) CSDS4A3CY2210 4-pin 4-wire

32.8 feet (10m) CSDS4A4CY2210 65.6 feet (20m) CSDS4A4CY2220 5-pin 5-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) CSDS5A5CY2202 CSDS5A5CY2205
32.8 feet (10m) CSDS5A5CY2210

PG08301004E
10
10-6

August 2007
Model Selection Micro Style, Single-Connector Cables (Continued)
Length
Standard Cables (Continued) Micro Style Right Angle Female AC 3-pin 3-wire 18 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 4-pin 4-wire 18 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) DC 4-pin 3-wire 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) CSAR3F3CY1802 CSAR3F3CY1805 CSAR3F3CY2202 CSAR3F3CY2205 CSAR4F4CY1802 CSAR4F4CY1805 CSAR4F4CY2202 CSAR4F4CY2205 CSDR4A3CY2202 CSDR4A3CY2205 CSDR4A4CY2202 CSDR4A4CY2205 CSDR5A5CY2202 CSDR5A5CY2205 CSAR3F3RY2202 CSAR3F3RY2205 CSAR3F3RY2210 CSAR4F4RY2202 CSAR4F4RY2205 CSAR4F4RY2210 CSDR4A3RY2202 CSDR4A3RY2205 CSDR4A3RY2210 CSDR4A4RY2202 CSDR4A4RY2205 CSDR4A4RY2210 CSDR4A3RY2205-LN CSAR4F4IO2202 CSAR4F4IO2205 CSAR4F4IO2210 CSDR4A4IO2202 CSDR4A4IO2205 CSDR4A4IO2210
1 5 3 4 2
32.8 feet (10m) CSAR3F3CY1810
32.8 feet (10m) CSDR4A3CY2210 4-pin 4-wire

32.8 feet (10m) CSDR4A4CY2210 5-pin 5-wire
32.8 feet (10m) CSDR5A5CY2210 Micro Style Right Angle Female with 2 LED Indicators DC NPN 4-pin 3-wire 22 AWG 16.4 feet (5m) CSDR4A3CY2205-LN
DC PNP
4-pin 3-wire
22 AWG 16.4 feet (5m)
CSDR4A3CY2205-LP
CSDR4A3RY2205-LP
10

August 2007
10-7
Model Selection Mini Style, Single-Connector Cables
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number
Standard Cables Mini Style Straight Female AC/DC 2-pin 2-wire 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) 12 feet (4m) 3-pin 3-wire 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) 12 feet (4m) 4-pin 4-wire 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) 12 feet (4m) AC/DC 4-pin, 4-wire 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) 13.12 feet (4m) 19.69 feet (6m) AC/DC 5-pin 5-wire 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) 12 feet (4m) AC/DC 5-pin, 5-wire 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) 13.12 feet (4m) 19.69 feet (6m) AC/DC 9-pin 9-wire 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS2D2CY1602 CSMS2D2CY1604 CSMS3F3CY1602 CSMS3F3CY1604 CSMS4F4CY1602 CSMS4F4CY1604 CSMS4A4CY1602 CSMS4A4CY1604 CSMS4A4CY1606 CSMS5D5CY1602 CSMS5D5CY1604 CSMS5A5CY1602 CSMS5A5CY1604 CSMS5A5CY1606 CSMS9D9CY1602
1-Black 2-Blue 3-Brown 4-White 1-Black 2-White 3-Red 4-Green 1-Green 2-Black 3-White 1-White 2-Black
Current Rating @ 600V 2-pin: 13A 3-pin: 13A 4-pin: 10A 5-pin: 8A 9-pin: 7A
1-White 2-Red 3-Green 4-Orange 5-Black 1-Black 2-Blue 3-Orange 4-Brown 5-White 1-Orange 2-Blue 3-Red/Black 4-Green/Black 5-White 6-Red 7-Green 8-White/Black 9-Black
PG08301004E
10
10-8

August 2007
Model Selection Nano Style, Single-Connector Cables
Voltage Style
Number of Gauge Pins
Length
Standard Cables Nano Style Straight Female
3-pin 3-wire
24 AWG
6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 32.8 feet (10m)
CSNS3A3CY2402 CSNS3A3CY2405 CSNS3A3CY2410 CSNR3A3CY2402 CSNR3A3CY2405 CSNR3A3CY2410 CSNR3A3CY2405-LN CSNR3A3CY2405-LP
CSNS3A3RY2402 CSNS3A3RY2405 CSNS3A3RY2410 CSNR3A3RY2402 CSNR3A3RY2405 CSNR3A3RY2410 CSNR3A3RY2405-LN CSNR3A3RY2405-LP

Nano Style Right Angle Female
3-pin 3-wire
24 AWG
6.0 feet (2m) 16.4 feet (5m) 32.8 feet (10m)
Nano Style Right Angle Female with DC 2 LED Indicators NPN DC PNP
3-pin 3-wire 3-pin 3-wire
24 AWG 24 AWG
16.4 feet (5m) 16.4 feet (5m)
Model Selection Micro Style, Double-Ended Connector Cables
Voltage Style
Number of Pins
Gauge
Length
Catalog Number
Pin Conguration
Standard Cables Micro Style Straight Female/Male
DC
4-pin
22 AWG
3.0 feet (1m) 5.0 feet (1.5m) 6.0 feet (2m) 10.0 feet (3m) 16.4 feet (5m) 10.0 feet (3m) 16.4 feet (5m)
CSDS4A4CY2201-D CSDS4A4CY2201.5-D CSDS4A4CY2202-D CSDS4A4CY2203-D CSDS4A4CY2205-D CSDS5A5CY2203-D CSDS5A5CY2205-D
Face View Female
Face View Male
DC
5-pin
22 AWG
Face View Female
Face View Male
10
Micro Style Straight Female/Right Angle Male DC 4-pin 22 AWG Mini Style Straight Female/Male AC/DC 3-pin 16 AWG
3.0 feet (1m) 5.0 feet (1.5m) 6.0 feet (2m) 10.0 feet (3m) 16.4 feet (5m) 6.0 feet (2m) 13.1 feet (4m) 23.0 feet (7m)
CSDR4A4CY2201-D CSDR4A4CY2201.5-D CSDR4A4CY2202-D CSDR4A4CY2203-D CSDR4A4CY2205-D CSMS3F3CY1602-DP CSMS3F3CY1604-DP CSMS3F3CY1607-DP
Face View Female
Face View Male
Face View Face View Female Male
PG08301004E

August 2007
10-9
Model Selection Micro and Mini Receptacles

Voltage Style Number of Pins Length/Gauge Mounting Hole Size Catalog Number Pin Conguration
Standard Cables Micro Style Straight Male DC 4-pin 4-wire 1.0 feet (0.3m)/22 AWG 1/2" NPT CSDS4A4CMR22.3
5-pin 5-wire
1.6 feet (0.5m)/22 AWG PG9
CSDS5A5CMR.5
Mini Style Striaght Male
AC/DC
4-pin 4-wire
1.6 feet (0.5m)/16 AWG 1/2" NPT
CSMS4A4CMR16.5

Wiring Diagrams
Micro Female Style, Straight, 4-position Micro Female Style, Right Angle, 4-position Micro Male Style, Straight, 4-position Micro Male Style, Right Angle, 4-position Nano Female Style, Straight, 3-position Nano Male Style, Straight, 3-position Nano Male Style, Straight, 4-position Nano Female Style, Straight, 4-position Nano Female Style, Right Angle, 4-position Nano Male Style, Right Angle, 4-position Micro Female Style, Y-Splitter, 3-position Micro Female Style, Y-Splitter, 5-position CSDS4 CSDR4 CSDSM4 CSDRM4 CSNS3 CSNSM3 CSNSM4 CSNS4 CSNR4 CSNRM4 CSDY3 CSDY5 CBCAP CBMCAP
1 2 3 4 5
Field Wireable, Plastic
CSDY3
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
CSDY5
Closure Cap
Seals off unused connector ports on MultiConnector Blocks, Micro Female Type Seals off unused parts on Micro, Male Type
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Bulk Cable, Micro Style
Bulk Cable, Nano Style
3-conductor, 24 AWG, yellow jacket (Brown, Blue, CS3ACY24XX Black), compatible with eld wireable connectors shown above
Quantity ordered indicates length (i.e., quantity of 5 equals 5 feet). For wiring diagrams explaining the difference between 3- and 5-position models, see Wiring Diagrams on this page. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.
PG08301004E
10
4-conductor, 22 AWG, yellow jacket (Blue, Brown, CS4ACY22XX White, Black), compatible with micro style eld wireable connectors shown above
10-10

August 2007
Specications
Connector Cables Micro Style Mini Style Nano Style
Jacket Material Contact Material Coupling Nut Material O-ring Cable Cable Strain Relief Voltage Rating Current Rating Contact Resistance Isolation Resistance Protection Temperature Range Cable Diameter (3/C = 3 Conductor)
PVC/PUR/Irradiated PUR Gold-plated copper alloy Zinc die cast epoxy-coat Nitrile rubber
PVC Gold-plated brass Zinc die cast epoxy-coat None 35 pounds minimum
PVC/PUR Gold-plated copper alloy Zinc die cast epoxy-coat Nitrile rubber
PVC/PUR/Irradiated PUR, Insulation and jacket, stranded copper conductors 320V (24V DC for LED plugs) 4A 5 m maximum 1000 M minimum IP67 -25 to 90C 18 AWG PVC: 0.29 inch (7.4 mm) 22 AWG PVC: 3/C: 0.20 inch (5.11 mm) 4/C: 0.21 inch (5.31 mm) 5/C: 0.20 inch (5.08 mm) 22 AWG PUR: 3/C: 0.23 inch (5.8 mm) 4/C: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) 22 AWG IRR PUR: 3/C: 0.17 inch (4.37 mm) 4/C: 0.18 inch (4.62 mm) 600V See model selection chart 5 m maximum 1000 M minimum NEMA 6P, IP68 -20 to 105C 2/C: 0.37 inch (9.4 mm) 3/C: 0.41 inch (10.4 mm) 4/C: 0.42 inch (10.7 mm) 5/C: 0.50 inch (12.7 mm) 9/C: 0.64 inch (16.3 mm) 100V DC 4A 5 m maximum 1000 M minimum IP67 -20 to 90C 24 AWG PVC: 0.16 inch (4.12 mm) 24 AWG PUR: 0.17 inch (4.3 mm)
Bend Radius
Minimum recommended bend radius is 12X cable diameter
Jacket material dependent upon model selection.
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Micro Style Connector Cables, Straight Female
Length 1.77" Ref (45.0 mm) M12 x 1 (DC) 0.058" Dia. Ref (14.8 mm) 2.16" Ref (54.8 mm) 0.978" Ref (24.8 mm) M12 x 1 (DC) 1/2" - 20 UNF2B (AC) 0.58" Dia. Ref (14.8 mm)
Micro Style Connector Cables, Right Angle Female

1.10" Ref (28.0 mm) Length 2.16" Ref (54.8 mm)
10
Mini Style Connector Cables, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pin Version
Mini Style Connector Cables, 9-pin Version

LENGTH
2.79 REF [70.87mm]
2.25 REF [57.15mm]
1.25 REF [31.75mm]
.81 REF [20.57mm] 7/816 UN2B
.38 REF [9.65mm]
PG08301004E

August 2007
10-11
Nano Style Connector Cables, Straight Female

Dia. .39 (10) Ref.
Length 1.56 (39.50) Ref. .75 (19.05) Ref.
M8x1
.16 (4.06) Ref.
Nano Style Connector Cables, Right Angle Female (Standard and LED)
Length 1.10 (27.90) Ref. .75 (19.05) Ref.
.78 (19.70) Ref.
M8x1
.16 (4.06) Ref.
Dia. .39 (10) Ref.
Micro Style Double-Connector Cables, Straight Female/Male

Length 1.77" Ref (45.0 mm) M12 x 1 (DC) 0.58" (14.8 mm) Dia. Ref 1/2" - 20 UNF2B (AC)
Micro Style Receptacles, Straight Male (1/2" NPT Mounting)

1.00" Ref (25.4 mm) 12.00" (304.8 mm) 0.25" (6.35 mm) 0.47" Ref (11.94 mm) Dia. 1.00" Ref (25.4 mm) Pin 2 (White) Key Pin 1 (Brown)
Micro Style Double-Connector Cables, Straight Female/Right Angle Male

Length 1.77" Ref (45.0 mm) M12 x 1 (DC) 0.58" (14.8 mm) Dia. Ref 1/2" - 20 UNF2B (AC) M12 x 1 (DC) 0.58" (14.8 mm) Dia. Ref 1.10" Ref (28.0 mm)
1/2-14 NPT
M12x1
Pin 3 Male (Blue)
Pin 4 (Black)
Micro Style Receptacles, Straight Male (PG9 Mounting)

PG9 M12x1 0.04 Pin 2 Key Pin 1 (1) (White) (Brown) Pin 5 (Green/ Yellow) 19.7 (500) 0.98 (25) 0.39 (10) 0.47 (12) Pin 3 Male Pin 4 (Blue) (Black)
Mini Style Receptacless, Straight Male

1.03" Ref (26.162 mm) 6.00" (152.4 mm) Key 0.345" Ref (8.763 mm) Pin 1 (Black) Pin 4 (White)
7/8-16 1/2-14 NPT
Pin 2 Male Pin 3 (Blue) (Brown)
PG08301004E
10
10-12
Global Plus Connectivity Multi-Connector Blocks

August 2007
CA05310001E
Multi-Connector Blocks Global Plus Connectivity
Multi-Connector Blocks Designed for Quickly Wiring Multiple Sensors to the Control System and a Common Power Source
Industry Standard DC Micro (M12) Connector Ports
10-12 10-13 10-13 10-13 10-14 10-14
Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port Output Status LEDs
IP65 Environmental Protection Rating
The Cutler-Hammer MultiConnector Block from Eatons electrical business is an easy way to quickly connect sensors to a control system. Using a variety of doubleended, industry-standard M12 Micro connector cables, a system can be wired up in minutes, therefore saving installation time and money. For further convenience and installation troubleshooting, LEDs provide both power and output status on the block. Global Plus Multi-Connector Blocks were designed with the most heavyduty applications in mindsuch as automotive manufacturing, metalworking and machinery OEMs. Put Eatons Global Plus Multi-Connector Blocks to the test for your next machine design.
Block Power Status LED
Product Features

Approvals

Model options with four, six or eight sensor ports in one block Block capacity can be doubled with Micro Splitter Accessory (CSDY5) Available with a molded cable or spring-cage main body exit Capacity of up to 4 amps per port and 12 amps per block Robust design to resist vibration and moisture penetration Ideal for extreme temperature environments from -13 to 167F (-25 to 75C)
UL Recognized CSA Certied

Automotive manufacturing Metalworking Many types of Machinery OEMs Power Control and Panel Shops
10

August 2007
10-13
Model Selection Micro Style, Multi-Connector Blocks

Voltage Style Number of Parts Connection Catalog Number Pin Conguration/Wire Colors
Standard Multi-Connector Blocks Micro Style Molded Cable
DC PNP DC PNP DC PNP DC PNP DC PNP DC PNP
4-port
5m Cable 10m Cable
CBDR4P05 CBDR4P10 CBDR6P05 CBDR6P10 CBDR8P05 CBDR8P10
See Wiring Diagram A
6-port
5m Cable 10m Cable
8-port
5m Cable 10m Cable
Micro Style Spring Cage
DC PNP DC NPN DC PNP DC NPN DC PNP DC NPN
4-port
Connector
CBDR4PSC CBDR4NSC
See Wiring Diagram B
6-port
Connector
CBDR6PSC CBDR6NSC
8-port
Connector
CBDR8PSC CBDR8NSC

Closure Cap
Seals off unused connector ports on Multi-Connector Blocks, Micro Female Type
CBCAP
Multi-Connector Block
Master Cable Specications Spring Cage Connection

General Nominal Voltage (VDC) Max. Operating Voltage (VDC) Current Capacity per Port (A) Residual Current (A) Operating Current of each LED (mA) Protection Type (IEC 60 529 / EN 60 529 / DIN VDE 0470-1) Ambient Temperature Jacket Material Contact Material O-Ring Voltage Rating Current Rating Contact Resistance Isolation Resistance Protection Temperature Range LED Status Indication Supply Voltage Status Display of I/O
Signal Line, Stranded (mm2 / AWG) 24 30 4 12 5 IP65 -13 167F (-25 75C) Nylon with brass receptacles Gold-plated copper alloy Nitrile Rubber 10 30V DC 4A per port; 12A max. per unit 5 m max. 1000 m min. NEMA 6P, IP68 -13 194F (-25 90C) Green Yellow Voltage Supply, Stranded (mm2 / AWG) Cable Diameter (mm / in.) Stripped Length of Signal Line (mm / in.)
0.14 1 / 26 18 0.2 1.5 / 24 16 10 / 0.395 6.5 9.5 / 0.255 0.374
Master Cable Specications Pre-wired Cable Connection

Signal Line, Stranded (mm2 / AWG) Voltage Supply, Stranded (mm2 / AWG) Cable Diameter (mm / in.) 4 & 6 Port 8 Port Material Cable Strain Relief
0.34 / 22 3 x 1.0 / 17 8.7 / 0.3425 9.2 / 0.3622 PUR 30 lbs. min.
PG08301004E
10
10-14

August 2007
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Micro Style Connector Blocks Top Female Cable
4 -Port 3.23 (82) 6 -Port 3.94 (100) 8 -Port 4.98 (126.5) 0.75 (19) .24 (6) 0.17 (4.2) 1 3 5 0.17 (4.2) Dia. 7 0.67 (17) 1.26 (32) 0.24 (6) 0.17 (4.2)
1
Top Female Connector

4 -Port 4.59 (116.5) 6 -Port 5.06 (128.5) 8 -Port 6.10 (155.0) 0.67 (17)
0.75 (19) 0.17 (4.2) Dia.

3 5 7
2.13 1.42 (54) (36) 4 6 8
2.13 1.42 (54) (36) 2

2 4 6 8
0.18 (4.5)
1.08 (27.5) 2.87 (73) 4.21 (107)
0.20 (5)
2.87 (73) 4.21 (107)
Wiring Diagrams Micro Style Connector Blocks PNP Block

Port Status (Yellow LED) OV 1/4 2/4 6/4 Main Power (Green LED) 7/4 8/4 UN OV
NPN Block
Port Status (Yellow LED) 1/4 2/4 6/4 Main Power (Green LED) 7/4 8/4 UN
4 3 5 1 1 3 5
4 1 2 3 5
4 1 6 3 5
4 1 7 3 5
4 1 8 3 5
4 1 1 3 5
4 1 2 3 5
4 1 6 3 5
4 1 7 3 5
4 1 8
Wiring Diagram for Molded Cable Blocks

Micro DC Port/Pin 4-Port Wire Color 6-Port Wire Color 8-Port Wire Color
Wiring Diagram for Spring Cage Blocks

Micro DC Port/Pin 4-Port Terminal 6-Port Terminal 8-Port Terminal
10
1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 5/4 6/4 7/4 8/4 1-8/1; UN (+V) 1-8/3; 0V (-) 1-8/5; PE (GND)
WH GN YE GY BN BU GN/YE
WH GN YE GY PK RD BN BU GN/YE
WH GN YE GY PK RD BK VT BN BU GN/YE
1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 5/4 6/4 7/4 8/4 1-8/1; UN (+V) 1-8/5 ; PE (GND)
1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 UN PE
1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 5/4 6/4 UN PE
1/4 2/4 3/4 4/4 5/4 6/4 7/4 8/4 UN PE
PG08301004E
Sensor Learning Course

August 2007
11-1
PG.05.07.T.E
Table of Contents
Eaton University Training. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Learning Module 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuators and Operating Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit Switch Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inductive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How an Inductive Proximity Sensor Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inductive Proximity Sensor Inuences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacitive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation of the Capacitive Proximity Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacitive Proximity Sensor Inuences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Photoelectric Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Operation of Photoelectric Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Photoelectric Sensor Styles and Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modes of Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Output Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Timing Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enclosure Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEC Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-6 11-6 11-8 11-10 11-12 11-12 11-13 11-14 11-15 11-17 11-18 11-18 11-19 11-20 11-20 11-21 11-21 11-22 11-24 11-25 11-27 11-27 11-28 11-29 11-31 11-32 11-34 11-34 11-35 11-36
Contact Eaton University Training: www.eaton.com CHTraining@eaton.com (414) 449-7373 fax (414) 449-7378. PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
11
SENSOR LEARNING COURSE
11-2
Sensor Learning Course Eaton University Training

August 2007
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric
Cutler-Hammer Training at Eaton Corporation

Sensor Learning Course
The following pages contain a complete learning course that will take you through the basic operation and application of limit switches, inductive and capacitive proximity sensors, and photoelectric sensors. Whether youre a novice looking to get up to speed fast, or are already experienced in this area and just want to sharpen your skills, this course will be time well spent. This course is part of the 101 Basics Series from Eaton University Training, a comprehensive series of learning modules covering a wide variety of power and control subjects.
Knowledge Powers Success.

It takes knowledge to succeed. But, knowledge doesnt just happen. Its a continuous process of learning. Only lifelong learning allows you to keep in step with a world that is constantly changing. So, you need to get smarter about learning and explore new ways of thinking. You need to take advantage of new experiences and employ cutting edge technologies. Assess and develop your talents. Empower yourself to nd the answers and solutions of tomorrow.
About Eaton University Training

Eaton University Training exists to keep you, our partners, at the cutting edge of technical and professional development. We provide education solutions, promote a learning culture and foster talent development for our employees, channel partners, industry and academia. We share our knowledge resources in a number of ways: from traditional classroom to paper-based distance learning programs to a complete webbased virtual learning environment at our electronic campus. Eaton University Training educational programs put you directly on the path to career success. We partner with you to determine your knowledge needs and help you apply what you learned. And were committed to ensuring that you gain maximum return from your time and investment.
Learn. Succeed.
Classroom Interactions
Eaton University Training classroom activities encourage interaction, collaboration and participation. You play an integral role in what happens. Experienced instructors facilitate a learning environment where you can feel comfortable making mistakes and asking questions. The result is a seamless classroom to on-the-job transition that allows you to directly apply your newfound knowledge. Making you and your company more productive and competitive. Discover product features, benets and applications in a product technology solutions seminar. Gain hands-on experience maintaining electrical equipment or solving simulated power quality problems in one of our state-of-the-art laboratories. Become qualied in Cutler-Hammer Information Technology solutions by Eaton, such as Bid Manager or Vista, in a computer training class. Collaborate with your peers in one of our talent development workshops. And it doesnt end there. Eaton University Training offers a full spectrum of personal and professional development options. As new learning needs are identied, our course offerings change to help you meet new challenges. To browse the latest course offerings and register on-line, visit us on the World Wide Web.
Contact Eaton University Training: www.eaton.com CHTraining@eaton.com (414) 449-7373 fax (414) 449-7378. For more information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E
11
Sensor Learning Course Eaton University Training

August 2007
11-3
Virtual Campus
Our virtual campus offers knowledge resources accessible from anywhere in the world, 24-hours-a-day, and 7-days-a-week. Its where you go to register for classroom opportunities, participate in on-line learning courses, or search our library for learning tools including educational videos and technical documentation. You control the content, timing and pace of your learning program. As technology evolves, Eaton University Training commits to giving you access to the most effective learning tools right from your desktop. Visit our virtual campus at www.eaton.com by clicking on the Eaton University Training icon. Employees can access us on the Eaton University Intranet.
Customized Learning
Cant nd what youre looking for? Please contact us. Eaton University Training has course consultants that work with you to customize a class or make recommendations based on your personal needs. For example: Bring a class to your location, saving you time away from the plant or ofce. Customize an existing class, placing emphasis on the subjects your group needs most. Receive Eaton University product training outside of the regularly scheduled courses. Connect with technical experts who will answer your specic questions. Start planning your customized learning. E-mail us at CHTraining@eaton.com. We look forward to helping power your success.
Eaton University Training at Eaton Corporation Knowledge Powers Success

Contact Eaton University Training: www.eaton.com CHTraining@eaton.com (414) 449-7373 fax (414) 449-7378. PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
11
11-4
Sensor Learning Course Learning Module 23

August 2007
Welcome
Welcome to Module 23, which is about sensors. As the name implies, sensors are devices that sense the presence or absence of objects. Sensors perform a number of functions in automated manufacturing and material handling systems. For example, sensors can determine if an object is present, if tooling is broken, or if product is running down a conveyor line.
The three main categories of sensors are limit switches, proximity sensors and photoelectric sensors. Lets take a moment to look at each type of sensor.
Limit Switch
A limit switch is an electromechanical device. A part of the limit switch, called an Actuator, is placed in the path of an oncoming object, such as a box on a conveyor. When the object contacts the actuator, the contacts in the limit switch are opened (or closed, depending on the limit switchs design) to stop (or start) the ow of current in the electrical circuit.
Limit Switch with Standard Roller Lever
Typical Sensors
This module will take you through the basic operation and application of three major sensor categories: Limit Switches, Proximity Sensors and Photoelectric Sensors. Like the other modules in this series, this one presents small, manageable sections of new material followed by a series of questions about that material. Study the material carefully then answer the questions without referring back to what youve just read. You are the best judge of how well you grasp the material. Review the material as often as you think necessary. The most important thing is establishing a solid foundation to build on as you move from topic to topic and module to module.
Proximity Sensor
This type of sensor uses an electromagnetic eld to detect when an object is near. There is no physical contact between the object and the sensor. Inductive proximity sensors detect only metal objects. Capacitive proximity sensors can sense both metallic and nonmetallic objects. Think of a manufacturing process where the alignment of a part is critical. A proximity sensor can be used to make sure the part is aligned within a certain tolerance. If the part is not properly aligned, the proximity sensor will be triggered. This type of sensor is generally used to sense at distances less than one inch.
A Note on Font Styles

Key points are in bold. Glossary items are italicized and underlined the rst time they appear. Clicking on them in the CD version will link to their denitions.
Viewing the Glossary

Printed and CD versions have the glossary in Section 13.
Sensor Basics
A manual switch enables an operator to interact with a machine. If, for example, an operator sees a problem on a manufacturing line, he could move a switch to stop the line. Or, think of a light switch in your home. If you (the operator) want the light turned on, you have to move the switch. A sensor can be thought of as an automatic switch. In a factory, a sensor can be used to detect a problem on the line and stop the line automatically. Or, in your home, a sensor could be used as a security device to detect an open window or door. Sensors have contributed signicantly to recent advances in manufacturing technology. Using a sensor makes a process or system more automated and removes the need for human operators to monitor and control the situation.
11
Proximity Sensor Types
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-5
Photoelectric Sensor
This type of sensor uses light to detect the presence or absence of an object. A Thru-Beam photoelectric sensor uses two devices (a light source and a detector) facing each other. Detection occurs when an object blocks or breaks the beam of light passing between them (Figure 11-1). A Diffuse Reective sensor emits a light beam that must be reected back to it by the target object itself for detection to occur (Figure 11-2). A Retroective Sensing sensor emits a light beam that is reected back to the sensor from a retroreector. When an object blocks the beam between the sensor and the retroreector, detection occurs (Figure 11-3). Well cover more on these types of photoelectric sensors later in this module. Most electric garage door openers include a photoelectric sensor for safety reasons. If the photoelectric sensors beam is broken (by a child for example) as the door is going down, the sensor signals the door opener to reverse the direction of the door. Although environmental factors can affect photoelectric sensors, these devices have a long sensing range. The objects they detect can be of any material.
Table 11-1. Sensor Category Comparison

Limit Switches Proximity Sensors Photoelectric Sensors
Method of Detection Sensing Range Target Material
Physical contact Physical contact Target must be able to withstand physical range
Electromagnetic eld Close: within 1 (25.44 mm) Inductive: metallic only Capacitive: metallic and nonmetallic Low
Light beam Far: can be 800 (243.8m) Can be affected by target surface, for example, if the target is shiny or transparent Low to high depending upon sensing method Very small (ber optic) to large Light interference
Object Markings Cost
Not able to detect Not able to detect Able to detect Low
Sensor Size Environmental Sensitivity
Tend to be large
Small to large
Affected by debris Inductive: electrical interference Capacitive: humidity Milliseconds Milliseconds
Response Time
Microseconds
In the Workplace
Source Detector Source Detector
Beam Complete
Object Detected
Figure 11-1. Thru-Beam
As a conveyor moves the stacked boxes onto a turntable, a sensor detects the boxes in position and tells the machine to start the turntable and index the wrapping material. Another sensor monitors the play out of wrapping material to detect an empty spool and alert setup personnel. Once the operation ends, the wrapped boxes move on to their shipping destination.
Source Detector Beam Not Complete
Source Detector Object Detected
Figure 11-2. Diffuse Reective

The Sensor Sees the Box and Tells the Wrapping Machine to Begin Operating
Source Detector
Beam Complete
Source Detector
Object Detected
Thanks to sensors, the repetitive and tedious work done in this factory is handled precisely and reliably by machinery and systems working together.
Figure 11-3. Retro-Reective
Sensor Comparison
Each of the three sensor categories has its strengths and weaknesses. Table 11-1 provides you with a comparison.
PG08301004E
11
11-6

August 2007
Review 1
Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented. Begin the next section when you are condent that you understand what youve already read. 1. 2. Sensors can detect the ___________ or __________ of objects. The three main sensor categories are: ________________________ ________________________ ________________________ A limit switch is an _____________________ device that relies on physical contact with the target. The sensor type that can only detect metallic objects is the __________ __________ sensor. The sensor type that uses a broken beam of light to detect objects is commonly referred to as a ____________________ sensor.
Strengths and Weaknesses

As with all devices, the limit switch has its strengths and weaknesses: Table 11-2. Limit Switch Attributes
Strengths Weaknesses
3. 4. 5.
Can be used in almost any industrial environment because of its rugged design Can switch high inductance loads up to 10 amps Very precise in terms of accuracy and repeatability Low cost
Moving mechanical parts wear out Must touch target to sense Relatively slow (5 times/sec.) compared to electronic devices
Applications
Limit switches are used in a variety of applications. Consider these: Limit switches can be used to turn off a washing machine if the load becomes unbalanced. In automobiles, they turn on lights when the door is opened. In industry, limit switches are used to limit the travel of machine parts, sequence operations or to detect moving items on a conveyor system.
Answers to Review 1 are on Page 11-36.
Limit Switches
Lets now take an in-depth look at the limit switch. It is a commonly used device. If you look around your kitchen, you can nd a number of limit switches. For example, limit switches stop your microwave oven from operating unless the door is closed, and they ensure the light in your refrigerator is only on when the door is opened. Remember, a limit switch is a mechanical device that requires the physical contact of an object with the switchs actuator to make the contacts change state. The term limit switch is derived from this operation of the switch. As the object (or target) makes contact with the operator of the switch, it eventually moves the actuator to the limit where the contacts change state. This mechanical action either opens (in a Normally Closed (N.C.) circuit) or closes (in a Normally Open (N.O.) circuit) the electrical contacts. The contacts then start or stop the ow of current in the electrical circuit.
Limit Switch with Rod Lever
Limit Switch Components

A limit switch consists of three main components.
Actuator/Operating Head
Switch Body
Receptacle/ Terminals Limit Switch Components
Receptacle/ Terminals
The switching function can be used to control loads from simple relays to high-current solenoids, from logic devices to PLCs.
The actuator is the part of the limit switch that physically comes in contact with the target. In some limit switches, the actuator is attached to an operating head. The operating head translates a rotary, linear or perpendicular triggering motion into the motion type needed to open or close the electrical contacts of the switch. The switch body is the component that contains the electrical contact mechanism. The terminal screw or screw/clamp assembly necessary for wiring is referred to as the receptacle.
11
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-7
In the Workplace
At the Marathon T-Shirt Company, boxes of apparel approach the end of the packaging line, ready to be stacked onto pallets. A palletizer with suction-cup grippers picks up a box and swings around to a waiting pallet.
3.
The actuator reaches its operating point where the contacts change from their normal untriggered position to their triggered position. In the case of a lever actuator, there is some Overtravel allowing the lever to move beyond the operating point. On plunger actuators, the overtravel distance is a safety margin for the sensor to avoid breakage. The actuator begins the return to its initial position. The contacts return to their normal untriggered position as the actuator reaches its release point and resets the contacts.
4.
A Limit Switch in Action
The differential is the difference between the operating and release point. Differential is engineered into the switch to guard against the effects of vibration and rapid on/off oscillations of the switch right at the operating point.
How does the unit know it has reached its sixth layer of boxes? When the pivot arm reaches the top of its vertical travel rod, the arm hits a limit switch. The switch signals the system to send the full pallet down line and sets up an empty pallet to restart the process.
Limit Switch Movement Denitions

Here are a few other terms that are used in describing the movement of the limit switch actuator: The Operating Force is the force required to move the actuating element. The minimum Return Force is the minimum force required to return the actuator to its initial position. The total travel is the maximum allowable distance the actuating element can travel. The ability of a switch to repeat its characteristics precisely from one operation to the next is called the switchs repeat accuracy.
Limit Switch Movement

Lets take a closer look at what actually happens as a limit switch is activated. Imagine a target object moving toward a limit switch actuator.
PRETRAVEL OPERATING POINT INITIAL POSITION OVERTRAVEL
In the Workplace SENSOR LEARNING COURSE

Inside this sawmill, a high-speed saw quickly reduces logs to construction beams. In the process, chips and dust hang in the air. Breathing is impossible in the area without a mask. Even with goggles, it would be impossible to inspect the cutting. The production department devised a system of limit switches to do the inspecting automatically. A remote operator can congure a set of limit switches to allow the log to be cut to the desired dimensions.
Limit Switches Working Where People Cannot
RESET POINT
DIFFERENTIAL
Figure 11-4. Limit Switch Movement 1. 2. The actuator is at its initial position. The limit switch contacts are in their normal untriggered position. Contact is made with the target object and the actuator moves its Pre-travel distance. Contacts are still in their normal untriggered position.
PG08301004E
11
11-8

August 2007
Actuators and Operating Heads

Choosing the proper actuator (also called an operating head) for a limit switch depends on a number of application-specic factors. To select an actuator, you need to know shape, speed, direction and total travel specications. Operating heads fall into two broad types: Maintained Contact and Momentary Contact. Momentary contacts return to their normal state as soon as the actuator passes its release point. This type of operating head is also called spring-return. With a maintained contact operating head, the contacts remain in the triggered position even after the actuator has been released. They are reset only by further mechanical action of the operating head. For example, on rotary operating heads, the contacts are reset by rotation in the opposite direction. Actuators can take the form of rotary levers or plungers. We will look at specic actuator types on the next few pages.
Table 11-3. Rotary Lever Actuators

Lever Type Illustration Application
Standard Roller
Used for most rotary lever applications. Available in various lengths. Roller typically made of nylatron for smooth operation and long wear.
Ball Bearing Roller
Used where abrasive dust would cause undue wear of standard nylatron rollers. Also used with high-speed cams.
Rotary Lever Actuators

A typical lever actuator functions something like this: a Cam or plate hits the end of the lever arm, which rotates a shaft and operates the contacts in the switch. The rotation may be momentary (spring-returned) or maintained. A lever arm can be a rod or a roller of a xed or adjustable size. It may be made from any number of materials. A rotary lever actuator is usually the best choice for the majority of applications. It can be used in any application where the cam moves perpendicular to the levers rotational shaft. This type of actuator also offers the benet of a long life. Lets take a look at the different rotary lever actuator types available.
Adjustable Length
Used where the length of arm required is not known when devices are ordered or where the target size or location may change from day to day. An operator can adjust the arm length before beginning production. Used with maintained contact style switches. When rollers are on opposite sides, one cam will trip the switch and the second will reset the switch. When rollers are on same side, one cam trips and resets the switch. Applied where the target approaches from two sides, such as a grinder that works back and forth. Used to obtain different cam track dimensions.
Forked
Offset
11

August 2007
11-9
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric (Continued)Table 3. Rotary Lever Actuators (Continued)
(Continued)Table 4. Plunger Actuators (Continued)

One Way Roller
Used with reversible cams where operation in one direction only is required.
Side Push Rod
Should be used where the mounting permits operating from the side only and not the top. As with the top push rod, avoid exceeding recommended overtravel. Available in both momentary and maintained styles.
Rod or Loop
Used where unusual shape is required. Rod is typically made of steel or nylon. The loop is made of nylatron.
Top and Side Push Roller
The function is similar to push rod styles, except there is a roller attached to the end of the rod. Typically used where a lever arm will not t for lateral actuation. Roller can be positioned either vertically or horizontally. Most often used where extremely small differentials and operating forces are required.
Pin Spring Rod Used on conveyors where jam-ups may occur. Flexible rod moves in any direction and eliminates damage to arm or switch. Straight
Used where the actuating element travels in same axis as plunger. Available in standard and extended lengths.
Plunger Actuators
A typical plunger actuator functions something like this: a cam or plate hits the end of the plunger, which is pressed in and operates the contacts in the switch. A plunger actuator is the best choice to monitor short, controlled machine movements, or where space or mounting restrictions will not permit the use of a lever actuator. Lets take a look at the different plunger actuator types available. Table 11-4. Plunger Actuators
Lever
Roller Level
Used in applications where the cam will pass by the switch laterally.
Cat Whisker and Wobble Stick
Typically used in conveyor applications to count objects as they pass by. Can be actuated in any direction.
PG08301004E
11
Top Push Rod
Actuation must be done in line with plunger axis. Care should be taken to avoid exceeding the overtravel stated by the manufacturer. A mechanical stop should be used where the possibility of overtravel exists.
Roller Plunger
Used in applications where the cam may present some degree of side thrust. Roller helps deect this.
Used in applications where the cam actuates in line with the plunger but may require a larger Differential or where an appreciable side thrust is present.
11-10

August 2007
Mounting Considerations
When applying mechanical limit switches, consideration of the type of actuation needed, the mounting locale of the device and the speed of actuation are very important. Cam Design The cam angle should equal the lever arm angle for applications where the cam will not overtravel the actuator. Where relatively fast motions are involved, the cam should be of a shape that does not allow the actuator to receive a severe impact, or that releases the actuator suddenly allowing it to snap back freely.
48 48
In the Workplace
At this leading frozen food processor, an automatic pallet stacking system is used. This system uses a wobble stick limit switch to detect when the pallets have been loaded to their desired level. The switch then signals the conveyor to send the load through an automatic vertical rise door into the freezer for quick freezing.
Cam 48 Into the Freezer
Limit Switch Types

There are three basic classications of limit switches available. Figure 11-5. Cam Design When using side-push or top-push plunger actuators, be sure the cam operates in line with the push rod axis. Do not use the limit switch body to act as a mechanical stop for the cam in overtravel applications. Some other type of barrier must be provided as the stop. Mounting Location Limit switches should never be mounted in locations that could allow false operations by normal movements of operator or machine components. They should be mounted rigidly, be maintenance accessible and have the cover plate facing that access point. If liquid intrusion is a possibility, the switch should be mounted face down to allow gravity to prevent seepage through the seals on the operating head. All conduit connections should be tightly sealed. In applications where machining chips or other debris accumulates, the limit switch should be mounted in a location, or at such an angle, that minimizes buildup on the operating head.

Standard Industrial Hazardous Location Precision
Lets spend some time looking at each.
Standard Industrial Switch

Often the rst choice for industrial applications, this switch functions in a variety of rugged industrial environments. This type of switch can be subjected to oil, grease, dirt, high-pressure wash-down, shock, vibration, etc. Typically, these devices meet NEMA enclosure ratings of 1, 3, 3S, 4, 6, 12 and 13. An explanation of these ratings can be found in Enclosure Ratings on Page 11-34.
Actuator/ Operating Head
11
Switch Body
Receptacle/ Terminals Standard Industrial Switch
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-11
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric Most limit switches on the market today are a plug-in type design, which means that the operating head, switch body and receptacle are separate components. If the switch becomes damaged or fails, it can be replaced in the eld in less than a minute, without rewiring the switch. Simply remove the switch body, and the wiring remains intact in the receptacle. The majority of new industrial applications use the plug-in type due to its exibility and ruggedness. Non plug-in types are a popular design for DIN rail mounted limit switches. These switches are built to meet dimensional and operational standards set in Europe. They have typically the same electrical contact and enclosure ratings as the regular heavy-duty switches, but often their electrical and mechanical life is not as long. They are an economical alternative for applications where the switch is not subjected to physical abuse.
Precision Limit Switches
Precision switches are typically available in two types: basic precision and enclosed precision. The basic precision switch is of one-piece construction. The enclosed precision switch is simply a basic switch inside a die cast housing. Basic precision switches are generally not given a NEMA enclosure rating, while some enclosed precision switches can be rated NEMA 4 or 13.
Hazardous Location Switch

The hazardous location switch is ideal for use in harsh or dangerous environments. This switch is tough enough to contain an explosion within itself. The one-piece switch body/receptacle is much heavier and thicker in construction than standard oil-tight switches. Like standard oil-tight switches, hazardous location switches have removable actuating heads attached to the switch body with four screws.
Special Purpose Limit Switches

Some applications require a limit switch to perform a special detection function. Such functions include direction of an objects movement, objects height, width, length, etc. Lets take a look at some of the special purpose limit switches Table 11-5. Special Purpose Limit Switches
Switch Type Illustration Application
Safety Guard
Hazardous Location Switches
This switch type generally meets NEMA 1 requirements, and the hazardous location requirements of NEMA 7, Class I, Groups B, C and D; and NEMA 9, Class II, Groups E, F and G. Some manufacturers offer models rated NEMA 4X and 13 as well (see Enclosure Ratings on Page 11-34 for more information).
Precision Limit Switches

The precision limit switch is widely used in both commercial and industrial applications, ranging from appliances to farm equipment. It is often chosen for its precise operating characteristics, small size and low cost.
PG08301004E
11
This type of switch is used to ensure safety for the operator of a dangerous machine. A standard limit switch could be false tripped or false actuated, posing a danger to the person operating the machine. Actuation of this switch occurs only when a keyed interlock is inserted into the key slot. The key is usually mounted on a safety door or machine guard so that when it is closed, the key slides into the slot, actuating the switch.
11-12

August 2007
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric (Continued)Table 5. Special Purpose Limit Switches (Continued)
Switch Type Illustration Application
Review 2
Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented. Begin the next section when you are condent that you understand what youve already read. 1. The three main components of a limit switch are: ________________________ ________________________ ________________________
Gravity Return
Object moves lever
Weight of Lever (gravity) returns it to free position
Unlike other rotary limit switches, this switch has no spring return mechanism. The weight of the operating lever must provide the force to return to its free position. This switch is usually mounted with the operating head facing down. It is often used in applications where very low operating forces from the target are required. With this limit switch, the direction of operation can be detected. One set of contacts is actuated when the lever is moved in one direction, and a second set of contacts is actuated when the lever is moved in the other direction.
Match the terminology to the proper description: 2. Initial position _____ A. Distance the actuator can travel safely beyond the operating point B. Maximum allowable distance the actuator can travel C. Actuator and contacts are in the normal, or untriggered position D. Actuators position at which the contacts change state E. Actuator position where the contacts are reset to their normal untriggered state F. Actuator travel from contact with the target until the operating point
Neutral Position
CW
3.
CCW
Pre-travel distance
_____
4.
Operating point _____
5.
Overtravel
_____
Two Step
CCW 10 20 10
CW
20
This switch operates to perform two functions with one switch. One set of contacts is activated after the lever is rotated 10, and another set is activated at a 20 rotation (in the same direction). This switch can monitor an objects height, orientation, position, completeness of assembly, etc.
6.
Release point
_____
7.
Total travel
_____
8.
The ability of a switch to repeat its characteristics from one operation to the next is called the switchs repeat accuracy. TRUE FALSE
In the Workplace
In some manufacturing plants, rooms need to be closed off quickly because of contamination or re. To help facilitate this process, high-speed doors have been developed. These doors may move as quickly as six feet per second. At such speeds, the door would destroy itself quickly, if not for the use of limit switches. The limits switches are used to slow the door just before it is fully opened or fully closed.

The inductive proximity sensor can be used to detect metal objects. It does this by creating an electromagnetic eld. With the ability to detect at close range, inductive proximity sensors are very useful for precision measurement and inspection applications.
11
Limit Switches Help Operate This High-Speed Door

Table 11-6. Inductive Proximity Sensor Attributes
Immune to adverse environmental Limited Sensing Range (4" or 100 mm maximum) conditions Detects only metal objects High switching rate for rapid response applications May be affected by metal chips accumulating on sensor face Can detect metallic targets through nonmetallic barriers Long operational life with virtually unlimited operating cycles Solid-state to provide a bounce free input signal to PLCs and other solid-state logic devices
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-13
Applications
Proximity sensors are used in a variety of applications. Consider these: Proximity sensors can be used to detect the end of travel on a positioning table, to determine speed by counting a gears teeth, or be used to check if a valve is fully opened or closed. Proximity sensors can be used to detect the presence or absence of a metallic workpiece or metallic pallets on conveyor lines. When a robot arm swings around for a pick and place operation, a proximity sensor makes sure the arm actually has a part in its grippers. In metal machining, proximity sensors can make sure the workpiece is mounted in the xture, and that the drill bit has not broken off.
amplitude, and when it reaches the set point, the detector circuit switches OFF. The output returns to its normal state.
Hysteresis
Hysteresis is an engineered-in difference between the ON and OFF points. If they were exactly the same point, there would be a chattering a very rapid on-off-on-off cycle. That would cause a lot of needless stress on components activated by the circuit.
Motion
Hysterisis Operate Point Release Point
How an Inductive Proximity Sensor Works

Inductive proximity sensors produce an oscillating and invisible radio frequency (RF) eld at the sensor face. When metal objects are brought into this eld, this oscillating eld is affected. Each type and size of sensor has a specic sensing range switch point so that metal target detection is very accurate and repeatable. The presence of a metallic target interrupts the eld and alters (by Damping) the current in the sensor coil (Eddy Current kill) causing the detector circuit to sense the change. The sensor then triggers an output to a connected device. Figure 11-7. Hysteresis With hysteresis, the Operate Point and the Release Point are slightly different distances from the sensor face.
Components
Lets look at the components and the process step-by-step: A metal object, or target, enters the sensing eld. The sensor coil is a coil of wire typically wound around a ferrite core. If you could see the electromagnetic eld created by it, it would be cone shape. The target will pass through this eld. The ferrite core shapes the eld and the size of the coil determines the sensing range. The oscillator circuit causes the eld to cycle at a specic set radio frequency (100 KHz to 1 MHz). The presence of metal causes a change in the oscillation, and an eddy current forms on the target. The metallic object induces a change in the magnetic eld. This change creates a damping effect on the amount of signal that cycles back to the sensor coil. The detector circuit senses the change and switches ON at a particular set point (amplitude). This ON signal generates a signal to the solid-state output. Figure 11-6. Components The output circuit remains active until the target leaves the sensing eld. The oscillator responds with an increase in
Proximity Sensor Types

Proximity sensors come in a wide variety of designs to meet the requirements of almost any industrial application. Lets take a brief look at the types that are available. Table 11-7. Proximity Sensors
Modular Limit Switch Type The modular design can be tailored for many application types. Components can be easily switched out for short-run manufacturing changes.
Unitized Limit Switch Type
The sealed body protects the components in corrosive environments.
Tubular
This is the design of choice for a growing number of applications. The small size allows for easy mounting in a xture or for use in tight spaces found on many assembly lines.
PG08301004E
11
Type
Illustration
Application
11-14

August 2007
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric (Continued)Table 7. Proximity Sensors (Continued)
Type Illustration Application
Review 3
Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented. Begin the next section when you are condent that you understand what youve already read. 1. Match the sensor component name to the correct picture. a. Oscillator ____ b. Output _____
1
Right Angle Tubular
This style enables mounting in tight locations.
High Current Tubular
Enables the smaller tubular design to carry extremely large inrush and continuous currents. Excellent for heavy equipment such as lift trucks. Can detect either ferrous metals (steel/iron) or non-ferrous (brass/ aluminum) metals. These units are suited to providing detection for assembly operations, such as aircraft or compact car engines.
Ferrous and Nonferrous
c. Detector _____ d. Sensor coil _____
Composite Housing
This corrosion-resistant unit performs well in high wash-down areas such as food processing, or places where caustic chemicals abound. The extra wide coil on this unit achieves the widest and farthest range available: 3.94 inches. Ideal for oil rig applications and assembly of large parts. The magnetic eld is not susceptible to the conicting eld created by arc welding. Useful for automated assembly lines where proximity sensors need to work in conjunction with welding equipment.
Match the proximity sensor component with its function. 2. Sensor coil _____ A. Sets up an electromagnetic eld to create a wave pattern. _____ B. Alerts the electrical circuit an object has been detected. _____ C. Shapes the electromagnetic eld. _____ D. Looks for a change in frequency.
Pancake
3. 4. 5.
Oscillator Detector Output
Weld Field Immune
6.
In the Workplace
Without proximity sensors, the tips of the digits on the grippers of a robotic arm would be numb. Coupled with the robots software control program and the responsive sensing ability of proximity sensors, a robot can grasp an object and not crush what it grips.
Proximity Sensors Allow a Robotic Arm to Safely Handle Fragile Components
Hysteresis is the gap between the operate point and the release point to smooth the operation of the sensor. TRUE FALSE
11
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-15
Inductive Proximity Sensor Inuences

When applying inductive proximity sensors, it is important to understand the sensing range and the factors that inuence that range. The sensing range refers to the distance between the sensor face and the target. It also includes the shape of the sensing eld generated through the coil/core. There are four main concerns when selecting and applying proximity sensors:

Target Approach
How the target approaches the sensor matters as well. When an object comes at the sensor straight on, thats an Axial Approach With this type of approach, you will need to protect the sensor physically. Allow for 25% overtravel.
2 Sn Sn Core
Hysteresis tends to be greater for an axial approach than a lateral approach.
Target Considerations (Material, Size, Shape and Approach) Coil Size and Shielding Sensor Mounting Requirements Environment
Figure 11-8. Axial Approach

Recommended Sensing Area D 0.75 x D Target
Target Material
You need to know the targets material. This information will help you determine the maximum sensing distance. Exceed this distance, and the damping effect necessary to trip the sensors output will not be created and the sensor will fail to sense the target. Proximity sensors work best with ferrous metals. Though these sensors detect other metals, the range will not be as great. Generally, the less iron in the target, the closer the target has to be to the sensor to be detected. Manufacturers generally provide charts showing the necessary correction factors for various types of metals when applying their sensors. Each sensor style will have a correction factor to enable calculation for a particular target material.
On a slide-by, or Lateral Approach, the target approaches the center axis of the sensing eld from the side.
Sensing Distance of Target Used (Will Be Sn for Standard Target)
Figure 11-9. Lateral Approach The target should not pass closer than the basic tolerance built into the machine design. Targets bumping into your sensor are a sure guarantee of eventual poor sensor performance. For both approach types, make sure the target passes not more than 75% of the sensing distance from the sensor face. It is in this Tip area that variations in the sensing range occur.
Target Size
The size of the target also matters. If you run a target smaller than the sensors standard size, sensing range will decrease. This is because a smaller target creates a weaker eddy current. However, a bigger target does not mean a longer sensing range. The thickness of the target does not impact sensing range much. However, a very thin non-ferrous target can actually achieve a greater sensing range because it generates an eddy current on both sides (known as the foil effect). So, how big should the target be? The rule of thumb is: the size of the sensors diameter, or three times the sensors sensing range, whichever is greater.
In the Workplace
Motor oil is packaged on this automatic lling system. As a one-quart bottle moves down the conveyor, the container passes an inductive proximity sensor located at the ll position. The label on the bottle has a distinctive design, printed with metallic inks. The label tells the proximity sensor the bottle is in position and ready to be lled.
An Inductive Proximity Sensor Being Used for Positive Placement
Target Shape
The shape of the target can have an impact on the sensing range. A round object, or an object with a rough surface can affect the damping effect of the sensor, and may require a closer sensing distance. Using a larger sensor size or an extended range sensor will also minimize this effect.
PG08301004E
11
11-16

August 2007
Coil/Core Size
An important factor in the range of the sensor is the construction of the coil/core. An open coil with no core will produce a eld that could be actuated by a target from any direction. That wouldnt be very practical for industrial applications. For an inductive proximity sensor, the sensor coil that generates the eld ts inside of a ferrite core. This cupshaped piece of ferrite material is called a cup core. This core directs the eld and shapes it.
Mounting two sensors closely together can also be a problem. If you position two proximity sensors too close together either side by side or facing each other head to head the two elds will clash with one another. Each sensor needs to be mounted at least three Figure 11-12. Clear Zone times its own sensing range away from the other. The use of an alternative frequency head on one of the sensors will prevent adjacent sensors sensing elds from interacting.
Cap
Coil
Cup Core
Sensor Head
In the Workplace
At an auto manufacturing plant, a drilling operation is performed on the valve blocks to allow for mounting the cover plates. The operation is totally unmanned. The drill bit must form holes in an extremely hard material. Breaking drill bits is a fairly common occurrence. For this reason, a proximity sensor is in place. If a break occurs, the sensor signals the system to stop the operation so the drill bit may be replaced.
Figure 11-10. Coil/Core Construction A protective cap prevents dust or other environmental hazards from entering the sensor.
Shielding
To focus the intensity of the eld, the coil can be Shielded. In a standard range sensor, the ferrite cup core shapes the eld to emanate straight from the sensing face of the sensor. In a sense, shielding it. An extended range coil/core assembly does not use the standard cup core, just a core of ferrite. This Unshielded device allows the extension of the sensing range. There is less ferrite to absorb the electromagnetic eld, so its range is wider and a little longer. The decision to use a nonshielded sensor will impact the mounting of the sensor, as we will discuss that next.
An Inductive Proximity Sensor Monitors Drilling Operation
Environment
The sensors environment can affect its performance dramatically. Lets take a look at some of these environmental factors. Debris can accumulate on the sensing cap, changing the range of the sensing eld. In an application where metal chips are created, the sensor should be mounted to prevent those chips from building up on the sensor face. If this is not possible, then coolant uid should be used to wash the chips off the face. An individual chip generally doesnt have enough surface area to cause the sensor to turn on, but several of them could extend the sensing range and interfere with the accuracy of the sensor.
11
Shielded
Non-shielded
Figure 11-11. Shielding
Mounting Considerations
The design of a sensor can affect how it is mounted. A shielded sensor can be fully Embedded in a metal mounting block without affecting the range. They are sometimes referred to as ush mount sensors. A non-shielded sensor needs clearance around it (called the metal-free zone) which is determined by its sensing range. Otherwise, the sensor will sense the metal mounting and be continuously operating.
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-17
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric Magnetic elds caused by electrical wiring located in the vicinity may affect sensor operation. If the eld around the wires reaches an intensity that would saturate the ferrite or the coil, the sensor will not operate. Sensors used in areas with high frequency welders can also be affected. To compensate for a welder, weld eld immune sensors can be installed. Or, if the sensor is used with a PLC, a time delay can be programmed to ignore the signal from the sensor for the time period that the welder is operating. Radio transceivers (such as a walkie-talkie) can produce a signal with the same frequency as the oscillator circuit of the sensor. This is called radio frequency interference (RFI). Most manufacturers have taken steps to provide the maximum protection against RFI and false operation of the sensor. Electrical interference from nearby motors, solenoids, relays and the like could have an affect on sensor operation as well. An induced line or current spike (called a showering arc or EFT) can cause a false operation of the sensor. This spike can be produced by the electrical arc created when an electrical/mechanical switch or a contactor closes. If the lines connecting the sensor and these devices are adjacent and parallel to one another, the spike will affect the sensor. Most codes and specications call for a separation of control and power leads so this is not often a problem. The ambient temperature can affect sensing range. The effect is referred to as temperature drift. The sensing range can change by as much as 10%. Because sensing ranges can vary due to component, circuit and temperature variations, along with the effects of normal machine wear, sensors should be selected based on sensing the target at 75%, and releasing at 125% of the rated sensing distance.
A 125% 75%
In the Workplace
On the automated processing line at Harris House Paints, a can would occasionally come through the packaging process without a lid. Lids entered the line through a gravity feed and occasionally a lid would get momentarily hung up. By mounting an inductive proximity sensor over the passing cans, the line could reject a can with a missing lid.
An Inductive Proximity Sensor Keeps a Lid on Things
Review 4
Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented. Begin the next section when you are condent that you understand what youve already read. 1. 2. Inductive proximity sensors work best with _____________ metals. The target size rule of thumb is: the size of the sensors diameter, or three times the sensors sensing range, whichever is greater. TRUE FALSE A target with a rough surface has no impact on the sensing range. TRUE FALSE A slide-by approach to the sensor is called a lateral approach. TRUE FALSE A straight on approach is called an axial approach. TRUE FALSE When two sensors are to be mounted side-by-side, the use of an alternate frequency head on one of the sensors will not prevent the sensors sensing elds from interacting. TRUE FALSE
3. 4. 5.
Target
Sensor
6.
A = Rated Sensing Range B = Maximum Usable Sensing Range C = Maximum Reset / Release Range
Figure 11-13. Sensing Distance Tolerances
PG08301004E
11
11-18

August 2007

Let us now turn our attention to another proximity sensor, the capacitive proximity sensor. This sensor operates much like an inductive proximity sensor, but its means of sensing is much different. Capacitive proximity sensors are designed to detect both metallic and nonmetallic targets. They are ideally suited for liquid level control and for sensing powdered or granulated material.
Plates
Switch Dielectric
Figure 11-14. Capacator Operation


Consider these strengths and weaknesses of the capacitive proximity sensor: Table 11-8. Capacitive Proximity Sensor Attributes
When this principle is applied to the capacitive proximity sensor, one capacitive plate is part of the switch, the enclosure (the sensor face) is the insulator. The target is the other plate. Ground is the common path. Capacitive proximity sensors can detect any target that has a dielectric constant greater than air. Liquids have high dielectric constants. Metal also makes a good target.
Can detect both metallic and nonmetallic Affected by varying temperature, objects at greater ranges than inductive humidity and moisture conditions sensors Not as accurate as inductive High switching rate for rapid response proximity sensors applications (counting) Can detect liquid targets through nonmetallic barriers (glass, plastic) Long operation life, solid-state output for bounce free signals
Figure 11-15. Capacitive Proximity Sensor Operation The capacitive proximity sensor has four basic elements: a sensor (which is a dielectric), an oscillator circuit, a detector circuit and an output circuit. As an object approaches the sensor, the dielectric constant of the capacitor changes. The oscillator circuits oscillation begins when feedback capacitance is detected. This is just the opposite in the inductive proximity sensor, where the oscillation is damped when the target is present.
Inductive 100% Current 100% Current Capacitive
Applications
Here are some examples showing how the detection power of capacitive proximity sensors is used:
Liquid level detection applications, such as preventing overlling or underlling, are common in the packaging industry. Material level control applications, such as assuring that a sleeve of labels on a labeling line is not empty. Counting applications, such as tracking units passing a point on a conveyor. Induction molding process, detection of level of plastic pellets in feed hopper.
11
Operation of the Capacitive Proximity Sensor

A capacitor consists of two metal plates separated by a insulator (called a Dielectric). The operation of this type of sensor is based on dielectric Capacitance, which is the ability of a dielectric to store an electrical charge. The distance between the plates determines the ability of the capacitor to store a charge. Measuring the change in capacitance as an object enters the electrical eld can be used as an ON/OFF switching function.
Distance
mm
Distance
mm
Figure 11-16. Oscillator Damping The detector circuit monitors the oscillators output. When it detects sufcient change in the eld, it switches on the output circuit. The output circuit remains active until the target leaves the sensing eld. The oscillator responds with a decrease in amplitude, and when it is no longer receiving sufcient capacitance feedback, the detector circuit switches OFF.
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-19
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric There is a built-in difference between the operate and release amplitudes to provide hysteresis. Capacitive sensors can detect both ferrous and nonferrous materials equally well. There is no derating factor to be applied when sensing metal targets. But, other materials do affect the sensing range. Because they can be used to detect liquid through a nonmetallic material such as glass or plastic, you need to ensure that the sensor detects just the liquid, not the container. The transparency of the container has no effect on the sensing. For all practical purposes, the target size can be determined in the same manner as was discussed in Target Size on Page 11-15 for inductive proximity sensors.
In the Workplace
As oil pours into this storage tank, a capacitive proximity sensor near the top signals the ll valve to close once the tank reaches capacity. Another sensor near the bottom alerts the lling system if the level of the tank becomes too low.
Environment
Many of the same factors that affect inductive proximity sensors, also affect capacitive sensors, only more so.
Capacitive Proximity Sensors in a Liquid Level Detection Application
Capacitive Proximity Sensor Inuences

Many of the same factors that inuence the sensing range of inductive proximity sensors, also inuence the sensing range of capacitive proximity sensors. Typically, capacitive sensors have a greater sensing range than inductive sensors. Table 11-9. Proximity Sensing Ranges
Sensor with a Tubular Diameter of: Inductive Extended Range Sensor Capacitive Extended Range Sensor
18 mm 30 mm 34 mm
8 mm 15 mm
10 mm 20 mm 40 mm
In the Workplace
On the ll line at Bud Springs Natural Water, ve gallon plastic bottles pass along beneath a ll nozzle. As water lls each bottle, a capacitive proximity sensor detects when the water reaches the specied level. As the sensor is more sensitive to water than it is to plastic, the sensor can see through the bottle wall.
Sensitivity Adjustment
Most capacitive proximity sensors are equipped with sensitivity adjustment potentiometers. Because the sensor measures a dielectric gap, it is important to be able to compensate for target and application conditions and adjust the sensing range.
Target Material and Size

A capacitive sensor should not be hand-held during set up. Because your hand has a dielectric constant greater than air, the sensor may detect your hand rather than the intended target.
A Capacitive Proximity Sensor Sees Through a Wall to Find the Target
PG08301004E
11
Sensing distance for capacitive proximity sensors is dependent on plate diameter. With inductive proximity sensors, the size of the coil is the determining factor.
Embeddable mounting capacitive sensors are generally treated as non-shielded devices, and therefore, are not embeddable. Flying chips They are more sensitive to both metallic and nonmetallic chips and residue. Adjacent sensors more space between devices is required due to the greater, non-shielded sensing range. Target background because of both the greater sensing range, and its ability to sense metallic and nonmetallic materials, greater care in applying these sensors is needed when background conditions are present. Ambient atmosphere the amount of humidity in the air may cause a capacitive sensor to operate even when no target is present. Welding magnetic elds capacitive sensors are generally not applied in a welding environment. Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) In the same way that inductive proximity sensors are affected, RFI interferes with capacitive sensor circuitry. Showering arc (EFT) induced electrical noise affects these sensors in the same way it does for an inductive sensor.
11-20

August 2007
Review 5
Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented. Begin the next section when you are condent that you understand what youve already read. 1. The operation of a capacitive proximity sensor is based on dielectric capacitance. TRUE FALSE The four main parts of a capacitive proximity sensor are: ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ By measuring the change in capacitance as an object enters the eld generated by the oscillator, it can be used for an on/off switching function. TRUE FALSE When feedback capacitance is detected, the oscillation ends. TRUE FALSE When sensing metal targets, a derating factor must be applied. TRUE FALSE The transparency of the container has no effect on the sensing. TRUE FALSE
Packaging. Sensors can verify that containers are lled properly, labeled properly and have tamper-proof seals in place. Machine Operation. Sensors can watch to verify that a machine is operating properly, materials are present and tooling is not broken. Paper Industry. Sensors can detect web aws, web splice, clear web and paper presence, while maintaining high web speeds.
2.
Design Flexibility
Photoelectric sensors offer design exibility to handle many types of situations. There are a variety of ways the transmitter and receiver can be arranged to meet the needs of the application.
3.
Modes of Operation
We will briey introduce you to these modes, and fully explain them later. Table 11-10. Photoelectric Sensor Operation Modes
Mode Description
4. 5. 6.
Thru-Beam
A source unit in one location sends a light beam to a detector unit in another location. An object is detected when it passes between the source unit and the detector unit, interrupting the light beam. The source and detector are housed in one package and placed on the same side of the target objects path. When the object passes by, the source signal is reected back to the detector by a retroreector. The source and detector are housed in one package and placed on the same side of the target objects path. When the object passes by, the source signal is reected back to the detector off the target object itself. This is a special type of diffuse reective sensor that includes two detectors. This arrangement allows the sensor to detect targets reliably within a dened range, and to ignore objects just outside of this range. Unlike a standard diffuse reective sensor, color or reectivity has minimal effect on the sensing range of a Perfect Prox sensor.
Reex (Retro-Reective)
The photoelectric sensor is a device with tremendous versatility and relatively low cost. Photoelectric sensors can detect objects more quickly and at further distances than many competitive technologies. For these reasons, photoelectric sensors are quickly becoming one of the most popular forms of automatic sensing used in manufacturing.
Diffuse Reective
Background Rejection (Perfect Prox)
In the Workplace
At the tollbooth, the gate raises only when you have tossed in your coins. But how does the gate know when to drop back into place?
11
Applications
Photoelectric sensors can provide solutions to a number of sensing situations. Some of the common uses for photoelectric sensors include: Material Handling. A sensor can ensure that products move along a conveyor line in an orderly manner. The sensor will stop the operation if a jam occurs. And items can be counted as they move down the line.
A Photoelectric Sensor Prevents Commuters from Following You Through the Toll Booth for Free
The gate is controlled by a photoelectric sensor that detects your car as it passes through the beam.
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-21
Basic Operation of Photoelectric Sensors

The operation of the photoelectric sensor is quite simple. A source LED sends a beam of light, which is picked up by a photodetector. When an object moves into the path of the light beam, the object is detected. Lets look at how a photoelectric sensor works.
1. Power Supply Provides regulated DC voltage and current to the sensor circuitry. 2. Modulator generates pulses to cycle amplifier and LED at desired frequency. 3. Source Current Amplifier
Photoelectric Sensor Styles and Uses

General Purpose
Table 11-11. General Purpose Photoelectric Sensors
Style Example Application
Limit Switch Type
A modular head, sensor body and receptacle enable use in a variety of situations. Wide detection range.
4. Source LED Lens Target or Reflector
Tubular
Lens
Small, easy to mount body enables mounting within machinery and other tight places. This sensor comes in a variety of shapes, depending upon the type of mounting required. Heavy-duty construction makes this sensor ideal for rugged environments.
5. Output Performs switching routine when directed to do so by the demodulator. 6. Demodulator Sorts out the light thrown out by the sensor from all other light in the area. If the demodulator decides the signals it receives are okay, it signals the output. 7. Detector Amplifier Blocks current generated by the background light. It also provides amplification of the detected signal to a usable level, and sends it through to the demodulator.
8. Photodetector Either a photodiode or a phototransistor device, selected for a maximum sensitivity at the source LEDs emitted light wavelength. Both the source LED and the detector have protective lenses. When the detector picks up the light, it sends a small amount of current to the detector amplifier.
Harsh Duty
Compact
A family of high performance AC/ DC and DC Photoelectric Sensors in a familiar package.
Figure 11-17. Photoelectric Sensor Operation
Fiber Optics
The Light Source

The light generated today by a photoelectric sensor comes from light emitting diodes, called LED. Using LEDs offers many signicant advantages:

Made for fast response and for sensing in very tight areas. The cables are made of individual glass or plastic bers and contain no electronics. Self-contained in an impactresistant, resin-molded case, these devices have pre-wired cables or terminal connections.
Terminal Base
PG08301004E
11
can be rapidly switched and instantly turned on and off extremely small consume very little power generate a negligible amount of heat life exceeds 100,000 hours (11 years) continuous use easily modulated to block false sensor triggering from ambient light
Miniature
A complete line of miniature photoelectric sensors for optimum placement and protection with no compromise in performance.
11-22

August 2007
Fiber Optics
Applying Fiber Optic technology to photoelectric sensors means applications with space restrictions are not a problem. A ber optic cable can detect objects in locations too jammed for a standard sensor. Fiber optic cable is available in sizes as small as 0.002 inches in diameter.
Glass Fibers Embedded in Epoxy
In the Workplace
In this cookie kitchen, ber optic photoelectric sensors are placed in a hot oven. As long as the sensors detect motion as the trays of cookies move by, the oven stays on. If the conveyor stops, the sensors will detect light or dark for too long, and the output device will shut down the oven.
Stainless Steel Ferrule
Figure 11-18. A Glass Fiber Optic Cable A glass ber optic cable is made up of a large number of individual glass bers, sheathed for protection against damage and excess exing. Plastic ber optic cables include a single plastic ber in a protective coating. Neither type of cable contains electronics. Because light rather than current travels down these cables, the signal is unaffected by electromagnetic interference (EMI) and vibration. The design also has built-in immunity to electrical noise and the inaccurate readings regular sensors can get. Fiber optics can withstand high temperatures; plastic up to 158F, standard glass up to 480F, and specialized high temperature versions up to 900F. Glass bers can stand up to the harsh wash-down chemicals used in many food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications. However, ber optics have their disadvantages. They have a limited sensing distance, so they can be used only in tight areas. The maximum distance for the thru-beam design is just 15 inches. Also, these sensors have a small sensing area. A small drop of water or piece of dirt can easily fool ber optics.
A Photoelectric Sensor Prevents Cookies from Being Burned
Modes of Detection
In most applications, photoelectric sensors generate an output any time an object is detected.
Light Operate vs. Dark Operate

If this occurs when the photodetector sees light, the sensor is said to be working in the light operate mode.
Source Detector
Source Detector
Photo Sensor Sees Light: Load Is Operated
Photo Sensor Sees Dark: Load Is Not Operated
Light Operate Mode
Source Detector
Source Detector
Photo Sensor Sees Light: Load Is Not Operated
Photo Sensor Sees Dark: Load Is Operated
Dark Operate Mode
11
Figure 11-19. Light Operate and Dark Operate If the control generates an output when the photodetector does not see light, the control is said to be working in the dark operate mode.
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-23
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric Earlier, we briey described the four basic operating modes that photoelectric sensors offer. These are:

Thru-Beam Reex (Retro-Reective) Diffuse Reective Background Rejection (Perfect Prox)
In some cases, a reex sensor can be falsely triggered by reections from a shiny targets surface. To avoid this, a Polarized Reex Sensor can be used. The polarizing lter on the sensor ensures that only the light reected by a retroreector is recognized by the sensor. Table 11-13. Reex Attributes
Lets now take some time to understand how each method works.
Thru-Beam
Separate light source and detector units face one another across an area. The column of light traveling in a straight line between the two lenses is the effective sensing beam. An object crossing the path has to completely block the beam to be detected.
Detector Field of View Detector
Medium range sensing distance Low cost Ease of installation Alignment does not need to be exact Polarizing lter ignores unwanted light
Reector must be mounted Problems detecting clear objects Dirt on retroreector can hamper operation Not suitable for detecting small objects Detection distance and plane of detection limited with a polarizing lter
Diffuse Reection
The source and detector are positioned on the same side of the target. The two components are aligned so that their elds of view cross. When the target moves into the area, light from the source is reected off the target surface back to the detector.
Target Object Object Reflects Beam
e tiv ec EffBeam
Field of View Source Normal State Source
Object Blocks Beam
Target Detected
Figure 11-20. Thru-Beam Operation Table 11-12. Thru-Beam Attributes

Source/ Detector Normal State
Source/ Detector
Target Object Is Detected
Long sensing distance (up to 800 ft.) Highly reliable Can see through opaque objects
Two components to mount and wire Alignment could be difcult with a longer distance detection zone
Target Detected
Figure 11-22. Diffuse Reection Operation
The source and detector are positioned parallel to each other on the same side of the object to be detected. Another element, called a retroreector, is placed across from the source and detector. The retroreector is similar to a reector on the back of a bicycle. The retroreector bounces the light from the source back to the detector. When a target object passes between the source/detector unit and the retroreector, the beam is no longer reected, and the target is sensed. The target has to block the entire beam.
RetroReflector Target Object Object Does Not Reflect Beam RetroReflector
Strengths
Weaknesses
Application exibility Low cost Easy installation Easy alignment Many varieties available for many application types
Short sensing distance (under 6') Sensing distance depends on target size, surface and shape
Source/ Detector Normal State
Source/ Detector
Target Object Is Detected
Target Detected
Figure 11-21. Reex Operation

PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
11
Reex or Retro-Reective
Table 11-14. Diffuse Reective Attributes
11-24

August 2007
Background Rejection (Perfect Prox)

This detection scheme is really a special type of diffuse reective sensor. It combines extremely high sensing power with a sharp optical cut-off. This allows the sensor to reliably detect targets regardless of color, reectance, contrast or surface shape, while ignoring objects just outside of the target range. This method uses two different photo-detectors. For the Perfect Prox unit with a six-inch range, the near detector has a range of 0 to 24 inches. Its far detector has a range of 6 to 24 inches.
Review 6
Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented. Begin the next section when you are condent that you understand what youve already read. 1. The four modes of detection are: _____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________ If the photoelectric sensor control generates an output when the photodetector does not see light, the control is working in the dark operate mode. TRUE FALSE
2.
Near Detector Field
Match the mode of detection with its denition.

Sensor Cut-Off Distance Far Detector Field
3. 4. 5.
Mode of detection that can pick up shiny objects. Sensing mode that has the longest range.
____ A. Reex ____ B. Perfect Prox
Figure 11-23. Perfect Prox Sensor Objects closer than six inches are detected only by the near detector. Objects between 6 and 24 inches are detected by both detectors. If the near signal is stronger than the far signal, the sensor output is ON. If the far signal is stronger or equal to the near signal, the output is OFF. The result is a sensor with high Excess Gain for six inches, followed by a sharp cut-off.
Sensing mode that combines ____ C. Thru-Beam extremely high sensing power with a sharp optical cut-off. ____ D. Diffuse A polarizing lter used with Reective this sensing mode ensures that only the light reected by a retroreector is recognized by the sensor.
6.
In the Workplace
Hobbes Gear wanted to reduce the number of gears rejected on their line. One critical process is the automatic drilling of the gears mounting hole. To increase the reliability of the inspection process, Hobbes installed a Perfect Prox sensor.
Perfect Prox Sensor Detection Distance Cutoff Distance
Detection Zone
Gear Cut-away
A Perfect Prox is Inspector #12
The sensor is set to check for the presence of the machined hole in the gear. If the hole is present, the sensors light shines through it, to the conveyor belt. The belt is just beyond the sensors sensing distance. If a missing hole is detected, the sensor signals an airoperated cylinder plunger to reject the gear.
11
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-25
Excess Gain
Denition
Excess gain is a measurement of how much sensing power a photoelectric sensor has available beyond the power required to detect an object. An excess gain of 1.00 at a given range means there is exactly enough power to detect an object under perfect conditions at that range. In other words, the range at which the excess gain equals 1.00 is the maximum range of the sensor. Every model of sensor comes with an excess gain chart to help you determine the excess gain for an applications sensing distance. However, we have to take into consideration the following real-world variables:

1000
100
10
1 0.1
10
100
Range (Feet)
Figure 11-24. Typical Gain Curve for a Thru-Beam
Diffuse Reection
Nearly every diffuse reective sensor has a unique combination of lenses and beam angles. As a result, nearly every sensor has a unique excess gain curve.
4000 1000 100 100 1000
Target size Target color Target surface texture Ability to block the beam Background Application environment
10 10
In the real world, there is contamination dust, humidity and debris that can settle on the lenses and reduce light transmission. Furthermore, each individual target may vary slightly from the next in color, reectivity or distance from the sensor. If you use a sensor with an excess gain of exactly 1.00, you stand an excellent chance of not sensing the target reliably. To cover yourself, you need a sensor with the highest excess gain possible at the intended range. This ensures the sensor will continue to operate reliably when you need it. As the level of contamination gets worse, more excess gain will be needed to get past the poor visibility.
1 0.1
10
20
30
40 50 60 70
100
1 0.01
1.0
10
Long Range (Inches)

1000
Short Range (Inches)
100
10
Thru-Beam
This type of sensors excess gain is the simplest to measure. Excess gain is almost exclusively a function of the separation between the source unit and the detector unit. When implementing the excess gain for an application, start with the 1000 excess gain chart for the thru-beam sensor. Then consider:

1 1.0
10
100
Focused Diffuse Reflective (Inches)
Figure 11-25. Diffuse Reection Ranges
Misalignment of the two units Dirt in the environment reduces gain
PG08301004E
11
11-26

August 2007
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric A short-range sensor delivers high excess gain over a short sensing distance and drops off quickly. The sources beam and the detectors eld of view converge a short distance from the lenses. The energy present in that area is very high, allowing the detection of small targets. The sensor also ignores objects in the near background. A long-range sensors source beam and detectors eld of view are positioned close together on the same axis. The ability to sense extends quite a distance. Excess gain peaks out several inches from the sensor, then drops off slowly over distance.
Light Curtain
A Light Curtain is a specialized reex sensor head. It has four transmitters and four detectors side by side behind a cylindrical lens. The light curtain emits a fan-shaped beam, which provides a wide viewing area.
Short Range Proximity
Figure 11-28. Effective Light Curtain Sensor Beam The distance from the lens to the reector strip, together with the length of the reector, serve to dene the effective detection area.
To sense into holes or cavities, or to pick up very small objects, use a focused diffuse Figure 11-26. Short-Range and reective sensor. Or, a Long-Range sensor with a very small light spot size. The source and detector are positioned behind the lens in order to focus the energy to a point. The excess gain is extremely high at this point and then drops off on either side of the sensing zone.
Long Range Proximity
Deviation from Beam Center in Feet
+3 +2 +1 -1 -2 -3 2 ft 4 ft 6 ft 8 ft 10 ft Curtain of Light Beam Profile
Reex
Calculating the excess gain for a reex (retro-reective) sensor is similar to the method used for diffuse reective sensors. With this type of sensor, excess gain and range are related to the light bouncing back from the reector. Maximum operating range also depends upon lens geometry and detector amplier gain. The effective beam is dened as the actual size of the reector surface. The target must be larger than the reector before the sensor will recognize the target and switch its output.
Figure 11-29. Effective Detection Area Graph
Corner Cube Retroreector and Reex

In the case of the corner cube reector, range and excess gain depend upon on reector quality. Corner cube reectors provide the highest signal return to the sensor. Cube style reectors have 2000-3000 times the reectivity of white paper. Corner cube reectors consist of three adjoining sides arranged at right angles to one another. When a ray of light strikes one of the three adjoining sides, the ray is reected to the second side, then to the third, and then back to its source in a direction parallel to its original course. Thousands of these cube shapes are molded into a rugged plastic reector or vinyl material.
Source Radiation
Effective Beam
Retroreflector
11
Detector Field of View
Figure 11-27. Effective Reex Sensor Beam

Light Ray
Figure 11-30. A Corner Cube Reector
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-27
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric Glass bead retroreectors are available in tape form for use in dispensers for package coding on conveyors. They are also available in sheet form that can be cut to size. The bead surface is typically rated at 200 to 900 times the reectivity of white paper.
Light Ray
In the Workplace
A thru-beam pair is positioned ten inches apart to detect a semi-transparent plastic bottle moving through the sensing zone. But the sensor is not picking up the bottle. Given that the excess gain at that range is 100, and the bottle blocks only 5% of the light energy, the contrast ratio is close to 1 (100/95). This does not meet the advised 10:1 ratio. The thru-beam pair is just too powerful. Using a focused sensor positioned three to four inches from the bottle changes things. In this detection zone, the excess gain is between 20 and 100. (See Figure 11-29. Effective Detection Area Graph on Page 11-26.)
Opaque Material
Only corner cube reectors can be used with polarized Figure 11-31. Glass Bead reex sensors. The light returned from the cubes surface is depolarized with respect to the light it received. Glass bead reectors cannot be used with polarized retro-reective sensors.
Contrast
Contrast measures the ability of a photoelectric sensor to detect an object. The contrast of a sensor is a ratio of the excess gain under light conditions to the excess gain under dark conditions. A ratio of 10:1 is desired. Contrast is important when a sensor has to detect semitransparent objects or extremely small objects. Each mode handles contrast differently.
The Right Sensor Type Makes the Difference Between Reliable Sensing and No Sensing at All
Thru-Beam and Reex

These modes are affected by:

Environment
The list below ranks the level of contamination in a range of typical application environments. Table 11-15. Level of Contamination Ranking
Ranking Description Minimum Excess Gain Required
Light transmissivity of an object or surface Size of an object in relation to the beam size
Diffuse
This mode is affected by:

The ideal application provides innite contrast ratio of the detection event. This is the case when 100% of the beam is blocked in reex or thru-beam modes. For diffuse sensing, this occurs when nothing is present. Understanding the contrast ratio is critical when this situation does not exist, such as when detecting semitransparent objects. In some cases, it might be necessary to use a special low-contrast sensor designed for these applications.
Moderately dirty
Obvious contamination of lenses or reectors. Lenses are cleared occasionally or when necessary.
10 X
Very dirty
Heavy contamination of lenses. Heavy 50 X fog, mist, dust, smoke or oil lm. Minimal cleaning of lenses takes place.
As you work your way down the list, the excess gain needed to overcome whats hanging in the air gets higher. To further complicate matters, with the reex and thrubeam modes, the source and reector can be in different locations with different levels of contamination. For outdoor use, the environment can range from lightly dirty to extremely dirty.
PG08301004E
11
Distance of the object or surface from the sensor Color or material of the object or surface Size of the object or surface
Relatively clean Slightly dirty
No dirt buildup on lenses or reectors Slight buildup of dust, dirt, oil, moisture, etc. on lenses or reectors. Lenses should be cleaned on a regular schedule.
1.5 X 5X
11-28

August 2007
Review 7
Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented. Begin the next section when you are condent that you understand what youve already read. 1. Excess gain is a measurement of how much sensing power a photoelectric sensor has available beyond the _____________ _____________. Name the three factors that can affect excess gain. ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ Based on the excess gain charts below, which sensor would be best for an application, in a dirty environment, for a target that is 10 inches away? ____ Nearly every diffuse reective sensor has a unique excess gain curve because nearly every sensor has a unique combination of lenses and beam angles. TRUE FALSE Only corner cube style reectors should be used with polarized reex sensors. TRUE FALSE Contrast is not important when sensing semi-transparent targets. TRUE FALSE
2.
3.
4.
5. 6.
11

August 2007
11-29
Sensor Output Circuits

As we learned earlier, sensors interface to other control circuits through the output circuit. The control voltage type is a determining factor when considering output type. Control voltage types, whether AC, DC or AC/DC, can be categorized as either Load-Powered Sensor or Line-Powered Sensor.
Load
Load-Powered 2-Wire Sensors

Load-powered devices are similar to limit switches. They are connected in series with the controlled load. These devices have two connection points to the circuit and are often referred to as 2-wire switches. The operating current is drawn through the load. When the switch is not operated, it must draw a minimum operating current referred to as off-state Load Sensor leakage current. Off-state leakage current is also sometimes referred to as residual current. This curFigure 11-32. Load Powered/ rent is used to keep the 2-Wire Circuit sensor electronics active while it looks for a target. Residual current is not a problem for loads such as relays, motor starters, etc. (with low impedance). However, loads such as programmable logic controllers (with high impedance) require a leakage current of lower than 2 mA. Otherwise, the PLC might see the voltage as being an ON signal. Most sensors are 1.7 mA. If a particular PLC requires less than 1.7 mA, a loading resistor is added in parallel to the input to the PLC load. The resistor lowers the current seen by the PLC so it doesnt false trigger. The current required to maintain the sensor when the target is present, is called the Minimum Holding Current. This current may range from 3 mA to as much as 20 mA depending on the sensor specication. If the current drawn by the load is not high enough, then the sensor cannot operate. Sensors with a 4 mA or less minimum holding current can be used with PLCs without concern.
The operating current the switch pulls from the line, is called the burden current. This is typically 20 mA. Because the operating current doesnt pass through the load, it is not a major concern for circuit design.
Most sensors are 3wire devices, but some manufacturers offer 2-wire devices. They are designed to be easy replacements for limit switches without the need to change wiring and logic. Because 2-wire switches steal their operating power from the load circuit, there is a voltage drop across the switch when it is on (about 7 9 volts in AC powered devices). If more than one 2-wire switch is wired in series with the load, there is a cumulative voltage drop across the switch. When more than one 2-wire switch is connected in parallel with a load, there is a cumulative effect on the leakage current. This increased off-state leakage current could cause a PLC to receive a false ON signal.
Figure 11-33. Line-Powered/ 3-Wire Circuit
Two-Wire Sensors
Output Types
There are three output types available Relay, Triac and Transistor. A relay is a mechanical device that can handle load currents at higher voltages. This allows the sensor to directly interface with motors, solenoids and other inductive loads. They can switch either AC or DC loads. Relays are subject to contact wear and resistance build up, but contact life depends on the load current and the frequency of operations. Due to contact bounce, they can produce erratic results with counters, programmable logic controllers and other such devices, unless the input to those devices are ltered. Because relays are mechanical, they can add 10 to 25 milliseconds to a sensors Response Time. For the majority of applications, these limitations cause no problems, or can easily be minimized. Relay outputs are very commonly used with sensors. A triac is a solid-state device designed to control AC current. A triac switch turns on in less than a microsecond when its gate (control leg) is energized, and shuts off at the Zero Crossing of the AC power cycle.
Line-Powered 2-Wire Sensors

Line-powered switches derive their power from the line and not through the load. They have three connection points to the circuit, and are often referred to as 3-wire switches.
PG08301004E
11
11-30

August 2007
Triac Opto-Coupler Triac Driver Inductive or Capacitive Control Circuit G
Snubber C Circuit To AC Load Circuit B E 36V
+V
Output Common
Figure 11-37. Transistor Output Circuit (Sourcing) Figure 11-34. Triac Output Circuit Because a triac is a solid-state device, it is not subject to the mechanical limitations of a relay. Switching response time is limited only to the time it takes the 60 Hz AC power to go through one-half cycle.
60 Hz 1 Cycle 1 Cycle = 16.66 mS 1/2 Cycle = 8.33 mS
Bilateral FET Device

Photosensors have another output type called a bilateral FET output. This output has many advantages over the other types of outputs:

Contact VAC
Switching of either AC or DC voltages Low OFF-state leakage Extremely fast response time Interface direct to TTL and CMOS circuits (for PLCs and industrial computers) Does not self-generate line noise
Time
FET is for Field Effect Transistor, and may become the most popular output in the future because of its near ideal operating characteristics. The voltage applied to the gate (G) controls the conduction resistance between the source (S) and drain (D). Because an FET is a resistive device, it doesnt develop the xed voltage drop across its terminals like other solid-state switches. It also does not require any residual or leakage current to keep the electronics powered in the OFF-state.
Opto-Coupler Photo Voltaic Diode Stack + To Photoelectric Control Circuit S G D Bilateral FET D G S To AC/DC Load Circuit Transorb
Figure 11-35. AC Power Cycle As long as a triac is used within its rated maximum current and voltage specication, life expectancy is virtually innite. Triac devices used with sensors are generally rated at 2A loads or less, and can be directly interfaced with PLCs and other electronic devices. Triacs do have some limitations in that an inductive load directly connected can false trigger it. A Snubber Circuit can be used to minimize the problem. Shorting the load will destroy a triac, so the device should be short circuit protected to avoid this. A transistor is a solid-state device designed to control DC current. They are most commonly used in low voltage DC powered sensors as the output switch. There are two types used, depending on the switching function. One is called NPN (Current Sink) Open Collector. The output transistor is connected to the negative DC. Current ows from the positive terminal through the load, to the sensor, to the negative terminal. The sensor sinks the current from the load.
Figure 11-38. Bilateral FET Device (AC/DC Switch) FET switches are independent of voltage or current phase and can be congured in circuits that will control either AC or DC voltages. For circuits using PLCs, computers or other sensitive devices, FETs are good because they do not generate any switch induced line noise like relay and triac switches. Like the other solid-state outputs, they cannot tolerate line spikes or large inrush currents. In the illustration above, a transorb is used to protect the FET from voltage spikes and dissipate the energy as heat.
11
C Circuit B E 36V
+V Output
Common
Figure 11-36. Transistor Output Circuit (Sinking) The second type used is called PNP (Current Source). The sensor is connected to the positive DC. Current ows from the positive terminal through the sensor, to the load, to the negative terminal. The sensor sources the current to the load.
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-31
Output Congurations
As in other control devices, several output congurations are available for sensors. Fixed single outputs, either 1N.O. or 1N.C., are very common and N.O. is the most common. Fixed single output sensors cannot change conguration to the other circuit.
Table 11-16. Output Logic

Output Conguration Target Output State
N.O. N.C.
Absent Present Absent Present
Non-conducting (OFF) Conducting (ON) Conducting (ON) Non-conducting (OFF)
Accessory Considerations
Brown Blue Load
The choice of control circuit, of using single, programmable or complementary outputs are dependent upon:
Figure 11-39. Single Output A Programmable Output sensor has one output, N.O. or N.C., depending on how the output is wired when its installed. Sometimes the output conguration is selected using a switch. The sensors with the programmable output are only available as 2-wire AC or DC.
No Wiring Option L1 L2 Load 3 4
Voltage available Does the control circuit have provisions for supplying DC? Some control circuits have interfacing circuitry for DC sensors even if the main control voltage source is AC. Control circuit current requirements If the circuit requires a current greater than the rating on the sensor, an interposing relay can be used. Application output requirements While N.O. is the most commonly used, certain applications may require the circuit logic provided by N.C., or even the complementary congured sensors. Switching speed requirements For applications requiring high speed, such as counting, DC sensors may be required. AC circuits are limited by operations per second (because of the AC sine wave), and are typically slower than DC. Connected logic device Probably the most important factor for sensor circuit and output conguration is the device to which the sensor is to be connected. What type of input the PLC, counter, relay, etc. can accept is the determining factor for which sensor output is chosen.
Figure 11-40. Programmable Output A complementary output sensor has two outputs, 1N.O. and 1N.C. Both outputs change state simultaneously when the target enters or leaves the sensing eld. These sensors are available only as 3-wire AC or DC.
+ N.C. N.O. Load 2 1 3 4 Load
Switching Logic
Output Logic Functions
The outputs of two or more sensors can be wired together in series and parallel to perform logic functions. Factors that need to be taken into consideration, however, are excessive leakage current or voltage drop and inductive feedback with line powered sensors. For these reasons, series and parallel connections for logic functions is not commonly done. It is usually easier to connect direct to a PLCs inputs and perform the logic functions through the PLC program.
Figure 11-41. Complementary Output The output logic for the normally open and normally closed contact congurations for an inductive proximity sensor is shown in Table 11-16.
PG08301004E
11
Other considerations are whether the sensor will need LED indication of its status and whether there is short circuit protection, reverse polarity protection or wire termination needed.
11-32

August 2007
Output Response Time and Speed of Operation

Photoelectric, inductive and capacitive sensors can operate considerably faster than a limit switch, making them better choices for high-speed operations such as counting or sorting. The time it takes to respond, its speed of operation, is based on several factors. Lets take a moment to consider them. When a system is rst powered up, the sensor cannot operate until the electronics are powered up. This is referred to as time before availability. For AC sensors, this delay is typically from 35 milliseconds up to as high as 100 milliseconds. For a DC sensor, the delay is typically 30 milliseconds.
ON OFF ON Sensor OFF
In order to properly achieve high-speed operations, there are some basic principles that need to be applied. In addition to the sensors response and release times, there is a similar delay for the load to operate. This is called the load response time. The total times combined are referred to as system response time. Similarly, there are load release time and system release time for when the target exits the sensing eld. In order to ensure reliability and repeatability, the target must stay in the sensing eld long enough to allow the load to respond. This is referred to as dwell time.
Output Timing Modes

When a sensor is operated without a logic module, the output is generated for the length of time the object is detected. Some sensors are available with a logic module to allow setting timing functions. Lets look at each logic function, as illustrated in Table 11-17. Table 11-17. Logic Functions
Timing Mode Description Illustration
Selector Switch
Time Delay Before Availability
Target
ON Delay Logic
Load
ON Sensor
Figure 11-42. Time Delay Before Availability Once the target enters the sensing range and the detector causes the output to change state, a certain amount of time elapses. This is called response time. For an AC sensor this is usually less than 10 milliseconds. DC devices respond in microseconds.
Operate Release
This allows the output signal to turn on only after the target has been detected for a predetermined period of time. The output turns off as soon as the target passes out of range. ON delay is useful in bin ll or jam detection because the sensor will not false trigger on the normal ow of objects going past. For applications where there is a problem with signal loss in the system, this function turns the output on when the object is detected, and then holds the ON signal for a set period of time after the object is no longer detected. This logic function combines both of the above the output is only generated after the target has been detected for a set period of time, and will remain on after the target is no longer detected for a set period of time. The mode smooths the output of the sensor for applications such as jam detection, ll level detection and edge guide.
Input Signal
Output Signal ON Delay ON Delay
OFF Delay Logic
Input Signal Output Signal
OFF Delay Input Signal
OFF Delay
OFF Delay
IN Target OUT
ON/OFF Delay Logic

Response Time Release Time
11
ON Sensor OFF Operate Point
Output Signal ON Delay OFF Delay
Release Point
Figure 11-43. Response Time and Release Time for an Inductive Proximity Sensor Similarly, when the target leaves the sensing eld there is a slight delay before the switch is restored to the OFF state. This is referred to as the Release Time. An AC sensor typically releases in one cycle (16.66 milliseconds) and DC devices usually in 3 milliseconds, or less.
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-33
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric (Continued)Table 18. Logic Functions (Continued)
Timing Mode Description Illustration
(Continued)Table 18. Logic Functions (Continued)

Underspeed Detection Logic Operates identically to a retriggerable one-shot. It detects speeds that fall below a certain predetermined level. In addition, the underspeed detector has a built-in latch feature that shuts the system down completely when the speed slows to a preset level. This prevents the one-shot from retriggering once it times out, eliminating erratic switching while the motor is winding down.
Input Signal
One-Shot This type of logic Logic generates an output of a set length no matter how long an object is detected. A one-shot can be programmed to trigger on the leading or trailing edge of a target. A one-shot ON signal must time out before it can detect another input. This logic is useful in applications that require an output of specied length. Retriggerable One-Shot Logic
Input Signal
Underspeed Output Signal
Output Signal One-Shot Pulse One-Shot Pulse
This mode generates an Input output of Signal predetermined length whenever an object is detected. The Output sequence restarts each Signal time an object is detected, and will One-Shot remain triggered as Pulse long as a stream of objects are detected before the one-shot times out. A retriggerable one-shot is useful in detecting underspeed conditions on conveyor lines.
Underspeed/ Overspeed Detection Logic

One-Shot Pulse
Detects both overspeed Input and underspeed Signal conditions. The detector is set to count a certain number of Underspeed objects in a specied Output amount of time. If the Signal system operates either at a higher or lower rate, an output is generated.
Overspeed
In the Workplace
Paper breaks in a web printing press can result in timeconsuming manual re-threading of the paper if the break is not immediately detected. A photoelectric sensor can detect this condition instantly, and do it in this tight space.
A Photoelectric Sensor Minimizes Downtime for this Printing Press
High excess gain and sharp optical cut-off ensure that background machinery is ignored. Meanwhile, paper is detected, regardless of texture, color or printing on it.
PG08301004E
11
Delayed Combines on delay and Input One-Shot one-shot logic. The Signal Logic one-shot feature is delayed for a predetermined period Output of time after an object is Signal detected. A delayed one-shot is useful Delay where the photoelectric One-Shot control cannot be Pulse mounted exactly where the action is taking place. This includes applications like paint booths, high temperature ovens or drying bins.
Delay OneShot Pulse
11-34

August 2007
Review 8
Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented. Match the output circuit reference to its denition. 1. The current required to maintain the sensor when a target is present _____ Having three connections (3-wire) to the circuit _____ The operating current the switch pulls from the line _____ Having two connections (2-wire) to the circuit _____ A. Residual Current (Leakage) B. Burden Current C. LoadPowered D. Line-Powered
Enclosure Ratings
NEMA Non-Hazardous Locations
Table 11-18. NEMA Non-Hazardous Locations
Type Description
1 3 3R 4
For indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the enclosed equipment. Intended for outdoor use, primarily for a degree of protection against windblown dust, rain, sleet and external ice formation. For outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling rain, sleet and external ice formation. For indoor and outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against wind blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose directed water. Intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water and hose directed water. Intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth. Intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth. Intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt and dripping non-corrosive liquids. Intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, spraying of water, oil and non-corrosive coolant.
2. 3. 4.
4X
5. 6.
The initials designating a transistor output that sinks current from the load are ______________ The initials designating a transistor output that sources current to the load are ______________
6P
12
In questions 7 through 13, match the term used to describe the following: 7. 8. The delay of a sensor when the system is rst powered up _____ The period during target sensing and the detector causing output to change to ON state _____ The period during target exiting the sensing range and the output changing to OFF state _____ A. Release time B. Dwell time
13
NEMA Hazardous Locations

Table 11-19. NEMA Hazardous Locations
Type Description
Type 7
9.
C. ON delay logic
Class I
For indoor use, within conditions of Class I and Groups shown, to withstand and contain an internal explosion of specied gases, or to contain an explosion sufciently so as not to ignite an explosive gasair mixture in the surrounding atmosphere. Acetylene Hydrogen, butadiene, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide Carbon monoxide, ether, ethylene, hydrogen sulde, morpholine, cyclopropane Gasoline, benzene, butane, propane, alcohol, acetone, ammonia, vinyl chloride For indoor use, within Class II and Groups shown below conditions, to withstand and contain an internal explosion of specied dusts, or to contain an explosion sufciently so as not to ignite an explosive dustair mixture in the surrounding atmosphere. Metal dusts Carbon black, coke dust, coal Grain dust, our, starch, sugar, plastics
10. The period during which the target must stay in range to allow the load to respond _____ 11. Logic module that allows output signal only after target detection for a set period of time _____ 12. Logic module that allows output signal to be held ON for a set period of time _____ 13. Logic module that allows output signal to be a specic length regardless of target physical size or detection timing _____
D. One shot logic
Group A Group B Group C
E. Time before availability F. OFF delay logic
Group D Type 9
11
Class II
G. Response time
Group E Group F Group G
PG08301004E

August 2007
11-35
IEC Ratings
IEC Environmental Closure Ratings Examples of Designations
IP 4 4 IP 2 3
Characteristic Letters 1st Characteristic Numeral (See Table 11-21 Below) 2nd Characteristic Numeral (See Table 11-22 Below) An enclosure with this designation is protected against the penetration of solid objects greater than 1.0 mm and against splashing water.
Characteristic Letters 1st Characteristic Numeral (See Table 11-21 Below) 2nd Characteristic Numeral (See Table 11-22 Below) An enclosure with this designation is protected against the penetration of solid objects greater than 1.2 mm and against rain.
Figure 11-44. Examples of Designations
Index of Enclosure Ratings IEC

Table 11-20. 1st Characteristic Numeral
Protection against contact and penetration of solid bodies.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Not protected Protection against solid objects greater than 50 mm. Protection against solid objects greater than 12 mm. Protection against solid objects greater than 2.5 mm. Protection against solid objects greater than 1.0 mm. Dust protected Dust-tight
Table 11-21. 2nd Characteristic Numeral

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Not protected Protection against dripping water when tilted up 15 degrees Protection against rain Protection against splashing water Protection against water jets Protection against heavy seas Protection against the effects of immersion Protection against immersion
PG08301004E
11
Protection against dripping water
11-36

August 2007
Review Answers
Review 1 Answers
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Presence, absence Limit Switch, Proximity Sensor, Photoelectric Sensor Electromechanical Inductive proximity Photoelectric
Review 6 Answers
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Thru-Beam. Reex (or Retro-Reective), Diffuse Reective, Background Rejection (or Perfect Prox) D C B A
Review 2 Answers
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Operating Head, Switch Body, Receptacle C F D A E B True
Review 7 Answers
1. 2. Power required Target size, color, texture; Contamination (dust, humidity, debris); Application (distance, background, reectivity) C True True False
3. 4. 5. 6.
Review 8 Answers
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. A D B C NPN PNP E G A
Review 3 Answers
1. a. 2 b. 4 c. 3 d. 1 C A D B True
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Review 4 Answers
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Ferrous True False True True False
10. B 11. C 12. F 13. D
11
Review 5 Answers
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. True Sensor (or Dielectric), Oscillator Circuit, Detector Circuit, Output Circuit True False False True
Sensor Applications
August 2007
12-1
PG.05.08.T.E
Table of Contents
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Sensor Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 The sensor applications on the following pages range from basic problems to complex problems that can be solved only with specic Cutler-Hammer sensors from Eatons electrical business. The solution is summarized along with the Catalog Numbers of suggested models to be used. Note that many sensors are interchangeable; slight differences in the application may dictate the choice of one sensor over another. When full Catalog Numbers are listed, that specic model is suggested. Where no Sufx is given (e.g. 1451B) or only one family is listed, the choice of a specic model within the suggested type would be determined by operating voltage, sensing range, choice of cable or connector base, etc.
12
SENSOR APPLICATIONS
12-2
Sensor Applications
August 2007
1. Broken Tool Detection

3. Machining Processes
6. Process Control
E58 Perfect Prox Sensor
E58-30DP or E58-18DP Sensor
Tubular Inductive Proximity Sensor
E57 Product Family or iProx
Tubular Capacitive Proximity Sensor
E53 Product Family
An E58 Harsh Duty Perfect Prox sensor is used to sense for the presence of the bit on a mill. The high sensing power and background rejection of the Perfect Prox allows reliable detection through high levels of cutting uids, while ignoring objects just beyond the bit. The rugged harsh duty sensor survives constant exposure to lubricants, cutting uids and ying metal chips.
A ferrous only sensor is used in a process where aluminum is being machined. The ferrous only sensor ignores the aluminum (non-ferrous) chips from the machining process and only detects the ferrous target.
A capacitive proximity sensor used to verify ll level of bottled water on a lling process line.
7. Jam Detection 4. Tool Position

Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number
50 Series Reex Sensor Time Delay Logic Module Plug-In Relay Output Device 3" Diameter Retroreector
1450B 8251B 8532B 6200A-6501
2. Broken Bit Detection

A tubular E57 proximity sensor is used to detect the position of a tool chuck.
Tubular Inductive Proximity Sensor Fine Spot Comet Perfect Prox
E57 Product Family or iProx 13105
A reex control with a time delay module set for delay dark ignores momentary beam breaks. If the beam is blocked longer than the delay period, the output energizes to sound an alarm or stop the conveyor.
A tubular E57 proximity sensor is used to detect the presence of a drill bit should the drill bit be broken the sensor would signal a controller. For very small tools, a ne spot Comet Perfect Prox will reject the background while detecting a broken drill bit.
5. Bottle Filling Detection

E65 Clear Object Sensor
E66CBL1C or E65VBL1C
A clear object sensor is used to sense the presence of bottles at a lling operation. The sensor offers high reliability in sensing clear bottles of different colors and thicknesses.
12
SENSOR APPLICATIONS
For assistance with these or other applications, contact us at 1-800-426-9184. For more information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E
Sensor Applications
August 2007
12-3
8. Conveyor System Control

10. Carton Fill-Level Detection

12. Log Diverter

Comet Visible-Beam Reex Sensor 3" Diameter Retroreector E67 Long Range Perfect Prox (preset 3 8 ft.)
14102A
E51 Extended Range Sensor Single-Shot Logic Module E67 Long Range Perfect Prox
E51CNP4 E51MSS E67-LRDP
Comet 9 Inch Perfect Prox Sensor 13103A
A tubular inductive proximity sensor is used to detect the presence of metal carriers holding parts to be machined.
6200A-6501 E67-LRDP
Two sensors work together to inspect the ll level in cartons on a conveyor. A reex sensor senses the position of the carton and energizes the Perfect Prox sensor located over the contents. If the Perfect Prox sensor does not see the ll level, the carton does not pass inspection.
The log is detected by an extendedrange diffuse reective control with a single-shot logic module or a high power E67 Long Range Perfect Prox. The hydraulic system is energized and the log is pushed onto a lateral conveyor. The logic module (used with the E51) allows for control of output pulse timing and duration. The E67 reliably senses logs of different colors and shapes while ignoring objects in the background.
9. Stack Height Control

Comet Series Thru-Beam Source Comet Series Thru-Beam Detector
11155A 11255B
A set of thru-beam sensors determines the height of a scissor lift. For example, when the control is set for dark-to-light energize, the lift rises after a layer has been removed and stops when the next layer breaks the beam again.
11. Box Counting

13. Cookie Motion Detection

Prism Polarized Reex Sensor 3" Diameter Retroreector
14151R 6200A-6501 50 Series Fiber Optic Sensor One-Shot Logic Module (In Retrigger Mode) Fiber Optic Thru-Beam Cable (2 Required) Plug-In Relay Output Device 1550B 8252A 6221B 8532B
A Prism right-angle reex sensor detects boxes anywhere on a four foot wide conveyor. Interfacing the control with a programmable controller provides totals at specic time intervals. Polarized reex optics prevent false triggering on shiny objects, while the high optical power burns through box dust and contamination.
For assistance with these or other applications, contact us at 1-800-426-9184. PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
12
SENSOR APPLICATIONS
High temperature environments are accommodated by the use of ber optics. Here conveyor motion in a 450F cookie oven is detected. If the motion stops, the one-shot logic module detects light or dark for too long, and the output device shuts the oven down.
12-4
Sensor Applications
August 2007
14. Lid Detection

16. Garage Door Control

18. Liquid Level Detection

80 Series High Current Control Unit (2 Required)
8880C-6501
E53 Product Family
A pair of tubular proximity sensors used to, a) detect the presence of a can on a conveying line, and b) check for presence of a lid.
A safe and secure garage is achieved through the use of thru-beam controls interfaced to the door controller. The door shuts automatically after a car leaves, and if the beam is broken while the door is lowering, the motor reverses direction and raises the door again.
A pair of E53 capacitive proximity sensors are used to sense high and low liquid levels in a tank through a sight glass. This arrangement starts a pump to ll the tank when the lower sensor is energized and shuts the pump off when the top sensor is energized.
15. Tollbooth Control

20 Series Thru-Beam Source 20 Series Thru-Beam Detector DPDT Relay Output Device E67 Long Range Perfect Prox
1141D-6501 1241D-6501 8526A-6501 E67-LRDP
19. Bulk Material Detection

E57 Product Family
Thru-beam source/detector or the long range polarized reex controls are used to time the toll gate. To eliminate toll cheating, the gate lowers the instant the rear of the paid car passes the control. The E67 Long Range Perfect Prox allows you to mount the sensor on one side, instead of both. Plus with Perfect Prox, the E67 will detect cars with different colors and nishes while ignoring all other background objects. The rugged control handles harsh weather, abuse and 24-hour operation.
17. Cut-Off Saw Control

A capacitive proximity is used to control ll level of solids such as plastic pellets in a hopper or bin.
E51 Thru-Beam Source E51 Thru-Beam Detector
E51ELA E51CLC1
NOTE: All products listed are required for each two-foot increment. An array of thru-beam controls detect the length of the log in standard two-foot increments. The correct saw is then activated to cut the log at its longest standard length. High optical performance is a must in this dusty and dirty environment.
12
SENSOR APPLICATIONS
Sensor Applications
August 2007
12-5
20. Hopper Fill Level Control

22. Parts Presence

24. Parts Detection

80 Series High Current Control Unit 80 Series 18 Inch Diffuse Reective Sensor Time Delay Logic Module
8880C-6501 1381B 8280A
Limit Switch Inductive Proximity Sensor Comet Perfect Prox iProx Inductive Proximity Sensor
E57 Product Family 1310 E59F
Comet Series 4 Inch Perfect Prox Sensor E67 Long Range Perfect Prox
13101A E67-LDRP
The ll level on this machine hopper is controlled by a diffuse reective control with a time delay module. The control must detect the level for a certain time interval before it energizes the shut-off mechanism. This eliminates false full indications caused by extraneous material momentarily passing by the control.
A limit switch style proximity sensor, a Comet Perfect Prox or the iProx Sensor may be used to detect the presence of a part in a pick-andplace application for inspection. The Comet will detect any target material, color or nish while rejecting the background. The iProx can be programmed to sense a specic metal target while rejecting all other metal.
A four inch Perfect Prox sensor detects parts of various heights from 0.5 to 3 inches passing through a channel, while ignoring the channel bottom. For longer range sensing up to 8 ft., use the E67 Long Range Perfect Prox. Installation is simple with no cutting or drilling of the channel required.
25. Filter Paper Length Control

Comet Focused Diffuse Reective Sensor
13102A
21. Web Loop Control

23. Small Parts Detection

70 Series Analog Control Unit 70 Series Reex Curtain-of-Light Sensor Analog Isolation Module Strip Retroreector
8172A 1471A 8272A 6210A
70 Series High Power Control Unit 8171B Low Contrast Logic Module 70 Series Reex Curtain-of-Light Sensor Strip Retroreector Triac Output Relay or Other Selection 8215A 1471A 6210A 8572A
12
SENSOR APPLICATIONS
A sensor that generates a curtainof-light detects the length of a loop on a web drive system by measuring the amount of light returned from an array of retroreectors. With this information, the analog control unit instructs a motor controller to speed up or slow down the web drive.
A focused diffuse reective sensor interfaces with a programmable controller to measure a specic length of corrugated automotive lter paper. The control detects the presence or absence of a corrugation. When a predetermined number of corrugations has been detected, the programmable controller directs a shear to cut the paper.
Small objects moving through a curtain-of-light are counted by detecting a change in reected light. A low contrast logic module inside the control unit responds to slight but abrupt signal variations while ignoring slow changes such as dust build-up.
12-6
Sensor Applications
August 2007
26. Broken Thread Detection

27. Hypodermic Needle Quality Control

29. Multi-Hole Casting Inspection

70 Series High Power Control Unit 8171B Low Contrast Logic Module 70 Series 375 Foot Thru-Beam Source (2 Required) 70 Series 375 Foot Thru-Beam Detector (2 Required) DPDT Relay Mounting Brackets 8215A 1173A-100 1273A-100 8530A 6142A
70 Series High Power Control Unit 8171B 70 Series 300 Foot Thru-Beam Source 70 Series 300 Foot Thru-Beam Detector Triac Output Relay 1173A-300 1273A-300 8573A
70 Series Modular Control Unit (4 Required) 70 Series 35 Foot Thru-Beam Source (4 Required) 70 Series 35 Foot Thru-Beam Detector (4 Required) Panel Mount Socket for Control Unit (4 Required)
8771A 1173A-300 1273A-300 8905A
A pair of remote thru-beam sensors scan over and under multiple strands of thread. If a thread breaks and passes through one of the beams, the low-contrast logic module detects the sudden change in signal strength and energizes the output. Because this logic module does not react to slow changes in signal strength, it can operate in a dusty environment with little maintenance.
A remote source and detector pair inspects for passage of light through a hypodermic needle. Their small design and waterproof stainless steel housing are appropriate for crowded machinery spaces and frequent washdowns. High signal strength allows quality inspection with hole sizes down to 0.007 inch.
Remote sensors inspect for the presence of holes in a metal casting. Because each hole has its own inspection system, accurate defect information is recorded. Rugged sensor housing and extremely high signal strength handle dirt and grease with minimum maintenance. Using the modular control unit allows for dense packaging in small enclosures.
28. Automotive Body Assembly

30. Web Flaw Detection

Weld Field Immune Inductive Proximity Sensor
E57 Product Family
70 Series High Power Control Unit 8171B Low Contrast Logic Module DPDT Relay 70 Series Reex Curtain-of-Light Sensor Strip Retroreector 8215A 8530A 1471A 6210A
Automotive body assembly lines use welders which can cause standard inductive proximity sensors to perform erratically. Cutler-Hammer Weld-Field Immune Sensors from Eatons electrical business are designed to provide reliable operation in these environments.
A web passes over an array of retroreectors. When light is returned to the sensor head, the output is energized and the web shuts down. Because of the superior response time of the control unit, high web speeds can be maintained.
12
SENSOR APPLICATIONS
Sensor Applications
August 2007
12-7
31. Over/Underspeed Control

33. Motion Control

35. Web Splice Detection

50 Series Reex Sensor Motion Detection Logic Module 3 inch Diameter Retroreector
1450B 8253A 6200A-6501
70 Series Differential Control Unit One-Shot Logic Module DPDT Relay 70 Series 30 Foot Thru-Beam Source (2 Required) 70 Series 30 Foot Thru-Beam Detector (2 Required)
9072A 8213A 8526A 1173A-300 1273A-300
Solid-State Switch Output Device 8562B
A reex sensor with a motion detection module counts the revolutions of the wheel. Speed is controlled by a programmable controller. Provides timing ranges from 2.4 to 12,000 counts per minute.
A pair of tubular proximity sensors is used to determine full open and fully closed valve position.
34. Clear Plastic Web Break Detection

80 Series High Current Control Unit 80 Series 7 Inch Diffuse Reective Sensor
8880C-6501 1380B
When the two thru-beam detectors see the same signal strength, the output is zero. When the opacity of the web changes, as in a splice, the signal strengths are thrown out of balance and the output is energized. This system can be used on webs of different colors and opacities with no system reconguration.
32. Motion Position Detection

A tubular E57 proximity sensor is used to detect the presence of set screws on a shaft hub providing a control device with signals for speed regulation or detection of rotation.
The clear web is detected by an extremely sensitive diffuse reective sensor. Its short detection range makes it immune to reective objects in the background. The extremely high excess gain helps it ignore reection caused by uttering of the web.
36. Paper Presence Detection

Comet Series 2 Inch Right Angle Perfect Prox Sensor
13104R
Comet Sensor
Paper
Rollers
12
SENSOR APPLICATIONS
Right angle viewing and compact size allow the sensor to be mounted in the tight connes of paper handling systems. High gain and sharp optical cut-off ensure that background machinery will be ignored while paper will be detected regardless of color and texture.
12-8
Sensor Applications
August 2007
37. Web Guiding

38. Damage Warning

39. Zero Pressure Accumulation Conveyor

70 Series Slot Sensor 70 Series Analog Control Unit
1372A-6501 8172A
Comet Series 100 Foot Thru-Beam 11102A Source Comet Series 100 Foot Thru-Beam 12102A Detector
E68 Integral Sensor Valve 200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation
E68-SVS 14286/14266
The 1372A-6501 slot sensor head is mounted so that the edge of the web extends into the slot and blocks half of the source beam. As the web moves into or out of position, a proportional signal is provided by the analog control unit to alert your control system.
Source and detector are mounted at opposite ends of a long warehouse storage shelf with the beam situated a safe distance below overhead obstacles (lighting, conduit, gas lines, ducts, pipes, etc.). If a forklift operator interrupts the beam while moving a load, a siren or ashing light will warn him to stop before any damage occurs.
E68 Series or 200 Series sensors detect and control the movement of boxes on the conveyor, to maximize throughput and eliminate line pressure between boxes. The sensor contains all required logic with no need for a PLC.
12
SENSOR APPLICATIONS
Appendix Appendix
August 2007
13-1
PG.05.09.T.E
Table of Contents
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Enclosure Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2 Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
13
APPENDIX
13-2
Appendix Enclosure Ratings

August 2007
Index of Enclosure Protection General

The UL, NEMA and IEC organizations (and other international groups) dene degrees of protection provided by electrical enclosures with respect to personnel, equipment within the housing and the ingress of water. Subtle differences do exist between the test procedures and specications of these organizations. To claim ratings to NEMA specications, the testing is performed and certied by the manufacturers themselves. To comply to UL and IEC specications, the manufacturers must submit product samples, materials used and other data to an independent testing laboratory before ratings can be claimed. In addition, IEC IP ratings differ from NEMA in that they do not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin. In addition, different parts of the equipment can have different degrees of protection and still comply. The chart shown below is a comparison of the NEMA/UL/IEC enclosure specications to be used as an approximate reference only. Do not use the table to convert from IEC to NEMA designations. For a denition of the ratings listed, see examples below and tables on Page 13-3.
NEMA/UL/IEC Enclosure Type Cross-Reference Approximate

NEMA Enclosure Rating IP10 IP20 IP21 IP22 IP23 IP30 IP31 IP32 IP33 IP40 IP41 IP42 IP43 IP50 IP51 IP52 IP53 IP54 IP55 IP56 IP60 IP61 IP62 IP63 IP64 IP65 IP66 IP67 IP68
1 2 3 3R 3S 4 4X 6 6P 12 13
X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
NOTE: IEC 529 does not specify equivalents to NEMA Enclosure Types 7, 8, 9 or 10.
IEC Environmental Enclosure Ratings Examples of Designations

IP
Characteristic letters 1st characteristic numeral (See Table 1 Next Page) 2nd characteristic numeral (See Table 2 Next Page)
4
Characteristic letters 1st characteristic numeral (See Table 1 Next Page) 2nd characteristic numeral (See Table 2 Next Page)
IP
An enclosure with this designation is protected against the penetration of solid objects greater than 1.0 mm and against splashing water.
An enclosure with this designation is protected against the penetration of solid objects greater than 12 mm and against splashing water.
13
APPENDIX
Appendix Enclosure Ratings

August 2007
13-3
Index of Enclosure Ratings IEC

Table 1 1st Characteristic Numeral
Protected against contact and penetration of solid bodies. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Not protected. Protection against solid objects greater than 50 mm. Protection against solid objects greater than 12 mm. Protection against solid objects greater than 2.5 mm. Protection against solid objects greater than 1.0 mm. Dust protected. Dust-tight.
Table 2 2nd Characteristic Numeral

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Not protected. Protection against dripping water. Protection against dripping water when tilted up to 15 degrees. Protection against rain. Protection against splashing water. Protection against water jets. Protection against heavy seas. Protection against the effects of immersion. Protection against submersion.
NEC Denitions Pertaining to Hazardous Locations Article 500

E51 Limit Switch Type Proximity Switches are rated for use in the following locations: Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C or D Indoor Use For the denition of a Class I Division 2 location, see National Electrical Code Article 500-5, paragraph (b). For the denitions of Class I Group A, B, C, D Classications, see the National Electrical Code Article 500-3, paragraph (a). Class II Division 2, Groups F or G Indoor Use For the denition of a Class II Division 2 location, see National Electrical Code Article 500-6, paragraph (b). For the denitions of Class II Group F and G Classications, see the National Electrical Code Article 500-3, paragraph (b). Class III Division 2 Indoor Use For the denition of a Class III Division 2 location, see National Electrical Code Article 500-7, paragraph (b). For the denitions of Class III Classications, see the National Electrical Code Article 500-7.
NEMA Denitions Pertaining to Non-hazardous Locations NEMA Standard 250

Type 1 Enclosures are intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the enclosed equipment. Type 3 Enclosures are intended for outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust, rain, sleet and external ice formation. Type 3R Enclosures are intended for outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling rain, sleet and external ice formation. Type 4 Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water. Type 4X Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water. Type 6 Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth. Type 6P Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth. Type 12 Enclosures are intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt, and dripping non-corrosive liquids. Type 13 Enclosures are intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, spraying of water, oil and non-corrosive coolant.
PG08301004E
13
APPENDIX
13-4
Appendix Glossary of Terms

August 2007
Acid-Resistant Enclosure Acid-Resistant Enclosure So constructed that it will not be injured readily by exposure to acid fumes. Actuator Actuator Mechanism of the limit switch that operates the contacts. Alignment Alignment Positioning of light source and detector, reector or target in order to obtain maximum signal strength (see also Excess Gain). Ambient Light Ambient Light Light reaching a sensor detector that is not generated by its light source. Amp or Ampere Amp or Ampere A unit of measurement of electric current produced by one volt acting through the resistance of one ohm. Axial Approach Axial Approach (Head-On) The target approaches the sensing face of the sensor with its center moving along the reference axis of the coil/core. The target surface is parallel to the sensor face. Bend Radius Bend Radius The minimum radius that a ber optic cable can withstand without breaking the bers. Break Break To open an electrical circuit. Break Distance Break Distance The effective open gap distance between the stationary and movable objects. Burden Current Burden Current The operating current of a line powered, three-wire, solid-state sensor. This current does not pass through the load. Cam Cam Machine part or component that applies force to the switch actuator, causing it to move as intended. Capacitance Capacitance The ability of insulators to store an electrical charge. Capacitive Proximity Sensor Capacitive Proximity Sensor A sensor that operates on the principle of dielectric capacitance with a target. It detects the presence or absence of metallic or nonmetallic objects without physical contact. It is a self-contained, solid-state device with no moving parts. Sensitivity adjustment provided. Celsius Celsius See Fahrenheit/Celsius. CENELEC CENELEC European Committee for Electro-Technical Standardization. Complementary Output Complementary Output Sensors with normally open (N.O.) and normally closed (N.C.) outputs, both of which change state simultaneously. Contrast Contrast The ratio between excess gain under light conditions and excess gain under dark conditions. The higher the contrast ratio, the higher the reliability of the sensing application. CSA CSA Canadian Standards Association, Canada.
Current Current The rate of ow of electric charge in an electrical circuit. Current Sinking Sensor or N Type Current Sinking Sensor (NPN) or N Type The negative terminal of a DC system is called the sink, because conventional current normally ows into it. A current sinking sensor sinks the current from the load. Current Sourcing Sensor or P Type Current Sourcing Sensor (PNP) or P Type The positive terminal of a DC system is called the source, because conventional current normally ows from it. A current sourcing sensor sources the current to the load. Damping Damping A loading effect due to eddy currents being induced into the surface of a sensed metallic target, causing a reduction in amplitude of the inductive proximity sensors oscillator signal. Dark Operate Dark Operate A dark operate sensor generates an output when the source light intensity is sufciently reduced at the detector (the sensor sees dark). Detector Detector See Thru-Beam Detector. Dielectric Dielectric The insulator separating the plates in a capacitor. Differential Differential or Differential Travel (D.T.) Plunger or actuator travel from point where contacts snap over to point where they snap back. Diffuse Reective Diffuse Reective Sensing A photoelectric sensing method in which the light from the source hits the target surface and is then diffused from the surface in all directions. Part of this light returns to the detector. If the intensity is high enough, the sensor generates an output. This is sometimes referred to as photoelectric proximity sensing. DIN DIN Deutsch Industrie Norm, Federal Republic of Germany (dimensions). Double Break Contacts Double Break Contacts Circuit breaks in two places. Double Insulated Enclosure Double Insulated Enclosure An insulation system with the two insulations physically separated and so arranged that they are not simultaneously subjected to the same deteriorating inuences (temperature, contaminants, etc.) to the same degree. Double Pole, Double Throw Double Pole, Double Throw (DPDT) A switch that makes and breaks two different circuits. Example, (2) N.O. and (2) N.C. contacts. Drip-Proof Enclosure Drip-Proof Enclosure So constructed or protected that falling dirt or drops of liquid will not interfere with the successful operation of the apparatus under specied test conditions.
13
APPENDIX
PG08301004E

August 2007
13-5
Dust-Tight Enclosure Dust-Tight Enclosure So constructed as to meet the requirements of a specied dust-tightness test. Dwell Time Dwell Time The time that the target is present in the sensing eld and is detected by the sensor. Eddy Current Eddy Current Current induced into the body of a metallic object by an oscillating electromagnetic eld. Effective Beam Effective Beam The light beam travelling directly between a thru-beam source and detector that must be completely blocked for detection to occur. Electromechanical Limit Switch Electromechanical Limit Switch A pilot control device that converts a mechanical motion via physical contact with a target into an electrical control signal. The rotary arm or push rod on the switch body housing is mechanically connected to the switching element inside. The cam, machine component or moving object comes into contact with the limit switch at a pre-determined position. Embedded Embedded A shielded core/coil sensor embedded in the surrounding metal mounting. The sensor operation is not affected by surrounding metal. Also referred to as Flush Mounting. Emitter Emitter See Thru-Beam Source. Enclosed Switch Enclosed Switch A basic switch unit enclosed in a metal housing to provide increased durability and conduit connection. Excess Gain Excess Gain Measurement of the sensing power of a photoelectric sensor to detect an object in a given environment. External Mounting Enclosure External Mounting Enclosure Enclosure mounting provisions external to the apparatus cavity. Fahrenheit/Celsius Fahrenheit/Celsius Temperature scale conversion. F = 9/5 (C) + 32 C = 5/9 (F - 32) Ferrous Ferrous Metallic material which contains steel, nickel or cobalt. Fiber Optic Fiber Optic Sensor with remote optics comprised of thin plastic or glass bers, for detection in very tight places or extremely harsh environments. Field of View Field of View The region illuminated by the light source and seen by the detector. Field of View is sometimes referred to as spot size and may be expressed as a circle diameter at a given range, or in degrees emanating from the sensor. In both cases, Field of View is a three-dimensional area roughly the shape of a cone. Fixed Focus Fixed Focus A sensing mode where the light source and the detector are angled towards one another, forming a focal point. The target will only be detected in this area where the source and detector elds of view cross.
Flush Mounting Enclosure Flush Mounting Enclosure So designed as to have a minimal front projection when set into and secured to a at surface. Free Position Free Position (F.P.) Position of switch plunger or actuator when no external force is applied other than gravity. Hysteresis Hysteresis The difference between the sensor operate point, where the target is detected, and release point, where the target is no longer detected. IEC IEC International Electrotechnical Commission. Writes recommended performance and safety standards for electrical products. Inductive Proximity Sensor Inductive Proximity Sensor A non-contact proximity sensor that operates on the principle of induced electromagnetic eld (i.e. eddy currents) in the surface of a metallic target. It detects the presence or absence of a metal object without physical contact. It is a selfcontained, solid-state device with no moving parts. Infrared Infrared Invisible light radiation at wavelengths of 690 nanometers and longer. Lateral Approach Lateral Approach (Side-By) Approach path of a target perpendicular to the reference axis, target approaches the sensor from the side. Leakage Current Leakage Current Small current owing through a solid-state output when in the OFF state. LED LED (Light Emitting Diode) Semi-conductor that generates monochromatic light when current ows in the conductive direction. Shock/vibration resistant, long life, low current draw alternative to incandescent lamps. As a low power, no heat source of light, the LED is the standard light source for photoelectric sensors. LED Indicators LED Indicators Light emitting diodes (LEDs) provide diagnostic information as to the status of the sensor (operated or not operated). Diagnostic indications are switch status, power ON/OFF status and/or short circuit conditions. Light Curtain Light Curtain Specialized reex sensor head that emits a fan-shaped beam of light. Light Operate Light Operate A light operate sensor generates an output when the source light intensity is sufciently increased at the detector (the sensor sees light). Line-Powered Sensor Line-Powered Sensor (3-wire) A sensor that draws its operating current (burden current) directly from the line. Its operating current does not ow through the load. Three connections are required. Load-Powered Sensor Load-Powered Sensor (2-wire) A sensor that draws its operating current (residual current) through the load. Load Powered Sensors require only two connections (exclusive of ground) and are always in series with the load.
PG08301004E
13
APPENDIX
13-6

August 2007
Load Release Time Load Release Time The time delay which occurs between the point at which the sensor output restores to the not operated state and the load restores to OFF-state condition. Maintained Contact Maintained Contact Sustained contact after plunger has been released, but can be reset. Make Make To close or establish a path for electrical current. Minimum Holding Current Minimum Holding Current Current required to sustain a solid-state sensor in an operating condition. Modulated Light Sensors Modulated Light Sensors A photoelectric sensor that operates on light pulses rather than on constant light intensity. Momentary Contact Momentary Contact Contacts return from operated position to normal condition when actuating force is removed. Nanometer Nanometer (nm) This is the typical unit of measure for the wavelength of source light in a photoelectric sensor. 1 Nano-meter is equal to 10-9 meter. NEMA NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association, United States. Non-embeddable Non-embeddable An inductive style that requires a generous metal-free area surrounding the sensor face to allow for the longest sensing distances, often four times the shielded range. Non-ferrous Non-ferrous Metallic material which does not contain steel, nickel or cobalt. Example: Aluminum Normally Closed (N.C.) Normally Closed (N.C.) Output Solid-state output conguration which emulates a normally closed relay contact condition.
Normally Open (N.O.) Normally Open (N.O.) Output Solid-state output conguration which emulates a normally open relay contact condition.
NPN (Current Sink) NPN (Current Sink) The sensor derives (sinks) its current from the load. Opaque Opaque An opaque object is impervious to the passage of light through it. Opaque objects offer high reliability in sensing because they provide the highest contrast between light beam blocked and unblocked conditions. See also Contrast and Translucent. Operate Point Operate Point The point, at a distance from the sensor face, at which a target is detected.
Operating Force Operating Force That straight line force in the designated direction applied to the actuator to cause the switch contacts to snap to the operated contact position. Operating Mode Operating Mode See Light Operate and Dark Operate. Operating Position Operating Position (O.P.) The position of the actuator at which the contacts snap to the operated contact position. Outdoor Enclosure Outdoor Enclosure Suitable for installation where exposed to the weather. Over-travel Overtravel (O.T.) The movement of the actuator beyond the contact trip position without damage occurring to the switch. Perfect Prox Perfect Prox A sensor used to detect an object at or inside a given range while ignoring a nearby background. Photoelectric Sensor Photoelectric Sensor An electronic device capable of recognizing changes in light intensity and converting these changes into a change in output state. It is also referred to as a Photoeye. PNP (Current Source) PNP (Current Source) The sensor provides (sources) the current to the load. Polarized Reex Sensor Polarized Reex Sensor A reex photoelectric sensor that uses a visible light source, polarizing lters and a prismatic retroreector to help the sensor distinguish light returning from the retroreector from that returning from a shiny target surface, thus increasing the reliability of the sensing application. Positive Opening Operation Positive Opening Operation (on N.C. contacts) The achievement of contact separation as the direct result of a specied movement of the switch actuator through nonresilient members (e.g. not dependent upon strings). Also called Direct Opening and Positive Break. Precision Snap-Action Switch Precision Snap-Action Switch A mechanically operated electric switch having predetermined and accurately controlled characteristics. Pre-travel Pretravel (P.T.) The distance or angle through which the actuator moves before reaching the point at which the contacts are tripped. Programmable Output Programmable Output Sensor output functions that can be wired to output normally open or normally closed, but not simultaneously. Proximity Sensors Proximity Sensor See Inductive Proximity Sensor. Radio Frequency Interference Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) Interference caused by radio transceiver signals (i.e. walkie talkie devices).
13
APPENDIX
PG08301004E

August 2007
13-7
Rainproof Enclosure Rainproof Enclosure So constructed, protected or treated as to prevent rain under specied conditions from interfering with successful operation of the apparatus. Receiver Receiver See Thru-Beam Detector. Reference Axis Reference Axis The axis that is perpendicular to and passes through the center of the sensor face. Reex Sensing Reex Sensing A sensing mode where source light emitted from the sensor is reected directly back to the detector by a prismatic retroreector. When this light beam is blocked by a target, the sensor changes output state. Release Force (R.F.) Release Force (R.F.) Amount of force still applied to switch plunger or actuator at the moment contacts snap from the operated position to the unoperated position. Release Point Release Point The point, at a distance from the sensor face, at which the target is no longer detected by the sensor. Release Time Release Time The time delay from when a target reaches the release point to when the output restores to the not operated state. Repeat Accuracy Repeat Accuracy Variations in sensing distance between successive sensor operations due to component tolerances when all operating conditions are kept constant. Resistance Resistance The opposition to the ow of electricity in an electric circuit measured in ohms. Response Time Response Time Time interval from when the target reaches the operate point to when the output goes into the operated state. Retroective Sensing Retroective Sensing See Reex Sensing. Retroreector Retroreector A highly reective material that returns light that strikes it back in a direction parallel to its original course. Return Force Return Force Amount of force still applied to a switch plunger or actuator at the moment the contacts snap from the operated position to the unoperated position. Reverse Polarity Protection Reverse Polarity Protection Internal circuitry that prevents damage to the sensor in case of accidental reverse polarity connection (plus-to-minus, minus-to-plus). Rust-Resistant Enclosure Rust-Resistant Enclosure So constructed, protected or treated that rust will not exceed a specied limit when subjected to a specied rust-resistance test. Semi-Shielded Semi-Shielded An inductive style that still requires a metal-free zone around the sensor face, but the required area is greatly reduced. Range for this type is typically 2 3 times the range of a similar shielded sensor.
Sensing Face Sensing Face The surface from which the sensing eld is projected from a sensor. Sensing Distance Sensing Distance The physically measured distance from a particular sensor to a particular target. The three specic denitions of sensing distance are: Effective Sensing Distance Effective Sensing Distance (Sr) The operating range of a sensor measured at nominal voltage and temperature. Nominal Sensing Distance Nominal Sensing Distance (Sn) The distance at which a sensor is designed to detect a standard target at rated voltage and temperature. Usable Sensing Distance Usable Sensing Distance (Su) The distance at which a particular sensor should sense a standard target over the operating temperature and voltage limits recommended by the manufacturer. Sensing Range Sensing Range See Sensing Distance. Shielded Shielded An inductive style that allows the user to mount the sensor ush in metal up to the sensor face without the sensor detecting the presence of that metal. Short Circuit Protection Short Circuit Protection Internal circuitry that protects the sensor from electrical damage due to excessive current from a wiring short circuit. Sleet-Proof Enclosure Sleet-Proof Enclosure So constructed or protected that the accumulation of sleet (ice) under specied test conditions will not interfere with the successful operation of the apparatus including external operation mechanism(s). Slow Break Contacts Slow Break Contacts Contacts for which the speed of the contact make/break is dependent upon the speed of the operator. Snap Action Contacts Snap Action Contacts Contacts for which the speed of the contact make/break is independent of the operator speed. Different tripping and reset points occur in each direction (differential travel). Snubber Circuit Snubber Circuit Circuit composed of a resistor and a capacitor in series, and connected across the device. This circuit serves to protect a sensor against electrical transients. Source Source See Thru-Beam Source. Standard Target Standard Target A metallic object used for sensing distance measurement with inductive proximity sensors. For similar sensor models the standard target is a square mild steel plate 1 mm thick. The length of each side is equal to the diameter of the sensing face. Submersible Enclosure Submersible Enclosure So constructed as to prevent water ingress when submerged in water under specied test conditions of pressure and time.
PG08301004E
13
APPENDIX
13-8

August 2007
Thru-Beam Detector Thru-Beam Detector The component of a thru-beam sensing system that receives the light being emitted by the source. Thru-Beam Thru-Beam Sensing A sensing mode where the light source and detector are directed at each other across an area in which a target passes. Detection occurs when the target blocks the light beam travelling directly between the source and detector (called the effective beam). Thru-Beam Source Thru-Beam Source The component of a thru-beam sensing system that emits light. Time Delay Before Availability Time Delay Before Availability Time delay from when power is initially supplied to a solid-state sensor device and the time when it will be ready to detect a target. Total Travel Total Travel (T.T.) The sum of the pretravel and total overtravel expressed by distance or angle. Translucent Translucent A translucent object allows some reduced level of light to pass through it. Translucent objects can result in reliability problems in sensing if the contrast between light beam blocked and unblocked conditions is too low. See also Contrast and Opaque. UL UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., United States. Independent facility which tests and certies electrical equipment. Unshielded Unshielded An inductive style that requires a metalfree zone surrounding the sensor face when mounting. Range for this type is typically 1.5 2 times the shielded range. VDE VDE Verband Deutscher Electro-techniker, Federal Republic of Germany. Watertight Enclosure Watertight Enclosure So constructed as to prevent water ingress applied in the form of a hose stream under specied test conditions. Wavelength Wavelength Distance traveled by light while completing one complete sine-wave expressed in nanometers (nm). Each color has a specic wavelength. Zero Crossing Zero Crossing The point in an AC cycle when the sine wave is at zero.
13
APPENDIX
Index by Catalog Number Index by Catalog Number

August 2007
14-1
10316H10 ..................................... 2-65 10316H1002 ................................. 2-61 10316H1004 ................................. 2-61 10316H1006 ................................. 2-61 10316H1007 ................................. 2-61 10316H1009 ................................. 2-62 10316H1028 ................................. 2-67 10316H1029 ................................. 2-67 10316H1039 ................................. 2-61 10316H1049 ................................. 2-61 10316H1059 ................................. 2-61 10316H1071 ................................. 2-61 10316H1072 ................................. 2-61 10316H110 ................................... 2-67 10316H113 ................................... 2-67 10316H1146 ................................. 2-61 10316H119 ................................... 2-67 10316H1191 ................................. 2-61 10316H1192 ................................. 2-61 10316H1193 ................................. 2-61 10316H1194 ................................. 2-61 10316H1212 ................................. 2-61 10316H1213 ................................. 2-61 10316H122 ................................... 2-67 10316H1237 ................................. 2-62 10316H143 ................................... 2-67 10316H144 ................................... 2-67 10316H145 ................................... 2-67 10316H146 ................................... 2-67 10316H147 ................................... 2-67 10316H148 ................................... 2-67 10316H150 ................................... 2-67 10316H1580 ................................. 2-66 10316H1600 ................................. 2-66 10316H1610 ................................. 2-66 10316H1630 ................................. 2-66 10316H18 ..................................... 2-65 10316H187 ................................... 2-58 10316H2000 ................................. 2-67 10316H2006 ................................. 2-67 10316H2012 ................................. 2-67 10316H2042 ................................. 2-67 10316H2140 ................................. 2-61 10316H2149 ................................. 2-61 10316H2159 ................................. 2-61 10316H2160 ................................. 2-61 10316H2168 ................................. 2-61 10316H2170 ................................. 2-61 10316H2176 ................................. 2-61 10316H2178 ................................. 2-61 10316H2179 ................................. 2-61 10316H2188 ................................. 2-61 10316H2197 ................................. 2-61 10316H2200 ................................. 2-61 10316H281 ................................... 2-58 10316H283 ................................... 2-58 10316H284 ................................... 2-58 10316H285 ................................... 2-58 10316H296 ................................... 2-58 10316H299 ................................... 2-58 10316H320 ................................... 2-65 10316H341 ................................... 2-58 10316H484 ................................... 2-58 10316H50 ..................................... 2-66 10316H54 ..................................... 2-66 PG08301004E
10316H577 ................................... 2-58 10316H621 ................................... 2-58 10316H700 ................................... 2-58 10316H701 ................................... 2-58 10316H828 ................................... 2-67 10316H829A ................................. 2-67 10316H89 ..................................... 2-67 11100A6513 ................................. 5-29 11100A6517 ................................. 5-29 11100AQD03 ............................... 5-29 11100AQD07 ............................... 5-29 11100R6513 ................................. 5-29 11100R6517 ................................. 5-29 11100RQD03................................ 5-29 11100RQD07................................ 5-29 11102A6513 ................................. 5-29 11102A6517 ................................. 5-29 11102AQD03 ............................... 5-29 11102AQD07 ............................... 5-29 11155AA04 .................................. 5-41 11155AA07 .................................. 5-41 11155AA14 .................................. 5-41 11155AA17 .................................. 5-41 11155RA04 .................................. 5-41 11155RA07 .................................. 5-41 11155RA14 .................................. 5-41 11155RA17 .................................. 5-41 1141D-6501 ............................... 5-108 1150E-6504 .................................... 5-9 1150E-6507 .................................... 5-9 1150E-6513 .................................... 5-9 1150E-6517 .................................... 5-9 1150E-6534 .................................... 5-9 1150E-6537 .................................... 5-9 1150E-6543 .................................... 5-9 1150E-6547 .................................... 5-9 1151E-6504 .................................. 5-10 1151E-6507 .................................. 5-10 1151E-6513 .................................. 5-10 1151E-6517 .................................. 5-10 1151E-6534 .................................. 5-10 1151E-6537 .................................. 5-10 1151E-6543 .................................. 5-10 1151E-6547 .................................. 5-10 1155A-6501 ........................ 5-70, 5-77 1155A-6502 ........................ 5-70, 5-77 1155A-6507 ........................ 5-70, 5-77 1155A-6511 ........................ 5-70, 5-77 1155A-6512 ........................ 5-70, 5-77 1155A-6517 ........................ 5-70, 5-77 1170A-300 ................................. 5-117 1173A-100 ................................. 5-117 1173A-200 ................................. 5-117 1173A-300 ................................. 5-117 1179A-6501 ............................... 5-117 12100A6513 ................................. 5-29 12100A6517 ................................. 5-29 12100AQD03 ............................... 5-29 12100AQD07 ............................... 5-29 12100R6513 ................................. 5-29 12100R6517 ................................. 5-29 12100RQD03................................ 5-29 12100RQD07................................ 5-29 12102A6513 ................................. 5-29 12102A6517 ................................. 5-29
12102AQD03 ................................ 5-29 12102AQD07 ................................ 5-29 12155AD04 ................................... 5-41 12155AD07 ................................... 5-41 12155AD10 ................................... 5-41 12155AL04 ................................... 5-41 12155AL07 ................................... 5-41 12155AL10 ................................... 5-41 12155RD04 ................................... 5-41 12155RD07 ................................... 5-41 12155RD10 ................................... 5-41 12155RL04 .................................... 5-41 12155RL07 .................................... 5-41 12155RL10 .................................... 5-41 1241D-6501 ................................ 5-108 1250B-6501 .................................. 5-70 1250B-6502 .................................. 5-70 1250B-6507 .................................. 5-70 1250B-6511 .................................. 5-70 1250B-6512 .................................. 5-70 1250B-6517 .................................. 5-70 1250E-6503 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6504 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6507 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6513 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6514 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6517 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6533 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6534 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6537 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6543 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6545 .................................... 5-9 1250E-6547 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8503 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8504 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8507 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8513 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8514 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8517 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8533 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8534 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8537 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8543 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8545 .................................... 5-9 1250E-8547 .................................... 5-9 1251B-6501 .................................. 5-70 1251B-6502 .................................. 5-70 1251B-6507 .................................. 5-70 1251B-6511 .................................. 5-70 1251B-6512 .................................. 5-70 1251B-6517 .................................. 5-70 1251E-6503 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6504 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6507 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6513 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6514 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6517 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6533 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6534 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6537 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6543 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6545 .................................. 5-10 1251E-6547 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8503 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8504 .................................. 5-10
1251E-8507 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8513 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8514 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8517 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8533 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8534 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8537 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8543 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8545 .................................. 5-10 1251E-8547 .................................. 5-10 1255A-6501 ................................. 5-77 1255A-6502 ................................. 5-77 1255A-6507 ................................. 5-77 1255A-6511 ................................. 5-77 1255A-6512 ................................. 5-77 1255A-6517 ................................. 5-77 1256A-6501 ................................. 5-77 1256A-6502 ................................. 5-77 1256A-6507 ................................. 5-77 1256A-6511 ................................. 5-77 1256A-6512 ................................. 5-77 1256A-6517 ................................. 5-77 1270A-300 ................................. 5-117 1273A-100 ................................. 5-117 1273A-200 ................................. 5-117 1273A-300 ................................. 5-117 1279A-6501 ............................... 5-117 13100A6513 ................................. 5-31 13100A6517 ................................. 5-31 13100AQD03 ............................... 5-31 13100AQD07 ............................... 5-31 13100R6513 ................................. 5-31 13100R6517 ................................. 5-31 13100RQD03 ................................ 5-31 13100RQD07 ................................ 5-31 13101A6513 ................................. 5-32 13101A6517 ................................. 5-32 13101AQD03 ............................... 5-32 13101AQD07 ............................... 5-32 13101AS6515 .............................. 5-32 13101ASQD05 ............................. 5-32 13101ASQD25 ............................. 5-32 13101RS6515 ............................... 5-32 13101RSQD05 ............................. 5-32 13102A6513 ................................. 5-31 13102A6517 ................................. 5-31 13102AQD03 ............................... 5-31 13102AQD07 ............................... 5-31 13103A6513 ................................. 5-32 13103A6517 ................................. 5-32 13103AQD03 ............................... 5-32 13103AQD07 ............................... 5-32 13103R6513 ................................. 5-33 13103R6517 ................................. 5-33 13103RQD03 ................................ 5-33 13103RQD07 ................................ 5-33 13104A6513 ................................. 5-32 13104A6515 ................................. 5-32 13104A6517 ................................. 5-32 13104AQD03 ............................... 5-32 13104AQD05 ............................... 5-32 13104AQD07 ............................... 5-32 13104AQD25 ............................... 5-32 13104R6513 ................................. 5-33 13104R6515 ................................. 5-32
14
INDEX
14-2
Index by Catalog Number

August 2007
13104R6517 .................................. 5-33 13104RQD03 ................................ 5-33 13104RQD05 ................................ 5-32 13104RQD07 ................................ 5-33 13104RQD25 ................................ 5-32 13104RS5003 ............................... 5-33 13104RS5007 ............................... 5-33 13104RS5013 ............................... 5-33 13104RS5020 ............................... 5-33 13105A6513 ................................. 5-33 13105A6517 ................................. 5-33 13105AQD03 ................................ 5-33 13105AQD07 ................................ 5-33 13106A6513 ................................. 5-31 13106A6517 ................................. 5-31 13106AQD03 ................................ 5-31 13106AQD07 ................................ 5-31 13106R6513 .................................. 5-31 13106R6517 .................................. 5-31 13106RQD03 ................................ 5-31 13106RQD07 ................................ 5-31 13107AS6513 ............................... 5-31 13107AS6517 ............................... 5-31 13107ASQD03 ............................. 5-31 13107ASQD07 ............................. 5-31 13107RS6513 ............................... 5-31 13107RS6517 ............................... 5-31 13107RSQD03 .............................. 5-31 13107RSQD07 .............................. 5-31 13108A6513 ................................. 5-32 13108A6517 ................................. 5-32 13108AQD03 ................................ 5-32 13108AQD07 ................................ 5-32 13108R6513 .................................. 5-33 13108R6517 .................................. 5-33 13108RQD03 ................................ 5-33 13108RQD07 ................................ 5-33 13150AD04 ................................... 5-42 13150AD07 ................................... 5-42 13150AD14 ................................... 5-42 13150AD17 ................................... 5-42 13150AL04 ................................... 5-42 13150AL07 ................................... 5-42 13150AL14 ................................... 5-42 13150AL17 ................................... 5-42 13150RD04 ................................... 5-42 13150RD07 ................................... 5-42 13150RD14 ................................... 5-42 13150RD17 ................................... 5-42 13150RL04 .................................... 5-42 13150RL07 .................................... 5-42 13150RL14 .................................... 5-42 13150RL17 .................................... 5-42 13156RD07B1 .............................. 5-48 13156RD17B1 .............................. 5-48 13156RL07B1 ............................... 5-48 13156RL17B1 ............................... 5-48 13157RD07B1 .............................. 5-48 13157RD17B1 .............................. 5-48 13157RL07B1 ............................... 5-48 13157RL17B1 ............................... 5-48 1320B-6501 ................................ 5-108 1320B-7501 ................................ 5-110 1321B-6501 ................................ 5-108 1350B-6501 .................................. 5-71
1350B-6502 ................................. 1350B-6507 ................................. 1350B-6511 ................................. 1350B-6512 ................................. 1350B-6517 ................................. 1350E-6503 .................................. 1350E-6504 .................................. 1350E-6507 .................................. 1350E-6513 .................................. 1350E-6514 .................................. 1350E-6517 .................................. 1350E-6533 .................................. 1350E-6534 .................................. 1350E-6537 .................................. 1350E-6543 .................................. 1350E-6545 .................................. 1350E-6547 .................................. 1350E-8503 .................................. 1350E-8504 .................................. 1350E-8507 .................................. 1350E-8513 .................................. 1350E-8514 .................................. 1350E-8517 .................................. 1350E-8533 .................................. 1350E-8534 .................................. 1350E-8537 .................................. 1350E-8543 .................................. 1350E-8545 .................................. 1350E-8547 .................................. 1351B-6501 ................................. 1351B-6502 ................................. 1351B-6507 ................................. 1351B-6511 ................................. 1351B-6512 ................................. 1351B-6517 ................................. 1351E-6503 .................................. 1351E-6504 .................................. 1351E-6507 .................................. 1351E-6513 .................................. 1351E-6514 .................................. 1351E-6517 .................................. 1351E-6533 .................................. 1351E-6534 .................................. 1351E-6537 .................................. 1351E-6543 .................................. 1351E-6545 .................................. 1351E-6547 .................................. 1351E-8503 .................................. 1351E-8504 .................................. 1351E-8507 .................................. 1351E-8513 .................................. 1351E-8514 .................................. 1351E-8517 .................................. 1351E-8533 .................................. 1351E-8534 .................................. 1351E-8537 .................................. 1351E-8543 .................................. 1351E-8545 .................................. 1351E-8547 .................................. 1352B-6501 ................................. 1352B-6507 ................................. 1352B-6511 ................................. 1352B-6517 ................................. 1355A-6503 ................................. 1355A-6507 .................................
5-71 5-71 5-71 5-71 5-71 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-71 5-71 5-71 5-71 5-71 5-71 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-71 5-71 5-71 5-71 5-78 5-78
1355A-6513 ................................. 5-78 1355A-6517 ................................. 5-78 1355AD6503 ................................ 5-78 1355AD6507 ................................ 5-78 1355AD6513 ................................ 5-78 1355AD6517 ................................ 5-78 1355R-6503 ................................. 5-78 1355R-6513 ................................. 5-78 1355RD6503 ................................ 5-78 1355RD6513 ................................ 5-78 1356A-6503 ................................. 5-78 1356A-6507 ................................. 5-78 1356A-6513 ................................. 5-78 1356A-6517 ................................. 5-78 1356AD6503 ................................ 5-78 1356AD6507 ................................ 5-78 1356AD6513 ................................ 5-78 1356AD6517 ................................ 5-78 1356R-6503 ................................. 5-78 1356R-6513 ................................. 5-78 1356RD6503 ................................ 5-78 1356RD6513 ................................ 5-78 1357A-6503 ................................. 5-78 1357A-6507 ................................. 5-78 1357A-6513 ................................. 5-78 1357A-6517 ................................. 5-78 1357AD6503 ................................ 5-78 1357AD6507 ................................ 5-78 1357AD6513 ................................ 5-78 1357AD6517 ................................ 5-78 1357R-6503 ................................. 5-78 1357R-6513 ................................. 5-78 1357RD6503 ................................ 5-78 1357RD6513 ................................ 5-78 1370A-6501 ............................... 5-118 1372A-6501 ............................... 5-118 1380B-6501 ............................... 5-102 1381B-6501 ............................... 5-102 1382B-6501 ............................... 5-102 1383B-6501 ............................... 5-102 1383R-6501 ............................... 5-102 1384B-6501 ............................... 5-102 14100A6513................................. 5-30 14100A6517................................. 5-30 14100AQD03 ............................... 5-30 14100AQD07 ............................... 5-30 14101A6513................................. 5-30 14101A6517................................. 5-30 14101AQD03 ............................... 5-30 14101AQD07 ............................... 5-30 14101AS6515 .............................. 5-30 14101ASQD05............................. 5-30 14101R6513 ................................. 5-30 14101R6517 ................................. 5-30 14101RQD03 ............................... 5-30 14101RQD07 ............................... 5-30 14102A6513................................. 5-30 14102A6517................................. 5-30 14102AQD03 ............................... 5-30 14102AQD07 ............................... 5-30 14102AS6515 .............................. 5-30 14102ASQD05............................. 5-30 14102R6513 ................................. 5-30 14102R6517 ................................. 5-30 14102RQD03 ............................... 5-30
14102RQD07 ................................ 5-30 1410B-6501 ................................ 5-108 1410B-6502 ................................ 5-108 1411D-6501 ................................ 5-113 1411D-6502 ................................ 5-113 1411R-6501 ................................ 5-113 1411R-6502 ................................ 5-113 14150AD04 .................................. 5-42 14150AD07 .................................. 5-42 14150AD14 .................................. 5-42 14150AD17 .................................. 5-42 14150AL04 ................................... 5-42 14150AL07 ................................... 5-42 14150AL14 ................................... 5-42 14150AL17 ................................... 5-42 14150RD04 ................................... 5-42 14150RD07 ................................... 5-42 14150RD14 ................................... 5-42 14150RD17 ................................... 5-42 14150RL04 ................................... 5-42 14150RL07 ................................... 5-42 14150RL14 ................................... 5-42 14150RL17 ................................... 5-42 14151AD04 .................................. 5-42 14151AD07 .................................. 5-42 14151AD14 .................................. 5-42 14151AD17 .................................. 5-42 14151AL04 ................................... 5-42 14151AL07 ................................... 5-42 14151AL14 ................................... 5-42 14151AL17 ................................... 5-42 14151RD04 ................................... 5-42 14151RD07 ................................... 5-42 14151RD14 ................................... 5-42 14151RD17 ................................... 5-42 14151RL04 ................................... 5-42 14151RL07 ................................... 5-42 14151RL14 ................................... 5-42 14151RL17 ................................... 5-42 14156AD07B1 .............................. 5-48 14156AD17B1 .............................. 5-48 14156AL07B1 .............................. 5-48 14156AL17B1 .............................. 5-48 14156RD07B1 .............................. 5-48 14156RD17B1 .............................. 5-48 14156RL07B1 ............................... 5-48 14156RL17B1 ............................... 5-48 1420B-6501 ................................ 5-108 14256RD17B1 .............................. 6-20 14256RDN17B1 ........................... 6-20 14256RDP17B1 ........................... 6-20 14256RL17B1 ............................... 6-20 14256RLN17B1 ............................ 6-20 14256RLP17B1 ............................ 6-20 14266RDN17B1 ........................... 6-15 14266RDNT17B1 ......................... 6-15 14266RDP17B1 ........................... 6-15 14266RDPC17B1 ......................... 6-15 14266RLN17B1 ............................ 6-15 14266RLNT17B1 ......................... 6-15 14266RLP17B1 ............................ 6-15 14266RLPC17B1.......................... 6-15 14266RLPT17B1 .......................... 6-15 14286RDN17B1 ........................... 6-15 14286RDP17B1 ........................... 6-15 PG08301004E
INDEX
14

August 2007
14-3
14286RDPC17B1 ......................... 6-15 14286RDPT17B1 ......................... 6-15 14286RLN17B1 ............................ 6-15 14286RLNT17B1.......................... 6-15 14286RLP17B1 ............................ 6-15 14286RLPC17B1 .......................... 6-15 14286RLPT17B1 .......................... 6-15 1450B-6501 .................................. 5-70 1450B-6502 .................................. 5-70 1450B-6507 .................................. 5-70 1450B-6511 .................................. 5-70 1450B-6512 .................................. 5-70 1450B-6517 .................................. 5-70 1450B-7501 ........................ 5-74, 5-80 1450E-6503 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6504 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6507 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6513 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6514 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6517 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6533 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6534 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6537 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6543 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6545 .................................. 5-11 1450E-6547 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8503 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8504 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8507 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8513 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8514 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8517 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8533 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8534 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8537 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8543 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8545 .................................. 5-11 1450E-8547 .................................. 5-11 1451B-6501 .................................. 5-71 1451B-6502 .................................. 5-71 1451B-6507 .................................. 5-71 1451B-6511 .................................. 5-71 1451B-6512 .................................. 5-71 1451B-6517 .................................. 5-71 1451BSC1216 ................................ 6-7 1451BSP1216 ................................ 6-7 1451BSR1216 ...................... 6-7, 6-17 1451E-6503 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6504 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6507 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6513 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6514 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6517 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6533 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6534 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6537 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6543 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6545 .................................. 5-11 1451E-6547 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8503 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8504 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8507 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8513 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8514 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8517 .................................. 5-11 PG08301004E
1451E-8533 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8534 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8537 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8543 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8545 .................................. 5-11 1451E-8547 .................................. 5-11 1452E-6503 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6504 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6507 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6513 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6514 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6517 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6533 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6534 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6537 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6543 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6545 .................................. 5-13 1452E-6547 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8503 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8504 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8507 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8513 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8514 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8517 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8533 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8534 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8537 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8543 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8545 .................................. 5-13 1452E-8547 .................................. 5-13 1455A-6503 ................................. 5-77 1455A-6507 ................................. 5-77 1455A-6513 ................................. 5-77 1455A-6517 ................................. 5-77 1455AD6503 ................................ 5-77 1455AD6507 ................................ 5-77 1455AD6513 ................................ 5-77 1455AD6517 ................................ 5-77 1455R-6503.................................. 5-77 1455R-6513.................................. 5-77 1455RD6503 ................................ 5-77 1455RD6513 ................................ 5-77 1456A-6503 ................................. 5-78 1456A-6507 ................................. 5-78 1456A-6513 ................................. 5-78 1456A-6517 ................................. 5-78 1456AD6503 ................................ 5-78 1456AD6507 ................................ 5-78 1456AD6513 ................................ 5-78 1456AD6517 ................................ 5-78 1456R-6503.................................. 5-78 1456R-6513.................................. 5-78 1456RD6503 ................................ 5-78 1456RD65B.................................. 5-78 1470A-6501 ............................... 5-117 1471A-6501 ............................... 5-118 1480B-6501 ............................... 5-102 1480R-6501................................ 5-102 15100A6513 ................................. 5-34 15100A6517 ................................. 5-34 15100AQD03 ............................... 5-34 15100AQD07 ............................... 5-34 1550B-6501 ................................. 5-71 1550B-6502 ................................. 5-71 1550B-6507 ................................. 5-71
1550B-6511 .................................. 5-71 1550B-6512 .................................. 5-71 1550B-6517 .................................. 5-71 1550E-6503 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6504 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6507 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6513 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6514 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6517 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6533 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6534 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6537 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6543 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6545 .................................. 5-13 1550E-6547 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8503 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8504 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8507 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8513 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8514 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8517 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8533 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8534 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8537 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8543 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8545 .................................. 5-13 1550E-8547 .................................. 5-13 1551E-6503 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6504 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6507 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6513 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6514 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6517 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6533 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6534 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6537 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6543 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6545 .................................. 5-14 1551E-6547 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8503 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8504 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8507 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8513 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8514 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8517 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8533 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8534 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8537 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8543 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8545 .................................. 5-14 1551E-8547 .................................. 5-14 1555A-6503 .................................. 5-78 1555A-6507 .................................. 5-78 1555A-6513 .................................. 5-78 1555A-6517 .................................. 5-78 1555AD6503 ................................. 5-78 1555AD6507 ................................. 5-78 1555AD6513 ................................. 5-78 1555AD6517 ................................. 5-78 1555R-6503 .................................. 5-78 1555R-6513 .................................. 5-78 1555RD6503 ................................. 5-78 1555RD6513 ................................. 5-78 1571A-6501 ................................ 5-118 1580B-6501 ................................ 5-102
6110A-6501 ............................... 5-110 6140A-6501 ............................... 5-110 6141A-6501 ............................... 5-114 6142A-6501 ........................ 5-123, 8-6 6143A-6501 ........................ 5-123, 8-6 6150A-6502 ........................ 5-74, 5-80 6150A-6503 ........................ 5-74, 5-80 6150A-6504 ........................ 5-74, 5-80 6150A-6505 ........................ 5-74, 5-80 6150E-6501 .................................. 5-19 6150E-6502 .................................. 5-19 6150E-6503 .................................. 5-19 6161A-6501 .......................... 5-55, 8-4 6161AS0285 .................................. 6-8 6161AS5295 ......................... 5-55, 8-5 6161AS5296 ...................... 5-38, 5-45, 5-50, 5-54 6161AS5297 ...................... 5-38, 5-45, 5-50, 5-54 6161AS6501 .................................. 8-4 6161AS7050 .................................. 8-5 6162A-6501 ............................... 5-123 6167A-6501 ................................... 8-5 6168A-6501 ........................ 5-123, 8-6 6170A-6501 ............................... 5-123 6177A-6501 ............................... 5-123 6180A-6501 ............................... 5-104 6181A-6501 ............................... 5-104 6181AS5200 ...................... 5-38, 5-45, 5-50, 5-54 6200A-6501 ................................... 8-3 6200A-6502 ................................... 8-3 6200A-6504 ................................... 8-3 6200A-6505 ................................... 8-3 6200A-6506 ................................... 8-3 6200A-6507 ................................... 8-3 6200AS6501 .................................. 8-3 6200AS6504 .................................. 8-3 6200A-XXXX ................................. 8-3 6201A-XXXX ................................. 8-3 6202A-XXXX ................................. 8-3 6203A-XXXX ................................. 8-3 6210A-6501 ............................... 5-118 6221A-7501 ............................... 5-118 6230A-6501 ................................. 9-12 6230A-6502 ................................. 9-12 6230A-6503 ................................... 9-3 6230A-6505 ................................... 9-3 6230A-6508 ................................... 9-3 6230A-6509 ................................... 9-3 6235A-6501 ........................ 5-35, 5-43 6271A-6501 ............................... 5-124 6271A-6502 ............................... 5-124 6276A-6501 ............................... 5-118 6323A-6501 ................................... 9-5 6323A-6502 ................................... 9-5 6323A-6511 ................................... 9-5 6323A-6512 ................................... 9-5 6323A-XXX .................................... 9-3 6323E-6501 ........................... 5-17, 9-5 6323E-6502 .................................. 5-17 6324A-6501 ................................... 9-4 6324A-6502 ................................... 9-4 6324A-6511 ................................... 9-4 6324A-6512 ................................... 9-4
14
INDEX
14-4

August 2007
6324A-XXX .................................... 9-3 6324E-6501 .......................... 5-17, 9-4 6324E-6502 .................................. 5-17 6503A-XXX ................................ 5-124 6507A-XXX ................................ 5-124 8170A-6501 ................................ 5-119 8170A-6502 ................................ 5-119 8170A-6504 ................................ 5-119 8170A-6505 ................................ 5-119 8171B-6501 ................................ 5-119 8171B-6502 ................................ 5-119 8172A-6501 ................................ 5-119 8172A-6502 ................................ 5-119 8173A-6507 ................................ 5-119 8211B-6501 ................................ 5-114 8212B-6501 .................... 5-110, 5-121 8213B-6501 .................... 5-110, 5-121 8215A-6501 ................................ 5-121 8216A-6501 .................... 5-110, 5-121 8250B-6501 .................................. 5-73 8251B-6501 .................................. 5-73 8252A-6501 .................................. 5-73 8253A-6501 .................................. 5-73 8272A-6501 ................................ 5-122 8280A-6501 ................................ 5-104 8281A-6501 ................................ 5-104 8282A-6501 ................................ 5-104 8526A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-122 8530A-6501 ......... 5-109, 5-113, 5-122 8532B-6501 .................................. 5-73 8562B-6501 .................................. 5-73 8563A-6501 .................................. 5-73 8570A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-122 8572A-6501 ......... 5-109, 5-113, 5-122 8573A-6501 ......... 5-109, 5-113, 5-122 8574A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-122 8580A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-122 8582A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-122 8586A-6501 ......... 5-109, 5-113, 5-122 8587A-6501 .................................. 5-73 8712A-6501 ................................ 5-121 8713A-6501 ................................ 5-121 8730A-6501 ................................ 5-121 8771A-6501 ................................ 5-119 8772A-6501 ................................ 5-119 8880C-6501 ................................ 5-103 8880C-6502 ................................ 5-103 8881C-6501 ................................ 5-103 8881C-6502 ................................ 5-103 8882B-6501 ................................ 5-103 8884C-6501 ................................ 5-103 8884C-6502 ................................ 5-103 8904A-6501 ................................ 5-124 8905A-6501 ................................ 5-124 8907A-6501 ................................ 5-124 8909A-6501 .................................... 9-3 9072A-6501 ................................ 5-119 9082A-6501 ................................ 5-118 9902A-6501 .................................... 8-7 9902A-6502 .................................... 8-7 BUS256A18-33 ............................ 6-20 BUS256A18-66 ............................ 6-20 BUS256A24-25 ............................ 6-20 BUS256A24-50 ............................ 6-20 BUS256A30-20 ............................ 6-20
BUS256A30-40 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A36-16 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A36-33 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A40-15 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A40-30 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A42-14 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A42-28 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A48-12 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A48-25 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A54-11 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A54-22 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A60-10 ........................... 6-20 BUS256A60-20 ........................... 6-20 BUS256ISO-01B1 ....................... 6-21 BUS256LINK-01B1 ..................... 6-21 BUS256PWR-01B1 .................... 6-21 BUS256PWR120 ......................... 6-21 BUS256PWR20-02B1 ................ 6-21 BUS266A18-33 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A18-6 ...................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A18-66 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A24-25 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A24-5 ...................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A24-50 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A30-20 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A30-4 ...................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A30-40 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A36-16 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A36-3 ...................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A36-33 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A40-15 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A40-3 ...................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A40-30 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A42-14 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A42-2 ...................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A42-28 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A48-12 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A48-2 ...................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A48-25 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A54-11 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A54-2 ...................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A54-22 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A60-10 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A60-2 ...................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266A60-20 .................... 6-9, 6-16 BUS266ISO-01B1 ................ 6-7, 6-17 BUS266JUMP15-01B1 ....... 6-7, 6-17 BUS266JUMP15-02B1 ....... 6-7, 6-17 BUS266LINK-01B1 .............. 6-7, 6-17 BUS266PWR-01B1 ............. 6-6, 6-16 BUS266PWR-5001B1 ......... 6-6, 6-16 BUS266REL-01B1 ................ 6-8, 6-16 BUS266REL-02B1 ................ 6-8, 6-16 BUSJUMP36 .............................. 6-21 CBCAP .............................. 10-9, 10-13 CBDR4NSC ............................... 10-13 CBDR4P05 ................................. 10-13 CBDR4P10 ................................. 10-13 CBDR4PSC ................................ 10-13 CBDR6NSC ............................... 10-13 CBDR6P05 ................................. 10-13 CBDR6P10 ................................. 10-13 CBDR6PSC ................................ 10-13 CBDR8NSC ............................... 10-13 CBDR8P05 ................................. 10-13
CBDR8P10 ................................ 10-13 CBDR8PSC ............................... 10-13 CBMCAP..................................... 10-9 CS3ACY24XX.............................. 10-9 CS4ACY22XX.............................. 10-9 CSAR3F3CY1802 ........................ 10-6 CSAR3F3CY1805 ........................ 10-6 CSAR3F3CY1810 ........................ 10-6 CSAR3F3CY2202 ........................ 10-6 CSAR3F3CY2205 ........................ 10-6 CSAR3F3CY2210 ........................ 10-6 CSAR3F3RY2202 ........................ 10-6 CSAR3F3RY2205 ........................ 10-6 CSAR3F3RY2210 ........................ 10-6 CSAR4F4CY1802 ........................ 10-6 CSAR4F4CY1805 ........................ 10-6 CSAR4F4CY1810 ........................ 10-6 CSAR4F4CY2202 ........................ 10-6 CSAR4F4CY2205 ........................ 10-6 CSAR4F4CY2210 ........................ 10-6 CSAR4F4IO2202 ......................... 10-6 CSAR4F4IO2205 ......................... 10-6 CSAR4F4IO2210 ......................... 10-6 CSAR4F4RY2202 ........................ 10-6 CSAR4F4RY2205 ........................ 10-6 CSAR4F4RY2210 ........................ 10-6 CSAS3F3CY1802 ........................ 10-5 CSAS3F3CY1805 ........................ 10-5 CSAS3F3CY1810 ........................ 10-5 CSAS3F3CY2202 .............. 3-11, 3-20, 3-27, 3-33, 3-45, 3-52, 3-55, 4-4, 5-36, 5-61, 10-5 CSAS3F3CY2205 ........................ 10-5 CSAS3F3CY2210 ........................ 10-5 CSAS3F3RY2202 .............. 3-11, 3-20, 3-27, 3-33, 3-45, 3-52, 3-55, 5-36, 5-61, 10-5 CSAS3F3RY2205 ........................ 10-5 CSAS3F3RY2210 ........................ 10-5 CSAS4A4CY2202 ....................... 10-5 CSAS4A4CY2205 ....................... 10-5 CSAS4A4CY2210 ....................... 10-5 CSAS4F4CY1802 ........................ 10-5 CSAS4F4CY1805 ........................ 10-5 CSAS4F4CY1810 ........................ 10-5 CSAS4F4CY2202 ................ 4-7, 5-14, 5-25, 5-36, 5-44, 5-61, 5-66, 10-5 CSAS4F4CY2205 ........................ 10-5 CSAS4F4CY2210 ........................ 10-5 CSAS4F4IO2202 ............... 5-14, 5-25, 5-36, 5-44, 5-61, 5-66, 10-5 CSAS4F4IO2205 ......................... 10-5 CSAS4F4IO2210 ......................... 10-5 CSAS4F4RY2202 .............. 5-14, 5-25, 5-36, 5-44, 5-61, 5-66, 10-5 CSAS4F4RY2205 ........................ 10-5 CSAS4F4RY2210 ........................ 10-5 CSAS5A5CY2202 .............. 5-14, 10-5 CSAS5A5CY2205 ....................... 10-5 CSAS5A5CY2210 ....................... 10-5
CSDR4.......................................... 10-9 CSDR4A3CY2202 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A3CY2205 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A3CY2205-LN ................. 10-6 CSDR4A3CY2205-LP .................. 10-6 CSDR4A3CY2210 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A3RY2202 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A3RY2205 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A3RY2205-LN ................. 10-6 CSDR4A3RY2205-LP .................. 10-6 CSDR4A3RY2210 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A4CY2201.5-D................. 10-8 CSDR4A4CY2201-D.................... 10-8 CSDR4A4CY2202 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A4CY2202-D.................... 10-8 CSDR4A4CY2203-D.................... 10-8 CSDR4A4CY2205 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A4CY2205-D.................... 10-8 CSDR4A4CY2210 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A4IO2202 ......................... 10-6 CSDR4A4IO2205 ......................... 10-6 CSDR4A4IO2210 ......................... 10-6 CSDR4A4RY2202 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A4RY2205 ........................ 10-6 CSDR4A4RY2210 ........................ 10-6 CSDR5A5CY2202 ........................ 10-6 CSDR5A5CY2205 ........................ 10-6 CSDR5A5CY2210 ........................ 10-6 CSDRM4 ...................................... 10-9 CSDS4.......................................... 10-9 CSDS4A3CY2202 ............. 3-33, 3-39, 3-52, 3-61, 4-4, 4-7, 10-5 CSDS4A3CY2205 ........................ 10-5 CSDS4A3CY2210 ........................ 10-5 CSDS4A3RY2202 ............. 3-33, 3-39, 3-52, 3-61, 10-5 CSDS4A3RY2205 ........................ 10-5 CSDS4A3RY2210 ........................ 10-5 CSDS4A4CMR22.3 ..................... 10-9 CSDS4A4CY2201.5-D................. 10-8 CSDS4A4CY2201-D.................... 10-8 CSDS4A4CY2202 ............. 3-11, 3-20, 3-27, 3-39, 3-45, 3-49, 3-55, 3-61, 4-4, 4-7, 5-14, 5-25, 5-36, 5-44, 5-48, 5-61, 5-66, 10-5 CSDS4A4CY2202-D.................... 10-8 CSDS4A4CY2203-D.................... 10-8 CSDS4A4CY2205 ........................ 10-5 CSDS4A4CY2205-D.................... 10-8 CSDS4A4CY2210 ........................ 10-5 CSDS4A4CY2220 ........................ 10-5 CSDS4A4IO2202 .............. 3-11, 3-20, 3-27, 3-39, 3-45, 3-49, 3-55, 3-61, 5-14, 5-25, 5-36, 5-44, 5-48, 5-61, 5-66, 10-5 CSDS4A4IO2205 ......................... 10-5 CSDS4A4IO2210 ......................... 10-5 PG08301004E
INDEX
14

August 2007
14-5
CSDS4A4RY2202 ............. 3-11, 3-20, 3-27, 3-39, 3-45, 3-49, 3-55, 3-61, 5-14, 5-25, 5-36, 5-44, 5-48, 5-61, 5-66, 10-5 CSDS4A4RY2205 ........................ 10-5 CSDS4A4RY2210 ........................ 10-5 CSDS5A5CMR.5 ......................... 10-9 CSDS5A5CY2202 ............. 2-31, 2-32, 2-37, 10-5 CSDS5A5CY2203-D .................... 10-8 CSDS5A5CY2205 ........................ 10-5 CSDS5A5CY2205-D .................... 10-8 CSDS5A5CY2210 ........................ 10-5 CSDSM4 ...................................... 10-9 CSDY3 .......................................... 10-9 CSDY5 .......................................... 10-9 CSMS2D2CY1602 ............ 5-72, 5-79, 10-7 CSMS2D2CY1604 ....................... 10-7 CSMS3F3CY1602 ............. 3-11, 3-20, 3-52, 3-80, 3-83, 3-88, 5-36, 5-61, 5-79, 5-89, 10-7 CSMS3F3CY1604 ........................ 10-7 CSMS4A4CMR16.5 .................... 10-9 CSMS4A4CY1602 ............ 3-20, 3-83, 5-14, 5-79, 10-7 CSMS4A4CY1604 ....................... 10-7 CSMS4A4CY1606 ....................... 10-7 CSMS4F4CY1602 .............. 5-72, 10-7 CSMS4F4CY1604 ........................ 10-7 CSMS5A5CY1602 ............ 3-88, 5-14, 5-79, 10-7 CSMS5A5CY1604 ....................... 10-7 CSMS5A5CY1606 ....................... 10-7 CSMS5D5CY1602 ............ 2-31, 2-32, 2-37, 2-42, 2-43, 2-46, 3-80, 5-72, 5-89, 10-7 CSMS5D5CY1604 ....................... 10-7 CSMS9D9CY1602 ............ 2-31, 2-32, 2-37, 2-42, 2-43, 2-46, 10-7 CSNR3A3CY2402 ........................ 10-8 CSNR3A3CY2405 ........................ 10-8 CSNR3A3CY2405-LN ................. 10-8 CSNR3A3CY2405-LP .................. 10-8 CSNR3A3CY2410 ........................ 10-8 CSNR3A3RY2402 ........................ 10-8 CSNR3A3RY2405 ........................ 10-8 CSNR3A3RY2405-LN ................. 10-8 CSNR3A3RY2405-LP .................. 10-8 CSNR3A3RY2410 ........................ 10-8 CSNR4.......................................... 10-9 CSNRM4 ...................................... 10-9 CSNS3.......................................... 10-9 CSNS3A3CY2402 ............. 3-33, 3-61, 3-75, 10-8 CSNS3A3CY2405 ........................ 10-8 CSNS3A3CY2410 ........................ 10-8 CSNS3A3RY2402 ............. 3-33, 3-61, 3-75, 10-8 CSNS3A3RY2405 ........................ 10-8 CSNS3A3RY2410 ........................ 10-8 PG08301004E
CSNS4 ......................................... 10-9 CSNSM3 ..................................... 10-9 CSNSM4 ..................................... 10-9 E47BCC05.................................... 2-15 E47BCC06.................................... 2-15 E47BCC07.................................... 2-15 E47BCC08.................................... 2-15 E47BCC11.................................... 2-15 E47BCC12.................................... 2-15 E47BCC13.................................... 2-15 E47BCC15.................................... 2-15 E47BCC20.................................... 2-15 E47BLS05 .................................... 2-11 E47BLS06 .................................... 2-11 E47BLS07 .................................... 2-12 E47BLS08 .................................... 2-12 E47BLS11 .................................... 2-12 E47BLS12 .................................... 2-12 E47BLS14 .................................... 2-12 E47BLS32 .................................... 2-11 E47BLS33 .................................... 2-12 E47BLS34 .................................... 2-12 E47BLS35 .................................... 2-12 E47BML01 ..................................... 2-8 E47BML02 ..................................... 2-8 E47BML03 ..................................... 2-8 E47BML04 ..................................... 2-9 E47BML10 ..................................... 2-9 E47BML11 ..................................... 2-9 E47BML20 ..................................... 2-8 E47BML21 ..................................... 2-8 E47BML22 ..................................... 2-8 E47BML23 ................................... 2-10 E47BML30 ................................... 2-10 E47BML31 ................................... 2-10 E47BML40 ................................... 2-10 E47BML41 ..................................... 2-9 E47BML42 ..................................... 2-9 E47BML43 ................................... 2-10 E47BMS01 .................................... 2-8 E47BMS02 .................................... 2-8 E47BMS03 .................................... 2-8 E47BMS04 .................................... 2-9 E47BMS10 .................................... 2-9 E47BMS11 .................................... 2-9 E47BMS20 .................................... 2-8 E47BMS21 .................................... 2-8 E47BMS22 .................................... 2-8 E47BMS23 .................................. 2-10 E47BMS30 .................................. 2-10 E47BMS31 .................................. 2-10 E47BMS40 .................................. 2-10 E47BMS41 .................................... 2-9 E47BMS42 .................................... 2-9 E47BMS43 .................................. 2-10 E47BMT04..................................... 2-9 E47BMT21..................................... 2-8 E47BMT30................................... 2-10 E47CLS05 .................................... 2-11 E47CLS32 .................................... 2-11 E47CML01 ..................................... 2-8 E47CML02 ..................................... 2-8 E47CML04 ..................................... 2-9 E47CMS01..................................... 2-8 E47CMS02..................................... 2-8
E47CMS04 ..................................... 2-9 E47CMS10 ..................................... 2-9 E47CMS11 ..................................... 2-9 E47CMS22 ..................................... 2-8 E47CMS23 ................................... 2-10 E47CMS30 ................................... 2-10 E47CMS42 ..................................... 2-9 E47CMT30 ................................... 2-10 E47PA1 ......................................... 2-11 E47PA2 ......................................... 2-11 E48KL01 ......................................... 1-8 E48KL02 ......................................... 1-8 E48KL03 ......................................... 1-8 E48KL07 ......................................... 1-5 E48KL08 ......................................... 1-5 E48KL09 ......................................... 1-5 E48M1K0 ........................................ 1-8 E48M1K1 ........................................ 1-8 E48P4K0 ......................................... 1-5 E48P4K1 ......................................... 1-5 E49AP7 ......................................... 2-19 E49CP7 ......................................... 2-19 E49DP7 ......................................... 2-19 E49EP7 ......................................... 2-19 E49G31AP3 .................................. 2-22 E49G31BP3 .................................. 2-22 E49G31C1P3 ................................ 2-22 E49G31CP3 .................................. 2-22 E49G31DP3 .................................. 2-22 E49G31MP3 ................................. 2-23 E49G31NP3 .................................. 2-23 E49G31UP3 .................................. 2-22 E49G31VP3 .................................. 2-23 E49G31XM3 ................................. 2-23 E49M11AP1 ................................. 2-28 E49M11BP1 ................................. 2-28 E49M11CP1 ................................. 2-28 E49M11CP2 ................................. 2-28 E49M11DP1 ................................. 2-28 E49M11UP1 ................................. 2-28 E49M11VP1 ................................. 2-28 E49M11XM1 ................................ 2-28 E49S71 ......................................... 2-19 E49S71-20 .................................... 2-19 E49S71AP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S71CP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S71DP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S71EP7 ................................... 2-19 E49S71UP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S73 ......................................... 2-19 E49S73AP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S73CP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S73DP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S73EP7 ................................... 2-19 E49S73UP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S74 ......................................... 2-19 E49S74AP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S74CP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S74DP7 .................................. 2-19 E49S74EP7 ................................... 2-19 E49S74UP7 .................................. 2-19 E49UP7 ......................................... 2-19 E50AH1 ........................................ 2-31 E50AH16P .................................... 2-42 E50AL1 ......................................... 2-31
E50AL16P .................................... E50ALH1 ...................................... E50ALH16P ................................. E50ALL1 ....................................... E50ALL16P .................................. E50ALM1 ..................................... E50ALM16P ................................ E50ALR1 ...................................... E50ALR16P .................................. E50ALS1 ...................................... E50ALS16P .................................. E50ALS2 ...................................... E50ALS26P .................................. E50ALS3 ...................................... E50ALS36P .................................. E50ALT1 ...................................... E50ALT16P .................................. E50ALT2 ...................................... E50ALT26P .................................. E50ALT3 ...................................... E50ALT36P .................................. E50ALW1 ..................................... E50ALW16P ................................ E50ALW2 ..................................... E50ALW26P ................................ E50AM1 ....................................... E50AM16P .................................. E50ANH1 ..................................... E50ANH16P ................................ E50ANL1 ...................................... E50ANL16P ................................. E50ANM1 .................................... E50ANM16P ............................... E50ANR1 ..................................... E50ANR16P ................................. E50ANS1 ..................................... E50ANS16P ................................. E50ANS2 ..................................... E50ANS26P ................................. E50ANS3 ..................................... E50ANS36P ................................. E50ANT1 ..................................... E50ANT16P ................................. E50ANT2 ..................................... E50ANT26P ................................. E50ANT3 ..................................... E50ANT36P ................................. E50ANW1 .................................... E50ANW16P ............................... E50ANW2 .................................... E50ANW26P ............................... E50AR1 ........................................ E50AR16P .................................... E50AS1 ........................................ E50AS16P .................................... E50AS2 ........................................ E50AS26P .................................... E50AS3 ........................................ E50AS36P .................................... E50AT1 ........................................ E50AT16P .................................... E50AT2 ........................................ E50AT26P .................................... E50AT3 ........................................ E50AT36P ....................................
2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-31 2-42 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43 2-32 2-43
14
INDEX
14-6

August 2007
E50AW1 ....................................... 2-32 E50AW16P ................................... 2-43 E50AW2 ....................................... 2-32 E50AW26P ................................... 2-43 E50BH1 ........................................ 2-31 E50BH16P .................................... 2-42 E50BL1 ......................................... 2-31 E50BL16P ..................................... 2-42 E50BLH1 ...................................... 2-31 E50BLH16P .................................. 2-42 E50BLL1 ....................................... 2-31 E50BLL16P ................................... 2-42 E50BLM1 ..................................... 2-31 E50BLM16P ................................. 2-42 E50BLR1 ....................................... 2-31 E50BLR16P .................................. 2-42 E50BLS1 ....................................... 2-31 E50BLS16P .................................. 2-42 E50BLS2 ....................................... 2-31 E50BLS26P .................................. 2-42 E50BLS3 ....................................... 2-31 E50BLS36P .................................. 2-42 E50BLT1 ....................................... 2-32 E50BLT16P .................................. 2-43 E50BLT2 ....................................... 2-32 E50BLT26P .................................. 2-43 E50BLT3 ....................................... 2-32 E50BLT36P .................................. 2-43 E50BLW1 ..................................... 2-32 E50BLW16P ................................. 2-43 E50BLW2 ..................................... 2-32 E50BLW26P ................................. 2-43 E50BM1 ....................................... 2-31 E50BM16P ................................... 2-42 E50BNH1 ..................................... 2-31 E50BNH16P ................................. 2-42 E50BNL1 ...................................... 2-31 E50BNL16P .................................. 2-42 E50BNM1 .................................... 2-31 E50BNM16P ................................ 2-42 E50BNR1 ...................................... 2-31 E50BNR16P ................................. 2-42 E50BNS1 ...................................... 2-31 E50BNS16P ................................. 2-42 E50BNS2 ...................................... 2-31 E50BNS26P ................................. 2-42 E50BNS3 ...................................... 2-31 E50BNS36P ................................. 2-42 E50BNT1 ...................................... 2-32 E50BNT16P ................................. 2-43 E50BNT2 ...................................... 2-32 E50BNT26P ................................. 2-43 E50BNT3 ...................................... 2-32 E50BNT36P ................................. 2-43 E50BNW1 .................................... 2-32 E50BNW16P ................................ 2-43 E50BNW2 .................................... 2-32 E50BNW26P ................................ 2-43 E50BR1 ......................................... 2-31 E50BR16P .................................... 2-42 E50BS1 ......................................... 2-31 E50BS16P .................................... 2-42 E50BS2 ......................................... 2-31 E50BS26P .................................... 2-42 E50BS3 ......................................... 2-31
E50BS36P .................................... 2-42 E50BT1 ........................................ 2-32 E50BT16P .................................... 2-43 E50BT2 ........................................ 2-32 E50BT26P .................................... 2-43 E50BT3 ........................................ 2-32 E50BT36P .................................... 2-43 E50BW1 ....................................... 2-32 E50BW16P .................................. 2-43 E50BW2 ....................................... 2-32 E50BW26P .................................. 2-43 E50CLS1 ...................................... 2-31 E50CLT1 ....................................... 2-32 E50CLW2 ..................................... 2-32 E50CNS2 ..................................... 2-31 E50DD1 ........................................ 2-33 E50DG1 ........................................ 2-33 E50DH1 ............................... 2-34, 2-44 E50DL1 ................................ 2-34, 2-44 E50DM1 .............................. 2-34, 2-44 E50DN1 ........................................ 2-33 E50DN2 ........................................ 2-33 E50DR1 ............................... 2-34, 2-44 E50DR19 ............................. 2-34, 2-44 E50DS1 ............................... 2-34, 2-44 E50DS2 ............................... 2-34, 2-44 E50DS3 ............................... 2-34, 2-44 E50DS4 ............................... 2-34, 2-44 E50DT1 ............................... 2-34, 2-44 E50DT2 ............................... 2-34, 2-44 E50DT3 ............................... 2-34, 2-44 E50DW1 .............................. 2-34, 2-44 E50DW2 .............................. 2-34, 2-44 E50GG1 ........................................ 2-33 E50GLG1 ...................................... 2-33 E50GNG1 ..................................... 2-33 E50KH1 ............................... 2-37, 2-47 E50KH10 ............................. 2-38, 2-47 E50KH1M ........................... 2-37, 2-47 E50KH2 ............................... 2-38, 2-47 E50KH3 .............................. 2-38, 2-48, 3-85, 3-90, 5-91 E50KH4 ............................... 2-37, 2-47 E50KH5 ............................... 2-37, 2-47 E50KH6 ............................... 2-38, 2-48 E50KH7 ............................... 2-37, 2-47 E50KL142 ..................................... 2-55 E50KL200 ..................................... 2-50 E50KL201 ..................................... 2-52 E50KL202 ..................................... 2-53 E50KL203 ..................................... 2-53 E50KL204 ..................................... 2-53 E50KL220 ..................................... 2-53 E50KL226 ..................................... 2-53 E50KL24 ....................................... 2-52 E50KL25 ....................................... 2-52 E50KL26 ....................................... 2-52 E50KL27 ....................................... 2-52 E50KL28 ....................................... 2-52 E50KL29 ....................................... 2-52 E50KL30 ....................................... 2-52 E50KL31 ....................................... 2-52 E50KL310 ..................................... 2-51 E50KL32 ....................................... 2-50 E50KL340 ..................................... 2-52
E50KL35....................................... 2-53 E50KL355..................................... 2-50 E50KL36....................................... 2-53 E50KL37....................................... 2-54 E50KL377..................................... 2-50 E50KL39....................................... 2-50 E50KL399..................................... 2-53 E50KL40....................................... 2-50 E50KL41....................................... 2-53 E50KL421..................................... 2-54 E50KL443..................................... 2-52 E50KL465..................................... 2-52 E50KL531..................................... 2-50 E50KL532..................................... 2-52 E50KL533..................................... 2-54 E50KL535..................................... 2-52 E50KL536..................................... 2-51 E50KL537..................................... 2-52 E50KL538..................................... 2-52 E50KL539..................................... 2-52 E50KL541..................................... 2-53 E50KL542..................................... 2-53 E50KL543..................................... 2-53 E50KL544..................................... 2-53 E50KL545..................................... 2-53 E50KL546..................................... 2-50 E50KL547..................................... 2-51 E50KL548..................................... 2-51 E50KL549..................................... 2-50 E50KL550..................................... 2-51 E50KL551..................................... 2-51 E50KL552..................................... 2-50 E50KL553..................................... 2-51 E50KL554..................................... 2-51 E50KL556..................................... 2-54 E50KL572..................................... 2-50 E50KL573..................................... 2-51 E50KL574..................................... 2-51 E50KL575..................................... 2-51 E50KL576..................................... 2-51 E50KL579..................................... 2-51 E50KL580..................................... 2-51 E50KL581..................................... 2-53 E50KL598..................................... 2-52 E50KL599..................................... 2-52 E50KW2....................................... 2-56 E50KW3....................................... 2-56 E50KW4....................................... 2-56 E50NN1 ....................................... 2-33 E50NN1SPL ................................ 2-33 E50NN2 ....................................... 2-33 E50RA ..................... 2-31 2-33, 2-35 E50RA20 ...................................... 2-35 E50RA20S ................................... 2-36 E50RA20S12 ............................... 2-36 E50RA20S20 ............................... 2-36 E50RAA5 ..................................... 2-36 E50RAM ...................................... 2-35 E50RAP5 ..................................... 2-36 E50RAP5-W ................................ 2-36 E50RAS ....................................... 2-36 E50RAS12 ................................... 2-36 E50RAS20 ................................... 2-36 E50RB ..................... 2-31 2-33, 2-35 E50RB20 ...................................... 2-35
E50RB20S .................................... 2-36 E50RB20S12 ................................ 2-36 E50RB20S20 ................................ 2-36 E50RB34 ...................................... 2-35 E50RBM....................................... 2-35 E50RBP9 ...................................... 2-36 E50RBS ........................................ 2-36 E50RBS12 .................................... 2-36 E50RBS20 .................................... 2-36 E50SA ....................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35 E50SA6P ................... 2-42, 2-43, 2-45 E50SA6P12 .................................. 2-45 E50SA6P20 .................................. 2-45 E50SA6PC ................................... 2-45 E50SA6PC-W .............................. 2-45 E50SAL ..................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35 E50SAL6P ................. 2-42, 2-43, 2-45 E50SAL6P12 ................................ 2-45 E50SAL6P20 ................................ 2-45 E50SAL6PC ................................. 2-45 E50SAN .................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35 E50SAN6P ................ 2-42, 2-43, 2-45 E50SAN6P12 ............................... 2-45 E50SAN6P20 ............................... 2-45 E50SAN6PC ................................ 2-45 E50SB ....................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35 E50SB6P ................... 2-42, 2-43, 2-45 E50SB6P12 .................................. 2-45 E50SB6P20 .................................. 2-45 E50SB6PC ................................... 2-46 E50SBL ..................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35 E50SBL6P ................. 2-42, 2-43, 2-45 E50SBL6P12 ................................ 2-45 E50SBL6PC ................................. 2-46 E50SBN .................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35 E50SBN6P ................ 2-42, 2-43, 2-45 E50SBN6P12 ............................... 2-45 E50SBN6P20 ............................... 2-45 E50SBN6PC ................................ 2-46 E50SCL...................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35 E50SG .......................................... 2-33 E50SGL ........................................ 2-33 E50SGN ....................................... 2-33 E50SN .......................................... 2-33 E50ST ........................................... 2-33 E50TD1......................................... 2-33 E51ALC1 ...................................... 5-84 E51ALP1 ...................................... 5-84 E51ALP2 ...................................... 5-84 E51ALS1 ...................................... 3-80 E51ALS16P .................................. 3-81 E51ALS16PU ............................... 3-88 E51ALS2 ...................................... 3-80 E51ALS26P .................................. 3-81 E51ALS26PU ............................... 3-88 E51ALS5 ...................................... 3-80 E51ALS56P .................................. 3-81 E51ALS56PU ............................... 3-88 E51ALS6 ...................................... 3-80 E51ALS66P .................................. 3-81 E51ALS66PU ............................... 3-88 E51ALT1....................................... 3-80 E51ALT16P .................................. 3-81 E51ALT16PU ............................... 3-88 E51ALT2....................................... 3-80 PG08301004E
INDEX
14

August 2007
14-7
E51ALT26P .................................. 3-81 E51ALT26PU................................ 3-88 E51ALT5 ....................................... 3-80 E51ALT56P .................................. 3-81 E51ALT56PU................................ 3-88 E51ALT6 ....................................... 3-80 E51ALT66P .................................. 3-81 E51ALT66PU................................ 3-88 E51BLS16PU ............................... 3-88 E51BLS26PU ............................... 3-88 E51BLS56PU ............................... 3-88 E51BLS66PU ............................... 3-88 E51BLT16PU................................ 3-88 E51BLT26PU................................ 3-88 E51BLT56PU................................ 3-88 E51BLT66PU................................ 3-88 E51CLC1 ....................................... 5-84 E51CLF1 ....................................... 5-85 E51CLF11 ..................................... 5-85 E51CLF3 ....................................... 5-85 E51CLF33 ..................................... 5-85 E51CLP1 ....................................... 5-84 E51CLP2 ....................................... 5-84 E51CLP22 ..................................... 5-84 E51CLP3 ....................................... 5-84 E51CLP4 ....................................... 5-84 E51CLP5 ....................................... 5-84 E51CLP6 ....................................... 5-84 E51CLS1 ....................................... 3-80 E51CLS16P .................................. 3-81 E51CLS16PU................................ 3-88 E51CLS2 ....................................... 3-80 E51CLS26P .................................. 3-81 E51CLS26PU................................ 3-88 E51CLS5 ....................................... 3-80 E51CLS56P .................................. 3-81 E51CLS56PU................................ 3-88 E51CLS6 ....................................... 3-80 E51CLS66P .................................. 3-81 E51CLS66PU................................ 3-88 E51CLT1 ....................................... 3-80 E51CLT16P................................... 3-81 E51CLT16PU ................................ 3-88 E51CLT2 ....................................... 3-80 E51CLT26P................................... 3-81 E51CLT26PU ................................ 3-88 E51CLT5 ....................................... 3-80 E51CLT56P................................... 3-81 E51CLT56PU ................................ 3-88 E51CLT6 ....................................... 3-80 E51CLT66P................................... 3-81 E51CLT66PU ................................ 3-88 E51CNC1 ...................................... 5-84 E51CNF1 ...................................... 5-85 E51CNF11 .................................... 5-85 E51CNF3 ...................................... 5-85 E51CNF33 .................................... 5-85 E51CNP1 ...................................... 5-84 E51CNP2 ...................................... 5-84 E51CNP22 .................................... 5-84 E51CNP3 ...................................... 5-84 E51CNP4 ...................................... 5-84 E51CNP5 ...................................... 5-84 E51CNP6 ...................................... 5-84 E51CNS1 ...................................... 3-80 PG08301004E
E51CNS2 ..................................... 3-80 E51CNS5 ..................................... 3-80 E51CNS6 ..................................... 3-80 E51CNT1...................................... 3-80 E51CNT2...................................... 3-80 E51CNT5...................................... 3-80 E51CNT6...................................... 3-80 E51DC1 ............................... 5-84, 5-86 E51DED............................... 5-84, 5-86 E51DEL ............................... 5-84, 5-86 E51DF1................................ 5-85, 5-87 E51DF11.............................. 5-85, 5-87 E51DF3................................ 5-85, 5-87 E51DF33.............................. 5-85, 5-87 E51DF4......................................... 5-87 E51DP1 ............................... 5-84, 5-86 E51DP2 ............................... 5-84, 5-86 E51DP22 ............................. 5-84, 5-86 E51DP3 ............................... 5-84, 5-86 E51DP4 ............................... 5-84, 5-86 E51DP5 ............................... 5-84, 5-86 E51DP6 ............................... 5-84, 5-86 E51DS1 ............................... 3-80, 3-81 E51DS2 ............................... 3-80, 3-81 E51DS5 ............................... 3-80, 3-81 E51DS6 ............................... 3-80, 3-81 E51DT1 ............................... 3-80, 3-81 E51DT2 ............................... 3-80, 3-81 E51DT5 ............................... 3-80, 3-81 E51DT6 ............................... 3-80, 3-81 E51EDN ....................................... 5-84 E51ELA ........................................ 5-84 E51KE313..................................... 5-15 E51KE323..................................... 5-15 E51KE333..................................... 5-15 E51KE3A3 .................................... 5-15 E51KE3B3 .................................... 5-15 E51KE413..................................... 5-16 E51KE423..................................... 5-16 E51KE433..................................... 5-16 E51KE4A3 .................................... 5-16 E51KE4B3 .................................... 5-16 E51KE713..................................... 5-15 E51KE723..................................... 5-15 E51KE733..................................... 5-15 E51KE7A3 .................................... 5-15 E51KE7B3 .................................... 5-15 E51KE813..................................... 5-16 E51KE823..................................... 5-16 E51KE833..................................... 5-16 E51KE8A3 .................................... 5-16 E51KE8B3 .................................... 5-16 E51KF113 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF123 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF133 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF143 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF153 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF163 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF173 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF183 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF193 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF1A3 ...................................... 9-7 E51KF1B3 ...................................... 9-7 E51KF213 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF223 ....................................... 9-9
E51KF233 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF243 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF253 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF263 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF273 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF283 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF293 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF2A3 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF2B3 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF313 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF323 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF333 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF343 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF3A3 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF3B3 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF413 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF423 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF433 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF443 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF4A3 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF4B3 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF513 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF523 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF533 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF543 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF553 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF563 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF573 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF583 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF593 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF5A3 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF5B3 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF613 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF623 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF633 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF643 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF653 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF663 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF673 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF683 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF693 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF6A3 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF6B3 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF713 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF723 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF733 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF743 ....................................... 9-8 E51KF7A3 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF7B3 ....................................... 9-7 E51KF813 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF823 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF833 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF843 ..................................... 9-10 E51KF8A3 ....................................... 9-9 E51KF8B3 ....................................... 9-9 E51KFH1 ....................................... 9-12 E51KFH2 ....................................... 9-12 E51KFH3 ....................................... 9-12 E51KH2 ...................... 3-84, 3-90, 5-90 E51KH3 ...................... 3-85, 3-90, 5-91 E51KH4 ...................... 3-84, 3-90, 5-90 E51KR32 ......................................... 8-3 E51KR84 ......................................... 8-3 E51KRM ............................. 3-85, 5-91 E51KT113 ....................................... 9-7
E51KT123 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT133 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT153 ....................................... 9-8 E51KT163 ....................................... 9-8 E51KT173 ....................................... 9-8 E51KT183 ....................................... 9-8 E51KT193 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT213 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT223 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT233 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT253 ..................................... 9-10 E51KT263 ..................................... 9-10 E51KT273 ..................................... 9-10 E51KT283 ..................................... 9-10 E51KT293 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT313 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT323 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT333 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT343 ....................................... 9-8 E51KT413 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT423 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT433 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT443 ..................................... 9-10 E51KT513 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT523 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT533 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT563 ....................................... 9-8 E51KT573 ....................................... 9-8 E51KT583 ....................................... 9-8 E51KT593 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT613 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT623 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT633 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT663 ..................................... 9-10 E51KT673 ..................................... 9-10 E51KT683 ..................................... 9-10 E51KT693 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT713 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT723 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT733 ....................................... 9-7 E51KT813 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT823 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT833 ....................................... 9-9 E51KT8A3 ...................................... 9-9 E51KT8B3 ...................................... 9-9 E51MTB .............................. 3-82, 5-88 E51NLC1 ...................................... 5-84 E51NLF1 ...................................... 5-85 E51NLF11 .................................... 5-85 E51NLF3 ...................................... 5-85 E51NLF33 .................................... 5-85 E51NLP1 ...................................... 5-84 E51NLP2 ...................................... 5-84 E51NLP22 .................................... 5-84 E51NLP3 ...................................... 5-84 E51NLP4 ...................................... 5-84 E51NLP5 ...................................... 5-84 E51NLP6 ...................................... 5-84 E51NLS1 ...................................... 3-80 E51NLS16P ................................. 3-81 E51NLS16PU ............................... 3-88 E51NLS2 ...................................... 3-80 E51NLS26P ................................. 3-81 E51NLS26PU ............................... 3-88 E51NLS5 ...................................... 3-80
14
INDEX
14-8

August 2007
E51NLS56P .................................. 3-81 E51NLS56PU ............................... 3-88 E51NLS6 ...................................... 3-80 E51NLS66P .................................. 3-81 E51NLS66PU ............................... 3-88 E51NLT1 ....................................... 3-80 E51NLT16P .................................. 3-81 E51NLT16PU ............................... 3-88 E51NLT2 ....................................... 3-80 E51NLT26P .................................. 3-81 E51NLT26PU ............................... 3-88 E51NLT5 ....................................... 3-80 E51NLT56P .................................. 3-81 E51NLT56PU ............................... 3-88 E51NLT6 ....................................... 3-80 E51NLT66P .................................. 3-81 E51NLT66PU ............................... 3-88 E51PLC1 ....................................... 5-84 E51PLF1 ....................................... 5-85 E51PLF11 ..................................... 5-85 E51PLF3 ....................................... 5-85 E51PLF33 ..................................... 5-85 E51PLP1 ....................................... 5-84 E51PLP2 ....................................... 5-84 E51PLP22 ..................................... 5-84 E51PLP3 ....................................... 5-84 E51PLP4 ....................................... 5-84 E51PLP5 ....................................... 5-84 E51PLP6 ....................................... 5-84 E51PLS1 ....................................... 3-80 E51PLS16P .................................. 3-81 E51PLS16PU ................................ 3-88 E51PLS2 ....................................... 3-80 E51PLS26P .................................. 3-81 E51PLS26PU ................................ 3-88 E51PLS5 ....................................... 3-80 E51PLS56P .................................. 3-81 E51PLS56PU ................................ 3-88 E51PLS6 ....................................... 3-80 E51PLS66P .................................. 3-81 E51PLS66PU ................................ 3-88 E51PLT1 ....................................... 3-80 E51PLT16P ................................... 3-81 E51PLT16PU ................................ 3-88 E51PLT2 ....................................... 3-80 E51PLT26P ................................... 3-81 E51PLT26PU ................................ 3-88 E51PLT5 ....................................... 3-80 E51PLT56P ................................... 3-81 E51PLT56PU ................................ 3-88 E51PLT6 ....................................... 3-80 E51PLT66P ................................... 3-81 E51PLT66PU ................................ 3-88 E51RA ................................ 3-80, 3-83, 5-84, 5-85, 5-89 E51RA20 ............................. 3-83, 5-89 E51RA20S .......................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RAP3 ............................ 3-83, 5-89 E51RAPT3 .......................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RAS .............................. 3-83, 5-89 E51RAS12 .......................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RAS20 .......................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RC ................................ 3-80, 3-83, 5-84, 5-85, 5-89 E51RC20 ............................. 3-83, 5-89
E51RC20S ........................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RCB .............................. 3-80, 3-83, 5-84, 5-85, 5-89 E51RCB20 ........................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RCP5 ............................. 3-83, 5-89 E51RCPT5 ........................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RCS ............................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RCS12 ........................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RCS20 ........................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RN ................................ 3-80, 3-83, 5-84, 5-85, 5-89 E51RN20 ............................. 3-83, 5-89 E51RN20S .......................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RNP5 ............................ 3-83, 5-89 E51RNPT5 .......................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RNS .............................. 3-83, 5-89 E51RNS12 .......................... 3-83, 5-89 E51RNS20 .......................... 3-83, 5-89 E51SAL .............................. 3-80, 3-82, 5-84, 5-85, 5-88 E51SCL .............................. 3-80, 3-82, 5-84, 5-85, 5-88 E51SCN ............................. 3-80, 3-82, 5-84, 5-85, 5-88 E51SNL .............................. 3-80, 3-82, 5-84, 5-85, 5-88 E51SPL .............................. 3-80, 3-82, 5-84, 5-85, 5-88 E52-16QS04-B ............................ 3-75 E52-16QS04-B1 .......................... 3-75 E52-16QS04-C ............................. 3-75 E52-16QS04-C1 ........................... 3-75 E52-18RU04-B ............................ 3-75 E52-18RU04-B1 .......................... 3-75 E52-18RU04-B1N ....................... 3-75 E52-18RU04-BN ......................... 3-75 E52-18RU04-C ............................. 3-75 E52-18RU04-C1 ........................... 3-75 E52-18RU04-C1N ........................ 3-75 E52-18RU04-CN .......................... 3-75 E52-25QS10-B ............................ 3-75 E52-25QS10-B1 .......................... 3-75 E52-25QS10-C ............................. 3-75 E52-25QS10-C1 ........................... 3-75 E52Q-DL15SAD01 ...................... 3-72 E52Q-DL15SAE01 ....................... 3-72 E52Q-DL15UAD01 ...................... 3-72 E52Q-DL15UAE01 ....................... 3-72 E52Q-DL20SAD01 ...................... 3-72 E52Q-DL20SAE01 ....................... 3-72 E52Q-DL20UAD01 ...................... 3-72 E52Q-DL20UAE01 ....................... 3-72 E52Q-DL25SAD01 ...................... 3-72 E52Q-DL25SAE01 ....................... 3-72 E52Q-DL25UAD01 ...................... 3-72 E52Q-DL25UAE01 ....................... 3-72 E52Q-DL30UAD01 ...................... 3-72 E52Q-DL30UAE01 ....................... 3-72 E52Q-DL35UAD01 ...................... 3-72 E52Q-DL35UAE01 ....................... 3-72 E52Q-DL40UAD01 ...................... 3-72 E52Q-DL40UAE01 ....................... 3-72 E52RAL12T110 ............................ 3-75 E52RAL12T110AF ....................... 3-75 E52RAL12T111 ............................ 3-75
E52RAL12T111AF ....................... 3-75 E53KAL18A2 ................................. 4-4 E53KAL18A2E ............................... 4-4 E53KAL18A2EA ............................ 4-4 E53KAL18A2SA ............................ 4-4 E53KAL18T110.............................. 4-4 E53KAL18T110E ........................... 4-4 E53KAL18T110ED......................... 4-4 E53KAL18T110SD ........................ 4-4 E53KAL18T111.............................. 4-4 E53KAL18T111E ........................... 4-4 E53KAL18T111ED......................... 4-4 E53KAL18T111SD ........................ 4-4 E53KAL30A2 ................................. 4-4 E53KAL30A2E ............................... 4-4 E53KAL30A2EA ............................ 4-4 E53KAL30A2SA ............................ 4-4 E53KAL30T110.............................. 4-4 E53KAL30T110E ........................... 4-4 E53KAL30T110ED......................... 4-4 E53KAL30T110SD ........................ 4-4 E53KAL30T111.............................. 4-4 E53KAL30T111E ........................... 4-4 E53KAL30T111ED......................... 4-4 E53KAL30T111SD ........................ 4-4 E53KAL34A2E ............................... 4-6 E53KAL34A2EA ............................ 4-6 E53KAL34T110.............................. 4-6 E53KAL34T110E ........................... 4-6 E53KAL34T110ED......................... 4-6 E53KAL34T110SD ........................ 4-6 E53KAL34T111.............................. 4-6 E53KAL34T111E ........................... 4-6 E53KAL34T111ED......................... 4-6 E53KAL34T111SD ........................ 4-6 E53KBL18A2 ................................. 4-4 E53KBL18A2E ............................... 4-4 E53KBL18A2EA ............................ 4-4 E53KBL18A2SA ............................ 4-4 E53KBL18T110.............................. 4-4 E53KBL18T110E ........................... 4-4 E53KBL18T110ED......................... 4-4 E53KBL18T110SD ........................ 4-4 E53KBL18T111.............................. 4-4 E53KBL18T111E ........................... 4-4 E53KBL18T111ED......................... 4-4 E53KBL18T111SD ........................ 4-4 E53KBL30A2 ................................. 4-4 E53KBL30A2E ............................... 4-4 E53KBL30A2EA ............................ 4-4 E53KBL30A2SA ............................ 4-4 E53KBL30T110.............................. 4-4 E53KBL30T110E ........................... 4-4 E53KBL30T110ED......................... 4-4 E53KBL30T110SD ........................ 4-4 E53KBL30T111.............................. 4-4 E53KBL30T111E ........................... 4-4 E53KBL30T111ED......................... 4-4 E53KBL30T111SD ........................ 4-4 E53KBL34A2E ............................... 4-6 E53KBL34A2EA ............................ 4-6 E53KBL34T110.............................. 4-6 E53KBL34T110E ........................... 4-6 E53KBL34T110ED......................... 4-6 E53KBL34T110SD ........................ 4-6
E53KBL34T111 .............................. 4-6 E53KBL34T111E ............................ 4-6 E53KBL34T111ED ......................... 4-6 E53KBL34T111SD ......................... 4-6 E55BLT1C .................................... 3-77 E55BLT1D .................................... 3-77 E55BLT1E .................................... 3-77 E55BLT1F..................................... 3-77 E55CAL12A2................................ 3-69 E55CAL12A2E ............................. 3-69 E55CAL12T110 ............................ 3-69 E55CAL12T110E .......................... 3-69 E55CAL12T111 ............................ 3-69 E55CAL12T111E .......................... 3-69 E55CAL18A2................................ 3-69 E55CAL18A2E ............................. 3-69 E55CAL18T110 ............................ 3-69 E55CAL18T110E .......................... 3-69 E55CAL18T111 ............................ 3-69 E55CAL18T111E .......................... 3-69 E55CAL30A2................................ 3-69 E55CAL30A2E ............................. 3-69 E55CAL30T110 ............................ 3-69 E55CAL30T110E .......................... 3-69 E55CAL30T111 ............................ 3-69 E55CAL30T111E .......................... 3-69 E55CBL12A2................................ 3-69 E55CBL12A2E ............................. 3-69 E55CBL12T110 ............................ 3-69 E55CBL12T110E .......................... 3-69 E55CBL12T111 ............................ 3-69 E55CBL12T111E .......................... 3-69 E55CBL18A2................................ 3-69 E55CBL18A2E ............................. 3-69 E55CBL18T110 ............................ 3-69 E55CBL18T110E .......................... 3-69 E55CBL18T111 ............................ 3-69 E55CBL18T111E .......................... 3-69 E55CBL30A2................................ 3-69 E55CBL30A2E ............................. 3-69 E55CBL30T110 ............................ 3-69 E55CBL30T110E .......................... 3-69 E55CBL30T111 ............................ 3-69 E55CBL30T111E .......................... 3-69 E56ADL40SA ............................... 3-65 E56ADL40SAD01 ........................ 3-65 E56ADL40SAE01 ......................... 3-65 E56ADL50UA............................... 3-65 E56ADL50UAD01 ........................ 3-65 E56ADL50UAE01 ........................ 3-65 E56BDL70UAD01 ........................ 3-65 E56BDL70UAE01 ........................ 3-65 E56CAL100B1S1 ......................... 3-65 E56CAL70B1S1 ........................... 3-65 E56CDL100UAD01 ...................... 3-65 E56CDL100UAE01 ....................... 3-65 E56CDL40A2................................ 3-65 E56CDL40A2B1 ........................... 3-65 E56CDL50A2E ............................. 3-65 E56CDL50A2EB1 ......................... 3-65 E57-08GBE03-C .......................... 3-31 E57-08GE03-C ............................. 3-31 E57-08GE03-CDB ........................ 3-31 E57-08GE03-CNB ....................... 3-31 E57-08GE03-G ............................. 3-31 PG08301004E
INDEX
14

August 2007
14-9
E57-08GE03-GDB........................ 3-31 E57-08GE03-GNB ....................... 3-31 E57-08GE06-C ............................. 3-31 E57-08GE06-CDB ........................ 3-31 E57-08GE06-G ............................. 3-31 E57-08GE06-GDB........................ 3-31 E57-08GS01-C ............................. 3-31 E57-08GS01-CDB........................ 3-31 E57-08GS01-CNB ....................... 3-31 E57-08GS01-G ............................. 3-31 E57-08GS01-GDB ....................... 3-31 E57-08GS01-GNB ....................... 3-31 E57-08GU02-C ............................. 3-31 E57-08GU02-CDB ....................... 3-31 E57-08GU02-CNB ....................... 3-31 E57-08GU02-G............................. 3-31 E57-08GU02-GDB ....................... 3-31 E57-08GU02-GNB ....................... 3-31 E57-12GE05-C ............................. 3-32 E57-12GE05-CDB ........................ 3-32 E57-12GE05-G ............................. 3-32 E57-12GE05-GDB........................ 3-32 E57-12GE08-D ............................. 3-31 E57-12GE08-D1 ........................... 3-31 E57-12GE08-D1DB...................... 3-31 E57-12GE08-DDB........................ 3-31 E57-12GE10-C ............................. 3-32 E57-12GE10-CDB ........................ 3-32 E57-12GE10-G ............................. 3-32 E57-12GE10-GDB........................ 3-32 E57-12GS02-A ............................. 3-31 E57-12GS02-AAB ....................... 3-31 E57-12GS02-C ............................. 3-32 E57-12GS02-CDB........................ 3-32 E57-12GS02-D ............................. 3-31 E57-12GS02-DDB ....................... 3-31 E57-12GS02-G ............................. 3-32 E57-12GS02-GDB ....................... 3-32 E57-12GU04-A............................. 3-31 E57-12GU04-AAB ....................... 3-31 E57-12GU04-C ............................. 3-32 E57-12GU04-CDB ....................... 3-32 E57-12GU04-D............................. 3-31 E57-12GU04-D1........................... 3-31 E57-12GU04-DDB ....................... 3-31 E57-12GU04-G............................. 3-32 E57-12GU04-GDB ....................... 3-32 E57-12LE06-A .............................. 3-17 E57-12LE06-A1 ............................ 3-17 E57-12LE06-A1A ......................... 3-17 E57-12LE06-A1P ......................... 3-17 E57-12LE06-AA ........................... 3-17 E57-12LE06-AP ........................... 3-17 E57-12LE06-B .............................. 3-18 E57-12LE06-B1 ............................ 3-18 E57-12LE06-B1D ......................... 3-18 E57-12LE06-B1P ......................... 3-18 E57-12LE06-BD ........................... 3-18 E57-12LE06-BP ........................... 3-18 E57-12LE06-C .............................. 3-18 E57-12LE06-C1 ............................ 3-18 E57-12LE06-C1D ......................... 3-18 E57-12LE06-C1P.......................... 3-18 E57-12LE06-CD ........................... 3-18 E57-12LE06-CP............................ 3-18 PG08301004E
E57-12LE10-A ............................. E57-12LE10-A1 ........................... E57-12LE10-A1A......................... E57-12LE10-A1P ......................... E57-12LE10-AA........................... E57-12LE10-AP ........................... E57-12LE10-B ............................. E57-12LE10-B1 ........................... E57-12LE10-B1D......................... E57-12LE10-BD........................... E57-12LE10-BP ........................... E57-12LE10-C.............................. E57-12LE10-C1............................ E57-12LE10-C1D ......................... E57-12LE10-CD ........................... E57-12LE10-CP ........................... E57-18GE08-C ............................. E57-18GE08-CDB ....................... E57-18GE08-G............................. E57-18GE08-GDB ....................... E57-18GE16-AAB ....................... E57-18GE16-D............................. E57-18GE16-D1........................... E57-18GE16-D1DB ..................... E57-18GE16-DDB ....................... E57-18GE18-C ............................. E57-18GE18-CDB ....................... E57-18GE18-G............................. E57-18GE18-GDB ....................... E57-18GS05-A ............................ E57-18GS05-AAB ....................... E57-18GS05-C............................. E57-18GS05-CDB ....................... E57-18GS05-D ............................ E57-18GS05-DDB ....................... E57-18GS05-G ............................ E57-18GS05-GDB ....................... E57-18GU08-A ............................ E57-18GU08-AAB....................... E57-18GU08-C ............................ E57-18GU08-CDB ....................... E57-18GU08-D ............................ E57-18GU08-DDB....................... E57-18GU08-G ............................ E57-18GU08-GDB....................... E57-18LE12-A ............................. E57-18LE12-A1 ........................... E57-18LE12-A1A......................... E57-18LE12-A1B......................... E57-18LE12-A1P ......................... E57-18LE12-AA........................... E57-18LE12-AB........................... E57-18LE12-AP ........................... E57-18LE12-B ............................. E57-18LE12-B1 ........................... E57-18LE12-B1B......................... E57-18LE12-B1D......................... E57-18LE12-B1P ......................... E57-18LE12-BB........................... E57-18LE12-BD........................... E57-18LE12-BP ........................... E57-18LE12-C.............................. E57-18LE12-C1............................ E57-18LE12-C1B ......................... E57-18LE12-C1D .........................
3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-32 3-32 3-32 3-32 3-31 3-31 3-31 3-31 3-31 3-32 3-32 3-32 3-32 3-31 3-31 3-32 3-32 3-31 3-31 3-32 3-32 3-31 3-31 3-32 3-32 3-31 3-31 3-32 3-32 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19
E57-18LE12-C1P .......................... 3-19 E57-18LE12-CB ........................... 3-19 E57-18LE12-CD ........................... 3-19 E57-18LE12-CP ............................ 3-19 E57-18LE20-A .............................. 3-17 E57-18LE20-A1 ............................ 3-17 E57-18LE20-A1A ......................... 3-17 E57-18LE20-A1B ......................... 3-17 E57-18LE20-A1P ......................... 3-17 E57-18LE20-AA ........................... 3-17 E57-18LE20-AB ........................... 3-17 E57-18LE20-AP ........................... 3-17 E57-18LE20-B .............................. 3-19 E57-18LE20-B1 ............................ 3-19 E57-18LE20-B1B ......................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-B1D ......................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-B1P ......................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-BB ........................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-BD ........................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-BP ........................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-C .............................. 3-19 E57-18LE20-C1 ............................ 3-19 E57-18LE20-C1B ......................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-C1D ......................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-C1P .......................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-CB ........................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-CD ........................... 3-19 E57-18LE20-CP ............................ 3-19 E57-30GE15-CDB ........................ 3-32 E57-30GE15-G ............................. 3-32 E57-30GE25-D ............................. 3-31 E57-30GE25-D1 ........................... 3-31 E57-30GE25-D1DB ...................... 3-31 E57-30GE25-DDB ........................ 3-31 E57-30GE29-CDB ........................ 3-32 E57-30GE29-G ............................. 3-32 E57-30GS10-A ............................. 3-31 E57-30GS10-AAB ....................... 3-31 E57-30GS10-C ............................. 3-32 E57-30GS10-CDB ........................ 3-32 E57-30GS10-D ............................. 3-31 E57-30GS10-DDB ....................... 3-31 E57-30GS10-G ............................. 3-32 E57-30GS10-G5 ........................... 3-32 E57-30GS10-GDB ....................... 3-32 E57-30GU15-A ............................. 3-31 E57-30GU15-AAB ....................... 3-31 E57-30GU15-C ............................. 3-32 E57-30GU15-CDB ....................... 3-32 E57-30GU15-D ............................. 3-31 E57-30GU15-DDB ....................... 3-31 E57-30GU15-G ............................. 3-32 E57-30GU15-GDB ....................... 3-32 E57-30HS10-K ............................. 3-58 E57-30JS10-H ............................. 3-58 E57-30LE22-A .............................. 3-18 E57-30LE22-A1 ............................ 3-18 E57-30LE22-A1A ......................... 3-18 E57-30LE22-A1B ......................... 3-18 E57-30LE22-A1P ......................... 3-18 E57-30LE22-AA ........................... 3-18 E57-30LE22-AB ........................... 3-18 E57-30LE22-AP ........................... 3-18 E57-30LE22-B .............................. 3-20 E57-30LE22-B1 ............................ 3-20
E57-30LE22-B1B ......................... E57-30LE22-B1D ......................... E57-30LE22-B1P ......................... E57-30LE22-BB ........................... E57-30LE22-BD ........................... E57-30LE22-BP ........................... E57-30LE22-C .............................. E57-30LE22-C1 ............................ E57-30LE22-C1B ......................... E57-30LE22-C1D ......................... E57-30LE22-C1P ......................... E57-30LE22-CB ........................... E57-30LE22-CD ........................... E57-30LE22-CP ........................... E57EAL4T110SD ......................... E57EAL4T110SN ......................... E57EAL4T110SP ......................... E57EAL4T111SN ......................... E57EAL4T111SP ......................... E57EAL5T110SN ......................... E57EAL5T110SP ......................... E57EAL5T111SN ......................... E57EAL5T111SP ......................... E57EAL6T110ED ......................... E57EAL6T110EN ......................... E57EAL6T110EP ......................... E57EAL6T110SD ......................... E57EAL6T110SN ......................... E57EAL6T110SP ......................... E57EAL6T111EN ......................... E57EAL6T111EP ......................... E57EAL6T111SD ......................... E57EAL6T111SN ......................... E57EAL6T111SP ......................... E57EAL8T110ED ......................... E57EAL8T110EN ......................... E57EAL8T110EP ......................... E57EAL8T110SD ......................... E57EAL8T110SN ......................... E57EAL8T110SP ......................... E57EAL8T111ED ......................... E57EAL8T111EN ......................... E57EAL8T111EP ......................... E57EAL8T111SD ......................... E57EAL8T111SN ......................... E57EAL8T111SP ......................... E57EBL8T110ED ......................... E57EBL8T110EN ......................... E57EBL8T110EP ......................... E57EBL8T110SD ......................... E57EBL8T110SN ......................... E57EBL8T110SP ......................... E57EBL8T111ED ......................... E57EBL8T111EN ......................... E57EBL8T111EP ......................... E57EBL8T111SD ......................... E57EBL8T111SN ......................... E57EBL8T111SP ......................... E57FAL12A2SA-M ..................... E57FAL12T111SD-M .................. E57FAL18A2B1 ........................... E57FAL18A2SA ........................... E57FAL18T111SD ....................... E57FAL18T111SD-M .................. E57FAL30A2SA-M .....................
3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-61 3-55 3-55 3-52 3-52 3-52 3-55 3-55
14
INDEX
14-10

August 2007
E57KC12 ......................................... 8-8 E57KC18 ......................................... 8-8 E57KC30 ......................................... 8-8 E57KC8 ........................................... 8-8 E57KM12 ........................................ 8-4 E57KM18 ........................................ 8-4 E57KM30 ........................................ 8-4 E57KM8 .......................................... 8-4 E57KNC18 ............................ 5-54, 8-8 E57KNM8 ....................................... 8-7 E57KNS12 ...................................... 8-7 E57KNS18 ...................................... 8-7 E57KNS30 ...................................... 8-7 E57KNZ12 ...................................... 8-6 E57KNZ18 ...................................... 8-6 E57KNZ30 ...................................... 8-6 E57KNZ8 ........................................ 8-6 E57KP12 ......................................... 8-8 E57KP18 ......................................... 8-8 E57KP30 ......................................... 8-8 E57LAL12A2 ................................ 3-17 E57LAL12A2E .............................. 3-17 E57LAL12A2EA ........................... 3-17 E57LAL12A2EP ............................ 3-17 E57LAL12A2SA ........................... 3-17 E57LAL12A2SP ........................... 3-17 E57LAL12T110 ............................. 3-18 E57LAL12T110E ........................... 3-18 E57LAL12T110ED ........................ 3-18 E57LAL12T110EP ........................ 3-18 E57LAL12T110SD ........................ 3-18 E57LAL12T110SP ........................ 3-18 E57LAL12T111 ............................. 3-18 E57LAL12T111E ........................... 3-18 E57LAL12T111ED ........................ 3-18 E57LAL12T111EP ........................ 3-18 E57LAL12T111SD ........................ 3-18 E57LAL12T111SP ........................ 3-18 E57LAL18A2 ................................ 3-17 E57LAL18A2E .............................. 3-17 E57LAL18A2EA ........................... 3-17 E57LAL18A2EP ............................ 3-17 E57LAL18A2SA ........................... 3-17 E57LAL18A2SP ........................... 3-17 E57LAL18T110 ............................. 3-19 E57LAL18T110E ........................... 3-19 E57LAL18T110ED ........................ 3-19 E57LAL18T110EP ........................ 3-19 E57LAL18T110SD ........................ 3-19 E57LAL18T110SP ........................ 3-19 E57LAL18T111 ............................. 3-19 E57LAL18T111E ........................... 3-19 E57LAL18T111ED ........................ 3-19 E57LAL18T111EP ........................ 3-19 E57LAL18T111SD ........................ 3-19 E57LAL18T111SP ........................ 3-19 E57LAL30A2 ................................ 3-18 E57LAL30A2E .............................. 3-18 E57LAL30A2EA ........................... 3-18 E57LAL30A2EP ............................ 3-18 E57LAL30A2SA ........................... 3-18 E57LAL30A2SP ........................... 3-18 E57LAL30T110 ............................. 3-20 E57LAL30T110E ........................... 3-20 E57LAL30T110ED ........................ 3-20
E57LAL30T110EP ........................ E57LAL30T110SD ....................... E57LAL30T110SP ....................... E57LAL30T111 ............................ E57LAL30T111E .......................... E57LAL30T111ED ....................... E57LAL30T111EP ........................ E57LAL30T111SD ....................... E57LAL30T111SP ....................... E57LBL12A2 ................................ E57LBL12A2E .............................. E57LBL12A2EA ........................... E57LBL12A2EP ........................... E57LBL12A2SA ........................... E57LBL12A2SP ........................... E57LBL12T110 ............................ E57LBL12T110E .......................... E57LBL12T110ED ....................... E57LBL12T110EP ........................ E57LBL12T110SD ....................... E57LBL12T110SP ....................... E57LBL12T111 ............................ E57LBL12T111E .......................... E57LBL12T111ED ....................... E57LBL12T111EP ........................ E57LBL12T111SD ....................... E57LBL12T111SP ....................... E57LBL18A2 ................................ E57LBL18A2E .............................. E57LBL18A2EA ........................... E57LBL18A2EP ........................... E57LBL18A2SA ........................... E57LBL18A2SP ........................... E57LBL18T110 ............................ E57LBL18T110E .......................... E57LBL18T110ED ....................... E57LBL18T110EP ........................ E57LBL18T110SD ....................... E57LBL18T110SP ....................... E57LBL18T111 ............................ E57LBL18T111E .......................... E57LBL18T111ED ....................... E57LBL18T111EP ........................ E57LBL18T111SD ....................... E57LBL18T111SP ....................... E57LBL30A2 ................................ E57LBL30A2E .............................. E57LBL30A2EA ........................... E57LBL30A2EP ........................... E57LBL30A2SA ........................... E57LBL30A2SP ........................... E57LBL30T110 ............................ E57LBL30T110E .......................... E57LBL30T110ED ....................... E57LBL30T110EP ........................ E57LBL30T110SD ....................... E57LBL30T110SP ....................... E57LBL30T111 ............................ E57LBL30T111E .......................... E57LBL30T111ED ....................... E57LBL30T111EP ........................ E57LBL30T111SD ....................... E57LBL30T111SP ....................... E57MAL12A2B1 ......................... E57MAL18A2B1 .........................
3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-18 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-17 3-17
E57MAL18A2EB1 ....................... E57MAL18T110B1...................... E57MAL18T110EB1 ................... E57MAL18T111B1...................... E57MAL18T111EB1 ................... E57MAL30A2B1 ......................... E57MAL30A2EB1 ....................... E57MAL30T110B1...................... E57MAL30T110EB1 ................... E57MAL30T111B1...................... E57MAL30T111EB1 ................... E57MBL18A2B1 ......................... E57MBL18A2EB1 ....................... E57MBL18T110B1...................... E57MBL18T111B1...................... E57MBL18T111EB1 ................... E57MBL30A2B1 ......................... E57MBL30A2EB1 ....................... E57MBL30T110B1...................... E57MBL30T111B1...................... E57MBL30T111EB1 ................... E57RAL18A2 ............................... E57RAL18A2B1 .......................... E57RAL18A2E ............................. E57RAL18A2EA .......................... E57RAL18A2EB1 ........................ E57RAL18A2EP .......................... E57RAL18A2SA .......................... E57RAL18A2SP .......................... E57RAL18T110............................ E57RAL18T110B1 ....................... E57RAL18T110E ......................... E57RAL18T110EB1..................... E57RAL18T110ED....................... E57RAL18T110EP ....................... E57RAL18T110SD ...................... E57RAL18T110SP....................... E57RAL18T111............................ E57RAL18T111B1 ....................... E57RAL18T111E ......................... E57RAL18T111EB1..................... E57RAL18T111ED....................... E57RAL18T111EP ....................... E57RAL18T111SD ...................... E57RAL18T111SP....................... E57RBL18A2 ............................... E57RBL18A2B1 .......................... E57RBL18A2E ............................. E57RBL18A2EA .......................... E57RBL18A2EB1 ........................ E57RBL18A2EP .......................... E57RBL18A2SA .......................... E57RBL18A2SP .......................... E57RBL18T110............................ E57RBL18T110B1 ....................... E57RBL18T110E ......................... E57RBL18T110EB1..................... E57RBL18T110ED....................... E57RBL18T110EP ....................... E57RBL18T110SD ...................... E57RBL18T110SP....................... E57RBL18T111............................ E57RBL18T111B1 ....................... E57RBL18T111E ......................... E57RBL18T111EB1.....................
3-17 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-18 3-18 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-17 3-17 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-18 3-18 3-20 3-20 3-20 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-17 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19 3-19
E57RBL18T111ED ....................... 3-19 E57RBL18T111EP ....................... 3-19 E57RBL18T111SD ....................... 3-19 E57RBL18T111SP ....................... 3-19 E57SAL12A2...................... 3-17, 3-26 E57SAL12A2E ................... 3-17, 3-26 E57SAL12A2EA................. 3-17, 3-26 E57SAL12A2SA ................ 3-17, 3-26 E57SAL12A4................................ 3-26 E57SAL12A4E ............................. 3-26 E57SAL12A4EA........................... 3-26 E57SAL12A4SA .......................... 3-26 E57SAL12T110 ............................ 3-26 E57SAL12T110E .......................... 3-26 E57SAL12T110ED ....................... 3-26 E57SAL12T110SD ....................... 3-26 E57SAL12T111 ............................ 3-26 E57SAL12T111E .......................... 3-26 E57SAL12T111ED ....................... 3-26 E57SAL12T111SD ....................... 3-26 E57SAL18A2...................... 3-17, 3-26 E57SAL18A2E ................... 3-17, 3-26 E57SAL18A2EA................. 3-17, 3-26 E57SAL18A2SA ................ 3-17, 3-26 E57SAL18A4................................ 3-26 E57SAL18A4E ............................. 3-26 E57SAL18A4EA........................... 3-26 E57SAL18A4SA .......................... 3-26 E57SAL18T110 ............................ 3-26 E57SAL18T110E .......................... 3-26 E57SAL18T110ED ....................... 3-26 E57SAL18T110SD ....................... 3-26 E57SAL18T111 ............................ 3-26 E57SAL18T111E .......................... 3-26 E57SAL18T111ED ....................... 3-26 E57SAL18T111SD ....................... 3-26 E57SAL30A2...................... 3-18, 3-26 E57SAL30A2E ................... 3-18, 3-26 E57SAL30A2EA................. 3-18, 3-26 E57SAL30A2SA ................ 3-18, 3-26 E57SAL30A4................................ 3-26 E57SAL30A4E ............................. 3-26 E57SAL30A4EA........................... 3-26 E57SAL30A4SA .......................... 3-26 E57SAL30T110 ............................ 3-26 E57SAL30T110E .......................... 3-26 E57SAL30T110ED ....................... 3-26 E57SAL30T110SD ....................... 3-26 E57SAL30T111 ............................ 3-26 E57SAL30T111E .......................... 3-26 E57SAL30T111ED ....................... 3-26 E57SAL30T111SD ....................... 3-26 E57SBL12A2...................... 3-17, 3-26 E57SBL12A2E ................... 3-17, 3-26 E57SBL12A2EA................. 3-17, 3-26 E57SBL12A2SA ................ 3-17, 3-26 E57SBL12A4................................ 3-26 E57SBL12A4E ............................. 3-26 E57SBL12A4EA........................... 3-26 E57SBL12A4SA .......................... 3-26 E57SBL12T110E .......................... 3-26 E57SBL12T110ED ....................... 3-26 E57SBL12T111 ............................ 3-26 E57SBL12T111E .......................... 3-26 E57SBL12T111ED ....................... 3-26 PG08301004E
INDEX
14

August 2007
14-11
E57SBL12T111SD ....................... 3-26 E57SBL18A2 ...................... 3-17, 3-26 E57SBL18A2E.................... 3-17, 3-26 E57SBL18A2EA ................. 3-17, 3-26 E57SBL18A2SA................. 3-17, 3-26 E57SBL18A4 ................................ 3-26 E57SBL18A4E.............................. 3-26 E57SBL18A4EA ........................... 3-26 E57SBL18A4SA........................... 3-26 E57SBL18T110 ............................ 3-26 E57SBL18T110E .......................... 3-26 E57SBL18T110ED ....................... 3-26 E57SBL18T110SD ....................... 3-26 E57SBL18T111 ............................ 3-26 E57SBL18T111E .......................... 3-26 E57SBL18T111ED ....................... 3-26 E57SBL18T111SD ....................... 3-26 E57SBL30A2 ...................... 3-18, 3-26 E57SBL30A2E.................... 3-18, 3-26 E57SBL30A2EA ................. 3-18, 3-26 E57SBL30A2SA................. 3-18, 3-26 E57SBL30A4 ................................ 3-26 E57SBL30A4E.............................. 3-26 E57SBL30A4EA ........................... 3-26 E57SBL30A4SA........................... 3-26 E57SBL30T110 ............................ 3-26 E57SBL30T110E .......................... 3-26 E57SBL30T110ED ....................... 3-26 E57SBL30T110SD ....................... 3-26 E57SBL30T111 ............................ 3-26 E57SBL30T111E .......................... 3-26 E57SBL30T111ED ....................... 3-26 E57SBL30T111SD ....................... 3-26 E58-18DP100-DDP...................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-DLP ...................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-ED......................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-EDP ...................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-EDPB ................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-EL ......................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-ELP ....................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-ELPB .................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-HD ........................ 5-60 E58-18DP100-HDP...................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-HL ......................... 5-60 E58-18DP100-HLP ...................... 5-60 E58-18DP50-DDP........................ 5-60 E58-18DP50-DLP ........................ 5-60 E58-18DP50-ED........................... 5-60 E58-18DP50-EDP ........................ 5-60 E58-18DP50-EDPB ..................... 5-60 E58-18DP50-EL ........................... 5-60 E58-18DP50-ELP ......................... 5-60 E58-18DP50-ELPB ...................... 5-60 E58-18DP50-HD .......................... 5-60 E58-18DP50-HDP........................ 5-60 E58-18DP50-HL ........................... 5-60 E58-18DP50-HLP ........................ 5-60 E58-30DP150-DDP...................... 5-60 E58-30DP150-DLP ...................... 5-60 E58-30DP150-ED......................... 5-60 E58-30DP150-EDP ...................... 5-60 E58-30DP150-EDPB ................... 5-60 E58-30DP150-EL ......................... 5-60 E58-30DP150-ELP ....................... 5-60 E58-30DP150-ELPB .................... 5-60 PG08301004E
E58-30DP150-GD........................ E58-30DP150-GDP ..................... E58-30DP150-GL ........................ E58-30DP150-GLP ...................... E58-30DP150-HD........................ E58-30DP150-HDP ..................... E58-30DP150-HL ........................ E58-30DP150-HLP ...................... E58-30DPS280-ED...................... E58-30DPS280-EDP ................... E58-30DPS280-EDPB ................ E58-30DPS280-EL ...................... E58-30DPS280-ELP .................... E58-30DPS280-ELPB ................. E58-30DPS280-GD ..................... E58-30DPS280-GDP................... E58-30DPS280-GL ...................... E58-30DPS280-GLP ................... E58-30DPS280-HD ..................... E58-30DPS280-HDP................... E58-30DPS280-HL ...................... E58-30DPS280-HLP ................... E58-30RP10-GD .......................... E58-30RP10-GDP ....................... E58-30RP10-GL........................... E58-30RP10-GLP ........................ E58-30RP10-HD .......................... E58-30RP10-HDP ....................... E58-30RP10-HL........................... E58-30RP10-HLP ........................ E58-30RS18-GD .......................... E58-30RS18-GDP ....................... E58-30RS18-GL........................... E58-30RS18-GLP ........................ E58-30RS18-HD .......................... E58-30RS18-HDP ....................... E58-30RS18-HL........................... E58-30RS18-HLP ........................ E58-30TD250-GD ........................ E58-30TD250-GDP ..................... E58-30TD250-GL......................... E58-30TD250-GLP ...................... E58-30TD250-HD ........................ E58-30TD250-HDP ..................... E58-30TD250-HL......................... E58-30TD250-HLP ...................... E58-30TS250-GA ........................ E58-30TS250-GAP...................... E58-30TS250-HA ........................ E58-30TS250-HAP...................... E58CAL18A2C2 ........................... E58CAL18A2D2........................... E58CAL18A2E2 ........................... E58CAL18A2R2 ........................... E58CAL18T110C2 ....................... E58CAL18T110D2 ....................... E58CAL18T110E2........................ E58CAL18T110R2 ....................... E58CAL18T111C2 ....................... E58CAL18T111D2 ....................... E58CAL18T111R2 ....................... E58CBL18A2C2 ........................... E58CBL18A2D2........................... E58CBL18A2R2 ........................... E58CBL18T110C2 .......................
5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-60 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-59 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53 5-53
E58CBL18T110D2 ........................ 5-53 E58CBL18T110R2 ........................ 5-53 E58CBL18T111C2 ........................ 5-53 E58CBL18T111D2 ........................ 5-53 E58CBL18T111R2 ........................ 5-53 E58KAM18 ..................................... 8-5 E58KAM18B .................................. 8-6 E58KAM18U .................................. 8-5 E58KAM30 ..................................... 8-5 E58KAM30U .................................. 8-5 E58KC30 ......................................... 8-8 E58KNS18 ...................................... 8-7 E58KNS30 ...................................... 8-7 E58KS5200 ................ 5-38, 5-45, 5-50 E5912ACKIT ................................. 3-13 E5912DCKIT ................................. 3-13 E5918ACKIT ................................. 3-13 E5918DCKIT ................................. 3-13 E5930ACKIT ................................. 3-13 E5930DCKIT ................................. 3-13 E59-A12A104C02-C1 .................. 3-39 E59-A12A104C02-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A12A104D01-C1 .................. 3-39 E59-A12A104D01-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A12A104D01P-C1 ................ 3-39 E59-A12A104D01P-CV ............... 3-39 E59-A12C108C02-C1 ................... 3-39 E59-A12C108C02-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A12C108D01-C1 .................. 3-39 E59-A12C108D01-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A12C108D01P-C1 ................ 3-39 E59-A12C108D01P-CV ............... 3-39 E59-A18A107C02-C1 .................. 3-39 E59-A18A107C02-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A18A107D01-C1 .................. 3-39 E59-A18A107D01-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A18A107D01P-C1 ................ 3-39 E59-A18A107D01P-CV ............... 3-39 E59-A18C115C02-C1 ................... 3-39 E59-A18C115C02-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A18C115D01-C1 .................. 3-39 E59-A18C115D01-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A18C115D01P-C1 ................ 3-39 E59-A18C115D01P-CV ............... 3-39 E59-A30A112C02-C1 .................. 3-39 E59-A30A112C02-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A30A112D01-C1 .................. 3-39 E59-A30A112D01-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A30A112D01P-C1 ................ 3-39 E59-A30A112D01P-CV ............... 3-39 E59-A30C125C02-C1 ................... 3-39 E59-A30C125C02-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A30C125D01-C1 .................. 3-39 E59-A30C125D01-CV .................. 3-39 E59-A30C125D01P-C1 ................ 3-39 E59-A30C125D01P-CV ............... 3-39 E59ACMICRO .............................. 3-13 E59ACMINI ................................. 3-13 E59CBL ......................................... 3-13 E59DCMICRO .............................. 3-13 E59DEMO1 .................................. 3-13 E59LABEL .................................... 3-13 E59-M12A105A01-A1 ................. 3-10 E59-M12A105A01-A2 ................. 3-10 E59-M12A105A01P-A1 .............. 3-10
E59-M12A105A01P-A2 .............. E59-M12A105A01PB-A1 ........... E59-M12A105A01PB-A2 ........... E59-M12A105C02-A1 ................. E59-M12A105C02-A2 ................. E59-M12A105C02-D1 ................. E59-M12A105C02-D1NN ........... E59-M12A105C02-D1PP ............ E59-M12A105C02-D2 ................. E59-M12A105C02-D3NN ........... E59-M12A105C02-D3PP ............ E59-M12A105D01-D1 ................ E59-M12A105D01-D1NN .......... E59-M12A105D01-D1PP ........... E59-M12A105D01-D2 ................ E59-M12A105D01-D3NN .......... E59-M12A105D01-D3PP ........... E59-M12A105D01P-D1 .............. E59-M12A105D01P-D2 .............. E59-M12C110A01-A1 ................. E59-M12C110A01-A2 ................. E59-M12C110A01P-A1 .............. E59-M12C110A01P-A2 .............. E59-M12C110A01PB-A1 ........... E59-M12C110A01PB-A2 ........... E59-M12C110C02-A1 ................. E59-M12C110C02-A2 ................. E59-M12C110C02-D1 ................. E59-M12C110C02-D1NN ........... E59-M12C110C02-D1PP ............ E59-M12C110C02-D2 ................. E59-M12C110C02-D3NN ........... E59-M12C110C02-D3PP ............ E59-M12C110D01-D1 ................. E59-M12C110D01-D1NN ........... E59-M12C110D01-D1PP ............ E59-M12C110D01-D2 ................. E59-M12C110D01-D3NN ........... E59-M12C110D01-D3PP ............ E59-M12C110D01P-D1 .............. E59-M12C110D01P-D2 .............. E59-M18A108C02-D1 ................. E59-M18A108C02-D1NN ........... E59-M18A108C02-D1PP ............ E59-M18A108C02-D2 ................. E59-M18A108C02-D3NN ........... E59-M18A108C02-D3PP ............ E59-M18A108D01-D1 ................ E59-M18A108D01-D1NN .......... E59-M18A108D01-D1PP ........... E59-M18A108D01-D2 ................ E59-M18A108D01-D3NN .......... E59-M18A108D01-D3PP ........... E59-M18A108D01P-D1 .............. E59-M18A108D01P-D2 .............. E59-M18A109A01-A1 ................ E59-M18A109A01-A2 ................ E59-M18A109A01P-A1 .............. E59-M18A109A01P-A2 .............. E59-M18A109A01PB-A1 ........... E59-M18A109A01PB-A2 ........... E59-M18A109C02-A1 ................. E59-M18A109C02-A2 ................. E59-M18A118C02-A1C .............. E59-M18C116C02-D1 .................
3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-11 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-11 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-11 3-11 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-44 3-11
14
INDEX
14-12

August 2007
E59-M18C116C02-D1C ............... 3-44 E59-M18C116C02-D1NN ........... 3-12 E59-M18C116C02-D1PP ............ 3-12 E59-M18C116C02-D2 ................. 3-11 E59-M18C116C02-D3NN ........... 3-12 E59-M18C116C02-D3PP ............ 3-12 E59-M18C116D01-D1 ................. 3-11 E59-M18C116D01-D1C ............... 3-44 E59-M18C116D01-D1NN ........... 3-12 E59-M18C116D01-D1PP ............ 3-12 E59-M18C116D01-D2 ................. 3-11 E59-M18C116D01-D3NN ........... 3-12 E59-M18C116D01-D3PP ............ 3-12 E59-M18C116D01P-D1 ............... 3-11 E59-M18C116D01P-D2 ............... 3-11 E59-M18C118A01-A1 ................. 3-10 E59-M18C118A01-A1C ............... 3-44 E59-M18C118A01-A2 ................. 3-10 E59-M18C118A01P-A1 ............... 3-10 E59-M18C118A01P-A2 ............... 3-10 E59-M18C118A01PB-A1 ............ 3-10 E59-M18C118A01PB-A2 ............ 3-10 E59-M18C118C02-A1 ................. 3-10 E59-M18C118C02-A2 ................. 3-10 E59-M30A115A01-A1 ................. 3-10 E59-M30A115A01-A1C .............. 3-44 E59-M30A115A01-A2 ................. 3-10 E59-M30A115A01P-A1 .............. 3-10 E59-M30A115A01P-A2 .............. 3-10 E59-M30A115A01PB-A1 ............ 3-10 E59-M30A115A01PB-A2 ............ 3-10 E59-M30A115C02-A1 ................. 3-10 E59-M30A115C02-A1C ............... 3-44 E59-M30A115C02-A2 ................. 3-10 E59-M30A115C02-D1 ................. 3-11 E59-M30A115C02-D1C ............... 3-44 E59-M30A115C02-D1NN ........... 3-12 E59-M30A115C02-D1PP ............ 3-12 E59-M30A115C02-D2 ................. 3-11 E59-M30A115C02-D3NN ........... 3-12 E59-M30A115C02-D3PP ............ 3-12 E59-M30A115D01-D1 ................. 3-11 E59-M30A115D01-D1C .............. 3-44 E59-M30A115D01-D1NN ........... 3-12 E59-M30A115D01-D1PP ............ 3-12 E59-M30A115D01-D2 ................. 3-11 E59-M30A115D01-D3NN ........... 3-12 E59-M30A115D01-D3PP ............ 3-12 E59-M30A115D01P-D1 .............. 3-11 E59-M30A115D01P-D2 .............. 3-11 E59-M30C129A01-A1 ................. 3-10 E59-M30C129A01-A1C ............... 3-44 E59-M30C129A01-A2 ................. 3-10 E59-M30C129A01P-A1 ............... 3-10 E59-M30C129A01P-A2 ............... 3-10 E59-M30C129A01PB-A1 ............ 3-10 E59-M30C129A01PB-A2 ............ 3-10 E59-M30C129C02-A1 ................. 3-10 E59-M30C129C02-A1C ............... 3-44 E59-M30C129C02-A2 ................. 3-10 E59-M30C129C02-D1 ................. 3-11 E59-M30C129C02-D1C ............... 3-44 E59-M30C129C02-D1NN ........... 3-12 E59-M30C129C02-D1PP ............ 3-12 E59-M30C129C02-D2 ................. 3-11
E59-M30C129C02-D3NN ........... 3-12 E59-M30C129C02-D3PP ............ 3-12 E59-M30C129D01-D1 ................. 3-11 E59-M30C129D01-D1C .............. 3-44 E59-M30C129D01-D1NN ........... 3-12 E59-M30C129D01-D1PP ............ 3-12 E59-M30C129D01-D2 ................. 3-11 E59-M30C129D01-D3NN ........... 3-12 E59-M30C129D01-D3PP ............ 3-12 E59-M30C129D01P-D1 .............. 3-11 E59-M30C129D01P-D2 .............. 3-11 E59RP1 ........................................ 3-13 E59RPD ........................................ 3-13 E59SW1 ....................................... 3-13 E59TP1 ......................................... 3-13 E60KNS18 ..................................... 8-7 E64CAL4T .................................... 5-94 E64CAT2T .................................... 5-94 E64CAT3T .................................... 5-94 E64CAT5T .................................... 5-94 E64KH3 ........................................ 5-95 E65CBL2 ...................................... 5-98 E65CBL2N ................................... 5-98 E65CBL3 ...................................... 5-98 E65CBL4 ...................................... 5-98 E65CBL5 ...................................... 5-98 E65CBL6 ...................................... 5-98 E65CBL7R .................................... 5-98 E65KR55 ............................. 5-95, 5-99 E65PS ............................................ 8-9 E65PST .......................................... 8-9 E65-SMPP050-GD ...................... 5-24 E65-SMPP050-GDD ................... 5-24 E65-SMPP050-GL ...................... 5-24 E65-SMPP050-GLD .................... 5-24 E65-SMPP050-HD ...................... 5-24 E65-SMPP050-HDD ................... 5-24 E65-SMPP050-HL ...................... 5-24 E65-SMPP050-HLD .................... 5-24 E65-SMPP100-GD ...................... 5-24 E65-SMPP100-GDD ................... 5-24 E65-SMPP100-GL ...................... 5-24 E65-SMPP100-GLD .................... 5-24 E65-SMPP100-HD ...................... 5-24 E65-SMPP100-HDD ................... 5-24 E65-SMPP100-HL ...................... 5-24 E65-SMPP100-HLD .................... 5-24 E65-SMPR3-GD .......................... 5-24 E65-SMPR3-GDD ....................... 5-24 E65-SMPR3-GL .......................... 5-24 E65-SMPR3-GLD ........................ 5-24 E65-SMPR3-HD .......................... 5-24 E65-SMPR3-HDD ....................... 5-24 E65-SMPR3-HL .......................... 5-24 E65-SMPR3-HLD ........................ 5-24 E65-SMSD200-GD ..................... 5-24 E65-SMSD200-GDD ................... 5-24 E65-SMSD200-GL ...................... 5-24 E65-SMSD200-GLD ................... 5-24 E65-SMSD200-HD ..................... 5-24 E65-SMSD200-HDD ................... 5-24 E65-SMSD200-HL ...................... 5-24 E65-SMSD200-HLD ................... 5-24 E65-SMTD15-HD ........................ 5-24 E65-SMTD15-HDD ..................... 5-24
E65-SMTD15-HL ........................ 5-24 E65-SMTD15-HLD ..................... 5-24 E65-SMTS15-HA........................ 5-24 E65-SMTS15-HAD ..................... 5-24 E65VBL1C ................................... 5-98 E65VBL2 ...................................... 5-98 E65VBL2N ................................... 5-98 E65VBL3 ...................................... 5-98 E65VBL4 ...................................... 5-98 E65VBL5 ...................................... 5-98 E65VBL6 ...................................... 5-98 E67-LRDP200-HDD .................... 5-66 E67-LRDP200-HLD ..................... 5-66 E67-LRDP200-KDD .................... 5-66 E67-LRDP200-KLD ..................... 5-66 E67-LRDPXXX-HDD................... 5-66 E67-LRDPXXX-HLD ................... 5-66 E67-LRDPXXX-KDD ................... 5-66 E67-LRDPXXX-KLD.................... 5-66 E68-SVABEAM-1 ......................... 6-6 E68-SVADSC-P ............................ 6-8 E68-SVAEXT-C1 ........................... 6-6 E68-SVAEXT-P1 ........................... 6-6 E68-SVAISO-C ............................. 6-6 E68-SVAISO-P ............................. 6-6 E68-SVAJMP1-C5 ....................... 6-6 E68-SVAJMP1-P5 ....................... 6-6 E68-SVAPWR-C2 ......................... 6-6 E68-SVAPWR-P02 ....................... 6-6 E68-SVAPWR-P2 ......................... 6-6 E68-SVAREL2-C2 ......................... 6-8 E68-SVAREL2-P2 ......................... 6-8 E68-SVASLUG-C .......................... 6-7 E68-SVASLUG-P .......................... 6-7 E68-SVAUSC-P ............................ 6-8 E68-SVSPR3-BD .......................... 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BD-B ...................... 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BDC........................ 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BDC-B ................... 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BDP........................ 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BDP-B ................... 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BL ........................... 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BL-B....................... 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BLC ........................ 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BLC-B .................... 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BLP ........................ 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-BLP-B .................... 6-4 E68-SVSPR3-PD .......................... 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PD-B ...................... 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PDC ........................ 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PDC-B.................... 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PDP ........................ 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PDP-B.................... 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PL ........................... 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PL-B ....................... 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PLC......................... 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PLC-B .................... 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PLP......................... 6-5 E68-SVSPR3-PLP-B .................... 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-BD .......................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BD-B...................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BDC ....................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BDC-B ................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BDP ....................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BDP-B ................... 6-4
E68-SVSSD1-BL ........................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BL-B ....................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BLC......................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BLC-B .................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BLP......................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-BLP-B .................... 6-4 E68-SVSSD1-PD........................... 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PD-B ...................... 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PDC ........................ 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PDC-B .................... 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PDP ........................ 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PL ........................... 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PL-B ....................... 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PLC ......................... 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PLC-B..................... 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PLP ......................... 6-5 E68-SVSSD1-PLP-B..................... 6-5 EAC0420SC ................................. 7-24 EAC0420SP ................................. 7-24 EAC105SC ................................... 7-24 EAC105SP ................................... 7-24 EAC110SC ................................... 7-24 EAC110SP ................................... 7-24 EAC1420SC ................................. 7-24 EAC1420SP ................................. 7-24 EAC205SC ................................... 7-24 EAC205SP ................................... 7-24 EAC210SC ................................... 7-24 EAC210SP ................................... 7-24 EAC2420SC ................................. 7-24 EAC2420SP ................................. 7-24 EACP0420120SP ......................... 7-24 EACP042024USP ........................ 7-24 EACP1420120SP ......................... 7-24 EACP142024USP ........................ 7-24 EACP2420120SP ......................... 7-24 EACP242024USP ........................ 7-24 EACR0420SC ............................... 7-29 EACR0420SP ............................... 7-29 EACR1420SC ............................... 7-29 EACR1420SP ............................... 7-29 EACR2420SC ............................... 7-29 EACR2420SP ............................... 7-29 EB50BLW1 .................................. 2-32 ECS700SC.................................... 7-15 ECS701SC.................................... 7-15 ECS702SC.................................... 7-15 ECS710SP.................................... 7-15 ECS711SP.................................... 7-15 ECS712SP.................................... 7-15 ECSJ400SC ................................. 7-10 ECSJ401SC ................................. 7-10 ECSJ402SP ................................. 7-10 ECSJ403SP ................................. 7-10 ECSJ404SC ................................. 7-10 ECSJ405SC ................................. 7-10 ECSJ406SC ................................. 7-10 ECSJ407SC ................................. 7-10 ECSJ420SC ................................. 7-10 ECSJ421SC ................................. 7-10 ECSJ422SP ................................. 7-10 ECSJ423SP ................................. 7-10 ECSJ424SC ................................. 7-10 ECSJ430SC ................................. 7-10 ECSNCASC ................................... 7-6 PG08301004E
INDEX
14

August 2007
14-13
ECSNCASP.................................... 7-6 ECSNCFSC .................................... 7-6 ECSNCFSP .................................... 7-6 ECSNOASC ................................... 7-6 ECSNOASP ................................... 7-6 ECSNOFSC .................................... 7-6 ECSNOFSP .................................... 7-6 ECSTD401SC ............................... 7-19 ECSTD402SC ............................... 7-19 ECSTD404SP ............................... 7-19 ECSTD405SP ............................... 7-19 ECSTD406SC ............................... 7-19 ECSTD407SC ............................... 7-19 ECSTD408SP ............................... 7-19 ECSTD409SP ............................... 7-19 EDC1420SC.................................. 7-36 EDC205SP.................................... 7-36 EDC210SP.................................... 7-36 EDC2420SP.................................. 7-36 EDC305SP.................................... 7-36 EDC310SP.................................... 7-36 EDC3420SP.................................. 7-36 EDC405SP.................................... 7-36 EDC410SP.................................... 7-36 EDC4420SP.................................. 7-36
EDINKIT .............................. 7-7, 7-11, 7-16, 7-20, 7-25, 7-30, 7-37, 7-41 EGF1NCACDE050 ....................... 7-40 EGF1NCACDE100 ....................... 7-40 EGF1NCACNE050....................... 7-40 EGF1NCACNE100....................... 7-40 EGF1NCDCDE050 ....................... 7-40 EGF1NCDCDE100 ....................... 7-40 EGF1NCDCNE050....................... 7-40 EGF1NCDCNE100....................... 7-40 EGF1NCLA050 ............................ 7-41 EGF1NCLA100 ............................ 7-41 EGF1NCLAT3 .............................. 7-41 EGF1NOACDE050....................... 7-40 EGF1NOACDE100....................... 7-40 EGF1NOACNE050 ...................... 7-40 EGF1NOACNE100 ...................... 7-40 EGF1NODCDE050....................... 7-40 EGF1NODCDE100....................... 7-40 EGF1NODCNE050 ...................... 7-40 EGF1NODCNE100 ...................... 7-40 EGF1NOLA050 ............................ 7-41 EGF1NOLA100 ............................ 7-41 EGF1NOLAT3 .............................. 7-41 EGF1SPDTDE050........................ 7-41 EGF1SPDTDE100........................ 7-41
EGF1SPDTDET3 .......................... 7-41 EGF1SPDTNE050 ........................ 7-41 EGF1SPDTNE100 ........................ 7-41 EGF1SPDTNET3 .......................... 7-41 EGF2NCLA050 ............................. 7-41 EGF2NCLA100 ............................. 7-41 EGF2NCLAT3 ............................... 7-41 EGF2NOLA050 ............................. 7-41 EGF2NOLA100 ............................. 7-41 EGF2NOLAT3 .............................. 7-41 EGF2SPDTDE050 ........................ 7-41 EGF2SPDTDE100 ........................ 7-41 EGF2SPDTDET3 .......................... 7-41 EGF2SPDTNE050 ........................ 7-41 EGF2SPDTNE100 ........................ 7-41 EGF2SPDTNET3 .......................... 7-41 EGF3NCACDET3 ......................... 7-40 EGF3NCACNET3 ......................... 7-40 EGF3NCDCDET3 ......................... 7-40 EGF3NCDCNET3 ......................... 7-40 EGF3NOACDET3 ......................... 7-40 EGF3NOACNET3 ......................... 7-40 EGF3NODCDET3 ......................... 7-40 EGF3NODCNET3 ......................... 7-40 EPRM0420LSP ............................ 7-33 EPRM0510ASP ........................... 7-33
EPRM1420LSP ............................ 7-33 EPRM1510ASP ........................... 7-33 EPRM2420LSP ............................ 7-33 EPRM2510ASP ........................... 7-33 EPRM3420LSP ............................ 7-33 EPRM3510ASP ........................... 7-33 EPRMR0420LSP ......................... 7-33 EPRMR0510ASP ........................ 7-33 EPRMR1420LSP ......................... 7-33 EPRMR1510ASP ........................ 7-33 EPRMR2420LSP ......................... 7-33 EPRMR2510ASP ........................ 7-33 EPRMR3420LSP ......................... 7-33 EPRMR3510ASP ........................ 7-33 PS256A-01B1 ...................... 6-6, 6-16, 6-21, 6-27 PS256A-04B1 ........... 6-16, 6-21, 6-27 PS256B-01B1 .............................. 6-24 PS256B-04B1 .............................. 6-24 QD256A12-1201B1 ..................... 6-20 QD256A12-1204B1 ..................... 6-20 QD266A12-1201B1 ..................... 6-15 QD266A12-1204B1 ..................... 6-15 QD266A24-2404B1 ..................... 6-15 QD266A36-3604B1 ..................... 6-15 QDJU266A-01B1 ................. 6-7, 6-16
PG08301004E
14
INDEX
14-14

August 2007
INDEX
14

Catalogo General de Sensores Cuttler Hammer

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Catalogo General de Sensores Cuttler Hammer

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Sensing Solutions Book

Photoelectric Sensors Proximity Sensors Current Sensors Limit Switches

Safety Products Product Selection

Key Interlock Switches NEMA Standard Models

difcult to defeat, reducing the possibility of tampering.

difcult to defeat, reducing the possibility of tampering.

contacts unit is designed to fail to safe condition.

contacts unit is designed to fail to safe condition.

harsh industrial environments.

Contact Ratings Enclosure Ratings Construction Approvals

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Safety Products Technical Reference

Safety Interlock Switches

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Safety Products Key Interlock Switches DIN Models

Key Interlock Switches DIN Models

Cost-Effective Protection for Operators of Moving Machinery

Self-Aligning Key Accommodates Small Guard Swing Radius

Vertical and Horizontal Keys Provide a Perfect Fit

1/2 14 NPT Conduit Entrance (Bottom)

Ratings and Approvals

Safety Products Key Interlock Switches DIN Models

1N.O.-1N.C. DPDB slow action

2N.C. DPDB slow action

Model Selection Actuating Keys (must be ordered separately)

7.8 inches (200 mm)

7.8 inches (200 mm)

7.8 inches (200 mm)

Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC

10A 10A 10A 10A

60A 30A 15A 12A

6.0A 3.0A 1.5A 1.2A

7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA 7200 VA

720 VA 720 VA 720 VA 720 VA

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Model Selection Key Interlock Switches

Safety Products Key Interlock Switches DIN Models

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

0.30 (7.5) 0.60 (15.3)

1.61 (41) 1.32 (33.5)

2.01 (51) 1.85 (47)*

0.56 (14.2) 1.20 (30.5)

E48KL07 Actuating Key

1.10 (28) 0.16 (4)

0.18 (4.5) Dia.

0.35 (9) Dia.

E48KL08 Actuating Key

0.41 (10.5) 0.24 (6) Four, R0.08 (2.15)

1.18 (30) 0.08 (2)

0.59 (15) 0.44 (11.2)

E48KL09 Actuating Key

0.51 (13) 0.69 (17.5)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Safety Products Key Interlock Switches NEMA Standard Models

Key Interlock Switches NEMA Standard Models

Heavy-Duty Safety Interlock Switch for Reliable Machine Operator Protection

Head and Body Notch Interlock for Strength

Choose Mini Connector or 1/2 - 14 NPT Conduit Entrance

Ratings and Approvals

Safety Products Key Interlock Switches NEMA Standard Models

Model Selection Key Interlock Switches

Wiring Type (Connectors Only)